Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
2130, 2150 & 2160 E Fourth St - REV 1 - Plan
@ AT A.B. ANCHOR BOLT A.C. ASPHALTIC CONCRETE ACOUS. ACOUSTICAL ALT. ALTERNATE ACS.ACRES A.D. AREA DRAIN ALUM. ALUMINUM A.T. ASPHALT TILE ADJ. ADJUSTABLE A.F.F. ABOVE FINISH FLOOR A.F.S. ABOVE FINISH SURFACE BD.BOARD B.B. BREAD BOARD BLK.BLOCK BLKG.BLOCKING BM.BEAM BOT.BOTTOM BLDG.BUILDING BET.BETWEEN C.L. CENTER LINE C.B. CATCH BASIN CEM.CEMENT CER.CERAMIC C.I.P.CAST IRON PIPE CLG.CEILING CLO.CLOSET CLR.CLEAR C.O.CLEAN OUT COL.COLUMN COM.COMMON CONC.CONCRETE CONT.CONTINUOUS C.W.COLD WATER C.T.CERAMIC TILE C.YD.CUBIC YARD DET.DETAIL D.F.DRINKING FOUNTAIN D.D.DOOR DIMENSION DIA.DIAMETER DWG.DRAWING D.S.DOWN SPOUT D.W.DISHWASHER DR.DOOR DIM.DIMENSION EA.EACH ELEC.ELECTRICAL ELEV.ELEVATION ENCL.ENCLOSURE EXH.EXHAUST EXIST.EXISTING EXP.EXPANSION EXT.EXTERIOR E.J.EXPANSION JOINT F.D.FLOOR DRAIN F.E.C.FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET F.G.FUEL GAS F.F.FINISH FLOOR F.H.C.FIRE HOSE CABINET FIN.FINISH F.J.FLOOR JOIST FLR.FLOOR FLRG.FLOORING FTG.FOOTING F.G.FIXED GLASS F.S.FLOOR SINK FLOUR.FLUORESCENT F.O.C.FACE OF CONCRETE F.O.F.FACE OF FINISH F.O.M.FACE OF MASONRY F.O.S.FACE OF STUD F.O.SHT'G.FACE OF SHEATHING GA.GAUGE GALV.GALVANIZED G.I.GALVANIZED IRON G.D.GARBAGE DISPOSAL GL.GLASS GR.GRADE GYP. BD.GYPSUM BOARD H.B.HOSE BIBB HWD.HARD WOOD HGT HEIGHT H. PT.HIGH POINT HDR.HEADER HTR.HEATER H.W.HOT WATER HORIZ.HORIZONTAL H.C.HOLLOW CORE I.D.INSIDE DIAMETER INT.INTERIOR INSUL INSULATION INV.INVERT I.P.S.IRON PIPE SIZE I.I.C.IMPACT ISOLATION CLASS ABBREVIATIONS JAN.JANITOR JST.JOIST JT.JOINT KIT.KITCHEN LAM.LAMINATED LAV.LAVATORY LGTH.LENGTH LKR.LOCKER MIN.MINIMUM MAS.MASONRY MAX.MAXIMUM MECH.MECHANICAL MEMB.MEMBRANE MTL.METAL M.H.MAN HOLE MISC.MISCELLANEOUS M.O.MASONRY OPENING M.R.MOISTURE RESISTANT MFG.MANUFACTURER N.I.C.NOT IN CONTRACT NO.NUMBER NOM.NOMINAL N.T.S.NOT TO SCALE OBSC.OBSCURE O.C.ON CENTER O.D.OUTSIDE DIAMETER OFF.OFFICE OPG.OPENING OV.OVEN O.F.OVER FLOW OPP.OPPOSITE P.L.PROPERTY LINE PL. PLATE PART'N PARTITION PLST.PLASTER PLYWD.PLYWOOD PR.PAIR P.L.PLASTIC LAMINATE R.RISER RAD.RADIUS REINF.REINFORCEMENT RES.RESILIENT R.D.ROOF DRAIN RM.ROOM R.O.ROUGH OPENING REF.REFRIGERATOR REQ'D REQUIRED S.A.F.SELF ADHERED FLASHING S.C.SOLID CORE SHT.SHEET SIM.SIMILAR SQ.SQUARE STD.STANDARD STL.STEEL S.S. STAINLESS STEEL SUSP. SUSPENDED SPECS. SPECIFICATIONS STOR.STORAGE S.T.C.SOUND TRANSMISSION CLASS SQ.FT.SQUARE FOOT T.TREAD TEL.TELEPHONE TERR.TERRAZZO T & G TONGUE AND GROOVE T.O.C.TOP OF CURB T.O.W.TOP OF WALL TYP.TYPICAL THRU.THROUGH TEMP.TEMPERED T.O.P.TOP OF PARAPET T.O.PL TOP OF PLATE U. URINAL U.N.O.UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE VERT.VERTICAL VEST.VESTIBULE V.C.T.VINYL COMPOSITE TILE W/WITH W.B.M.WEATHER BARRIED MEMBRANE WAINS.WAINSCOT W.C.WATER CLOSET WD.WOOD W.H.WATER HEATER WP.WATER PROOF SYMBOLS cX CONCRETE GRIDLINE -SLAB EDGE / PERIMETER -u.o.n. gridline is to edge of concrete slab or exterior face of conc. wall -when shown on wood levels these concrete colum grids indicate both edge of slab aswell as exterior face of sheating X WOOD GRIDLINE -TYPICAL -u.o.n. gridline is to centerline of wood stud framing X WOOD GRIDLINE -FACE OF STUD -u.o.n. gridline is to face of ext. grade gyp. bd. (face of sheathing where ext. grade gyp. bd. does not occur) EQ EQ WALL TYPX WH (TYPE)DETAIL NO. SHEET NO. SECTION NO. SHEET NO. DOOR WH (TYPE) WINDOW CONCEPTUAL IMAGERY VICINITY MAP MAIN ST. SITE 5 FWY 55 FWY EL K L N . NORTH 1ST ST. 4TH ST. GO L D E N C I R . D R . CA B R I L L O P A R K D R . TU S T I N A V E . YO R B A S T . al l i d e a s , d e s i g n s a n d p l a n s r e p r e s e n t e d b y t h i s d r aw i n g a r e t h e e x c l u s i v e p r o p e r t y o f bs b d e s i g n , i n c . an d s h a l l n o t b e r e p r o d u c e d i n w h o l e o r i n p a r t w i t ho u t t h e e x p r e s s p r i o r w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n o f s a i d a rc h i t e c t s , a n y u n a u t h o r iz e d r e u s e o f t h e s e p l a n s o t h e r t h a n f o r t h e p r o j e c t a n d l o c a t i o n s h o w n i s p r o h i b i t e d . JOB NO. SUBMITTAL DATE SHEET TITLE SHEET NO. CLIENT: Plot Date:File: REVISION DATE 21 3 0 E 4 T H S T # 2 0 0 SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 5 1ST PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 08/20/2024 970 W. 190TH ST., STE 250, TORRANCE CA 90502 O: 310.217.8885 BSBDESIGN.COM D E S I G N BSB 4TH P.C. SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 2ND PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 01/29/2025 3RD PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 04/17/2025 4TH PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 11/4/2025 8:52:13 PM MR230056 A001 TITLE SHEET OL I V E C R E S T R E S I D E N T I A L 21 5 0 E . F O U R T H S T . & 2 1 6 0 E . F O U R T H S T . SA N T A A N A C A 9 2 7 0 5 OL I V E C R E S T OLIVE CREST RESIDENTIAL 2150 E. FOURTH ST. & 2160 E. FOURTH ST. SANTA ANA CA 92705 OLIVE CREST OLIVE CREST ARCHITECTURAL SHEET LIST NUMBER NAME A001 TITLE SHEET A020 PROJECT INFORMATION A030 CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL A041 CAL GREEN Notes - Residential A042 CAL GREEN Checklist - Residential A043 CAL GREEN Checklist - Residential A051 MITIGATION MEASURES A052 MITIGATION MEASURES A071 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION/ MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS & FIRE DEPARTMENT NOTES A081 CBC 11A DIV I & DIV II SITE ACCESSIBILITY NOTES A082 CBC 11A DIV I & DIV II SITE ACCESSIBILITY NOTES - Cont A084 CBC 11A DIV. III BUILDING FEATURES A085 CBC 11A DIV. IV DWELLING UNIT FEATURES A086 CBC 11A DIV. IV DWELLING UNIT FEATURES A088 CBC 11A DIV. V COMMON EXTERIOR & INTERIOR FEATURES ACCESSIBILITY NOTES A089 CBC 11A DIV. IV SITE & SIGNAGE ACCESSIBILITY DETAILS, AND DIV. IV BATHROOM ACCESSIBILITY DETAILS A093 CBC 11A - KITCHEN & BATHROOM DETAILS A100 SITE PLAN A101 EXISTING SITE PLAN / DEMOLITION PLAN A102 PRECISE GRADING AND PAVING PLAN A103 PRECISE GRADING AND PAVING PLAN A111 BUILDING LEVEL 1 PLAN A112 BUILDING LEVEL 2 PLAN A113 ROOF PLAN A201 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS & SECTIONS A301 WALL SECTIONS A400 DOOR & WINDOW SCHEDULE A500 TYPICAL BATHROOM AND KITCHEN INFORMATION A810 FIRE RATED PENETRATIONS A811 FIRE ASSEMBLY GENERAL DETAILS AND NOTES A812 FIRE ASSEMBLY WALL, FLOOR/CEILING & ROOF/CEILING A821 WINDOW FLASHING A822 DOOR & WINDOW DETAILS A831 ROOF - MANSARD - SHINGLE A851 EXTERIOR - STUCCO & STONE DETAILS A852 EXTERIOR DETAILS CONT. A853 GUARDRAIL - METAL & WOOD A901 TRASH ENCLOSURE, GATE, FENCE & LIGHT POST DETAILS A902 CURB RAMPS, DETECTABLE WARNINGS, & GRADE SEPARATION DETAILS 39Contact: ERIC HIGUCHI ehiguchi@Qtative.com SANTA ANA, CA. 92705 CLIENT INFORMATION OLIVECREST (949) 290-7510 2130 E 4TH ST #200 CONSULTANT INFORMATION CONTACT: DIRK THELEN dthelen@bsbdesign.com TORRANCE, CA 90502 ARCHITECT BSB DESIGN, INC. -LOS ANGELES P: 310.217.8885 F: 310.217.0425 970 WEST 190TH STREET, SUITE 250 CONTACT: HOGAN RANGEL hrangel@esgsinc.com TEEMCULA, CA 92590 SOIL ENGINEER EARTH STRATA GEOTECHNICAL SERVICES INC P: 951.365.3561 - 43391 BUSINESS PARK DR. SUITE C4 Contact: SAMANTHA FABING sfabing@fuscoe.com IRVINE, CA. 92618 CIVIL ENGINEER FUSCOE ENGINEERING (805) 717-8778 15535 SAND CANYON AVE, SUITE 100 Contact: HUAN NGUYEN hnguyen@gouvisgroup.com IRVINE, CA. 92618 STRUCTURAL ENGINEER GOUVIS ENGINEERING (949) 590-9009 (000) 000-0000 15 STUDEBAKER Contact: ROBERT GOMEZ rgomez@gouvisgroup.com IRVINE, CA. 92618 MECHANICAL ENGINEER GOUVIS ENGINEERING (949) 590-9012 15 STUDEBAKER Contact: ROBERT GOMEZ rgomez@gouvisgroup.com IRVINE, CA. 92618 ELECTRICAL ENGINEER GOUVIS ENGINEERING (949) 590-9012 15 STUDEBAKER Contact: ROBERT GOMEZ rgomez@gouvisgroup.com IRVINE, CA. 92618 PLUMBING ENGINEER GOUVIS ENGINEERING (949) 590-9012 15 STUDEBAKER Contact: PAUL MAKSY paul@canyonparkstudio.com COSTA MESA, CA 92627 LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT CANYON PARK STUDIO (949) 612-5191 910 DOGWOOD STREET Contact: ROBERT GOMEZ rgomez@gouvisgroup.com IRVINE, CA. 92618 ENERGY/ TITLE 24 CONSULTANT GOUVIS ENGINEERING (949) 590-9012 15 STUDEBAKER SHEET LIST - MECHANICAL NUMBER NAME SHEET LIST - CIVIL NUMBER NAME THE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS AND CALCULATIONS ACCOMPANYING THESE DRAWINGS HAVE NOT BEEN PREPARED BY, OR UNDER THE DIRECTION OF, THE BSB DESIGN, INC. THE BSB DESIGN, INC. THEREFORE ASSUMES NO LIABILITY FOR THE COMPLETENESS OR CORRECTNESS OF THESE DRAW SHEET LIST - PLUMBING NUMBER NAME DEFERRED SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTS SHALL BE PREPARED UNDER THE DIRECTION OF THE CONTRACTOR AND SHALL BE REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY THE CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL TO THE ARCHITECT AND/OR ENGINEER. THE DOCUMENTS FOR DEFERRED SUBMITTAL ITEMS SHALL THEN BE SUBMITTED TO THE ARCHITECT AND/OR ENGINEER FOR REVIEW AND COORDINATION. FOLLOW ING REVIEW BY THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FORWARD THE DOCUMENTS TO THE CITY FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL, WITH A NOTATION INDICATING THAT THE DEFERRED SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTS HAVE BEEN REVIEWED AND BEEN FOUND TO BE IN GENERAL CONFORMANCE TO THE DESIGN OF THE BUILDING. PLANS AND/OR CALCULATIONS FOR THE DEFERRED SUBMITTAL ITEMS SHALL BE SUBMITTED IN A TIMELY MANNER THAT ALLOWS A MINIMUM 30 WORKING DAYS FOR INITIAL PLAN REVIEW. ALL COMMENTS RELATED TO THE DEFERRED SUBMITTAL MUST BE ADDRESSED TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE PLAN CHECKER DIVISION PRIOR TO APPROVAL OF THE SUBMITTAL ITEMS. THE DEFERRED SUBMITTAL ITEMS SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED UNTIL DESIGN AND SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTS HAVE BEEN APPROVED BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL. PLANS FOR FIRE SPRINKLERS MUST BE SUBMITTED TO AND APPROVED BY FIRE PLAN CHECK BEFORE THIS EQUIPMENT IS INSTALLED. A) FIRE ALARM SYSTEM DEFERRED SUBMITTAL: SEPARATE PERMIT REQUIRED 1) GRADING WORK B) FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM 3) ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL AND/OR PLUMBING WORK 2) DEMOLITION 4) FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM AND FIRE ALARM SYSTEM DEFERRED ITEMS C) SIGNS/SIGNAGE D) ROOF TRUSS PLANS AND CALCULATIONS 5) SIGNS/SIGNAGE C-1 TITLE SHEET M-0.1 GENERAL NOTES & LEGENDS M-0.2 EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES M-1.1 SITE PLAN M-2.1 BUILDING A1 -LEVEL 1 FLOOR PLAN M-2.2 BUILDING A2 -LEVEL 1 FLOOR PLAN M-2.3 BUILDING A1, A2 LEVEL 2 FLOOR PLAN M-3.1 UNIT FLOOR PLAN MD-1 DETAILS P-0.1 GENERAL NOTES & SHEET INDEX P-0.2 MATERIAL AND FIXTURE SCHEDULES P-0.3 CALCULATIONS C-2 NOTES & DETAILS C-3 DEMOLITION PLAN C-4 PRECISE GRADING PLAN & PAVING PLAN M-2.4 BUILDING A1, A2 ROOF PLAN A THIS PROJECT IS 100% PRIVATELY FUNDED / PRIVATELY OWNED A 6) FENCES AND GATES P-1.1 SITE PLAN P-2.1A BUILDING A1 -LEVEL 1 FLOOR PLAN COLD WATER P-2.1B BUILDING A1 -LEVEL 2 FLOOR PLAN COLD WATER P-2.1C BUILDING A1 -LEVEL 1 FLOOR PLAN WASTE / VENT PIPING P-2.1D BUILDING A1 -LEVEL 2 FLOOR PLAN WASTE / VENT PIPING P-2.1E BUILDING A1 -ROOF PLAN VENT THRU ROOF P-2.2B BUILDING A2 -LEVEL 2 FLOOR PLAN COLD WATER P-2.2C BUILDING A2 -LEVEL 1 FLOOR PLAN WASTE / VENT PIPING P-2.2A BUILDING A2 -LEVEL 1 FLOOR PLAN COLD WATER P-2.2D BUILDING A2 -LEVEL 2 FLOOR PLAN WASTE / VENT PIPING P-2.2E BUILDING A2 -ROOF PLAN VENT THRU ROOF P-3.1 UNIT FLR PLANS COLD / HOT WTR WASTE / VENT PIPING & FC CONDENSATE P-4.1 WATER DIAGRAM P-0.4 WATER HEATER SPECIFICATIONS SHEET LIST - ENERGY/ T24 NUMBER NAME THE PLUMBING DRAWINGS AND CALCULATIONS ACCOMPANYING THESE DRAWINGS HAVE NOT BEEN PREPARED BY, OR UNDER THE DIRECTION OF, THE BSB DESIGN, INC. THE BSB DESIGN, INC. THEREFORE ASSUMES NO LIABILITY FOR THE COMPLETENESS OR CORRECTNESS OF THESE DRAW THE ENERGY/TITLE 24 DRAWINGS AND CALCULATIONS ACCOMPANYING THESE DRAWINGS HAVE NOT BEEN PREPARED BY, OR UNDER THE DIRECTION OF, THE BSB DESIGN, INC. THE BSB DESIGN, INC. THEREFORE ASSUMES NO LIABILITY FOR THE COMPLETENESS OR CORRECTNESS OF THESE DRAW T24-1 TITLE 24 ENERGY COMPLIANCE FORMS BLDG A1 T24-2 TITLE 24 ENERGY COMPLIANCE FORMS BLDG A1 CON'T T24-3 TITLE 24 ENERGY COMPLIANCE FORMS BLDG A2 T24-4 TITLE 24 ENERGY COMPLIANCE FORMS BLDG A2 CON'T T24-MM TITLE 24 FORMS MANDATORY MEASURES P-4.2 WASTE / VENT DIAGRAM P-4.3 WASTE / VENT DIAGRAM P-D.1 DETAILS A SHEET LIST - STRUCTURAL NUMBER NAME THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS AND CALCULATIONS ACCOMPANYING THESE DRAWINGS HAVE NOT BEEN PREPARED BY, OR UNDER THE DIRECTION OF, THE BSB DESIGN, INC. THE BSB DESIGN, INC. THEREFORE ASSUMES NO LIABILITY FOR THE COMPLETENESS OR CORRECTNESS OF THESE DRAW SN1 GENERAL NOTES & REQUIREMENTS SN1.1 GENERAL NOTES & REQUIREMENTS S-1.1 P.T. FOUNDATION PLAN BUILDING A1 & A2 S-1.2 FLOOR FRAMING PLAN BUILDING A1 & A2 S-1.3 ROOF FRAMING PLAN BUILDING A1 & A2 S1 FRAMING PLAN UNIT A-1 SN2 STRUCTURAL DETAIL & NOTES SN3 STRUCTURAL DETAIL & NOTES SD2 GENERAL DETAILS & NOTES SD3 STRUCTURAL DETAILS SD4 STRUCTURAL DETAILS PT1 POST TENSION MAT FOUNDATION DETAILS & NOTES S-LS1 GENERAL NOTES & DETAILS S-LS2 LANDSCAPE DETAILS & NOTES THE CIVIL DRAWINGS AND CALCULATIONS ACCOMPANYING THESE DRAWINGS HAVE NOT BEEN PREPARED BY, OR UNDER THE DIRECTION OF, THE BSB DESIGN, INC. THE BSB DESIGN, INC. THEREFORE ASSUMES NO LIABILITY FOR THE COMPLETENESS OR CORRECTNESS OF THESE DRAWI C-5 PRECISE GRADING PLAN & PAVING PLAN C-6 SECTIONS C-7 STORM DRAIN PLAN C-8 UTILITY PLAN C-9 EROSION CONTROL C-10 EROSION CONTROL DETAILS C-11 DETAILS SHEET LIST - ELECTRICAL NUMBER NAME E-0.0 SHEET INDEX & GENERAL NOTES E-0.1A SPECIFICATIONS NOTES E-0.1B GENERAL NOTES E-0.1C MANDATORY MEASURES NOTES E-0.2 ABBREVIATIONS & SYMBOLS LIST E-0.3A DETAILS E-0.4 SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM & EQUIPMENT ELEVATION E-0.5 LOAD CALCULATIONS & EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES E-0.6 PANEL SCHEDULES E-1.2 SITE LIGHTING PLAN E-1.3 PHOTOMETRIC SITE PLAN E-1.4 LIGHTING SPECIFICATIONS E-2.1 BUILDING A1 LEVEL 1 FLOOR POWER PLAN E-2.2 BUILDING A1 LEVEL 2 FLOOR POWER PLAN E-2.3 BUILDING A1 ROOF PLAN E-2.4 BUILDING A2 LEVEL 1 FLOOR POWER PLAN E-1.1 SITE UTILITY PLAN THE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS AND CALCULATIONS ACCOMPANYING THESE DRAWINGS HAVE NOT BEEN PREPARED BY, OR UNDER THE DIRECTION OF, THE BSB DESIGN, INC. THE BSB DESIGN, INC. THEREFORE ASSUMES NO LIABILITY FOR THE COMPLETENESS OR CORRECTNESS OF THESE DRAW E-4.1 NORMAL PHOTOMETRIC -LEVEL 1 E-4.2 NORMAL PHOTOMETRIC -LEVEL 2 E-4.3 EGRESS PHOTOMETRIC -LEVEL 1 E-4.4 EGRESS PHOTOMETRIC -LEVEL 2 E-4.5 LIGHTING SPECIFICATIONS E-5.1 TITLE 24 LTO OUTDOOR FORMS E-3.1 UNIT PLANS E-2.5 BUILDING A2 LEVEL 2 FLOOR POWER PLAN E-0.3B DETAILS E-0.3C DETAILS E-0.3D DETAILS E-2.6 BUILDING A2 ROOF PLAN E-2.7 BUILDING A1 LEVEL 1 FLOOR LIGHTING PLAN E-2.8 BUILDING A2 LEVEL 2 FLOOR LIGHTING PLAN E-2.9 BUILDING A2 LEVEL 1 FLOOR LIGHTING PLAN E-2.10 BUILDING A2 LEVEL 2 FLOOR LIGHTING PLAN E-5.2 TITLE 24 LTI INDOOR FORMS UNIT A-1 -LAUNDRY PARTIAL 7) 19.2 kWdc MIN. SOLAR PV SYSTEM B C-12 DETAILS C-13 HORIZONTAL CONTROL PLAN E) FENCES AND GATES C C C A PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #1 01/29/2025 B PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #2 04/17/2025 C PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #3 07/08/2025 1 DELTA 1 10/31/2025 DS D S DS D S DS DS D S DS DS D S DS 45' 2020 20 20 43 A020 South FSD LAUNDRY 131 SF 40 BL D G A 1 BL D G A 2 10 ' - 4 3 / 4 " 4' - 5 3/8"11' - 11 1/2" BUILDING TYPE: V-A OCC. GROUP: U - UTILITY FIRE SPRINKLER TYPE: NFPA-13 FIRE SEPARATION DESTIANCE = 0'-7 5/8" MAX. ALLOWED UNPROTECTED OPENING = NOT PERMITTED NO OPENINGS AT TRASH ENCLOSURE, SEE , COMPLIES 10 ' - 4 3 / 8 " 7 5/8" TRASH A B 1 A901 /1 A901 A201Ea s t A201 A201 A201 North W e s t South 76' 20 20 20 20 20 A020 South FSD 10' - 0" 10 ' - 4 3 / 8 " x' y X EGRESS AND OCCUPANCY LEGEND MAXIMUM TRAVEL DISTANCE (1017.2) R-2 = 250' MAX OCCUPANCY TYPE AREA OF SPACE # OF OCCUPANTS OCCUPANT LOAD FACTOR PER CBC 1004.1.2 y EXIT DOOR (AND MAX # OF OCCUPANTS SERVED BY DOOR) EXIT DISCHARGE (AND MAX # OF OCCUPANTS SERVED) DOOR FIRE RATING (PROVIDED FOR CONVENIENCE, SEE PLANS FOR DOOR TAGS AND DOOR SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL INFO) X X X z 23.4 35.0 2.4 1RST FLOOR TOTAL WALL AREA: 663.0 SF TOTAL OPENING AREA : 2*2.4 + 2*23.4 + 2*35 = 121.6 SF PERCENTAGE: 18.3% 2ND FLOOR TOTAL WALL AREA: 605.3 SF TOTAL OPENING AREA : 2*2.4 + 2*23.4 = 51.6 SF PERCENTAGE: 8.5% BUILDING TYPE: VA EXTERIOR BEARING WALL PROTECTION: 1 HR EXTERIOR NON BEARING WALL PROTECTION: 0 HR FIRE SEPARATION DESTIANCE = 10'-0" MAX. ALLOWED UNPROTECTED OPENING = 45% 9' - 1 " 9' - 1 1 1 / 2 " 66' - 7" 9' - 1 " 9' - 1 1 1 / 2 " 23.4 53.3 2ND FLOOR TOTAL WALL AREA: 528.5. SF TOTAL OPENING AREA : 4*23.4+53.3 = 146.9 SF PERCENTAGE: 27.8% 1RST FLOOR TOTAL WALL AREA: 668.0 SF TOTAL OPENING AREA : 122.2 SF PERCENTAGE: 18.3% BUILDING TYPE: VA EXTERIOR BEARING WALL PROTECTION: 1 HR EXTERIOR NON BEARING WALL PROTECTION: 0 HR FIRE SEPARATION DESTIANCE = 10'-4 3/4" TO PL DISTANCE IMAGINARY LOT LINE AT TRASH = 10'-1" MAX. ALLOWED UNPROTECTED OPENING = 45% 28.6 57' - 11 1/2" TRASH 11' - 11 1/2" TR A S H 6' - 0 " 1RST FLOOR - TRASH TOTAL WALL AREA: 71.8 SF TOTAL OPENING AREA : 13.2 SF PERCENTAGE: 18.3% al l i d e a s , d e s i g n s a n d p l a n s r e p r e s e n t e d b y t h i s d r aw i n g a r e t h e e x c l u s i v e p r o p e r t y o f bs b d e s i g n , i n c . an d s h a l l n o t b e r e p r o d u c e d i n w h o l e o r i n p a r t w i t ho u t t h e e x p r e s s p r i o r w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n o f s a i d a rc h i t e c t s , a n y u n a u t h o r iz e d r e u s e o f t h e s e p l a n s o t h e r t h a n f o r t h e p r o j e c t a n d l o c a t i o n s h o w n i s p r o h i b i t e d . JOB NO. SUBMITTAL DATE SHEET TITLE SHEET NO. CLIENT: Plot Date:File: REVISION DATE 21 3 0 E 4 T H S T # 2 0 0 SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 5 1ST PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 08/20/2024 970 W. 190TH ST., STE 250, TORRANCE CA 90502 O: 310.217.8885 BSBDESIGN.COM D E S I G N BSB 4TH P.C. SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 2ND PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 01/29/2025 3RD PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 04/17/2025 4TH PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 11/4/2025 8:52:21 PM MR230056 A020 PROJECT INFORMATION OL I V E C R E S T R E S I D E N T I A L 21 5 0 E . F O U R T H S T . & 2 1 6 0 E . F O U R T H S T . SA N T A A N A C A 9 2 7 0 5 OL I V E C R E S T PROJECT LOCATION APN: 400-091-23 PROJECT ADDRESS: 2130 E. 4TH STREET SANTA ANA, CA 92705 PROJECT DESCRIPTION THE PROJECT CONSISTS OF 15 UNITS OF SUPPORTIVE MULTI-FAMILY HOUSING CONSISTING OF ONE EIGHT-UNIT AND ONE SEVEN UNIT TWO STORY BUILDINGS, A TRASH ENCLOSURE & LIGHT STANDARDS TO BE CONSTRUCTED ON THE CLIENT'S SITE IN THE CITY OF SANTA ANA, CA. BUILDING "A1 & A2" : 2-STORY (15 - UNITS) 1. BUILDING A1: 2-STORY - 7 UNITS & A COMMUNITY ROOM 2. BUILDING A2: 2-STORY - 8 UNITS (1) LIGHT STANDARD, (20) COMMERICAL PARKING SPACES PROJECT SUMMARY AND ZONING INFORMATION ZONE: OVERLAY ZONE ("MEMU"), DISTRICT CENTER - MEDIUM HIGH LOT SIZE: 115,029 S.F (2.64 ACRES) AREA OF IMPROVEMENT: 13,801 S.F (0.32 ACRES) FLOOR AREA: RESIDENTIAL: 3,988 S.F. x 2 = 7,976 SF / BLDG. DENSITY: 15 UNITS / 2.64 ACRES = 5.68 UNITS PER ACRE (GROSS) 15 UNITS / 0.32 ACRES = 46.87 UNITS PER ACRE (NET) FLOOR AREA RATIO ALLOWED TOTAL FLOOR AREA RATIO: N/A (F.A.R.): PROVIDED TOTAL FLOOR AREA / LOT AREA: 15,892 SF + (+/- 27,951 SF ) = 43,843 SF / 115,029 SF = 0.38 FAR MAXIMUM BUILDING HEIGHT: MEMU OVERLAY: 6 STORIES [SAMC-MEMU OVERLAY] +/- 26' - 0" PROPOSED LOT COVERAGE: N/A 38% OR 43,903 SF PROVIDED TOTAL LANDSCAPE AREA 3,080 SF PROVIDED BUILDING SETBACKS: REQUIRED: PROVIDED SAMC (MEMU ZONE) MIN. MAX. MIN. MAX. BLDG. TO STREET & PARKING ADJACENT TO PUBLIC ST ROW - 10' N/A N/A ADJACENT TO ALLEY OR INTERN AISLE 3' - 4'-6" N/A ADJACENT TO PARKING 7' - 10' N/A CLEAR ZONE 25' - N/A N/A BUILDING TO PROPERTY LINE ADJACENT TO RES. USES 1ST & 2ND FLOOR 15' - N/A N/A 3RD FLR & ABOVE 20'/30' - N/A N/A ADJ. TO ALL OTHER USES ALL FLOORS 5' - 10' 10' BUILDING TO BUILDING UP TO 3RD FLOOR 6' - 10' 10' 4TH FLOOR AND ABOVE 15' - N/A N/A OPEN SPACE: (SAMC - MEMU OVERLAY) # OF UNITS S.F. REQ. PRIVATE / COMMON OPEN SPACE - 90 S.F. / DU 15 1,350 S.F. PUBLICLY ACCESSIBLE COMMON OPEN SPACE - 10% 0F T0TAL LOT AREA 11,503 S.F. TOTAL OPEN SPACE REQUIRED: 12,853 SF PRIVATE / COMMON OPEN SPACE PROVIDED 761 + 1,430SF / 146 SF PER UNIT TOTAL OPEN SPACE PROVIDED: 0 SF / 0% OF TOTAL LOT AREA (PUBLICLY ACCESSIBLE) (CONCESSION REQUESTED) P BK 42 PG 43 PAR 1 PARCEL MAP 42-43 PAR 1 AND POR PAR 1 OF PARCEL LEGAL DESCRIPTION: R2 / A3: BUILDING HEIGHT ALLOWED (CBC TABLE 504.3): 70 FEET, 4 STORIES - WITHOUT AREA INCREASE PROPOSED: 2 STORIES, +/- 26'-0" TOP OF RIDGE, R-2, TYPE VA ALLOWED: 70 FEET* - COMPLIES MAX ALLOWABLE HEIGHT OPEN SPACE / COMMON / PRIVATE SUMMARY (E) COMMERCIAL PARKING 152 STALLS (2 VAN ACCESSIBLE, 3 STANDARD ACCESSIBLE) PARKING COMMERCIAL PARKING 129 (2 VAN ACCESSIBLE, 3 STANDARD ACCESSIBLE) RESIDENTIAL PARKING REQ'D. 0 RESIDENTIAL PARKING PROVIDED 2* (1 VAN ACCESSIBLE, 1 STANDARD ACCESSIBLE) TOTAL PARKING STALLS PROVIDED: 131 (3 VAN ACCESSIBLE, 4 STANDARD ACCESSIBLE) * NOTE: RESIDENTIAL PARKING STALLS PROVIDED PER THE CITY OF SANTA ANA ARE VOLUNTARY AND NOT REQUIRED PARKING SUMMARY TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION OCCUPANCY BLDG "A1 & A2" AND TRASH ENCLOSURE: VA - FULLY SPRINKLED (NFPA 13) BUILDINGS "A1 & A2" : FULLY SPRINKLERED (NFPA 13) AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLERS SHALL BE NFPA 13 AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM IN COMPLIANCE W/ SECTION (903.3.1.1). QUICK RESPONSE SPRINKLERS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE W/ SECTION 903.3.1 IN ALL DWELLING UNITS. R-2: RESIDENTIAL UNITS BUILDING CODE ANALYSIS GOVERNING CODES 2022 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE (CBC) 2022CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE (CEC) 2022 CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE (CMC) 2022 CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE (CPC) 2022 CALIFORNIA FIRE CODE (CFC) 2022 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING CODE (CGBC) 2022 CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE (CEC) PROPOSED: R-2 , TYPE VA - 2 STORIES, +/- 26'-0" TOP OF RIDGE ALLOWED: 3 STORIES* - COMPLIES *FOR GROUP NON SEPARATED OCCUPANCIES WITH A3 OCCUPANCY BUILDINGS OF TYPE VA CONSTRUCTION EQUIPPED THROUGHOUT WITH AN APPROVED AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 903.3.1.1. MAX ALLOWABLE STORIES PROPOSED: R-2, B, U - TYPE VA ALLOWABLE FOR MIXED OCCUPANCY, 2 STORY BUILDING (506.2.2) = 15,892 -COMPLIES *BUILDINGS TWO OR MORE STORIES ABOVE GRADE PLANE EQUIPPED THROUGHOUT WITH AN AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 903.3.1.1. MAX ALLOWABLE AREA CBC TABLE 504.3 CBC TABLE 504.4 CBC TABLE 506.2 FUNDING SOURCE & ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS THIS PROJECT IS 100% PRIVATELY FUNDED / PRIVATELY OWNED SCALE:1/8" = 1'-0" BLDG 1 (& BLDG 2) LEVEL 1 & TRASH 1 SCALE:1/8" = 1'-0" BLDG 2 (& BLDG 1) 2ND LEVEL 2 FIRE RESISTANCE (TYPE VA)CBC TABLE 601 UTILITY - ACCESSORY OCCUPANCY 214 SF < 10% OF FLOOIR AREA 506.2.2 Mixed-Occupancy Two Story Building: The allowable area of each story of a mixed-occupancy building shall be determined in accordance with the applicable provisions of, Section 508.3.2 Aa = [At + (NS × If)] where: Aa = Allowable area (square feet). At = Tabular allowable area factor (NS, S13R or SM value, as applicable) in accordance with Table 506.2. NS = Tabular allowable area factor in accordance with Table 506.2 for a nonsprinklered building (regardless of whether the building is sprinklered). If, = Area factor increase due to frontage (percent) as calculated in accordance with Section 506.3.. BEARINGS WALLS EXTERIOR: 1-HOUR INTERIOR : 1-HOUR NON-BEARING WALLS & PARTITIONS (EXTERIOR) - TABLE 705.5 5 ≤ X < 10 1-HOUR X ≥ 30 0-HOUR NON-BEARING WALLS & PARTITIONS (INTERIOR) 0-HOUR FLOOR CONSTRUCTION 1-HOUR ROOF CONSTRUCTION 1-HOUR EGRESS WIDTH PER (1005.3.1) MAX. OCC SERVED BY STAIR (this level) 40 EGRESS WIDTH FACTOR (1005.3.1) = 0.3 MIN. REQ. STAIR CLEAR WIDTH (40 x 0.3) = 12" MIN. PROVIDED STAIR CLEAR WIDTH = 44" MIN. PROVIDED CLEAR DOOR WIDTH: = 64" EXIT TRAVEL DISTANCE ( TABLE 1017.2) OCCUPANCY R, WITH SPRINKLER SYSTEM MAXIMUM ALLOWED TRAVEL DISTANCE = 250' MAX. PROVIDED TRAVEL DISTANCE = 121' CO M P L I E S R2 3,988 SF 200 20 RESIDENTIAL STAIR EGRESS WIDTH PER (1005.3.1) MAX. OCC SERVED BY STAIR (this level) 20 EGRESS WIDTH FACTOR (1005.3.1) = 0.3 MIN. REQ. STAIR CLEAR WIDTH (20 x 0.3) = 6" MIN. PROVIDED STAIR CLEAR WIDTH = 44" MINIMUM CORRIDOR WIDTH ( TABLE 1020.3) OCCUPANT LOAD LESS THAN 50 MINIMUM REQUIRED WIDTH = 36" MINIMUM PROPOSED WIDTH = 36" CO M P L I E S CO M P L I E S MINIMUM CORRIDOR WIDTH ( TABLE 1020.3) OCCUPANT LOAD LESS THAN 50 MINIMUM REQUIRED WIDTH = 36" MINIMUM PROPOSED WIDTH = 36" CO M P L I E S ALLOWABLE BLDG AREA -RESIDENTIAL BLDG -SINGLE LEVEL LEVEL 1 AREA DESCRIPTION BLDG # OCCUPANCY / CONSTRUCTION TYPE STORIES ALLOWED (WITHOUT HT. INCREASE) HEIGHT ALLOWED BASE ALLOWED AREA PER FLOOR (CBC TABLE 506.2.1) PROVIDED AREA RESIDENTIAL A1 & A2 V-A / R-2 4 70 36,000 SF 7,439 SF COMPLIES YES LEVEL 2 RESIDENTIAL A1 & A2 V-A / R-2 4 70 36,000 SF 7,916 SF YES 16,340 SF CO M P L I E S SCALE:1/16" = 1'-0" EAST ELEVATION -BLDG. A2 - FSD ANALYISIS 3 SCALE:1/16" = 1'-0" SOUTH ELEVATION -BLDG. A2 -FSD ANALYISIS 4 1. FOR ELEVATIONS THAT ARE NOT INDICATED ON THIS SHEET HAS MORE THAN 30'-0" OF FIRE SEPARATION DISTANCE AND MEETS THE REQUIREMENT OF CBC 705.8.1 EXCEPTION #2 2. BUILDINGS WHOSE EXTERIOR BEARING WALLS, EXTERIOR NONBEARING WALLS AND EXTERIOR PRIMARY STRUCTURAL FRAME ARE NOT REQUIRED TO BE FIRE-RESISTANCE RATED SHALL BE PERMITTED TO HAVE UNLIMITED UNPROTECTED OPENINGS NOTES: A PLUMBING FIXTURE JUSTIFICATION CPC TABLE 422.0 TABLE 4-1 OCCUPANT LOAD FACTOR: ASSEMBLY - W/O FIXED SEATING: 147 SF NET / 30 = 4.9 OR 5 OCC. BUSINESS: 113 SF NET / 150 = 0.75 OR 2 OCC. KITCHEN: 46 SF NET / 50 = 0.92 OR 1 OCC. STORAGE: 67 SF NET / 4000 = 0.017 OR 1 OCC. TOTAL OCC. LOAD = 9 OCC. TABLE 422.1 MINIMUM PLUMBING FACILITIES: PER CPC SECTION 422.2 SEPARATE FACILITIES, EXCEPTION #2, IN OCCUPANCIES WITH A TOTAL OCCUPANT LOAD OF 10 OR LESS, INCLUDING CUSTOMERS AND EMPLOYEES, ONE TOILET FACILITY, DESIGNED FOR USE BY NO MORE THAN ONE PERSON AT A TIME, SHALL BE PERMITED FOR USE BY BOTH SEXES. A B 635 SF 150 5 ASSEMBLY LEVEL 1 ASSEMBLY A1 V-A / B 704 54,000 SF 771 SF YES NON SEPARATED OCCUPANCIES CBC 508.3.2 ALLOWABLE BUILDING AREA 16,340 SF < 34,500 SF ------------------> COMPLIES B: COMMUNITY ROOM A A B 131 SF 150 1 ASSEMBLY LAUNDRY - INCIDENTAL USE (CBC 509.1) NFPA 13 - NO RATING REQUIRED ASSEMBLY LISTED AS B (CBC 303.1.2) ASSEMBLY LISTED AS B (CBC 303.1.2) A 1. ALL INTERIOR WALL AND CEILING FINISHES SHALL COMPLY WITH MIN. FLAME SPREAD/SMOKE INDEX PER 2022 CBC 803.13 (PER ASTM E 84 FLAME SPREAD/ SMOKE INDEX OF GYP BOARD, STUCCO, CMU, AND BATHROOM WALL TILE ARE ALL CLASS A) 2. ALL INTERIOR WALL AND CEILING FINISHES SHALL COMPLY WITH C.B.C. CHAPTER 8 AND TITLE 24. CCR FOR MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE FLAME SPREAD RATING. MIN. FLAME SPREAD CLASS (SEE ADJACENT PLANS FOR LOCATIONS) INTERIOR WALL AND CEILING FINISHES CBC TABLE 803.13 A FLAME SPREAD/SMOKE DEVELOPMENT CLASS REFRENCE: A = 0-25 FLAME SPREAD INDEX/ 450 SMOKE DEV INDEX B = 26-75 FLAME SPREAD INDEX/ 450 SMOKE DEV INDEX C = 76-200 FLAME SPREAD INDEX/ 450 SMOKE DEV INDEX FLAME SPREAD/SMOKE DEVELOPMENT CLASS REFRENCE: A = 0-25 FLAME SPREAD INDEX/ 450 SMOKE DEV INDEX B = 26-75 FLAME SPREAD INDEX/ 450 SMOKE DEV INDEX C = 76-200 FLAME SPREAD INDEX/ 450 SMOKE DEV INDEX 3. ANY WALL/CEILING FINISHES SELECTED BY CONTRACTOR, OWNER, OR INTERIOR DESIGNER THAT DIFFER FROM FINISH BUILDING MATERIALS SHOWN ABOVE, MUST COMPLY WITH THE MIN. FLAME SPREAD/SMOKE INDEX AS REQ'D PER 2019 CBC TABLE 803.13 AND MUST BE SUBMITTED, BY THE CONTRACTOR, TO THE BUILDING AUTHORITY FOR APPROVAL. 4. ALL FLOORING MATERIALS MUST COMPLY WITH 2022 CBC SECTION 804 (RADIANT FLUX). ANY FINISHES SELECTED BY CONTRACTOR, OWNER, OR INTERIOR DESIGNER THAT DIFFER FROM THOSE SHOWN ABOVE, MUST BE SUBMITED TO BLD DPT AND FIRE DPT FOR APPROVAL OCCUPANCY CLASS MIN. FLAME SPREAD/SMOKE DEVELOPMENT CLASS X X R-2 C UNIT OPEN CORRIDOR R-2 C B C COMMUNITY ROOM LAUNDRY ROOM B C TRASH NO R T H NO R T H A B U: UTILITY * ACCESSORY OCCUPANCY PER CBC 508.2 AGGREGATE AREA IS LESS THAN 10% OF THE FLOOR AREA OF THE STORY IN WHICH THEY ARE LOCATED AND SHALL NOT EXCEED THE TABULAR VALUES FOR NON SPRINKLERED BUILDINGS IN TABLE 506.2 FOR THE ACCESSORY STRUCTURE. B TYPICAL CONDITIONED SPACE @ EACH UNIT ON FL 1: 750 SF TYPICAL CONDITIONED SPACE @ EACH UNIT ON FL 2: 775 SF C C LEVEL 1 TRASH ENCLOSURE -V-A / U 4 70 36,000 SF 214 SF YES C C C C A PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #1 01/29/2025 B PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #2 04/17/2025 C PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #3 07/08/2025 al l i d e a s , d e s i g n s a n d p l a n s r e p r e s e n t e d b y t h i s d r aw i n g a r e t h e e x c l u s i v e p r o p e r t y o f bs b d e s i g n , i n c . an d s h a l l n o t b e r e p r o d u c e d i n w h o l e o r i n p a r t w i t ho u t t h e e x p r e s s p r i o r w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n o f s a i d a rc h i t e c t s , a n y u n a u t h o r iz e d r e u s e o f t h e s e p l a n s o t h e r t h a n f o r t h e p r o j e c t a n d l o c a t i o n s h o w n i s p r o h i b i t e d . JOB NO. SUBMITTAL DATE SHEET TITLE SHEET NO. CLIENT: Plot Date:File: REVISION DATE 21 3 0 E 4 T H S T # 2 0 0 SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 5 1ST PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 08/20/2024 970 W. 190TH ST., STE 250, TORRANCE CA 90502 O: 310.217.8885 BSBDESIGN.COM D E S I G N BSB 4TH P.C. SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 2ND PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 01/29/2025 3RD PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 04/17/2025 4TH PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 11/4/2025 8:52:22 PM MR230056 A030 CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL OL I V E C R E S T R E S I D E N T I A L 21 5 0 E . F O U R T H S T . & 2 1 6 0 E . F O U R T H S T . SA N T A A N A C A 9 2 7 0 5 OL I V E C R E S T al l i d e a s , d e s i g n s a n d p l a n s r e p r e s e n t e d b y t h i s d r aw i n g a r e t h e e x c l u s i v e p r o p e r t y o f bs b d e s i g n , i n c . an d s h a l l n o t b e r e p r o d u c e d i n w h o l e o r i n p a r t w i t ho u t t h e e x p r e s s p r i o r w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n o f s a i d a rc h i t e c t s , a n y u n a u t h o r iz e d r e u s e o f t h e s e p l a n s o t h e r t h a n f o r t h e p r o j e c t a n d l o c a t i o n s h o w n i s p r o h i b i t e d . JOB NO. SUBMITTAL DATE SHEET TITLE SHEET NO. CLIENT: Plot Date:File: REVISION DATE 21 3 0 E 4 T H S T # 2 0 0 SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 5 1ST PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 08/20/2024 970 W. 190TH ST., STE 250, TORRANCE CA 90502 O: 310.217.8885 BSBDESIGN.COM D E S I G N BSB 4TH P.C. SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 2ND PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 01/29/2025 3RD PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 04/17/2025 4TH PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 11/4/2025 8:52:23 PM MR230056 A041 CAL GREEN Notes - Residential OL I V E C R E S T R E S I D E N T I A L 21 5 0 E . F O U R T H S T . & 2 1 6 0 E . F O U R T H S T . SA N T A A N A C A 9 2 7 0 5 OL I V E C R E S T SECTION 4.106 SITE DEVELOPMENT 4.106.1 GENERAL PRESERVATION AND USE OF AVAILABLE NATURAL RESOURCES SHALL BE ACCOMPLISHED THROUGH EVALUATION AND CAREFUL PLANNING TO MINIMIZE NEGATIVE EFFECTS ON THE SITE AND ADJACENT AREAS. PRESERVATION OF SLOPES, MANAGEMENT OF STORM WATER DRAINAGE AND EROSION CONTROLS SHALL COMPLY WITH THIS SECTION. 4.106.2 STORM WATER DRAINAGE AND RETENTION DURING CONSTRUCTION. PROJECTS WHICH DISTURB LESS THAN ONE ACRE OF SOIL AND ARE NOT PART OF A LARGER COMMON PLAN OF DEVELOPMENT WHICH IN TOTAL DISTURBS ONE ACRE OR MORE, SHALL MANAGE STORM WATER DRAINAGE DURING CONSTRUCTION. IN ORDER TO MANAGE STORM WATER DRAINAGE DURING CONSTRUCTION, ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING MEASURES SHALL BE IMPLEMENTED TO PREVENT FLOODING OF ADJACENT PROPERTY, PREVENT EROSION AND RETAIN SOIL RUNOFF ON THE SITE. 1. RETENTION BASINS OF SUFFICIENT SIZE SHALL BE UTILIZED TO RETAIN STORM WATER ON THE SITE. 2. WHERE STORM WATER IS CONVEYED TO A PUBLIC DRAINAGE SYSTEM, COLLECTION POINT, GUTTER OR SIMILAR DISPOSAL METHOD, WATER SHALL BE FILTERED BY USE OF A BARRIER SYSTEM, WATTLE OR OTHER METHOD APPROVED BY THE ENFORCING AGENCY. 3. COMPLIANCE WITH A LAWFULLY ENACTED STORM WATER MANAGEMENT ORDINANCE. NOTE: REFER TO THE STORM WATER RESOURCE CONTROL BOARD FOR THE PROJECTS WHICH DISTURB ONE ACRE OR MORE OF SOIL, OR ARE PART OF A LARGER COMMON PLAN OF DEVELOPMENT WHICH IN TOTAL DISTURBS ONE ACRE OR MORE OF SOIL. 4.106.3 GRADING AND PAVING CONSTRUCTION PLANS SHALL INDICATE HOW THE SITE GRADING OR DRAINAGE SYSTEM WILL MANAGE ALL SURFACE WATER FLOWS TO KEEP WATER FROM ENTERING BUILDINGS. EXAMPLES OF METHODS TO MANAGE SURFACE WATER INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: 1. SWALES 2. WATER COLLECTION AND DISPOSAL SYSTEMS 3. FRENCH DRAINS 4. WATER RETENTION GARDENS 5. OTHER WATER MEASURES WHICH KEEP SURFACE WATER AWAY FROM BUILDINGS AND AID IN GROUNDWATER RECHARGE EXCEPTION: ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS NOT ALTERING THE DRAINAGE PATH. SECTION 4.303 INDOOR WATER USE 4.303.1 WATER CONSERVING PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FITTINGS PLUMBING FIXTURES (WATER CLOSETS AND URINALS) AND FITTINGS (FAUCETS AND SHOWERHEADS) SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING: 4.303.1.1 WATER CLOSETS. THE EFFECTIVE FLUSH VOLUME OF ALL WATER CLOSETS SHALL NOT EXCEED 1.28 GALLONS PER FLUSH. TANK-TYPE WATER CLOSETS SHALL BE CERTIFIED TO THE PERFORMANCE CRITERIA OF THE U.S. EPA WATERSENSE SPECIFICATION FOR TANK- TYPE TOILETS. NOTE: THE EFFECTIVE FLUSH VOLUME OF DUAL FLUSH TOILETS IS DEFINED AS THE COMPOSITE, AVERAGE FLUSH VOLUME OF TWO REDUCED FLUSHES AND ONE FULL FLUSH. 4303.1.2 URINALS THE EFFECTIVE FLUSH VOLUME OF WALL-MOUNTED URINALS SHALL NOT EXCEED .125 GALLONS PER FLUSH. THE EFFECTIVE FLUSH VOLUME OF ALL OTHER URINALS SHALL NOT EXCEED 0.5 GALLONS PER FLUSH. 4.303.1.3 SHOWER HEADS 4.303.1.3.1 SINGLE SHOWER HEADS SHOWERHEADS SHALL HAVE A MAXIMUM FLOW RATE OF NOT MORE THAN 1.8 GALLONS PER MINUTE @ 80 PSI. SHOWERHEADS SHALL BE CERTIFIED TO THE PERFORMANCE CRITERIA OF THE U.S. EPA WATERSENSE SPECIFICATION FOR SHOWERHEADS. 4.303.1.3.2 MULTIPLE SHOWER HEADS WHEN A SHOWER IS SERVED BY MORE THAN ONE SHOWERHEAD, THE COMBINED FLOW RATE OF ALL SHOWERHEADS AND/OR OTHER SHOWER OUTLETS CONTROLLED BY A SINGLE VALVE SHALL NOT EXCEED 1.8 GALLONS PER MINUTE @ 80 PSI. OR THE SHOWER SHALL BE DESIGNED TO ALLOW ONLY ONE SHOWER OUTLET TO BE IN OPERATION AT A TIME. NOTE: A HAND-HELD SHOWER SHALL BE CONSIDERED A SHOWERHEAD. 4.303.1.4 FAUCETS 4.303.1.4.1 RESIDENTIAL LAVATORY FAUCETS. THE MAXIMUM FLOW RATE OF RESIDENTIAL LAVATORY FAUCETS SHALL NOT EXCEED 1.2 GALLONS PER MINUTE AT 60 PSI. THE MINIMUM FLOW RATE OF RESIDENTIAL LAVATORY FAUCETS SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 0.8 GALLONS PER MINUTE AT 20 PSI. 4.303.1.4.2 LAVATORY FAUCETS IN COMMON AND PUBLIC USE AREAS. THE MAXIMUM FLOW RATE OF LAVATORY FAUCETS INSTALLED IN COMMON AND PUBLIC USE AREAS (OUTSIDE OF DWELLINGS OR SLEEPING UNITS) IN RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS SHALL NOT EXCEED 0.5 GALLONS PER MINUTE AT 60 PSI. 4.303.1.4.3 METERING FAUCETS. METERING FAUCETS WHEN INSTALLED IN RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS SHALL NOT DELIVER MORE THAN 0.25 GALLONS PER CYCLE. 4.303.1.4.4 KITCHEN FAUCETS. THE MAXIMUM FLOW RATE OF KITCHEN FAUCETS SHALL NOT EXCEED 1.8 GALLONS PER MINUTE AT 60 PSI. KITCHEN FAUCETS MAY TEMPORARILY INCREASE THE FLOW ABOVE THE MAXIMUM RATE, BUT NOT TO EXCEED 2.2 GALLONS PER MINUTE AT 60 PSI, AND MUST DEFAULT TO A MAXIMUM FLOW RATE OF 1.8 GALLONS PER MINUTE AT 60 PSI. NOTE: WHERE COMPLYING FAUCETS ARE UNAVAILABLE, AERATORS OR OTHER MEANS MAY BE USED TO ACHIEVE REDUCTION. 4.303.2 STANDARDS FOR PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FITTINGS. PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FITTINGS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE, AND SHALL MEET THE APPLICABLE STANDARDS REFERENCED IN TABLE 1701.1 OF CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE SECTION 4.304 OUTDOOR WATER USE 4.304.1 OUTDOOR POTABLE WATER USE IN LANDSCAPE AREAS. RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENTS SHALL COMPLY WITH A LOCAL WATER EFFICIENT LANDSCAPE ORDINANCE OR THE CURRENT CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF WATER RESOURCES' MODEL WATER EFFICIENT ORDINANCE (MWELO), WHICHEVER IS MORE STRINGENT. NOTES: 1. THE MODEL WATER EFFICIENT LANDSCAPE ORDINANCE (MWELO) IS LOCATED IN THE CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS, TITLE 23, CHAPTER 2.7, DIVISION 2. 2. MWELO AND SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS INCLUDING WATER BUDGET CALCULATOR, ARE AVAILABLE AT: http://www.water.ca.gov SECTION 4.406 ENHANCED DURABILITY AND REDUCED MAINTENANCE 4.406.1 RODENT PROOFING. ANNULAR SPACES AROUND PIPES, ELEC-TRIC CABLES, CONDUITS OR OTHER OPENINGS IN SOLE/BOTTOM PLATES AT EXTERIOR WALLS SHALL BE PROTECTED AGAINST THE PASSAGE OF RODENTS BY CLOSING SUCH OPENINGS WITH CEMENT MORTAR, CONCRETE MASONRY OR A SIMILAR METHOD ACCEPTABLE TO THE ENFORCING AGENCY. 4.408.1 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT RECYCLE AND/OR SALVAGE FOR REUSE A MINIMUM OF 65 PERCENT OF THE NONHAZARDOUS CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION WASTE IN ACCORDANCE WITH EITHER SECTION 4.408.2, 4.408.3 OR 4.408.4, OR MEET A MORE STRINGENT LOCAL CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION WASTE MANAGEMENT ORDINANCE. EXCEPTIONS: 1. EXCAVATED SOIL AND LAND-CLEARING DEBRIS. 2. ALTERNATE WASTE REDUCTION METHODS DEVELOPED BY WORKING WITH LOCAL AGENCIES IF DIVERSION OR RECYCLE FACILITIES CAPABLE OF COMPLIANCE WITH THIS ITEM DO NOT EXIST OR ARE NOT LOCATED REASONABLY CLOSE TO THE JOBSITE. 3. THE ENFORCING AGENCY MAY MAKE EXCEPTIONS TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SECTION WHEN ISOLATED JOBSITES ARE LOCATED IN AREAS BEYOND THE HAUL BOUNDARIES OF THE DIVERSION FACILITY. 4.408.2 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN SUBMIT A CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN IN CONFORMANCE WITH ITEMS 1 -5. THE CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN SHALL BE UPDATED AS NECESSARY AND SHALL BE AVAILABLE DURING CONSTRUCTION FOR EXAMINATION BY THE ENFORCING AGENCY. 1. IDENTIFY THE CONSTRUCTION & DEMOLITION WASTE MATERIALS TO BE DIVERTED FROM DISPOSAL BY RECYCLING, REUSE ON THE PROJECT OR SALVAGE FOR FUTURE USE. 2. SPECIFY IF CONSTRUCTION & DEMOLITION WASTE MATERIALS WILL BE SORTED ON SITE (SOURCE-SEPARATED) OR BULK MIXED (SINGLE STREAM). 3. IDENTIFY DIVERSION FACILITIES WHERE THE CONSTRUCTION & DEMOLITION WASTE MATERIAL WILL BE TAKEN. 4. IDENTIFY CONSTRUCTION METHODS EMPLOYED TO REDUCE THE AMOUNT OF CONSTRUCTION & DEMOLITION WASTE GENERATED. 5. SPECIFY THAT THE AMOUNT OF CONSTRUCTION & DEMOLITION WASTE MATERIALS DIVERTED SHALL BE CALCULATED BY WEIGHT OR VOLUME, BUT NOT BY BOTH. 4.408.3 WASTE MANAGEMENT COMPANY UTILIZE A WASTE MANAGEMENT COMPANY APPROVED BY THE ENFORCING AGENCY, WHICH CAN PROVIDE VERIFIABLE DOCUMENTATION THAT THE PERCENTAGE OF CONSTRUCTION & DEMOLITION WASTE MATERIAL DIVERTED FROM THE LANDFILL COMPLIES WITH SECTION 4.408.1. NOTE: THE OWNER OR CONTRACTOR MAY MAKE THE DETERMINATION IF THE CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION WASTE MATERIALS WILL BE DIVERTED BY A WASTE MANAGEMENT COMPANY. 4.408.4 WASTE STREAM REDUCTION ALTERNATIVE. PROJECTS THAT GENERATE A TOTAL COMBINED WEIGHT OF CONSTRUCTION & DEMOLITION WASTE DISPOSED OF IN LANDFILLS, WHICH DO NOT EXCEED 3.4 LBS./SQ. FT. OF THE BUILDING AREA SHALL MEET THE MINIMUM 65 PERCENT CONSTRUCTION WASTE REDUCTION REQUIREMENT IN SECTION 4.408.1. 4.408.4.1 WASTE STREAM REDUCTION ALTERNATIVE. PROJECTS THAT GENERATE A TOTAL COMBINED WEIGHT OF CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION WASTE DISPOSED OF IN LANDFILLS, WHICH DO NOT EXCEED TWO (2) POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT OF THE BUILDING AREA, SHALL MEET THE MINIMUM 65-PERCENT CONSTRUCTION WASTE REDUCTION REQUIREMENT IN SECTION 4.408.1. 4.408.5 DOCUMENTATION SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE ENFORCING AGENCY WHICH DEMONSTRATES COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 4.408.2, ITEMS 1-5, SECTION 4.408.3 OR 4.408.4. SECTION 4.410 BUILDING MAINTENANCE AND OPERATION 4.410.1 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL. AT THE TIME OF FINAL INSPECTION, A MANUAL, COMPACT DISC, WEB-BASED REFERENCE OR OTHER MEDIA ACCEPTABLE TO THE ENFORCING AGENCY WHICH INCLUDES ALL OF THE FOLLOWING SHALL BE PLACED IN THE BUILDING: 1. DIRECTIONS TO THE OWNER OR OCCUPANT THAT THE MANUAL SHALL REMAIN WITH THE BUILDING THROUGHOUT THE LIFE CYCLE OF THE STRUCTURE. 2. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE FOLLOWING: a. EQUIPMENT AND APPLIANCES, INCLUDING WATER-SAVING DEVICES AND SYSTEMS, HVAC SYSTEMS, PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEMS, ELECTRIC VEHICLE CHARGERS, WATER-HEATING SYSTEMS AND OTHER MAJOR APPLIANCES AND EQUIPMENT. b. ROOF AND YARD DRAINAGE, INCLUDING GUTTERS AND DOWNSPOUTS. c. SPACE CONDITIONING SYSTEMS, INCLUDING CONDENSERS AND AIR FILTERS. d. LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION SYSTEMS. e. WATER REUSE SYSTEMS. 3. INFORMATION FROM LOCAL UTILITY, WATER AND WASTE RECOVERY PROVIDERS ON METHODS TO FURTHER REDUCE RESOURCE CONSUMPTION, INCLUDING RECYCLE PROGRAMS AND LOCATIONS. 4. PUBLIC TRANSPORTATION AND/OR CARPOOL OPTIONS AVAILABLE IN THE AREA. 5. EDUCATIONAL MATERIAL ON THE POSITIVE IMPACTS OF AN INTERIOR RELATIVE HUMIDITY BETWEEN 30-60 PERCENT AND WHAT METHODS AN OCCUPANT MAY USE TO MAINTAIN THE RELATIVE HUMIDITY LEVEL IN THAT RANGE. 6. INFORMATION ABOUT WATER-CONSERVING LANDSCAPE AND IRRIGATION DESIGN AND CONTROLLERS WHICH CONSERVE WATER. 7. INSTRUCTIONS FOR MAINTAINING GUTTERS AND DOWNSPOUTS AND THE IMPORTANCE OF DIVERTING WATER AT LEAST 5 FEET AWAY FROM THE FOUNDATION. 8. INFORMATION ON REQUIRED ROUTINE MAINTENANCE MEASURES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, CAULKING, PAINTING, GRADING AROUND THE BUILDING, ETC. 9. INFORMATION ABOUT STATE SOLAR ENERGY AND INCENTIVE PROGRAMS AVAILABLE. 10. A COPY OF ALL SPECIAL INSPECTIONS VERIFICATIONS REQUIRED BY THE ENFORCING AGENCY OR THIS [CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS] CODE. 11. INFORMATION FROM THE DEPARTMENT OF FORESTRY AND FIRE PROTECTION ON MAINTENANCE OF DEFENSIBLE SPACE AROUND RESIDENTIAL STRUCTURES. 12. INFORMATION AND/OR DRAWINGS IDENTIFYING THE LOCATION OF GRAB BAR REINFORCEMENTS. 4.410.2 RECYCLING PER OCCUPANTS WHERE 5 OR MORE MULTIFAMILY DWELLING UNITS ARE CONSTRUCTED ON A BUILDING SITE, PROVIDE READILY ACCESSIBLE AREA(S) THAT SERVES ALL BUILDINGS ON THE SITE AND IS IDENTIFIED FOR THE DEPOSITING, STORAGE AND COLLECTION OF NON- HAZARADOUS MATERIALS FOR RECYCLING, INCLUDING (AT A MINIMUM) PAPER, CORRUGATED CARDBOARD, GLASS, PLASTICS, ORGANIC WASTER, AND METALS, OR MEET A LAWFULLY ENACTED LOCAL RECYCLING ORDINANCE, IF MORE RESTRICTIVE. SECTION 4.503 FIREPLACES 4.503.1 GENERAL. ANY INSTALLED GAS FIREPLACE SHALL BE A DIRECT-VENT SEALED-COMBUSTION TYPE. ANY INSTALLED WOODSTOVE OR PELLET STOVE SHALL COMPLY WITH U.S. EPA NEW SOURCE PERFORMANCE STANDARDS (NSPS) EMISSION LIMITS AS APPLICABLE AND SHALL HAVE A PERMANENT LABEL INDICATING THEY ARE CERTIFIED TO MEET THE EMISSION LIMITS. WOODSTOVES, PELLET STOVES AND FIREPLACES SHALL ALSO COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE LOCAL ORDINANCES. SECTION 4.504 POLLUTANT CONTROL 4.504.1 COVERING OF DUCT OPENINGS AND PROTECTION OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT DURING CONSTRUCTION. AT THE TIME OF ROUGH INSTALLATION OR DURING STORAGE ON THE CONSTRUCTION SITE AND UNTIL FINAL STARTUP OF THE HEATING, COOLING AND VENTILATING EQUIPMENT, ALL DUCT AND OTHER RELATED AIR DISTRIBUTION COMPONENT OPENINGS SHALL BE COVERED WITH TAPE, PLASTIC, SHEET METAL OR OTHER METHODS ACCEPTABLE TO THE ENFORCING AGENCY TO REDUCE THE AMOUNT OF WATER, DUST AND DEBRIS WHICH MAY ENTER THE SYSTEM. 4.504.2 FINISH MATERIAL POLLUTANT CONTROL. FINISH MATERIALS SHALL COMPLY WITH THIS SECTION. 4.504.2.1 ADHESIVES, SEALANTS AND CAULKS. ADHESIVES, SEALANTS AND CAULKS USED ON THE PROJECT SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS UNLESS MORE STRINGENT LOCAL OR REGIONAL AIR POLLUTION OR AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT RULES APPLY: 1. ADHESIVES, ADHESIVE BONDING PRIMERS, ADHESIVE PRIMERS, SEALANTS, SEALANT PRIMERS, AND CAULKS SHALL COMPLY WITH LOCAL OR REGIONAL AIR POLLUTION CONTROL OR AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT RULES WHERE APPLICABLE OR SCAQMD RULE 1168 VOC LIMITS, AS SHOWN IN TABLE 4.504.1 OR 4.504.2, AS APPLICABLE. SUCH PRODUCTS ALSO SHALL COMPLY WITH THE RULE 1168 PROHIBITION ON THE USE OF CERTAIN TOXIC COMPOUNDS (CHLOROFORM, ETHYLENE DICHLORIDE, METHYLENE CHLORIDE, PERCHLOROETHYLENE AND TRICHLOROETHYLENE), EXCEPT FOR AEROSOL PRODUCTS, AS SPECIFIED IN SUBSECTION 2 BELOW. 2. AEROSOL ADHESIVES, AND SMALLER UNIT SIZES OF ADHESIVES, AND SEALANT OR CAULKING COMPOUNDS (IN UNITS OF PRODUCT, LESS PACKAGING, WHICH DO NOT WEIGH MORE THAN 1 POUND AND DO NOT CONSIST OF MORE THAN 16 FLUID OUNCES) SHALL COMPLY WITH STATEWIDE VOC STANDARDS AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS, INCLUDING PROHIBITIONS ON USE OF CERTAIN TOXIC COMPOUNDS, OF CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS, TITLE 17, COMMENCING WITH SECTION 94507. 4.504.2.2 PAINTS AND COATINGS. ARCHITECTURAL PAINTS AND COATINGS SHALL COMPLY WITH VOC LIMITS IN TABLE 1 OF THE ARB ARCHITECTURAL SUGGESTED CONTROL MEASURE, AS SHOWN IN TABLE 4.504.3, UNLESS MORE STRINGENT LOCAL LIMITS APPLY. THE VOC CONTENT LIMIT FOR COATINGS THAT DO NOT MEET THE DEFINITIONS FOR THE SPECIALTY COATINGS CATEGORIES LISTED IN TABLE 4.504.3 SHALL BE DETERMINED BY CLASSIFYING THE COATING AS A FLAT, NONFLAT OR NONFLAT-HIGH GLOSS COATING, BASED ON ITS GLOSS, AS DEFINED IN SUBSECTIONS 4.21, 4.36, AND 4.37 OF THE 2007 CALIFORNIA AIR RESOURCES BOARD, SUGGESTED CONTROL MEASURE, AND THE CORRESPONDING FLAT, NONFLAT OR NONFLAT-HIGH GLOSS VOC LIMIT IN TABLE 4.504.3 SHALL APPLY. 4.504.2.3 AEROSOL PAINTS AND COATINGS. AEROSOL PAINTS AND COATINGS SHALL MEET THE PRODUCT-WEIGHTED MIR LIMITS FOR ROC IN SECTION 94522(A)(2) AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS, INCLUDING PROHIBITIONS ON USE OF CERTAIN TOXIC COMPOUNDS AND OZONE DEPLETING SUBSTANCES, IN SECTIONS 94522(E)(1) AND (F)(1) OF CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS, TITLE 17, COMMENCING WITH SECTION 94520; AND IN AREAS UNDER THE JURISDICTION OF THE BAY AREA AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT ADDITIONALLY COMPLY WITH THE PERCENT VOC BY WEIGHT OF PRODUCT LIMITS OF REGULATION 8, RULE 49. 4.504.2.4 VERIFICATION. VERIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE WITH THIS SECTION SHALL BE PROVIDED AT THE REQUEST OF THE ENFORCING AGENCY. DOCUMENTATION MAY INCLUDE, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: 1. MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT SPECIFICATION. 2. FIELD VERIFICATION OF ON-SITE PRODUCT CONTAINERS. 4.504.3 CARPET SYSTEMS. ALL CARPET INSTALLED IN THE BUILDING INTERIOR SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH, “STANDARD METHOD FOR THE TESTING AND EVALUATION OF VOLATILE ORGANIC CHEMICAL EMISSIONS FROM INDOOR SOURCES USING ENVIRONMENTAL CHAMBERS,”VERSION 1.2, JANUARY 2017 (EMISSION TESTING METHOD FOR CALIFORNIA SPECIFICATION 01350). SEE CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH’S WEBSITE FOR CER-TIFICATION PROGRAMS AND TESTING LABS. HTTPS://WWW.CDPH.CA.GOV/PROGRAMS/CCDPHP/DEODC/EHLB/IAQ/PAGES/VOC.ASPX 4.504.3.1 CARPET CUSHION. ALL CARPET CUSHION INSTALLED IN THE BUILDING INTERIOR SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH, “STANDARD METHOD FOR THE TESTING AND EVALUATION OF VOLATILE ORGANIC CHEMICAL EMISSIONS FROM INDOOR SOURCES USING ENVIRONMENTAL CHAMBERS,”VERSION 1.2, JANUARY 2017 (EMISSION TESTING METHOD FOR CALIFORNIA SPECIFICATION 01350). SEE CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH’S WEBSITE FOR CERTIFICATION PROGRAMS AND TESTING LABS. HTTPS://WWW.CDPH.CA.GOV/PROGRAMS/CCDPHP/DEODC/EHLB/IAQ/PAGES/VOC.ASPX 4.504.3.2 CARPET ADHESIVE. ALL CARPET ADHESIVE SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF TABLE 4.504.1. 4.504.4 RESILIENT FLOORING SYSTEMS. WHERE RESILIENT FLOORING IS INSTALLED, AT LEAST 80 PERCENT OF FLOOR AREA RECEIVING RESILIENT FLOORING SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH, “STANDARD METHOD FOR THE TESTING AND EVALUATION OF VOLATILE ORGANIC CHEMICAL EMISSIONS FROM INDOOR SOURCES USING ENVIRONMENTAL CHAMBERS,”VERSION 1.2, JANUARY 2017 (EMISSION TESTING METHOD FOR CALIFORNIA SPECIFICATION 01350). SEE CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH’S WEBSITE FOR CER-TIFICATION PROGRAMS AND TESTING LABS. HTTPS://WWW.CDPH.CA.GOV/PROGRAMS/CCDPHP/DEODC/EHLB/IAQ/PAGES/VOC.ASPX 4.504.5 COMPOSITE WOOD PRODUCTS. HARDWOOD PLYWOOD, PARTICLEBOARD AND MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD COMPOSITE WOOD PRODUCTS USED ON THE INTERIOR OR EXTERIOR OF THE BUILDING SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS FOR FORMALDEHYDE AS SPECIFIED IN ARB'S AIR TOXICS CONTROL MEASURE FOR COMPOSITE WOOD (17 CCR 93120 ET SEQ.), BY OR BEFORE THE DATES SPECIFIED IN THOSE SECTIONS, AS SHOWN IN TABLE 4.504.5. 4.504.5.1 DOCUMENTATION. VERIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE WITH THIS SECTION SHALL BE PROVIDED AS REQUESTED BY THE ENFORCING AGENCY. DOCUMENTATION SHALL INCLUDE AT LEAST ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: 1. PRODUCT CERTIFICATIONS AND SPECIFICATIONS 2. CHAIN OF CUSTODY CERTIFICATIONS 1. PRODUCT LABELED AND INVOICED AS MEETING THE COMPOSITE WOOD PRODUCTS REGULATION. (SEE CCR, TITLE 17, SECTION 93120, ET SEQ.). 3. EXTERIOR GRADE PRODUCTS MARKED AS MEETING THE PS-1 OR PS-2 STANDARDS OF THE ENGINEERED WOOD ASSOCIATION, AUSTRALIAN AS/NZS 2269 OR EUROPEAN 636 3S STANDARDS, AND CANADIAN CSA 0121, CSA 0151, CSA 0153 AND CSA 0325 STANDARDS. 4. OTHER METHODS ACCEPTABLE TO THE ENFORCING AGENCY. SECTION 4.505 INTERIOR MOISTURE CONTROL 4.505.1 GENERAL. BUILDINGS SHALL MEET OR EXCEED THE PROVISIONS OF THE CALIFORNIA BUILDING STANDARDS CODE. 4.505.2 CONCRETE SLAB FOUNDATIONS. CONCRETE SLAB FOUNDATIONS REQUIRED TO HAVE A VAPOR RETARDER BY CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE, CHAPTER 19, OR CONCRETE SLAB ON GRADE FLOORS REQUIRED TO HAVE A VAPOR RETARDER BY THE CALIFORNIA RESIDENTIAL CODE, CHAPTER 5, SHALL ALSO COMPLY WITH THIS SECTION. 4.505.2.1 CAPILLARY BREAK. A CAPILLARY BREAK SHALL BE INSTALLED IN COMPLIANCE WITH AT LEAST ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: 1. A 4-INCH (101.6 MM) THICK BASE OF 1/2 INCH (12.7 MM) OR LARGER CLEAN AGGREGATE SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A VAPOR RETARDER IN DIRECT CONTACT WITH CONCRETE AND A CONCRETE MIX DESIGN, WHICH WILL ADDRESS BLEEDING, SHRINKAGE, AND CURLING, SHALL BE USED. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, SEE AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE, ACI 302.2R-06. 2. OTHER EQUIVALENT METHODS APPROVED BY THE ENFORCING AGENCY. 3. A SLAB DESIGN SPECIFIED BY A LICENSED DESIGN PROFESSIONAL. 4.505.3 MOISTURE CONTENT OF BUILDING MATERIALS. BUILDING MATERIALS WITH VISIBLE SIGNS OF WATER DAMAGE SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED. WALL AND FLOOR FRAMING SHALL NOT BE ENCLOSED WHEN THE FRAMING MEMBERS EXCEED 19 PERCENT MOISTURE CONTENT. MOISTURE CONTENT SHALL BE VERIFIED IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1. MOISTURE CONTENT SHALL BE DETERMINED WITH EITHER A PROBE-TYPE OR CONTACT-TYPE MOISTURE METER. EQUIVALENT MOISTURE VERIFICATION METHODS MAY BE APPROVED BY THE ENFORCING AGENCY AND SHALL SATISFY REQUIREMENTS FOUND IN SECTION 101.8 OF THIS CODE. 2. MOISTURE READINGS SHALL BE TAKEN AT A POINT 2 FEET (610 MM) TO 4 FEET (1219 MM) FROM THE GRADE STAMPED END OF EACH PIECE TO BE VERIFIED. 3. AT LEAST THREE RANDOM MOISTURE READINGS SHALL BE PERFORMED ON WALL AND FLOOR FRAMING WITH DOCUMENTATION ACCEPTABLE TO THE ENFORCING AGENCY PROVIDED AT THE TIME OF APPROVAL TO ENCLOSE THE WALL AND FLOOR FRAMING. INSULATION PRODUCTS WHICH ARE VISIBLY WET OR HAVE A HIGH MOISTURE CONTENT SHALL BE REPLACED OR ALLOWED TO DRY PRIOR TO ENCLOSURE IN WALL OR FLOOR CAVITIES. WET-APPLIED INSULATION PRODUCTS SHALL FOLLOW THE MANUFACTURERS' DRYING RECOMMENDATIONS PRIOR TO ENCLOSURE. SECTION 4.506 INDOOR AIR QUALITY AND EXHAUST 4.506.1 BATHROOM EXHAUST FANS. EACH BATHROOM SHALL BE MECHANICALLY VENTILATED AND SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1. FANS SHALL BE ENERGY STAR COMPLIANT AND BE DUCTED TO TERMINATE OUTSIDE THE BUILDING. 2. UNLESS FUNCTIONING AS A COMPONENT OF A WHOLE HOUSE VENTILATION SYSTEM, FANS MUST BE CONTROLLED BY A HUMIDITY CONTROL. A. HUMIDITY CONTROLS SHALL BE CAPABLE OF ADJUSTMENT BETWEEN A RELATIVE HUMIDITY RANGE OF LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 50 PERCENT TO A MAXIMUM 80 PERCENT. A HUMIDITY CONTROL MAY UTILIZE MANUAL OR AUTOMATIC MEANS OF ADJUSTMENT. B. A HUMIDITY CONTROL MAY BE A SEPARATE COMPONENT TO THE EXHAUST FAN AND IS NOT REQUIRED TO BE INTEGRAL (BUILT-IN). SECTION 4.507 ENVIRONMENTAL COMFORT 4.507.2 HEATING AND AIR-CONDITIONING SYSTEM DESIGN. HEATING AND AIR-CONDITIONING SYSTEMS SHALL BE SIZED, DESIGNED AND HAVE THEIR EQUIPMENT SELECTED USING THE FOLLOWING METHODS: 1. THE HEAT LOSS AND HEAT GAIN IS ESTABLISHED ACCORDING TO ANSI/ACCA 2 MANUAL J, -2016 (RESIDENTIAL LOAD CALCULATION), ASHRAE HANDBOOKS OR OTHER EQUIVALENT DESIGN SOFTWARE OR METHODS. 2. DUCT SYSTEMS ARE SIZED ACCORDING TO ANSI/ACCA 1 MANUAL D -2016 (RESIDENTIAL DUCT SYSTEMS),ASHRAE HANDBOOKS OR OTHER EQUIVALENT DESIGN SOFTWARE OR METHODS. 3. SELECT HEATING AND COOLING EQUIPMENT ACCORDING TO ANSI/ACCA 3 MANUAL S-2014 (RESIDENTIAL EQUIPMENT SELECTION) OR OTHER EQUIVALENT DESIGN SOFTWARE OR METHODS. EXCEPTION: USE OF ALTERNATE DESIGN TEMPERATURES NECESSARY TO ENSURE THE SYSTEMS FUNCTION ARE ACCEPTABLE. CAL GREEN RESIDENTIAL MANDATORY MEASURES NOTES 1. INSULATION SHALL BE GREEN GUARD CERTIFIED. 2. USE OF MATERIALS FOR ALL CABINETS, COUNTERTOPS AND SHELVING THAT IS FREE OF ADDED FORMALDEHYDE OR FULLY SEALED ON ALL SIX SIDES BY LAMINATES AND/OR A LOW-VOC PRIMER OR SEALANT (150 g/l OR LESS). 3. CARPET WILL CONTAIN RECYCLED CONTENT OR THAT RECYCLED CONTENT AGGREGATE FOR THE ROAD BASE (CLIENT TO DETERMINE). 4. AT MINIMUM THE PROJECT SHALL RECYCLE AND/OR SALVAGE 65% OF NON- HAZARDOUS CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION DEBRIS. SUSTAINABILITY NOTES PRIOR TO THE FINAL INSPECTION THE LICENSED CONTRACTOR, ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER IN RESPONSIBLE CHARGE OF THE OVERALL CONSTRUCTION MUST PROVIDE TO THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT OFFICIAL WRITTEN VERIFICATION THAT ALL APPLICABLE PROVISIONS FROM THE GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS CODE HAVE BEEN IMPLEMENTED AS PART OF THE CONSTRUCTION. CGC 102.3 COMPLIANCE NOTES al l i d e a s , d e s i g n s a n d p l a n s r e p r e s e n t e d b y t h i s d r aw i n g a r e t h e e x c l u s i v e p r o p e r t y o f bs b d e s i g n , i n c . an d s h a l l n o t b e r e p r o d u c e d i n w h o l e o r i n p a r t w i t ho u t t h e e x p r e s s p r i o r w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n o f s a i d a rc h i t e c t s , a n y u n a u t h o r iz e d r e u s e o f t h e s e p l a n s o t h e r t h a n f o r t h e p r o j e c t a n d l o c a t i o n s h o w n i s p r o h i b i t e d . JOB NO. SUBMITTAL DATE SHEET TITLE SHEET NO. CLIENT: Plot Date:File: REVISION DATE 21 3 0 E 4 T H S T # 2 0 0 SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 5 1ST PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 08/20/2024 970 W. 190TH ST., STE 250, TORRANCE CA 90502 O: 310.217.8885 BSBDESIGN.COM D E S I G N BSB 4TH P.C. SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 2ND PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 01/29/2025 3RD PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 04/17/2025 4TH PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 11/4/2025 8:52:23 PM MR230056 A042 CAL GREEN Checklist - Residential OL I V E C R E S T R E S I D E N T I A L 21 5 0 E . F O U R T H S T . & 2 1 6 0 E . F O U R T H S T . SA N T A A N A C A 9 2 7 0 5 OL I V E C R E S T MAXIMUM INCREMENTAL REACTIVITY (MIR). THE MAXIMUM CHANGE IN WEIGHT OF OZONE FORMED BY ADDING A COMPOUND TO THE "BASE REACTIVE ORGANIC GAS (ROG) MIXTURE" PER WEIGHT OF COMPOUND ADDED, EXPRESSED TO HUNDREDTHS OF A GRAM (G O³/G ROC). NOTE: MIR VALUES FOR INDIVIDUAL COMPOUNDS AND HYDROCARBON SOLVENTS ARE SPECIFIED IN CCR, TITLE 17, SECTIONS 94700 AND 94701. MOISTURE CONTENT. THE WEIGHT OF THE WATER IN WOOD EXPRESSED IN PERCENTAGE OF THE WEIGHT OF THE OVEN-DRY WOOD. PRODUCT-WEIGHTED MIR (PWMIR).THE SUM OF ALL WEIGHTED-MIR FOR ALL INGREDIENTS IN A PRODUCT SUBJECT TO THIS ARTICLE. THE PWMIR IS THE TOTAL PRODUCT REACTIVITY EXPRESSED TO HUNDREDTHS OF A GRAM OF OZONE FORMED PER GRAM OF PRODUCT (EXCLUDING CONTAINER AND PACKAGING). NOTE: PWMIR IS CALCULATED ACCORDING TO EQUATIONS FOUND IN CCR, TITLE 17, SECTION 94521 (A). REACTIVE ORGANIC COMPOUND (ROC).ANY COMPOUND THAT HAS THE POTENTIAL, ONCE EMITTED, TO CONTRIBUTE TO OZONE FORMATION IN THE TROPOSPHERE. VOC.A VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUND (VOC) BROADLY DEFINED AS A CHEMICAL COMPOUND BASED ON CARBON CHAINS OR RINGS WITH VAPOR PRESSURES GREATER THAN 0.1 MILLIMETERS OF MERCURY AT ROOM TEMPERATURE. THESE COMPOUNDS TYPICALLY CONTAIN HYDROGEN AND MAY CONTAIN OXYGEN, NITROGEN AND OTHER ELEMENTS. SEE CCR TITLE 17, SECTION 94508(A). 4.503 FIREPLACES 4.503.1 GENERAL. ANY INSTALLED GAS FIREPLACE SHALL BE A DIRECT-VENT SEALED- COMBUSTION TYPE. ANY INSTALLED WOODSTOVE OR PELLET STOVE SHALL COMPLY WITH U.S. EPA NEW SOURCE PERFORMANCE STANDARDS (NSPS) EMISSION LIMITS AS APPLICABLE, AND SHALL HAVE A PERMANENT LABEL INDICATION THEY ARE CERTIFIED TO MEET THE EMISSION LIMTS. WOODSTOVES, PELLET STOVES AND FIREPLACES SHALL ALSO COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE LOCAL ORDINANCES. 4.504 POLLUTANT CONTROL 4.504.1 COVERING OF DUCT OPENINGS & PROTECTION OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT DURING CONSTRUCTION. AT THE TIME OF ROUGH INSTALLATION, DURING STORAGE ON THE CONSTRUCTION SITE AND UNTIL FINAL STARTUP OF THE HEATING, COOLING AND VENTILATING EQUIPMENT, ALL DUCT AND OTHER RELATED AIR DISTRIBUTION COMPONENT OPENINGS SHALL BE COVERED WITH TAPE, PLASTIC, SHEET METAL OR OTHER METHODS ACCEPTABLE TO THE ENFORCING AGENCY TO REDUCE THE AMOUNT OF WATER, DUST OR DEBRIS WHICH MAY ENTER THE SYSTEM. 4.504.2 FINISH MATERIAL POLLUTANT CONTROL. FINISH MATERIALS SHALL COMPLY WITH THIS SECTION. 4.504.2.1 ADHESIVES, SEALANTS AND CAULKS. ADHESIVES, SEALANT AND CAULKS USED ON THE PROJECT SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS UNLESS MORE STRINGENT LOCAL OR REGIONAL AIR POLLUTION OR AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT RULES APPLY: 1. ADHESIVES, ADHESIVE BONDING PRIMERS, ADHESIVE PRIMERS, SEALANTS, SEALANT PRIMERS AND CAULKS SHALL COMPLY WITH LOCAL OR REGIONAL AIR POLLUTION CONTROL OR AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT RULES WHERE APPLICABLE OR SCAQMD RULE 1168 VOC LIMITS, AS SHOWN IN TABLE 4.504.1 OR 4.504.2, AS APPLICABLE. SUCH PRODUCTS ALSO SHALL COMPLY WITH THE RULE 1168 PROHIBITION ON THE USE OF CERTAIN TOXIC COMPOUNDS (CHLOROFORM, ETHYLENE DICHLORIDE, METHYLENE CHLORIDE, PERCHLOROETHYLENE AND TRICLOROETHYLENE), EXCEPT FOR AEROSOL PRODUCTS, AS SPECIFIED IN SUBSECTION 2 BELOW. 2. AEROSOL ADHESIVES, AND SMALLER UNIT SIZES OF ADHESIVES, AND SEALANT OR CAULKING COMPOUNDS (IN UNITS OF PRODUCT, LESS PACKAGING, WHICH DO NOT WEIGH MORE THAN 1 POUND AND DO NOT CONSIST OF MORE THAN 16 FLUID OUNCES) SHALL COMPLY WITH STATEWIDE VOC STANDARDS AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS, INCLUDING PROHIBITIONS ON USE OF CERTAIN TOXIC COMPOUNDS, OF CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS, TITLE 17, COMMENCING WITH SECTION 94507. 4.504.2.2 PAINTS AND COATINGS. ARCHITECTURAL PAINTS AND COATINGS SHALL COMPLY WITH VOC LIMITS IN TABLE 1 OF THE ARB ARCHITECTURAL SUGGESTED CONTROL MEASURE, AS SHOWN IN TABLE 4.504.3, UNLESS MORE STRINGENT LOCAL LIMITS APPLY. THE VOC CONTENT LIMIT FOR COATINGS THAT DO NOT MEET THE DEFINITIONS FOR THE SPECIALTY COATINGS CATEGORIES LISTED IN TABLE 4.504.3 SHALL BE DETERMINED BY CLASSIFYING THE COATING AS A FLAT, NONFLAT OR NONFLAT-HIGH GLOSS COATING, BASED ON ITS GLOSS, AS DEFINED IN SUBSECTIONS 4.21, 4.36, AND 4.37 OF THE 2007 CALIFORNIA AIR RESOURCES BOARD, SUGGESTED CONTROL MEASURE, AND THE CORRESPONDING FLAT, NONFLAT OR NONFLAT-HIGH GLOSS VOC LIMIT IN TABLE 4.504.3 SHALL APPLY. 4.504.2.3 AEROSOL PAINTS AND COATINGS. AEROSOL PAINTS AND COATINGS SHALL MEET THE PRODUCT-WEIGHTED MIR LIMITS FOR ROC IN SECTION 94522(A)(2) AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS, INCLUDING PROHIBITIONS ON USE OF CERTAIN TOXIC COMPOUNDS AND OZONE DEPLETING SUBSTANCES, IN SECTIONS 94522(E)(1) AND (F)(1) OF CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS, TITLE 17, COMMENCING WITH SECTION 94520; AND IN AREAS UNDER THE JURISDICTION OF THE BAY AREA AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT ADDITIONALLY COMPLY WITH THE PERCENT VOC BY WEIGHT OF PRODUCT LIMITS OF REGULATION 8, RULE 49. 4.504.2.4 VERIFICATION. VERIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE WITH THIS SECTION SHALL BE PROVIDED AT THE REQUEST OF THE ENFORCING AGENCY. DOCUMENTATION MAY INCLUDE, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: 1. MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT SPECIFICATION. 2. FIELD VERIFICATION OF ON-SITE PRODUCT CONTAINERS. 2022 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS CODE 4.304 OUTDOOR WATER USE 4.304.1 RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENTS SHALL COMPLY WITH A LOCAL WATER EFFICIENT LANDSCAPE ORDINANCE OR THE CURRENT CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF WATER RESOURCES' MODEL WATER EFFICIENT ORDINANCE (MWELO), WHICHEVER IS MORE STRINGENT 4.106.4.2.2.1.2 ELECTRIC VEHICLE CHARGING SPACE (EVCS) DIMENSIONS. THE CHARGING SPACES SHALL BE DESIGNED TO COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1. THE MINIMUM LENGTH OF EACH EV SPACE SHALL BE 18 FEET (5486 MM). 2. THE MINIMUM WIDTH OF EACH EV SPACE SHALL BE 9 FEET (2743 MM). 3. ONE IN EVERY 25 EV SPACES, BUT NOT LESS THAN ONE EV SPACE, SHALL HAVE AN 8-FOOT (2438 MM) WIDE MINIMUM AISLE. A 5-FOOT (1524 MM) WIDE MINIMUM AISLE SHALL BE PERMITTED PROVIDED THE MINIMUM WIDTH OF THE EV SPACE IS 12 FEET (3658 MM). a. SURFACE SLOPE FOR THIS EV SPACE AND THE AISLE SHALL NOT EXCEED 1 UNIT VERTICAL IN 48 UNITS HORIZONTAL (2.083 PERCENT SLOPE) IN ANY DIRECTION. 4.106.4.2.3 EV SPACE REQUIREMENTS. 1. SINGLE EV SPACE REQUIRED.INSTALL A LISTED RACE-WAY CAPABLE OF ACCOMMODATING A 208/240-VOLT DEDICATED BRANCH CIRCUIT. THE RACEWAY SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN TRADE SIZE 1 (NOMINAL 1-INCH INSIDE DIAMETER). THE RACEWAY SHALL ORIGINATE AT THE MAIN SERVICE OR SUBPANEL AND SHALL TERMINATE INTO A LISTED CABINET, BOX OR ENCLOSURE IN CLOSE PROXIMITY TO THE LOCATION OR THE PROPOSED LOCATION OF THE EV SPACE. CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHALL IDENTIFY THE RACEWAY TERMINATION POINT, RECEPTACLE OR CHARGER LOCATION, AS APPLICABLE. THE SERVICE PANEL AND/OR SUBPANEL SHALL HAVE A 40-AMPERE MINIMUM DEDICATED BRANCH CIRCUIT, INCLUDING BRANCH CIRCUIT OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICE INSTALLED, OR SPACE(S) RESERVED TO PERMIT INSTALLATION OF A BRANCH CIRCUIT OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICE. EXCEPTION: A RACEWAY IS NOT REQUIRED IF AMINIMUM 40-AMPERE 208/240-VOLT DEDICATED EV BRANCH CIRCUIT IS INSTALLED IN CLOSE PROXIMITY TO THE LOCATION OR THE PROPOSED LOCATION OF THE EV SPACE, AT THE TIME OF ORIGINAL CONSTRUC- TION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE. 2. MULTIPLE EV SPACES REQUIRED. CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHALL INDICATE THE RACEWAY TERMINATION POINT AND THE LOCATION OF INSTALLED OR FUTURE EV SPACES, RECEPTACLES OR EV CHARGERS. CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHALL ALSO PROVIDE INFORMATION ON AMPERAGE OF INSTALLED OR FUTURE RECEPTACLES OR EVSE, RACEWAY METHOD(S), WIRING SCHEMATICS AND ELECTRICAL LOAD CALCULATIONS. PLAN DESIGN SHALL BE BASED UPON A 40-AMPERE MINIMUM BRANCH CIRCUIT. REQUIRED RACEWAYS AND RELATED COMPONENTS THAT ARE PLANNED TO BE INSTALLED UNDERGROUND,ENCLOSED, INACCESSIBLE OR IN CONCEALED AREAS AND SPACES SHALL BE INSTALLED AT THE TIME OF ORIGINAL CONSTRUCTION. 4.106.4.2.4 INDENTIFICATION. THE SERVICE PANEL OR SUBPANEL CIRCUIT DIRECTORY SHALL IDENTIFY THE OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICE SPACE(S) RESERVED FOR FUTURE EV CHARGING PURPOSES AS "EV CAPABLE" IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE. CHAPTER 3 GREEN BUILDING SECTION 301 GENERAL 301.1 SCOPE. BUILDINGS SHALL BE DESIGNED TO INCLUDE THE GREEN BUILDING MEASURES SPECIFIED AS MANDATORY IN THE APPLICATION CHECKLISTS CONTAINED IN THIS CODE. VOLUNTARY GREEN BUILDING MEASURES ARE ALSO INCLUDED IN THE APPLICATION CHECKLISTS AND MAY BE INCLUDED IN THE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF STRUCTURES COVERED BY THIS CODE, BUT ARE NOT REQUIRED UNLESS ADOPTED BY A CITY, COUNTY, OR CITY AND COUNTY AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 101.7. 301.1.1 ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS. [HCD] THE MANDATORY PROVISIONS OF CHAPTER 4 SHALL BE APPLIED TO ADDITIONS OR ALTERATIONS OF EXISTING RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS WHERE THE ADDITION OR ALTERATION INCREASES THE BUILDING'S CONDITIONED AREA, VOLUME, OR SIZE. THE REQUIREMENTS SHALL APPLY ONLY TO AND/OR WITHIN THE SPECIFIC AREA OF THE ADDITION OR ALTERATION. 301.2 LOW-RISE AND HIGH-RISE RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS. [HCD] THE PROVISIONS OF INDIVIDUAL SECTIONS OF CALGREEN MAY APPLY TO EITHER LOW-RISE RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS HIGH-RISE RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS, OR BOTH. INDIVIDUAL SECTIONS WILL BE DESIGNATED BY BANNERS TO INDICATE WHERE THE SECTION APPLIES SPECIFICALLY TO LOW-RISE ONLY (LR) OR HIGH-RISE ONLY (HR). WHEN THE SECTION APPLIES TO BOTH LOW-RISE AND HIGH-RISE BUILDINGS, NO BANNER WILL BE USED. SECTION 302 MIXED OCCUPANCY BUILDINGS 302.1 MIXED OCCUPANCY BUILDINGS. IN MIXED OCCUPANCY BUILDINGS, EACH PORTION OF A BUILDING SHALL COMPLY WITH THE SPECIFIC GREEN BUILDING MEASURES APPLICABLE TO EACH SPECIFIC OCCUPANCY. ABBREVIATION DEFINITIONS: HCD DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT BSC CALIFORNIA BUILDING STANDARDS COMMISSION DSA-SS DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT, STRUCTURAL SAFETY OSHPD OFFICE OF STATEWIDE HEALTH PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT LR LOW RISE HR HIGH RISE AA ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS N NEW CHAPTER 4 RESIDENTIAL MANDATORY MEASURES DIVISION 4.1 PLANNING AND DESIGN SECTION 4.102 DEFINITIONS 4.102.1 DEFINITIONS THE FOLLOWING TERMS ARE DEFINED IN CHAPTER 2 (AND ARE INCLUDED HERE FOR REFERENCE) FRENCH DRAIN. A TRENCH, HOLE OR OTHER DEPRESSED AREA LOOSELY FILLED WITH ROCK, GRAVEL, FRAGMENTS OF BRICK OR SIMILAR PERVIOUS MATERIAL USED TO COLLECT OR CHANNEL DRAINAGE OR RUNOFF WATER. WATTLES. WATTLES ARE USED TO REDUCE SEDIMENT IN RUNOFF. WATTLES ARE OFTEN CONSTRUCTED OF NATURAL PLANT MATERIALS SUCH AS HAY, STRAW OR SIMILAR MATERIAL SHAPED IN THE FORM OF TUBES AND PLACED ON A DOWNFLOW SLOPE. WATTLES ARE ALSO USED FOR PERIMETER AND INLET CONTROLS. 4.106 SITE DEVELOPMENT 4.106.1 GENERAL. PRESERVATION AND USE OF AVAILABLE NATURAL RESOURCES SHALL BE ACCOMPLISHED THROUGH EVALUATION AND CAREFUL PLANNING TO MINIMIZE NEGATIVE EFFECTS ON THE SITE AND ADJACENT AREAS. PRESERVATION OF SLOPES, MANAGEMENT OF STORM WATER DRAINAGE AND EROSION CONTROLS SHALL COMPLY WITH THIS SECTION. 4.106.2 STORM WATER DRAINAGE AND RETENTION DURING CONSTRUCTION. PROJECTS WHICH DISTURB LESS THAN ONE ACRE OF SOIL AND ARE NOT PART OF A LARGER COMMON PLAN OF DEVELOPMENT WHICH IN TOTAL DISTURBS ONE ACRE OR MORE, SHALL MANAGE STORM WATER DRAINAGE DURING CONSTRUCTION. IN ORDER TO MANAGE STORM WATER DRAINAGE DURING CONSTRUCTION, ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING MEASURES SHALL BE IMPLEMENTED TO PREVENT FLOODING OF ADJACENT PROPERTY, PREVENT EROSION AND RETAIN SOIL RUNOFF ON THE SITE. 1. RETENTION BASINS OF SUFFICIENT SIZE SHALL BE UTILIZED TO RETAIN STORM WATER ON THE SITE. 2. WHERE STORM WATER IS CONVEYED TO A PUBLIC DRAINAGE SYSTEM, COLLECTION POINT, GUTTER OR SIMILAR DISPOSAL METHOD, WATER SHALL BE FILTERED BY USE OF A BARRIER SYSTEM, WATTLE OR OTHER METHOD APPROVED BY THE ENFORCING AGENCY. 3. COMPLIANCE WITH A LAWFULLY ENACTED STORM WATER MANAGEMENT ORDINANCE. 4.106.3 GRADING AND PAVING. CONSTRUCTION PLANS SHALL INDICATE HOW THE SITE GRADING OR DRAINAGE SYSTEM WILL MANAGE ALL SURFACE WATER FLOWS TO KEEP WATER FROM ENTERING BUILDINGS. EXAMPLES OF METHODS TO MANAGE SURFACE WATER INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: 1. SWALES 2. WATER COLLECTION AND DISPOSAL SYSTEMS 3. FRENCH DRAINS 4. WATER RETENTION GARDENS 5. OTHER WATER MEASURES WHICH KEEP SURFACE WATER AWAY FROM BUILDINGS AND AID IN GROUNDWATER RECHARGE. EXCEPTION: ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS NOT ALTERING THE DRAINAGE PATH. 4.106.4 ELECTRIC VEHICLE (EV) CHARGING FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION. NEW CONSTRUCTION SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTIONS 4.106.4.1 AND 4.106.4.2 TO FACILITATE FUTURE INSTALLATION AND USE OF EV CHARGERS. ELECTRIC VEHICLE SUPPLY EQUIPMENT (EVSE) SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE,ARTICLE 625. EXCEPTIONS: 1. ON A CASE BY CASE BASIS, WHERE THE LOCAL ENFORCING AGENCY HAS DETERMINED EV CHARGING AND INFRASTRUCTURE ARE NOT FEASIBLE BASED UPON ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS: 1.1. WHERE THERE IS NO LOCAL UTILITY POWER SUPPLY OR THE LOCAL UTILITY IS UNABLE TO SUPPLY ADEQUATE POWER. 1.2. WHERE THERE IS EVIDENCE SUITABLE TO THE LOCAL ENFORCING AGENCY SUBSTANTIATING THAT ADDITIONAL LOCAL UTILITY INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS, DIRECTLY RELATED TO THE IMPLEMENTATION OF SECTION 4.106.4, MAY ADVERSELY IMPACT THE CON-STRUCTION COST OF THE PROJECT. 2.ACESSORY DWELLING UNITS AND JUNIOR ACESSORY DWELLING UNITS WITHOUT ADDITIONAL PARKING FACILITIES. 4.106.4.1 NEW ONE-AND TWO-FAMILY DWELLINGS AND TOWNHOUSES WITH ATTACHED PRIVATE GARAGES. FOR EACH DWELLING UNIT, INSTALL A LISTED RACEWAY TO ACCOMMODATE A DEDICATED 208/240-VOLT BRANCH CIRCUIT. THE RACEWAY SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN TRADE SIZE 1 (NOMINAL 1-INCH INSIDE DIAMETER). THE RACEWAY SHALL ORIGINATE AT THE MAIN SERVICE OR SUBPANEL AND SHALL TERMINATE INTO A LISTED CABINET, BOX OR OTHER ENCLOSURE IN CLOSE PROXIMITY TO THE PROPOSED LOCATION OF AN EV CHARGER. RACEWAYS ARE REQUIRED TO BE CONTINUOUS AT ENCLOSED, INACCESSIBLE OR CONCEALED AREAS AND SPACES. THE SERVICE PANEL AND/OR SUBPANEL SHALL PROVIDE CAPACITY TO INSTALL A 40-AMPERE 208/240-VOLT MINIMUM DEDICATED BRANCH CIRCUIT AND SPACE(S) RESERVED TO PERMIT INSTALLATION OF A BRANCH CIRCUIT OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICE. 4.106.4.1.1 IDENTIFICATION. THE SERVICE PANEL OR SUBPANEL CIRCUIT DIRECTORY SHALL IDENTIFY THE OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICE SPACE(S) RESERVED FOR FUTURE EV CHARGING AS "EV CAPABLE". THE RACEWAY TERMINATION LOCATION SHALL BE PERMANENTLY AND VISIBLY MARKED AS "EV CAPABLE". 4.106.4.2 NEW MULTIFAMILY DWELLINGS, HOTELS AND MOTELS AND NEW RESIDENTIAL PARKING FACILITIES. WHEN PARKING IS PROVIDED, PARKING SPACES FOR NEW MULTIFAMILY DWELLINGS, HOTELS AND MOTELS SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTIONS 4.106.4.2.1 AND 4.106.4.2.2. CALCULATIONS FOR SPACES SHALL BE ROUNDED UP TO THE NEAREST WHOLE NUMBER. 4.106.4.2.1 MULTIFAMILY DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS WITH LESS THAN 20 DWELLING UNITS; AND HOTELS AND MOTELS WITH LESS THAN 20 SLEEPING UNITS OR GUEST ROOMS.THE NUMBER OF DWELLING UNITS, SLEEPING UNITS OR GUEST ROOMS SHALL BE BASED ON ALL BUILDINGS ON A PROJECT SITE SUBJECT TO THIS SECTION. 1. EV CAPABLE.TEN (10) PERCENT OF THE TOTAL NUM-BER OF PARKING SPACES ON A BUILDING SITE, PROVIDED FOR ALL TYPES OF PARKING FACILITIES, SHALL BE ELECTRIC VEHICLE CHARGING SPACES (EV SPACES) CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING FUTURE LEVEL 2 EVSE. NOTES: a. CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS ARE INTENDED TO DEMONSTRATE THE PROJECT'S CAPABILITY AND CAPACITY FOR FACILITATING FUTURE EV CHARGING. b. THERE IS NO REQUIREMENT FOR EV SPACES TO BE CONSTRUCTED OR AVAILABLE UNTIL EV CHARGERS ARE INSTALLED FOR USE. 4.106.4.2.2.1. ELECTRICAL VEHICLE CHARGING STATIONS (EVCS). WHEN EV CHARGERS ARE INSTALLED, EV SPACES REQUIRED BY SECTION 4.106.2.2.1.1, SHALL COMPLY WITH AT LEAST ONE OF THE FOLLOWING OPTIONS: 1. THE EV SPACE SHALL BE LOCATED ADJACENT TO AN ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACE MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE, CHAPTER 11A, TO ALLOW USE OF THE EV CHARGER FROM THE ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACE. 2. THE EV SPACE SHALL BE LOCATED ON AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE, AS DEFINED IN THE CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE,CHAPTER 2, TO THE BUILDING. EXCEPTION: ELECTRICAL VEHICLE HCARGING STATION DESIGNED AND CONSTRUCTED IN COMPLAINCE WITH CBC CHAPTER 11B, ARE NOT REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH THE SEC. 4106.4.2.2.1.1 AND 4.106.4.2.2.1.2, ITEM 3. DIVISION 4.4 MATERIAL CONSERVATION AND RESOURCE EFFICIENCY 4.406 ENHANCED DURABILITY AND REDUCED MAINTENANCE 4.406.1 RODENT PROOFING. ANNULAR SPACES AROUND PIPES, ELECTRIC CABLES, CONDUITS OR OTHER OPENINGS IN SOLE/BOTTOM PLATES AT EXTERIOR WALLS SHALL BE PROTECTED AGAINST THE PASSAGE OF RODENTS BY CLOSING SUCH OPENINGS WITH CEMENT MORTAR, CONCRETE MASONRY OR A SIMILAR METHOD ACCEPTABLE TO THE ENFORCING AGENCY. 4.408 CONSTRUCTION WASTE REDUCTION, DISPOSAL AND RECYCLING 4.408.1 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT. RECYCLE AND/OR SALVAGE FOR REUSE A MINIMUM OF 65 PERCENT OF THE NON-HAZARDOUS CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION WASTE IN ACCORDANCE WITH EITHER SECTION 4.408.2, 4.408.3 OR 4.408.4, OR MEET A MORE STRINGENT LOCAL CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION WASTE MANAGEMENT ORDINANCE. EXCEPTIONS: 1. EXCAVATED SOIL AND LAND-CLEARING DEBRIS. 2. ALTERNATE WASTE REDUCTION METHODS DEVELOPED BY WORKING WITH LOCAL AGENCIES IF DIVERSION OR RECYCLE FACILITIES CAPABLE OF COMPLIANCE WITH THIS ITEM DO NOT EXIST OR ARE NOT LOCATED REASONABLY CLOSE TO THE JOBSITE. 3. THE ENFORCING AGENCY MAY MAKE EXCEPTIONS TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SECTION WHEN ISOLATED JOBSITE ARE LOCATED IN AREAS BEYOND THE HAUL BOUNDARIES OF THE DIVERSION FACILITY. 4.408.2 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN. SUBMIT A CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN IN CONFORMANCE WITH ITEMS 1 THROUGH 5. THE CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN SHALL BE UPDATED AS NECESSARY AND SHALL BE AVAILABLE DURING CONSTRUCTION FOR EXAMINATION BY THE ENFORCING AGENCY. 1. IDENTIFY THE CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION WASTE MATERIALS TO BE DIVERTED FROM DISPOSAL BY RECYCLING, REUSE ON THE PROJECT OR SALVAGE FOR FUTURE USE OR SALE. 2. SPECIFY IF CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION WASTE MATERIALS WILL BE SORTED ON-SITE (SOURCE SEPARATED) OR BULK MIXED (SINGLE STREAM). 3. IDENTIFY DIVERSION FACILITIES WHERE THE CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION WASTE MATERIAL COLLECTED WILL BE TAKEN. 4. IDENTIFY CONSTRUCTION METHODS EMPLOYED TO REDUCE THE AMOUNT OF CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION WASTE GENERATED. 5. SPECIFY THAT THE AMOUNT OF CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION WASTE MATERIALS DIVERTED SHALL BE CALCULATED BY WEIGHT OR VOLUME, BUT NOT BY BOTH. 4.408.3 WASTE MANAGEMENT COMPANY. UTILIZE A WASTE MANAGEMENT COMPANY, APPROVED BY THE ENFORCING AGENCY, WHICH CAN PROVIDE VERIFIABLE DOCUMENTATION THAT THE PERCENTAGE OF CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION WASTE MATERIAL DIVERTED FROM THE LANDFILL COMPLIES WITH SECTION 4.408.1. NOTE: THE OWNER OR CONTRACTOR MAY MAKE THE DETERMINATION IF THE CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION WASTE MATERIALS WILL BE DIVERTED BY A WASTE MANAGEMENT COMPANY. 4.408.4 WASTE STREAM REDUCTION ALTERNATIVE [LR]. PROJECTS THAT GENERATE A TOTAL COMBINED WEIGHT OF CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION WASTE DISPOSED OF IN LANDFILLS, WHICH DO NOT EXCEED 3.4 LBS./SQ.FT. OF THE BUILDING AREA SHALL MEET THE MINIMUM 65% CONSTRUCTION WASTE REDUCTION REQUIREMENT IN SECTION 4.408.1 4.408.4.1 WASTE STREAM REDUCTION ALTERNATIVE. PROJECTS THAT GENERATE A TOTAL COMBINED WEIGHT OF CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION WASTE DISPOSED OF IN LANDFILLS, WHICH DO NOT EXCEED 2 LBS./SQ.FT. OF THE BUILDING AREA, SHALL MEET THE MINIMUM 65% CONSTRUCTION WASTE REDUCTION REQUIREMENT IN SECTION 4.408.1 4.408.5 DOCUMENTATION. DOCUMENTATION SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE ENFORCING AGENCY WHICH DEMONSTRATES COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 4.408.2, ITEMS 1 THROUGH 5, SECTION 4.408.3 OR SECTION 4.408.4.. NOTES: 1. SAMPLE FORMS FOUND IN "A GUIDE TO THE CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS CODE (RESIDENTIAL)" LOCATED AT HTTP://WWW.HCD.CA.GOV/BUILDING-STAN-DARDS/CALGREEN/CAL-GREEN- FORMS.HTML MAY BE USED TO ASSIST IN DOCUMENTING COMPLIANCE WITH THIS SECTION. 2. MIXED CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION DEBRIS (C & D) PROCESSORS CAN BE LOCATED AT THE CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF RESOURCES RECYCLING AND RECOVERY (CALRECYCLE). 4.410 BUILDING MAINTENANCE AND OPERATION 4.410.1 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL. AT THE TIME OF FINAL INSPECTION, A MANUAL, COMPACT DISC, WEB-BASED REFERENCE OR OTHER MEDIA ACCEPTABLE TO THE ENFORCING AGENCY WHICH INCLUDES ALL OF THE FOLLOWING SHALL BE PLACED IN THE BUILDING: 1. DIRECTIONS TO THE OWNER OR OCCUPANT THAT THE MANUAL SHALL REMAIN WITH THE BUILDING THROUGHOUT THE LIFE CYCLE OF THE STRUCTURE. 2. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE FOLLOWING: a. EQUIPMENT AND APPLIANCES, INCLUDING WATER-SAVING DEVICES AND SYSTEMS, HVAC SYSTEMS, PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEMS, ELECTRIC VEHICLE CHARGERS, WATER-HEATING SYSTEMS AND OTHER MAJOR APPLIANCES AND EQUIPMENT. b. ROOF AND YARD DRAINAGE, INCLUDING GUTTERS AND DOWNSPOUTS. c. SPACE CONDITIONING SYSTEMS, INCLUDING CONDENSERS AND AIR FILTERS. d. LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION SYSTEMS. e. WATER REUSE SYSTEMS. 3. INFORMATION FROM LOCAL UTILITY, WATER AND WASTE RECOVERY PROVIDERS ON METHODS TO FURTHER REDUCE RESOURCE CONSUMPTION, INCLUDING RECYCLE PROGRAMS AND LOCATIONS. 4. PUBLIC TRANSPORTATION AND/OR CARPOOL OPTIONS AVAILABLE IN THE AREA. 5. EDUCATIONAL MATERIAL ON THE POSITIVE IMPACTS OF AN INTERIOR RELATIVE HUMIDITY BETWEEN 30-60 PERCENT AND WHAT METHODS AN OCCUPANT MAY USE TO MAINTAIN THE RELATIVE HUMIDITY LEVEL IN THAT RANGE. 6. INFORMATION ABOUT WATER-CONSERVING LANDSCAPE AND IRRIGATION DESIGN AND CONTROLLERS WHICH CONSERVE WATER. 7. INSTRUCTIONS FOR MAINTAINING GUTTERS AND DOWNSPOUTS AND THE IMPORTANCE OF DIVERTING WATER AT LEAST 5 FEET AWAY FROM THE FOUNDATION. 8. INFORMATION ON REQUIRED ROUTINE MAINTENANCE MEASURES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, CAULKING, PAINTING, GRADING AROUND THE BUILDING, ETC. 9. INFORMATION ABOUT STATE SOLAR ENERGY AND INCENTIVE PROGRAMS AVAILABLE. 10. A COPY OF ALL SPECIAL INSPECTIONS VERIFICATIONS REQUIRED BY THE ENFORCING AGENCY OR THIS [CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS] CODE. 11. INFORMATION FROM THE DEPARTMENT OF FORESTRY AND FIRE PROTECTION ON MAINTENANCE OF DEFENSIBLE SPACE AROUND RESIDENTIAL STRUCTURES. 12. INFORMATION AND/OR DRAWINGS IDENTIFYING THE LOCATION OF GRAB BAR REINFORCEMENTS. 4.410.2 RECYCLING BY OCCUPANTS. WHERE 5 OR MORE MULTIFAMILY DWELLING UNITS ARE CONSTRUCTED ON A BUILDING SITE, PROVIDE READILY ACCESSIBLE AREA(S) THAT SERVES ALL BUILDINGS ON THE SITE AND IS IDENTIFIED FOR THE DEPOSITING, STORAGE AND COLLECTION OF NON-HAZARADOUS MATERIALS FOR RECYCLING, INCLUDING (AT A MINIMUM) PAPER, CORRUGATED CARDBOARD, GLASS, PLASTICS, ORGANIC WASTER, AND METALS, OR MEET A LAWFULLY ENACTED LOCAL RECYCLING ORDINANCE, IF MORE RESTRICTIVE. DIVISION 4.5 ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY SECTION 4.501 GENERAL 4.501.1 SCOPE THE PROVISIONS OF THIS CHAPTER SHALL OUTLINE MEANS OF REDUCING THE QUALITY OF AIR CONTAMINANTS THAT ARE ODOROUS, IRRITATING AND/OR HARMFUL TO THE COMFORT AND WELL BEING OF A BUILDING'S INSTALLERS, OCCUPANTS AND NEIGHBORS. SECTION 4.502 DEFINITIONS 4.502.1 DEFINITIONS THE FOLLOWING TERMS ARE DEFINED IN CHAPTER 2 (AND ARE INCLUDED HERE FOR REFERENCE) AGRIFIBER PRODUCTS. AGRIFIBER PRODUCTS INCLUDE WHEATBOARD, STRAWBOARD, PANEL SUBSTRATES AND DOOR CORES, NOT INCLUDING FURNITURE, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT (FF&E) NOT CONSIDERED BASE BUILDING ELEMENTS. COMPOSITE WOOD PRODUCTS. COMPOSITE WOOD PRODUCTS INCLUDE HARDWOOD PLYWOOD, PARTICLEBOARD AND MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD. "COMPOSITE WOOD PRODUCTS" DOES NOT INCLUDE HARDBOARD, STRUCTURAL PLYWOOD, STRUCTURAL PANELS, STRUCTURAL COMPOSITE LUMBER, ORIENTED STRAND BOARD, GLUED LAMINATED TIMBER, PREFABRICATED WOOD I-JOISTS OR FINGER-JOINTED LUMBER, ALL AS SPECIFIED IN CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS (CCR), TITLE 17, SECTION 93120.1. DIRECT-VENT APPLIANCE. A FUEL-BURNING APPLIANCE WITH A SEALED COMBUSTION SYSTEM THAT DRAWS ALL AIR FOR COMBUSTION FROM THE OUTSIDE ATMOSPHERE AND DISCHARGES ALL FLUE GASES TO THE OUTSIDE ATMOSPHERE. TABLE 4.504.1 - ADHESIVE VOC LIMIT 1,2 (LESS WATER AND LESS EXEMPT COMPOUNDS IN GRAMS PER LITER) ARCHITECTURAL APPLICATIONS DIVISION 4.2 ENERGY EFFICIENCY 4.201 GENERAL 4.201.1 SCOPE. FOR THE PURPOSES OF MANDATORY ENERGY EFFICIENCY STANDARDS IN THIS CODE, THE CALIFORNIA ENERGY COMMISSION WILL CONTINUE TO ADOPT MANDATORY STANDARDS. DIVISION 4.3 WATER EFFICIENCY AND CONSERVATION 4.303 INDOOR WATER USE 4.303.1 WATER CONSERVING PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FITTINGS. PLUMBING FIXTURES (WATER CLOSETS AND URINALS) AND FITTINGS (FAUCETS AND SHOWERHEADS) SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING: 4.303.1.1 WATER CLOSETS. THE EFFECTIVE FLUSH VOLUME OF ALL WATER CLOSETS SHALL NOT EXCEED 1.28 GALLONS PER FLUSH. TANK-TYPE WATER CLOSETS SHALL BE CERTIFIED TO THE PERFORMANCE CRITERIA OF THE U.S. EPA WATERSENSE SPECIFICATION FOR TANK-TYPE TOILETS. NOTE: THE EFFECTIVE FLUSH VOLUME OF DUAL FLUSH TOILETS IS DEFINED AS THE COMPOSITE, AVERAGE FLUSH VOLUME OF TWO REDUCED FLUSHES AND ONE FULL FLUSH. 4.303.1.2 URINALS. THE EFFECTIVE FLUSH VOLUME OF WALL MOUNTED URINALS SHALL NOT EXCEED 0.125 GALLONS PER FLUSH. THE EFFECTIVE FLUSH VOLUME OF ALL OTHER URINALS SHALL NOT EXCEED 0.5 GALLONS PER FLUSH. 4.303.1.3 SHOWERHEADS. 4.303.1.3.1 SINGLE SHOWERHEAD. SHOWERHEADS SHALL HAVE A MAXIMUM FLOW RATE OF NOT MORE THAN 1.8 GALLONS PER MINUTE AT 80 PSI. SHOWERHEADS SHALL BE CERTIFIED TO THE PERFORMANCE CRITERIA OF THE U.S. EPA WATERSENSE SPECIFICATION FOR SHOWERHEADS. 4.303.1.3.2 MULTIPLE SHOWERHEADS SERVING ONE SHOWER. WHEN A SHOWER IS SERVED BY MORE THAN ONE SHOWERHEAD, THE COMBINED FLOW RATE OF ALL THE SHOWERHEADS AND/OR OTHER SHOWER OUTLETS CONTROLLED BY A SINGLE VALVE SHALL NOT EXCEED 1.8 GALLONS PER MINUTE AT 80 PSI, OR THE SHOWER SHALL BE DESIGNED TO ONLY ALLOW ONE SHOWER OUTLET TO BE IN OPERATION AT A TIME. NOTE: A HAND-HELD SHOWER SHALL BE CONSIDERED A SHOWERHEAD. 4.303.1.4 FAUCETS. 4.303.1.4.1 RESIDENTIAL LAVATORY FAUCETS. THE MAXIMUM FLOW RATE OF RESIDENTIAL LAVATORY FAUCETS SHALL NOT EXCEED 1.2 GALLONS PER MINUTE AT 60 PSI. THE MINIMUM FLOW RATE OF RESIDENTIAL LAVATORY FAUCETS SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 0.8 GALLONS PER MINUTE AT 20 PSI. 4.303.1.4.2 LAVATORY FAUCETS IN COMMON AND PUBLIC USE AREAS. THE MAXIMUM FLOW RATE OF LAVATORY FAUCETS INSTALLED IN COMMON AND PUBLIC USE AREAS (OUTSIDE OF DWELLINGS OR SLEEPING UNITS) IN RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS SHALL NOT EXCEED 0.5 GALLONS PER MINUTE AT 60 PSI. 4.303.1.4.3 METERING FAUCETS.METERING FAUCETS WHEN INSTALLED IN RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS SHALL NOT DELIVER MORE THAN 0.2 GALLONS PER CYCLE. 4.303.1.4.4 KITCHEN FAUCETS. THE MAXIMUM FLOW RATE OF KITCHEN FAUCETS SHALL NOT EXCEED 1.8 GALLONS PER MINUTE AT 60 PSI. KITCHEN FAUCETS MAY TEMPORARILY INCREASE THE FLOW ABOVE THE MAXIMUM RATE, BUT NOT TO EXCEED 2.2 GALLONS PER MINUTE AT 60 PSI, AND MUST DEFAULT TO A MAXIMUM FLOW RATE OF 1.8 GALLONS PER MINUTE AT 60 PSI. NOTE: WHERE COMPLYING FAUCETS ARE UNAVAILABLE, AERATORS OR OTHER MEANS MAY BE USED TO ACHIEVE REDUCTION. 4.303.3 STANDARDS FOR PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FITTINGS. PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FITTINGS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE, AND SHALL MEET THE APPLICABLE STANDARDS REFERENCED IN TABLE 1701.1 OF THE CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE. NOTE: THIS TABLE COMPILES THE DATA IN SECTION 4.303.1, AND IS INCLUDED AS A CONVENIENCE FOR THE USER. INSPECTOR SIGN-OFF INSPECTOR SIGN-OFF INSPECTOR SIGN-OFF INSPECTOR SIGN-OFF RESIDENTIAL MANDATORY MEASURES, SHEET 1 TABLE -MAXIMUM FIXTURE WATER USE FIXTURE TYPE FLOW RATE SHOWER HEADS (RESIDENTIAL)1.8 GMP @ 80 PSI LAVATORY FAUCETS (RESIDENTIAL) MAX. 1.2 GPM @ 60 PSI MIN. 0.8 GPM @ 20 PSI LAVATORY FAUCETS IN COMMON & PUBLIC USE AREAS 0.5 GPM @ 60 PSI KITCHEN FAUCETS 1.8 GPM @ 60 PSI METERING FAUCETS 0.2 GAL/CYCLE WATER CLOSET 1.28 GAL/CYCLE URINALS 0.125 GAL/CYCLE CURRENT VOC LIMIT INDOOR CARPET ADHESIVES 50 CARPET PAD ADHESIVES 50 OUTDOOR CARPET ADHESIVES 150 WOOD FLOORING ADHESIVES 100 RUBBER FLOORING ADHESIVES 60 SUBFLOOR ADHESIVES 50 CERAMIC TILE ADHESIVES 65 VCT & ASPHALT TILE ADHESIVES 50 DRYWALL & PANEL ADHESIVES 50 COVE BASE ADHESIVES 50 MULTIPURPOSE CONSTRUCTION ADHESIVE 70 STRUCTURAL GLAZING ADHESIVES 100 SINGLE-PLY ROOF MEMBRANE ADHESIVES 250 OTHER ADHESIVES NOT LISTED 50 SPECIALTY APPLICATIONS PVC WELDING 510 CPVC WELDING 490 ABS WELDING 325 PLASTIC CEMENT WELDING 250 ADHESIVE PRIMER FOR PLASTIC 550 CONTACT ADHESIVE 80 SPECIAL PURPOSE CONTACT ADHESIVE 250 SUBSTRATE SPECIFIC APPLICATIONS STRUCTURAL WOOD MEMBER ADHESIVE 140 TOP & TRIM ADHESIVE 250 METAL TO METAL 30 PLASTIC FOAMS 50 POROUS MATERIAL (EXCEPT WOOD) 50 WOOD 30 FIBERGLASS 80 1. IF AN ADHESIVE IS USED TO BOND DISSIMILAR SUBSTRATES TOGETHER, THE ADHESIVE WITH THE HIGHEST VOC CONTENT SHALL BE ALLOWED. 2. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING METHODS TO MEASURE THE VOC CONTENT SPECIFIED IN THIS TABLE, SEE SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT RULE 1168. DISCLAIMER:THIS DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED AND INTENDED TO BE USED AS A MEANS TO INDICATE AREAS OF COMPLIANCE WITH THE 2019 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS (CALGREEN) CODE. DUE TO THE VARIABLES BETWEEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT JURISDICTIONS, THIS CHECKLIST IS TO BE USED ON AN INDIVIDUAL PROJECT BASIS AND MAY BE MODIFIED BY THE END USER TO MEET THOSE INDIVIDUAL NEEDS. THE END USER ASSUMES ALL RESPONSIBILITY ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF THIS DOCUMENT, INCLUDING VERIFICATION WITH THE FULL CODE. al l i d e a s , d e s i g n s a n d p l a n s r e p r e s e n t e d b y t h i s d r aw i n g a r e t h e e x c l u s i v e p r o p e r t y o f bs b d e s i g n , i n c . an d s h a l l n o t b e r e p r o d u c e d i n w h o l e o r i n p a r t w i t ho u t t h e e x p r e s s p r i o r w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n o f s a i d a rc h i t e c t s , a n y u n a u t h o r iz e d r e u s e o f t h e s e p l a n s o t h e r t h a n f o r t h e p r o j e c t a n d l o c a t i o n s h o w n i s p r o h i b i t e d . JOB NO. SUBMITTAL DATE SHEET TITLE SHEET NO. CLIENT: Plot Date:File: REVISION DATE 21 3 0 E 4 T H S T # 2 0 0 SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 5 1ST PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 08/20/2024 970 W. 190TH ST., STE 250, TORRANCE CA 90502 O: 310.217.8885 BSBDESIGN.COM D E S I G N BSB 4TH P.C. SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 2ND PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 01/29/2025 3RD PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 04/17/2025 4TH PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 11/4/2025 8:52:24 PM MR230056 A043 CAL GREEN Checklist - Residential OL I V E C R E S T R E S I D E N T I A L 21 5 0 E . F O U R T H S T . & 2 1 6 0 E . F O U R T H S T . SA N T A A N A C A 9 2 7 0 5 OL I V E C R E S T 702 QUALIFICATIONS 702.1 INSTALLER TRAINING. HVAC SYSTEM INSTALLERS SHALL BE TRAINED AND CERTIFIED IN THE PROPER INSTALLATION OF HVAC SYSTEMS INCLUDING DUCTS AND EQUIPMENT BY A NATIONALLY OR REGIONALLY RECOGNIZED TRAINING OR CERTIFICATION PROGRAM. UNCERTIFIED PERSONS MAY PERFORM HVAC INSTALLATIONS WHEN UNDER THE DIRECT SUPERVISION AND RESPONSIBILITY OF A PERSON TRAINED AND CERTIFIED TO INSTALL HVAC SYSTEMS OR CONTRACTOR LICENSED TO INSTALL HVAC SYSTEMS. EXAMPLES OF ACCEPTABLE HVAC TRAINING AND CERTIFICATION PROGRAMS INCLUDE BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: 1. STATE CERTIFIED APPRENTICESHIP PROGRAMS. 2. PUBLIC UTILITY TRAINING PROGRAMS. 3. TRAINING PROGRAMS SPONSORED BY TRADE, LABOR OR STATEWIDE ENERGY CONSULTING OR VERIFICATION ORGANIZATIONS. 4. PROGRAMS SPONSORED BY MANUFACTURING ORGANIZATIONS. 5. OTHER PROGRAMS ACCEPTABLE TO THE ENFORCING AGENCY. 702.2 SPECIAL INSPECTION [HCD]. WHEN REQUIRED BY THE ENFORCING AGENCY, THE OWNER OR THE RESPONSIBLE ENTITY ACTING AS THE OWNER'S AGENT SHALL EMPLOY ONE OR MORE SPECIAL INSPECTORS TO PROVIDE INSPECTION OR OTHER DUTIES NECESSARY TO SUBSTANTIATE COMPLIANCE WITH THIS CODE. SPECIAL INSPECTORS SHALL DEMONSTRATE COMPETENCE TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE ENFORCING AGENCY FOR THE PARTICULAR TYPE OF INSPECTION OR TASK TO BE PERFORMED. IN ADDITION TO OTHER CERTIFICATIONS OR QUALIFICATIONS ACCEPTABLE TO THE ENFORCING AGENCY, THE FOLLOWING CERTIFICATIONS OR EDUCATION MAY BE CONSIDERED BY THE ENFORCING AGENCY WHEN EVALUATING THE QUALIFICATIONS OF A SPECIAL INSPECTOR: 1. CERTIFICATION BY A NATIONAL OR REGIONAL GREEN BUILDING PROGRAM OR STANDARD PUBLISHER. 2. CERTIFICATION BY A STATEWIDE ENERGY CONSULTING OR VERIFICATION ORGANIZATION, SUCH AS HERS RATERS, BUILDING PERFORMANCE CONTRACTORS, AND HOME ENERGY AUDITORS. 3. SUCCESSFUL COMPLETION OF A THIRD PARTY APPRENTICE TRAINING PROGRAM IN THE APPROPRIATE TRADE. 4. OTHER PROGRAMS ACCEPTABLE TO THE ENFORCING AGENCY. NOTES: 1. SPECIAL INSPECTORS SHALL BE INDEPENDENT ENTITIES WITH NO FINANCIAL INTEREST IN THE MATERIALS OR THE PROJECT THEY ARE INSPECTING FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THIS CODE. 2. HERS RATERS ARE SPECIAL INSPECTORS CERTIFIED BY THE CALIFORNIA ENERGY COMMISSION (CEC) TO RATE HOMES IN CALIFORNIA ACCORDING TO THE HOME ENERGY RATING SYSTEM (HERS). [BSC] WHEN REQUIRED BY THE ENFORCING AGENCY, THE OWNER OR THE RESPONSIBLE ENTITY ACTING AS THE OWNER'S AGENT SHALL EMPLOY ONE OR MORE SPECIAL INSPECTORS TO PROVIDE INSPECTION OR OTHER DUTIES NECESSARY TO SUBSTANTIATE COMPLIANCE WITH THIS CODE. SPECIAL INSPECTORS SHALL DEMONSTRATE COMPETENCE TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE ENFORCING AGENCY FOR THE PARTICULAR TYPE OF INSPECTION OR TASK TO BE PERFORMED. IN ADDITION, THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR SHALL HAVE A CERTIFICATION FROM A RECOGNIZED STATE, NATIONAL OR INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION, AS DETERMINED BY THE LOCAL AGENCY. THE AREA OF CERTIFICATION SHALL BE CLOSELY RELATED TO THE PRIMARY JOB FUNCTION, AS DETERMINED BY THE LOCAL AGENCY. NOTES: SPECIAL INSPECTORS SHALL BE INDEPENDENT ENTITIES WITH NO FINANCIAL INTEREST IN THE MATERIALS OR THE PROJECT THEY ARE INSPECTING FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THIS CODE. 703 VERIFICATIONS 703.1 DOCUMENTATION. DOCUMENTATION USED TO SHOW COMPLIANCE WITH THIS CODE SHALL INCLUDE BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO, CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS, PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, BUILDER OR INSTALLER CERTIFICATION, INSPECTION REPORTS, OR OTHER METHODS ACCEPTABLE TO THE ENFORCING AGENCY WHICH DEMONSTRATE SUBSTANTIAL CONFORMANCE. WHEN SPECIFIC DOCUMENTATION OR SPECIAL INSPECTION IS NECESSARY TO VERIFY COMPLIANCE, THAT METHOD OF COMPLIANCE WILL BE SPECIFIED IN THE APPROPRIATE SECTION OR IDENTIFIED APPLICABLE CHECKLIST. 2022 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS CODE DIVISION 4.5 ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY (continued) INSPECTOR SIGN-OFF INSPECTOR SIGN-OFF INSPECTOR SIGN-OFF RESIDENTIAL MANDATORY MEASURES, SHEET 2 CHAPTER 7 INSTALLER & SPECIAL INSPECTOR QUALIFICATIONS 4.504.3 CARPET SYSTEMS.ALL CARPET INSTALLED IN THE BUILDING INTERIOR SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH, “STANDARD METHOD FOR THE TESTING AND EVALUATION OF VOLATILE ORGANIC CHEMICAL EMISSIONS FROM INDOOR SOURCES USING ENVIRONMENTAL CHAMBERS,” VERSION 1.2, JANUARY 2017 (EMISSION TESTING METHOD FOR CALIFORNIA SPECIFICATION 01350). SEE CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH’S WEBSITE FOR CER-TIFICATION PROGRAMS AND TESTING LABS. HTTPS://WWW.CDPH.CA.GOV/PROGRAMS/CCDPHP/DEODC/EHLB/IAQ/PAGES/VOC.ASPX 4.504.3.1 CARPET CUSHION.ALL CARPET CUSHION INSTALLED IN THE BUILDING INTERIOR SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH, “STANDARD METHOD FOR THE TESTING AND EVALUATION OF VOLATILE ORGANIC CHEMICAL EMISSIONS FROM INDOOR SOURCES USING ENVIRONMENTAL CHAMBERS,”VERSION 1.2, JANUARY 2017 (EMISSION TESTING METHOD FOR CALIFORNIA SPECIFICATION 01350). SEE CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH’S WEBSITE FOR CERTIFICATION PROGRAMS AND TESTING LABS. HTTPS://WWW.CDPH.CA.GOV/PROGRAMS/CCDPHP/DEODC/EHLB/IAQ/PAGES/VOC.ASPX 4.504.3.2 CARPET ADHESIVE.ALL CARPET ADHESIVE SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF TABLE 4.504.1. 4.504.4 RESILIENT FLOORING SYSTEMS.WHERE RESILIENT FLOORING IS INSTALLED, AT LEAST 80 PERCENT OF FLOOR AREA RECEIVING RESILIENT FLOORING SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH, “STANDARD METHOD FOR THE TESTING AND EVALUATION OF VOLATILE ORGANIC CHEMICAL EMISSIONS FROM INDOOR SOURCES USING ENVIRONMENTAL CHAMBERS,” VERSION 1.2, JANUARY 2017 (EMISSION TESTING METHOD FOR CALIFORNIA SPECIFICATION 01350). SEE CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH’S WEBSITE FOR CER-TIFICATION PROGRAMS AND TESTING LABS. HTTPS://WWW.CDPH.CA.GOV/PROGRAMS/CCDPHP/DEODC/EHLB/IAQ/PAGES/VOC.ASPX 4.504.5 COMPOSITE WOOD PRODUCTS. HARDWOOD PLYWOOD, PARTICLEBOARD AND MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD COMPOSITE WOOD PRODUCTS USED ON THE INTERIOR OR EXTERIOR OF THE BUILDINGS SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS FOR FORMALDEHYDE AS SPECIFIED IN ARB'S AIR TOXICS CONTROL MEASURE FOR COMPOSITE WOOD (17 CCR 93120 ET SEQ.), BY OR BEFORE THE DATES SPECIFIED IN THOSE SECTIONS, AS SHOWN IN TABLE 4.504.5 4.504.5.1 DOCUMENTATION. VERIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE WITH THIS SECTION SHALL BE PROVIDED AS REQUESTED BY THE ENFORCING AGENCY. DOCUMENTATION SHALL INCLUDE AT LEAST ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: 1. PRODUCT CERTIFICATIONS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 2. CHAIN OF CUSTODY CERTIFICATIONS. 3. PRODUCT LABELED AND INVOICED AS MEETING THE COMPOSITE WOOD PRODUCTS REGULATION (SEE CCR, TITLE 17, SECTION 93120, ET SEQ.). 4. EXTERIOR GRADE PRODUCTS MARKED AS MEETING THE PS-1 OR PS-2 STANDARDS OF THE ENGINEERED WOOD ASSOCIATION, THE AUSTRALIAN AS/NZS 2269, EUROPEAN 636 3S STANDARDS, AND CANADIAN CSA 0121, CSA 0151, CSA 0153 AND CSA 0325 STANDARDS. 5. OTHER METHODS ACCEPTABLE TO THE ENFORCING AGENCY. 4.505 INTERIOR MOISTURE CONTROL 4.505.1 GENERAL. BUILDINGS SHALL MEET OR EXCEED THE PROVISIONS OF THE CALIFORNIA BUILDING STANDARDS CODE. 4.505.2 CONCRETE SLAB FOUNDATIONS. CONCRETE SLAB FOUNDATIONS REQUIRED TO HAVE A VAPOR RETARDER BY CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE, CHAPTER 19, OR CONCRETE SLAB-ON-GROUND FLOORS REQUIRED TO HAVE A VAPOR RETARDER BY THE CALIFORNIA RESIDENTIAL CODE, CHAPTER 5, SHALL ALSO COMPLY WITH THIS SECTION. 4.505.2.1 CAPILLARY BREAK. A CAPILLARY BREAK SHALL BE INSTALLED IN COMPLIANCE WITH AT LEAST ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: 1. A 4-INCH (101.6 MM) THICK BASE OF 1/2 INCH (12.7MM) OR LARGER CLEAN AGGREGATE SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A VAPOR BARRIER IN DIRECT CONTACT WITH CONCRETE AND A CONCRETE MIX DESIGN, WHICH WILL ADDRESS BLEEDING, SHRINKAGE, AND CURLING, SHALL BE USED. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, SEE AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE, ACI 302.2R-06. 2. OTHER EQUIVALENT METHODS APPROVED BY THE ENFORCING AGENCY. 3. SLAB DESIGN SPECIFIED BY A LICENSED DESIGN PROFESSIONAL. 4.505.3 MOISTURE CONTENT OF BUILDING MATERIALS. BUILDING MATERIALS WITH VISIBLE SIGNS OF WATER DAMAGE SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED. WALL AND FLOOR FRAMING SHALL NOT BE ENCLOSED WHEN THE FRAMING MEMBERS EXCEED 19 PERCENT MOISTURE CONTENT. MOISTURE CONTENT SHALL BE VERIFIED IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1. MOISTURE CONTENT SHALL BE DETERMINED WITH EITHER A PROBE-TYPE OR CONTACT-TYPE MOISTURE METER. EQUIVALENT MOISTURE VERIFICATION METHODS MAY BE APPROVED BY THE ENFORCING AGENCY AND SHALL SATISFY REQUIREMENTS FOUND IN SECTION 101.8 OF THIS CODE. 2. MOISTURE READINGS SHALL BE TAKEN AT A POINT 2 FEET (610 MM) TO 4 FEET (1219 MM) FROM THE GRADE STAMPED END OF EACH PIECE VERIFIED. 3. AT LEAST THREE RANDOM MOISTURE READINGS SHALL BE PERFORMED ON WALL AND FLOOR FRAMING WITH DOCUMENTATION ACCEPTABLE TO THE ENFORCING AGENCY PROVIDED AT THE TIME OF APPROVAL TO ENCLOSE THE WALL AND FLOOR FRAMING. INSULATION PRODUCTS WHICH ARE VISIBLY WET OR HAVE A HIGH MOISTURE CONTENT SHALL BE REPLACED OR ALLOWED TO DRY PRIOR TO ENCLOSURE IN WALL OR FLOOR CAVITIES. WET-APPLIED INSULATION PRODUCTS SHALL FOLLOW THE MANUFACTURERS' DRYING RECOMMENDATIONS PRIOR TO ENCLOSURE. 4.506 INDOOR AIR QUALITY AND EXHAUST 4.506.1 BATHROOM EXHAUST FANS. EACH BATHROOM SHALL BE MECHANICALLY VENTILATED AND SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1. FANS SHALL BE ENERGY STAR COMPLIANT AND BE DUCTED TO TERMINATE OUTSIDE THE BUILDING. 2. UNLESS FUNCTIONING AS A COMPONENT OF A WHOLE HOUSE VENTILATION SYSTEM, FANS MUST BE CONTROLLED BY A HUMIDITY CONTROL. a. HUMIDITY CONTROLS SHALL BE CAPABLE OF ADJUSTMENT BETWEEN A RELATIVE HUMIDITY RANGE LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 50% TO A MAXIMUM OF 80%. A HUMIDITY CONTROL MAY UTILIZE MANUAL OR AUTOMATIC MEANS OF ADJUSTMENT. b. A HUMIDITY CONTROL MAY BE A SEPARATE COMPONENT TO THE EXHAUST FAN AND IS NOT REQUIRED TO BE INTEGRAL (I.E., BUILT-IN) NOTES: 1. FOR THE PURPOSES OF THIS SECTION, A BATHROOM IS A ROOM WHICH CONTAINS A BATHTUB, SHOWER OR TUB/SHOWER COMBINATION. 2. LIGHTING INTEGRAL TO BATHROOM EXHAUST FANS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE. 4.507 ENVIRONMENTAL COMFORT 4.507.2 HEATING AND AIR-CONDITIONING SYSTEM DESIGN. HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS SHALL BE SIZED, DESIGNED AND HAVE THEIR EQUIPMENT SELECTED USING THE FOLLOWING METHODS: 1. THE HEAT LOSS AND HEAT GAIN IS ESTABLISHED ACCORDING TO ANSI/ACCA 2 MANUAL J -2016 (RESIDENTIAL LOAD CALCULATION), ASHRAE HANDBOOKS OR OTHER EQUIVALENT DESIGN SOFTWARE OR METHODS. 2. DUCT SYSTEMS ARE SIZED ACCORDING TO ANSI/ACCA 1 MANUAL D -2016 (RESIDENTIAL DUCT SYSTEMS), ASHRAE HANDBOOKS OR OTHER EQUIVALENT DESIGN SOFTWARE OR METHODS. 3. SELECT HEATING AND COOLING EQUIPMENT ACCORDING TO ANSI/ACCA 3 MANUAL S -2014 (RESIDENTIAL EQUIPMENT SELECTION), OR OTHER EQUIVALENT DESIGN SOFTWARE OR METHODS. EXCEPTION: USE OF ALTERNATE DESIGN TEMPERATURES NECESSARY TO ENSURE THE SYSTEM FUNCTIONS ARE ACCEPTABLE. TABLE 4.504.2 - SEALANT VOC LIMIT (LESS WATER AND LESS EXEMPT COMPOUNDS IN GRAMS PER LITER) SEALANTS CURRENT VOC LIMIT ARCHITECTURAL 250 MARINE DECK 760 NONMEMBRANE ROOF 300 ROADWAY 250 SINGLE-PLY ROOF MEMBRANE 450 OTHER 420 SEALANT PRIMERS ARCHITECTURAL NON-POROUS 250 POROUS 775 MODIFIED BITUMINOUS 500 MARINE DECK 760 OTHER 750 TABLE 4.504.3 - VOC CONTENT LIMITS FOR ARCHITECTURAL COATINGS2,3 GRAMS OF VOC PER LITER OF COATING, LESS WATER & LESS EXEMPT COMPOUNDS COATING CATEGORY CURRENT VOC LIMIT FLAT COATINGS 50 NON-FLAT COATINGS 100 NONFLAT-HIGH GLOSS COATINGS 150 SPECIALTY COATINGS ALUMINUM ROOF COATINGS 400 BASEMENT SPECIALTY COATINGS 400 BITUMINOUS ROOF COATINGS 50 BITUMINOUS ROOF PRIMERS 350 BOND BREAKERS 350 CONCRETE CURING COMPOUNDS 350 CONCRETE/MASONRY SEALERS 100 DRIVEWAY SEALERS 50 DRY FOG COATINGS 150 FAUX FINISHING COATINGS 350 FLOOR COATINGS 100 FORM-RELEASE COMPOUNDS 250 GRAPHIC ARTS COATINGS (SIGN PAINTS)500 HIGH TEMPERATURE COATINGS 420 INDUSTRIAL MAINTENANCE COATINGS 250 LOW SOLIDS COATINGS1 120 MAGNESITE CEMENT COATINGS 450 MASTIC TEXTURE COATINGS 100 METALLIC PIGMENTED COATINGS 500 PRETREATMENT WASH PRIMERS 420 PRIMERS, SEALERS & UNDERCOATERS 100 REACTIVE PENETRATING SEALERS 350 RECYCLED COATINGS 250 ROOF COATING 50 1. GRAMS OF VOC PER LITER OF COATING, INCLUDING WATER & EXEMPT COMPOUNDS 2. THE SPECIFIED LIMITS REMAIN IN EFFECT UNLESS REVISED LIMITS ARE LISTED IN SUBSEQUENT COLUMNS IN THE TABLE. 3. VALUES IN THIS TABLE ARE DERIVED FROM THOSE SPECIFIED BY THE CALIFORNIA AIR RESOURCES BOARD, ARCHITECTURAL COATINGS SUGGESTED CONTROL MEASURE, FEB. 1, 2008. MORE INFORMATION IS AVAILABLE FROM THE AIR RESOURCES BOARD. FIRE RESISTIVE COATINGS 350 MULTICOLOR COATINGS 250 RUST PREVENTATIVE COATINGS 250 SHELLACS CLEAR 730 OPAQUE 550 SPECIALTY PRIMERS, SEALERS & UNDERCOATERS 100 STAINS 250 STONE CONSOLIDANTS 450 SWIMMING POOL COATINGS 340 TRAFFIC MARKING COATING 100 TUB & TILE REFINISH COATINGS 420 WATERPROOFING MEMBRANES 250 WOOD COATINGS 275 WOOD PRESERVATIVES 350 ZINC-RICH PRIMERS 340 TABLE 4.504.5 - FORMALDEHYDE LIMITS1 MAXIMUM FORMALDEHYDE EMISSIONS IN PARTS PER MILLION PRODUCT CURRENT LIMIT HARDWOOD PLYWOOD VENEER CORE 0.05 HARDWOOD PLYWOOD COMPOSITE CORE 0.05 PARTICLE BOARD 0.09 MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD 0.11 THIN MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD2 0.13 1. VALUES IN THIS TABLE ARE DERIVED FROM THOSE SPECIFIED BY THE CALIF. AIR RESOURCES BOARD, AIR TOXICS CONTROL MEASURE FOR COMPOSITE WOOD AS TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 1333. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, SEE CALIF. CODE OF REGULATIONS, TITLE 17, SECTIONS 93120 THROUGH 93120.12. 2. THIN MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD HAS A MAXIMUM THICKNESS OF 5/16" (8MM). al l i d e a s , d e s i g n s a n d p l a n s r e p r e s e n t e d b y t h i s d r aw i n g a r e t h e e x c l u s i v e p r o p e r t y o f bs b d e s i g n , i n c . an d s h a l l n o t b e r e p r o d u c e d i n w h o l e o r i n p a r t w i t ho u t t h e e x p r e s s p r i o r w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n o f s a i d a rc h i t e c t s , a n y u n a u t h o r iz e d r e u s e o f t h e s e p l a n s o t h e r t h a n f o r t h e p r o j e c t a n d l o c a t i o n s h o w n i s p r o h i b i t e d . JOB NO. SUBMITTAL DATE SHEET TITLE SHEET NO. CLIENT: Plot Date:File: REVISION DATE 21 3 0 E 4 T H S T # 2 0 0 SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 5 1ST PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 08/20/2024 970 W. 190TH ST., STE 250, TORRANCE CA 90502 O: 310.217.8885 BSBDESIGN.COM D E S I G N BSB 4TH P.C. SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 2ND PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 01/29/2025 3RD PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 04/17/2025 4TH PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 11/4/2025 9:35:03 PM MR230056 A051 MITIGATION MEASURES OL I V E C R E S T R E S I D E N T I A L 21 5 0 E . F O U R T H S T . & 2 1 6 0 E . F O U R T H S T . SA N T A A N A C A 9 2 7 0 5 OL I V E C R E S T al l i d e a s , d e s i g n s a n d p l a n s r e p r e s e n t e d b y t h i s d r aw i n g a r e t h e e x c l u s i v e p r o p e r t y o f bs b d e s i g n , i n c . an d s h a l l n o t b e r e p r o d u c e d i n w h o l e o r i n p a r t w i t ho u t t h e e x p r e s s p r i o r w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n o f s a i d a rc h i t e c t s , a n y u n a u t h o r iz e d r e u s e o f t h e s e p l a n s o t h e r t h a n f o r t h e p r o j e c t a n d l o c a t i o n s h o w n i s p r o h i b i t e d . JOB NO. SUBMITTAL DATE SHEET TITLE SHEET NO. CLIENT: Plot Date:File: REVISION DATE 21 3 0 E 4 T H S T # 2 0 0 SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 5 1ST PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 08/20/2024 970 W. 190TH ST., STE 250, TORRANCE CA 90502 O: 310.217.8885 BSBDESIGN.COM D E S I G N BSB 4TH P.C. SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 2ND PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 01/29/2025 3RD PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 04/17/2025 4TH PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 11/4/2025 9:35:04 PM MR230056 A052 MITIGATION MEASURES OL I V E C R E S T R E S I D E N T I A L 21 5 0 E . F O U R T H S T . & 2 1 6 0 E . F O U R T H S T . SA N T A A N A C A 9 2 7 0 5 OL I V E C R E S T al l i d e a s , d e s i g n s a n d p l a n s r e p r e s e n t e d b y t h i s d r aw i n g a r e t h e e x c l u s i v e p r o p e r t y o f bs b d e s i g n , i n c . an d s h a l l n o t b e r e p r o d u c e d i n w h o l e o r i n p a r t w i t ho u t t h e e x p r e s s p r i o r w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n o f s a i d a rc h i t e c t s , a n y u n a u t h o r iz e d r e u s e o f t h e s e p l a n s o t h e r t h a n f o r t h e p r o j e c t a n d l o c a t i o n s h o w n i s p r o h i b i t e d . JOB NO. SUBMITTAL DATE SHEET TITLE SHEET NO. CLIENT: Plot Date:File: REVISION DATE 21 3 0 E 4 T H S T # 2 0 0 SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 5 1ST PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 08/20/2024 970 W. 190TH ST., STE 250, TORRANCE CA 90502 O: 310.217.8885 BSBDESIGN.COM D E S I G N BSB 4TH P.C. SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 2ND PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 01/29/2025 3RD PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 04/17/2025 4TH PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 11/4/2025 8:52:25 PM MR230056 A071 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION/ MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS & FIRE DEPARTMENT NOTES OL I V E C R E S T R E S I D E N T I A L 21 5 0 E . F O U R T H S T . & 2 1 6 0 E . F O U R T H S T . SA N T A A N A C A 9 2 7 0 5 OL I V E C R E S T GENERAL NOTES 1.CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS IN THE FIELD. 2.CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS ON THE JOB. 3.CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE SIZES OF ALL WINDOWS AND DOORS. 4.ALL WORK AND MATERIALS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL BUILDING CODES, CITY, COUNTY AND STATE, CURRENTLY ADOPTED. 5.CABINET MAKER TO VERIFY ALL APPLIANCE MODEL NUMBERS AND DIMENSIONS TO INSURE PROPER INSTALLATION. 6.NOTIFY ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY IF THERE ARE ANY DISCREPANCIES ON WORKING DRAWINGS OR IF WORKING DRAWINGS CONFLICT WITH FIELD WORK BEFORE ANY WORK IS STARTED. 7.CONTRACTOR SHALL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES TO OWNER'S PROPERTY AS A RESULT OF NEGLIGENCE. 8.ALL FRAMING DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF STUD (F.O.S.) UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. 9.ALL ELECTRICAL IS TO BE INSTALLED PER THE MOST RECENTLY ADOPTED N.E.C. 10.CLOTHES DRYER LOCATED IN AN AREA THAT IS HABITABLE OR CONTAINING OTHER FUEL-BURNING APPLIANCES SHALL BE EXHAUSTED TO THE OUTSIDE OR TO AN AREA WHICH IS NOT HABITABLE AND DOES NOT CONTAIN OTHER FUEL-BURNING APPLIANCES. (NOT BENEATH BUILDING OR IN ATTIC AREA.) 11.ALL UTILITIES SHALL BE CONNECTED TO PROVIDE ELECT., WASTE & GAS AND WATER CONNECTIONS TO ALL EQUIPMENT SHOWN WHETHER SAID EQUIPMENT IS IN CONTRACT OR NOT. 12.ALL PIPING SHALL BE CONCEALED AND FIRMLY STRAPPED. ALL CLEANOUTS SHALL BE LOCATED OUTSIDE THE BUILDING WHEREVER POSSIBLE. 13.PER CAL/OSHA CCR, TITLE 8, SEC. 341(d), WORK ACTIVITIES SUBJECT TO PERMIT REQUIREMENTS INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING : (4) ON STRUCTURES MORE THAN 36 FEET HIGH WHEN COMPLETED (4)(A) ERECTION AND PLACEMENT OF STRUCTURAL STEEL OR ERECTION AND PLACEMENT OF STRUCTURAL MEMBERS MADE OF MATERIALS OTHER THAN STEEL. NOTE: NO PERMIT IS REQUIRED FOR WORK LIMITED TO THE ERECTION OR PLACEMENT OF REINFORCING BARS USED IN REINFORCED CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION. (4)(B) INSTALLATION OF METAL DECKING OR DECKING MADE OF SUBSTITUTE MATERIALS. (4)(C) INSTALLATION OF CURTAIN WALLS, PRECAST PANELS, OR FASCIA. (4)(D) FORMING OR PLACEMENT OF CONCRETE STRUCTURES OR CONCRETE DECKS ON STEEL STRUCTURES. (4)(E) INSTALLATION OF STRUCTURAL FRAMING, INCLUDING ROOF FRAMING, OR THE INSTALLATION OF PANELIZED ROOF SYSTEMS. NOTE: NO PERMIT IS REQUIRED FOR WORK LIMITED TO THE INSTALLATION OF INTERIOR PARTITIONS. (5)(A) CONSTRUCTIONS OF TRENCHES OR EXCAVATIONS 5 FEET OR DEEPER INTO WHICH ANY PERSON IS REQUIRED TO DESCEND. NOTE: FOR PURPOSES OF THIS SUBSECTION ,"DESCEND" MEANS TO ENTER ANY PART OF THE TRENCH OR EXCAVATION ONCE THE EXCAVATION HAS ATTAINED A DEPTH OF 5 FEET OR MORE. (5)(B) ERECTION AND PLACEMENT OF SCAFFOLDING, VERTICAL SHORING, OR FRAMEWORK INTENDED TO BE MORE THAN 36 FEET HIGH WHEN COMPLETED 14.THE CONSTRUCTION OR DEMOLITION OF ANY BUILDING, STRUCTURE, SCAFFOLDING OR FALSEWORK MORE THAN 3 STORIES OR 36' IN HEIGHT, REQUIRES A PERMIT FROM THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY PRIOR TO THE ISSUANCE OF A BUILDING PERMIT. 15.TEMPORARY PEDESTRIAN PROTECTION IF REQUIRED, SHALL BE PROVIDED AS REQUIRED BY C.B.C. SEC. 3306.1. 16.HIGHLY FLAMMABLE AND COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS SHALL NOT BE USED IN THIS BUILDING. 17.PROVIDE MECHANICAL VENTILATION CAPABLE OF PROVIDING FIVE AIR CHANGES PER HOUR IN BATHROOMS, LAUNDRY ROOMS AND SIMILAR ROOMS, IF REQUIRED OPENABLE WINDOWS ARE NOT PROVIDED. 18.FIRE DAMPERS ARE REQUIRED AT DUCT PENETRATIONS OF AREA OR OCCUPANCY SEPARATION WALLS, FIRE RATED SHAFTS, FIRE RESISTIVE FLOOR-CEILING OR ROOF- CEILING ASSEMBLIES, AND FIRED RATED CORRIDOR WALLS OR CEILINGS WHEN ANY EXTENSION OF THE DUCT LEADS TO AN OPENING INTO CORRIDOR. (C.B.C. SEC. 717.5) 19.THE LANDSCAPE DESIGNER RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY LANDSCAPING FOR THIS PROJECT SHOULD BE ADVISED TO USE PLANTING AND IRRIGATION TECHNIQUES THAT LEND THEMSELVES TO OPTIMUM CONSERVATION OF WATER RESOURCES. 20.DRAINAGE WATER COLLECTED FROM A ROOF, AWNING, CANOPY OR MARQUEE, AND CONDENSATE FROM MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL NOT FLOW OVER A PUBLIC WALKING SURFACE, (C.B.C. SEC. 3201.4) AND SHALL COMPLY WITH THE CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE. 21.718.3 DRAFTSTOPPING IN FLOORS. DRAFTSTOPPING SHALL BE INSTALLED TO SUBDIVIDE FLOOR/CEILING ASSEMBLIES WHERE REQUIRED BY SECTION 708.4.2. IN OTHER THAN GROUP R OCCUPANCIES, DRAFTSTOPPING SHALL BE INSTALLED TO SUBDIVIDE COMBUSTIBLE FLOOR/CEILING ASSEMBLIES SO THAT HORIZONTAL FLOOR AREAS DO NOT EXCEED 1,000 SQUARE FEET. EXCEPTION: BUILDINGS EQUIPPED THROUGHOUT WITH AN AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 903.3.1.1 22.718.4 DRAFTSTOPPING IN ATTICS. DRAFTSTOPPING SHALL BE INSTALLED TO SUBDIVIDE ATTIC SPACES WHERE REQUIRED BY SECTION 708.4.2. IN OTHER THAN GROUP R, DRAFTSTOPPING SHALL BE INSTALLED TO SUBDIVIDE COMBUSTIBLE ATTIC SPACES AND COMBUSTIBLE CONCEALED ROOF SPACES SUCH THAT ANY HORIZONTAL AREA DOES NOT EXCEED 3,000 SQUARE FEET (279 M2). VENTILATION OF CONCEALED ROOF SPACES SHALL BE MAINTAINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 1202.2.1. EXCEPTION: BUILDINGS EQUIPPED THROUGHOUT WITH AN AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 903.3.1.1. 23.THIS BUILDING MUST BE EQUIPPED WITH AN AUTOMATIC FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM COMPLYING WITH NFPA-13. THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM SHALL BE APPROVED PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. (CBC 903.3.1) 24.ACCESS TO MECHANICAL APPLIANCES IN UNDER-FLOOR AREAS, IN ATTIC SPACES, AND ON ROOFS OR ELEVATED STRUCTURES SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE. (CMC. 304.4) 25.PENETRATIONS IN FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED WALLS SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 714.3. THROUGH PENETRATIONS SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 714.3.1.1 OR 714.3.1.2, OR AS NOTED BELOW: A.STEEL, FERROUS OR COPPER PIPES MAY PENETRATE FIRE RESISTANCE RATED WALLS, PROVIDED THE OPENING IS PROTECTED AS FOLLOWS : (714.3.1 EXCEPTIONS) I.ITEM PENETRATING CONCRETE OR MASONRY WALLS IS A MAXIMUM 6-IN. NOMINAL DIAMETER AND THE AREA OF THE OPENING THROUGH THE WALL DOES NOT EXCEED 144 SQ. IN., CONCRETE, GROUT OR MORTAR IS PERMITTED WHERE IT IS INSTALLED THE FULL THICKNESS OF THE WALL OR THE THICKNESS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN THE FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING; OR II.WHEN THE ANNULAR SPACE IS PROTECTED WITH MATERIAL THAT MEETS ASTM E 119 OR UL 263. B.WALL THROUGH PENETRATIONS SHALL BE PROTECTED BY AN APPROVED PENETRATION FIRE-STOP SYSTEM INSTALLED AS TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 814 OR UL 1479, AND SHALL HAVE AN F RATING OF NOT LESS THAN THE REQUIRED FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATING OF THE WALL PENETRATED. (714.3.1.2) C.MEMBRANE PENETRATIONS BY LISTED ELECTRICAL BOXES OF ANY MATERIAL ARE PERMITTED PROVIDED SUCH BOXES HAVE BEEN TESTED FOR USE IN FIRE- RESISTANCE-RATED ASSEMBLIES, AND THE SPACE BETWEEN THE WALL MEMBRANE AND THE BOX DOES NOT EXCEED 1/8-IN. UNLESS LISTED OTHERWISE. ADDITIONALLY, OUTLET BOXES ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF THE WALL SHALL BE SEPARATED BY THE HORIZONTAL DISTANCE SPECIFIED IN THE LISTING OF THE BOXES.(714.3.2 EX. #2) D. MEMBRANE PENETRATIONS BY BOXES OTHER THAN ELECTRICAL BOXES, PROVIDED SUCH PENETRATING ITEMS AND THE ANNULAR SPACE BETWEEN THE WALL MEMBRANE AND THE BOX, ARE PROVIDED BY AN APPROVED MEMBRANE PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEM INSTALLED AS TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E814 OR UL 1479 AND SHALL HAVE AN F AND T RATING OF NOT LESS THAN THE REQUIRED FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING OF THE WALL PENETRATED. (714.3.2 EX. #4) E.WHERE WALLS ARE PENETRATED BY OTHER MATERIALS OR OPENINGS LARGER THAN THOSE MENTIONED ABOVE, THEY MUST BE QUALIFIED BY TESTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 703.2. 26.PENETRATIONSOF FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED HORIZONTAL ASSEMBLIES SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 714.4. THROUGH PENETRATIONS SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 714.4.1.1.1 OR 714.4.1.1.2, OR AS NOTED BELOW: (713.4.1.1) A.STEEL, FERROUS OR COPPER CONDUITS MAY PENETRATE A SINGLE FIRE- RESISTANCE-RATED FLOOR ASSEMBLY WHEN THE ANNULAR SPACE IS PROTECTED WITH MATERIAL THAT MEETS ASTM E119 OR UL 263. (714.4.1.1.EX#1) B.PENETRATIONS SHALL BE FIRE-STOPPED BY A SYSTEM INSTALLED AS TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 814 OR UL 1479. THE SYSTEM SHALL HAVE AN F RATING AND T RATING OF NOT LESS THAN 1-HR. BUT NOT LESS THAN THE REQUIRED RATING OF THE FLOOR PENETRATED. (714.4.1.1.2) 27.MATERIALS EXPOSED WITHIN DUCTS OR PLENUMS SHALL BE NONCOMBUSTIBLE OR SHALL HAVE A FLAME SPREAD INDEX < 25, AND A SMOKE DEVELOPED INDEX < 50. (MC 602.2) WHERE INSULATING MATERIALS REQUIRED A FLAME SPREAD INDEX OR A SMOKE -DEVELOPED INDEX, THE MATERIAL SHALL COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF CBC SECTION 720 AND ASTM E84 OR UL 723. 28.REQUIRED FIRE-RATED CORRIDORS (INCLUDING THE SPACE ABOVE THE NON-RATED DROPPED CEILING) SHALL NOT BE USED AS A RETURN AIR PLENUM. (MC 602.1) 29.PENETRATIONS INTO AND OPENINGS THROUGH INTERIOR EXIT STAIRWAYS AND RAMPS ARE PROHIBITED EXCEPT FOR REQUIRED EXIT DOORS, EQUIPMENT AND DUCTWORK NECESSARY FOR INDEPENDENT VENTILATION OR PRESSURIZATION, SPRINKLER PIPING, STANDPIPES, ELECTRICAL RACEWAY FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS AND ELECTRICAL RACEWAY SERVING THE INTERIOR EXIT STAIRWAY AND RAMP AND TERMINATING AT A STEEL BOX NOT EXCEEDING 16 SQUARE INCHES (0.010 M2). SUCH PENETRATIONS SHALL BE PROTECTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 714. THERE SHALL BE NO PENETRATIONS OR COMMUNICATING OPENINGS, WHETHER PROTECTED OR NOT, BETWEEN ADJACENT INTERIOR EXIT STAIRW AYS AND RAMPS. EXCEPTION: MEMBRANE PENETRATIONS SHALL BE PERMITTED ON THE OUTSIDE OF T HE INTERIOR EXIT STAIRWAY AND RAMP. SUCH PENETRATIONS SHALL BE PROTECTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 714.3.2. SECURITY NOTES 1.EXIT DOORS SHALL BE OPENABLE FROM THE INSIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY OR ANY SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT, CBC SEC. 1010 2.THE DEADBOLT LOCK OR LOCKS SHALL BE KEY-OPERATED FROM THE EXTERIOR SIDE OF THE DOOR AND ENGAGED OR DISENGAGED FROM THE INTERIOR SIDE OF THE DOOR BY A DEVICE NOT REQUIRING A KEY, TOOL OR EXCESSIVE FORCE, CBC SEC. 1010. 3.SWINGING WOOD DOORS WHICH ARE OPENABLE FROM THE INSIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY SHALL BE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING CONSTRUCTIONS OR SHALL BE OF A CONSTRUCTION HAVING EQUIVALENT FORCED ENTRY RESISTANCE: a.SOLID-CORE DOORS NOT LESS THAN 1 3/8 INCHES (35 mm) IN THICKNESS. b.WOOD PANEL TYPE DOOR WITH PANELS OF FABRICATED LUMBER NOT LESS THAN 9/16-INCH, PROVIDED SHAPED PORTIONS OF THE PANELS ARE NOT LESS THAN 1/4-INCH THICK. INDIVIDUAL PANELS SHALL NOT EXCEED 300 SQUARE INCHES IN AREA. STILES AND RAILS SHALL BE OF SOLID LUMBER WITH OVERALL DIMENSIONS OF NOT LESS THAN 1 3/8 INCHES IN THICKNESS AND 3 INCHES IN WIDTH. MULLIONS SHALL BE CONSIDERED A PART OF ADJACENT PANELS UNLESS SIZED AS REQUIRED HEREIN FOR STILES AND RAILS, EXCEPT MULLIONS NOT OVER 18 INCHES LONG MAY HAVE AN OVERALL WIDTH OF NOT LESS THAN TWO INCHES. CARVED AREAS SHALL HAVE A THICKNESS OF NOT LESS THAN 3/8 INCHES. DIMENSIONAL TOLERANCES PUBLISHED IN RECOGNIZED INDUSTRY STANDARDS MAY BE UTILIZED. c.HOLLOW-CORE DOOR OR DOORS LESS THAN 1 3/8 INCHES IN THICKNESS, EITHER OF WHICH ARE COVERED ON THE INSIDE FACE WITH 16-GAUGE SHEET METAL ATTACHED WITH SCREWS AT 6 INCHES MAXIMUM CENTERS AROUND THE PERIMETER. 4.MANUALLY OPERATED FLUSH BOLTS OR SURFACE BOLTS ARE NOT PERMITTED EXCEPT ON DOORS NOT REQUIRED FOR EGRESS IN INDIVIDUAL DWELLING UNITS AND SLEEPING UNITS. WHERE A PAIR OF DOORS SERVES A STORAGE OR EQUIPMENT ROOM, MANUALLY OPERATED EDGE-OR SURFACE-MOUNTED BOLTS ARE PERMITTED ON INACTIVE LEAF. CBC SECTION 1010 5.A SINGLE A SWINGING DOOR THE ACTIVELEAF OF A PAIR OF DOORS AND THE BOTTOM LEAF O DUTCH DOORS SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH A DEADBOLT AND DEADLOCKING LATCH. THE DEAD BOLT AND LATCH MAY BE ACTIVATED BY ONE LOCK OR BY INDIVIDUAL LOCKS. DEADBOLTS SHALL CONTAIN HARDENED INSERTS TO REPEL CUTTING TOOLS. THE LOCKS SHALL BE KEY-OPERATED FROM THE EXTERIOR SIDE OF THE DOOR AND OPENABLE FROM INTERIOR SIDE BY A DEVICE WHICH DOES NOT REQUIRE A KEY, SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR SPECIAL EFFORT TO OPERATE. 6.THE INACTIVE LEAF OF A PAIR OF DOORS AND THE UPPER LEAF OF DUTCH DOORS SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH A DEADBOLT OR DEADBOLTS. 7.DOOR STOPS OF IN SWINGING SHALL BE OF ONE-PIECE CONSTRUCTION WITH THE JAMB, JOINED BY RABBET TO THE JAMB. 8.ALL PIN-TYPE HINGES WHICH ARE ACCESSIBLE FROM OUTSIDE THE SECURED AREA WHEN DOOR IS CLOSED SHALL HAVE NO REMOVABLE HINGE PINS. IN ADDITION, SUCH HINGES SHALL HAVE JAMB STUDS WHICH PROJECT THROUGH BOTH HINGE LEAVES AND PREVENT REMOVAL OF THE DOOR IF THE PIN IS REMOVED FROM THE HINGE. JAMB STUDS SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN 1/4-INCH-DIAMETER STEEL AND SHALL PROJECT INTO THE DOOR AND JAMB NOT LESS THAN 1/4 INCH. 9.CYLINDER GUARDS SHALL BE INSTALLED ON ALL MORTISE OR RIM-TYPE CYLINDER LOCKS WHENEVER THE CYLINDER PROJECTS BEYOND THE FACE OF THE DOOR OR IS OTHERWISE ACCESSIBLE TO GRIPPING TOOLS. 10.SLIDING GLASS DOORS SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH LOCKING DEVICES AND HAVE FORCED-ENTRY RESISTANCE LABEL. SLIDING GLASS DOORS USED FOR EMERGENCY EXITING PER SECTION 1030.4 OR EXIT REQUIRED BY C.B.C. SEC. 1010.1.4.3 SHALL BE OPENABLE FROM THE INSIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY, TOOL OR EXCESSIVE FORCE. 11.METAL OR WOODEN OVERHEAD AND SLIDING DOORS SHALL BE SECURED WITH A CYLINDER LOCK, PADLOCK WITH A MINIMUM 1/92-INCH DIAMETER HARDENED STEEL SHACKLE BOLTED, HARDENED STEEL HASPS, METAL SLIDE BOARD, BOLT OR EQUIVALENT DEVICE UNLESS SECURED BY AN ELECTRICAL POWER OPERATION. CYLINDER GUARDS SHALL BE INSTALLED ON ALL MORTISE OR RIM-TYPE CYLINDER LOCKS WHENEVER THE CYLINDER PROJECTS BEYOND THE FACE OF THE DOOR OR IS OTHERWISE ACCESSIBLE TO GRIPPING TOOLS. 12.METAL ACCORDION-GRATE OR GRILLE-TYPE DOORS SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH METAL GUIDES AT THE TOP AND BOTTOM AND CYLINDER LOCKS OR PADLOCKS HAVING MINIMUM 9/32-INCH HARDENED STEEL SHACKLES WITH HARDENED STEEL HASPS, BOLTED IN PLACE. CYLINDER GUARDS SHALL BE INSTALLED ON ALL MORTISE OR RIM-TYPE CYLINDER LOCKS WHENEVER THE CYLINDER PROJECTS BEYOND THE FACE OF THE DOOR OR IS OTHERWISE ACCESSIBLE TO GRIPPING TOOLS. 13.GLAZED OPENINGS WITHIN 40 INCHES OF THE REQUIRED LOCKING DEVICE OF THE DOOR, WHEN THE DOOR IS IN CLOSED AND LOCKED POSITION AND WHEN THE DOOR IS OPENABLE FROM THE INSIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY, SHALL BE FULLY TEMPERED GLASS CONFORMING TO THE PROVISIONS OF CBC SECTION 2406 OR APPROVED BURGLARY-RESISTANT MATERIAL, OR SHALL BE PROTECTED BY METAL BARS, SCREENS OR GRILLES HAVING A PATTERN SUCH THAT THE MAXIMUM DIMENSION OF ANY OPENING DOES NOT EXCEED 2 INCHES. 14.IN GROUP B, F, M, S OCCUPANCIES, PANES OF GLAZING WITH AT LEAST ONE DIMENSION GREATER THAN SIX INCHES, BUT LESS THAN 48 INCHES SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF FULLY TEMPERED GLASS OR APPROVED BURGLARY-RESISTANT MATERIAL OR SHALL BE PROTECTED BY METAL GRILLES WHICH ARE CONSTRUCTED TO PRECLUDE HUMAN ENTRY. SUCH BARS OR GRILLES SHALL HAVE A PATTERN SUCH THAT AT LEAST ONE DIMENSION OF ANY OPENING SHALL BE NO GREATER THAN 6 INCHES. 15.SLIDING GLASS WINDOWS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH LOCKING DEVICES AND SHALL BE SO CONSTRUCTED AND INSTALLED THAT THEY REMAIN INTACT AND ENGAGED A DEVICE SHALL BE INSTALLED IN THE UPPER CHANNEL OF THE MOVING PANEL TO PROHIBIT THE RAISING AND REMOVAL OF THE MOVING PANEL FROM THE TRACK WHILE IN A CLOSED OR PARTIALLY OPEN POSITION. 16.OPENABLE WINDOWS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH SUBSTANTIAL LOCKING DEVICES WHICH RENDER THE BUILDING AS SECURE AS THE DEVICES REQUIRED BY THIS SECTION. IN GROUP B, F, F. S OCCUPANCIES, SUCH DEVICES SHALL BE GLIDE BARS, BOLTS, CROSS BARS AND/ OR PADLOCKS WITH MINIMUM 9/32-INCH HARDENED STEEL SHACKLES AND BOLTED, HARDENED STEEL HASPS. SOUND NOTES 1.CARPETS OR SIMILAR SURFACE MATERIAL WHICH ARE PART OF THE FLOOR CEILING ASSEMBLY MUST BE INSTALLED AND INSPECTED BEFORE THE FINAL INSPECTION IS REQUESTED. 2.AN APPROVED PERMANENT, AND RESILIENT ACOUSTICAL SEALANT SHALL BE PROVIDED ALONG THE JOINT BETWEEN THE FLOOR AND THE SEPARATION WALLS. 3.ALL PENETRATIONS INTO SOUND RATED PARTITIONS OR FLOOR CEILING ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE SEALED WITH APPROVED PERMANENT RESILIENT SEALANT. 4.ALL RIGID CONDUIT, DUCTS. PLUMBING PIPES AND APPLIANCE VENTS LOCATED IN SOUND ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE ISOLATED FROM THE BUILDING CONSTRUCTION BY MEANS OF RESILIENT SLEEVES, MOUNTS OR MINIMUM 1/4" THICK APPROVED RESILIENT MATERIAL. (EXCEPTION: GAS PIPING NEED NOT BE ISOLATED). 5.METAL VENTILATING AND CONDITIONED AIR DUCTS LOCATED IN SOUND ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE LINED. (EXCEPTION: DUCTS SERVING ONLY KITCHEN COOKING FACILITIES, AND BATHROOMS NEED NOT BE LINED). 6.MINERAL FIBER INSULATION SHALL BE INSTALLED IN JOIST SPACES WHENEVER A PLUMBING PIPE, OR DUCT PENETRATES A FLOOR-CEILING ASSEMBLY OR WHERE SUCH UNIT PASSES THROUGH THE PLANE OF THE FLOOR CEILING ASSEMBLY FROM WITHIN A WALL. THE INSULATION SHALL BE INSTALLED TO A POINT 12" BEYOND THE PIPE OR DUCT. 7.COMBUSTION AIR, KITCHEN AND BATHROOM EXHAUST DUCTS WITHIN SOUND SEPARATION ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE WRAPPED WITH TYPE "C" INSULATION SHOWN IN TABLE 10-D OF THE L.A. COUNTY MECHANICAL CODE. 8.ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS. AN OUTLET BOX IS DEFINED AS A BOX USED FOR RECEPTACLES, SWITCHES, SURFACE MOUNTED LIGHTING FIXTURES, JUNCTION POINTS, TELEPHONES, THERMOSTATS, TELEVISION USES, ETC. NO BOX DIMENSION SHALL EXCEED 6". a.ONLY OUTLET BOXES AND A CEILING EXHAUST FAN IN THE BATHROOM ARE PERMITTED IN WALLS AND CEILING OF SOUND RATED CONSTRUCTION. ALL OTHER EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES WHICH INCLUDE RECESSED FIXTURES, PANEL-BOARDS, HEATERS, KITCHEN EXHAUST FAN, SOUND PRODUCING EQUIPMENT, BELLS, INTERCOMS, ETC., SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED IN THESE SOUND RATED WALLS AND CEILINGS UNLESS PRIOR APPROVAL HAS BEEN OBTAINED FROM THE STRUCTURAL RESEARCH ENGINEER. b.OUTLET BOXES MAY BE INSTALLED IN THE SOUND RATED WALLS OR CEILING AS FOLLOWS: i.BOXES WHICH PENETRATE THE WALL IN ONE AREA OR OCCUPANCY SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED ON THE SAME STUD OR IN THE SAME SPACE BETWEEN STUDS CONTAINING A BOX WHICH PENETRATES INTO ANOTHER AREA OR OCCUPANCY, I.E. NOT IN THE SAME BAY. ii.THERE SHALL BE ONE SOLID STUD BETWEEN OUTLET BOXES. iii.A SOLID FIRE BLOCKING WILL BE CONSIDERED A SOLID STUD IN ORDER TO PLACE ONE BOX ABOVE THE OTHER IN THE SAME BAY c.OUTLET BOXES SHALL HAVE A DEPTH NOT MORE THAN 1-1/2" INCHES, SO AS TO ALLOW THE REQUIRED 2 INCH UNCOMPRESSED INSULATION TO BE INSTALLED IN A STANDARD 2"X4" WALL. ON WALLS OF DEEPER DIMENSIONS, BOXES OF GREATER DEPTHS MAY BE PERMITTED. d.CONDUITS OR RACEWAYS (STUBOUTS) MAY PENETRATE THE SOUND RATED WALLS OR CEILINGS, PROVIDED THE CONDUIT IS COVERED AT THE PENETRATION POINT WITH A PERMANENTLY RESILIENT SEALANT. e.THE REQUIREMENTS FOR OUTLET BOXES INSTALLED FOR TELEVISION, TELEPHONE AND THERMOSTATS (ELECTRICAL AND PNEUMATIC) SHALL BE THE SAME AS FOR RECEPTACLES OR SWITCHES. PLASTER RINGS, OPEN BACK BOXES, OR MOUNTING PLATES SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED. f.WHERE METALLIC RACEWAY MATERIAL (RIGID METAL CONDUIT, STEEL TUBE, AND NONMETALLIC CONDUIT) IS INSTALLED IN SOUND RATED FLOOR-CEILING ASSEMBLIES IT SHALL BE ISOLATED FORM THE FLOOR JOIST WITH A RESILIENT MATERIAL AT THE POINTS OF SUPPORT. AT THE POINT WHERE THE RACEWAY PASSES THROUGH HOLES OR NOTCHES, CARE SHOULD BE TAKEN TO INSURE THAT THE RACEWAY DOES NOT TOUCH THE SURFACE JOISTS. THE RESILIENT MATERIAL USED MAY BE RUBBER, CARPET PADDING, ETC. g.WHEN RIGID METALLIC RACEWAY IS INSTALLED IN THE FLOOR-CEILING SPACES, THE SPACE SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OF 2" OF MINERAL INSULATION BELOW. CARE SHOULD BE TAKEN DURING INSTALLATION OF THE RACEWAY TO ALLOW FOR THIS 2" OF NONCOMPRESSED INSULATION BELOW. 9.FLOOR-CEILING ASSEMBLIES BETWEEN RESIDENTIAL AREAS AND EQUIPMENT PENTHOUSES (AC UNITS, ETC.) SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE TO MEET THE SOUND SEPARATION REQUIREMENTS 10.WALL MOUNTED LAVATORIES AND TOILETS ARE NOT PERMITTED ON SOUND RATED PARTITIONS. 11.SEE ACOUSTICAL REPORT FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ENERGY CONSERVATION NOTES 1.INSULATION INSTALLER SHALL POST IN A CONSPICUOUS LOCATION IN THE BUILDING A CERTIFICATE SIGNED BY THE INSTALLER AND BUILDER STATING THAT THE INSTALLATION CONFORMS WITH THE REQUIREMENTS TITLE 24, PART6 CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE SUBCHAPTER 2 SECTION 110.8. 2.ANY INSULATION OF THE TYPE AND FORM LISTED IN CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE TABLE 110.8A MAY BE INSTALLED ONLY IF THE MANUFACTURER HAS CERTIFIED THAT THE INSULATION COMPLIES WITH THE CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS TITLE 24, PART 12, CHAPTER 12-13, STANDARDS FOR INSULATING MATERIAL. CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE SUBCHAPTER 2 SECTION 110.8. 3.JOINTS AND OTHER OPENINGS IN THE BUILDING ENVELOP THAT ARE POTENTIAL SOURCES OF AIR LEAKAGE SHALL BE CAULKED, GASKETED, WEATHER-STRIPPED OR OTHERWISE SEALED TO LIMIT INFILTRATION AND EXFILTRATION. CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE SUBCHAPTER 2 SECTION 110.7. 4.ANY FENESTRATION PRODUCT AND EXTERIOR DOOR, OTHER THAN FIELD FABRICATED FENESTRATION PRODUCTS AND FIELD-FABRICATED EXTERIOR DOORS, MAY BE INSTALLED ONLY IF THE MANUFACTURER HAS CERTIFIED TO THE COMMISSION, OR IF AN INDEPENDENT CERTIFYING ORGANIZATION APPROVED BY THE COMMISSION HAS CERTIFIED, THAT THE PRODUCT COMPLIES WITH ALL OF THE APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE SECTION 116 ON AIR LEAKAGE, U-FACTOR, SOLAR HEAT GAIN COEFFICIENT (SHGC), AND LABELING. FIELD-FABRICATED FENESTRATION AND FIELD FABRICATED EXTERIOR DOORS MAYBE INSTALLED ONLY IF THE COMPLIANCE DOCUMENTATION HAS DEMONSTRATED COMPLIANCE FOR THE INSTALLATION USING U-FACTORS FROM TABLE 116-A AND SOLAR HEAT GAIN COEFFICIENT (SGHC) VALUES FROM TABLE 116B. FIELD- FABRICATED FENESTRATION AND FIELD-FABRICATED EXTERIOR DOORS SHALL BE CAULKED BETWEEN FENESTRATION PRODUCTS OR EXTERIOR DOOR AND THE BUILDING, AND SHALL BE WEATHERSTRIPPED. BUILDINGS WITH 10,000 OR MORE SQUARE FEET OF VERTICAL GLAZING SHALL HAVE NO MORE THAN 1,000 SQUARE FEET OF FIELD-FABRICATED FENESTRATION. CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE SECTION 110.6 5.ALL FAN SYSTEMS EXHAUSTING AIR FROM THE BUILDING SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH BACK DRAFT DAMPERS. 6.CAULK AROUND ALL PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS INTO BUILDING ENVELOPE. 7.CAULK AND SEAL AROUND ALL WINDOWS AND DOOR FRAMES AND BETWEEN WALL SILL PLATES AND FLOORS AND BETWEEN EXTERIOR WALL PANELS. 8.DUCTS AND PLENUMS THAT ARE PORTION OF A HEATING, COOLING OR PRODUCT CONVEYING SYSTEM SHALL COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE CHAPTER 6. 9.INSULATE RECIRCULATING HOT WATER PIPING IN UNHEATED SPACES. 10.GAS FIRED HOUSEHOLD HEATING AND COOLING APPLIANCES, SHOWER HEADS AND FAUCETS SHALL COMPLY WITH APPLIANCE EFFICIENCY STANDARDS. 11.GENERAL LIGHTING IN KITCHEN AND BATHROOMS SHALL HAVE AN EFFICACY OF NOT LESS THAN 25 LUMENS/WATTS. 12.THERMOSTATICALLY CONTROLLED HEATING OR COOLING SYSTEMS (EXCEPT HEAT PUMPS) SHALL HAVE AN AUTOMATIC THERMOSTAT WITH A CLOCK MECHANISM WHICH CAN BE MANUALLY PROGRAMMED TO AUTOMATICALLY SET BACK THE THERMOSTAT SET POINTS FOR AT LEAST TWO PERIODS WITHIN 24 HOURS. 13.CONTINUOUS BURNING GAS PILOTS ARE PROHIBITED. 14.GAS COOKING APPLIANCES EQUIPPED WITH INTERMITTENT IGNITION DEVICE. 15.RECESSED LIGHTING -INSTALLED INCANDESCENT FIXTURES MUST BE TYPE 1C AND COVERED WITH INSULATION. 16.ALL OPERABLE GLASS (EXCEPT FRENCH DOORS) REQUIRED BUG SCREENS ON THE EXTERIOR OPERABLE PORTION ONLY. 17.AC SIZE/MAKE/MODEL SHALL BE VERIFIED BY CONTRACTOR INSTALLER. COMPLY WITH TITLE 24 CALCS. 18.BEFORE THE BUILDING MAY BE OCCUPIED, INSTALLATION CERTIFICATES FOR MANUFACTURED DEVICES REGULATED BY THE APPLIANCE EFFICIENCY STANDARDS OR CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE SUBCHAPTER 2 SECTION 110.1, SHALL BE POSTED ADJACENT TO THE BUILDING PERMIT(S). CERTIFICATE SHALL INCLUDE THE STATEMENT INDICATING THAT THE INSTALLED DEVICES CONFORM TO THE APPLIANCE EFFICIENCY STANDARDS AND 2019 CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE SUBCHAPTER 2 SECTION 110.1 AND THE REQUIREMENTS FOR SUCH DEVICES GIVEN IN THE ENFORCEMENT AGENCY. 19.AFTER INSTALLING WALL, CEILING OR FLOOR INSULATION, THE INSTALLER SHALL POST IN A CONSPICUOUS LOCATION IN THE BUILDING A CERTIFICATE SIGNED BY THE INSTALLER STATING THE INSTALLATION CONFORMS WITH THE PLANS AND THE REQUIREMENTS OF CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE SUBCHAPTER 2 SECTION 110.8. THE CERTIFICATE SHALL ALSO STATE MANUFACTURER'S NAME AND MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION AND THE INSTALLED R-VALUE. CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE SECTION 719. SEE "MINIMUM MANDATORY INSULATION VALUES PER TITLE 24 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE" TABLE. 20.DOORS AND WINDOWS BETWEEN CONDITIONED AND UNCONDITIONED SPACES INCLUDING CLOSETS FOR CENTRAL FORCED AIR FURNACES USING OUTSIDE AIR FOR COMBUSTION SHALL BE DESIGNED TO LIMIT AIR LEAKAGE INTO OR FROM THE BUILDING ENVELOPE. (SEE NOTE 4) 21.THE BUILDER SHALL PROVIDE THE BUILDING OWNER A LIST OF THE HEATING, COOLING, WATER HEATING AND LIGHTING SYSTEMS AND FEATURES, COMPONENTS AND MECHANICAL DEVICES, CONSERVATION OR SOLAR DEVICES INSTALLED IN THE BUILDING, AND INSTRUCTIONS ON HOW TO USE THEM EFFICIENTLY. 22.PIPING WHETHER BURIED OR UNBURIED FOR RECIRCULATING SECTIONS OF DOMESTIC HOT WATER SYSTEMS; PIPING FROM THE HEATING SOURCE TO THE STORAGE TANK FOR AN INDIRECT-FIRED DOMESTIC WATER-HEATING SYSTEM; THE FIRST 5 FEET OF HOT AND COLD PIPES FROM THE STORAGE TANK FOR NON RECIRCULATING SYSTEMS; AND COOLING SYSTEM LINES SHALL BE THERMALLY INSULATED. PIPING STEAM AND HYDRONIC HEATING SYSTEMS OR HOT WATER SYSTEMS WITH PRESSURE ABOVE 15 PSI SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS IN TABLE 123-A CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE. (SEE CALIFORNIA CODE SUBCHAPTER 7 SECTION 150.J.2) 23.RECIRCULATING HOT WATER PIPING IN ATTICS, GARAGES, CRAWL SPACES OR UNHEATED SPACES OTHER THAN BETWEEN FLOORS OR IN INTERIOR WALLS MUST BE INSULATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE SUBCHAPTER 7 SECTION 150J AND TABLE 150-B PIPE INSULATION MINIMUM THICKNESS REQUIREMENTS. 24.SHOWER HEADS. LAVATORY FAUCETS AND SINKS, SHALL MEET THE FLOW RATE REQUIREMENTS OUTLINED IN CALIFORNIA ENERGY COMMISSION-2006 APPLIANCE EFFICIENCY REGULATIONS SECTION 1605 TABLE H-1. SHOWER HEADS. LAVATORY FAUCETS AND SINKS, SHALL MEET THE FLOW RATE REQUIREMENTS OUTLINED IN CALIFORNIA ENERGY COMMISSION-2006 APPLIANCE EFFICIENCY REGULATIONS SECTION 1605 TABLE H-1. NOTES ON THIS PAGE ARE GENERAL MINIMUM REQUEST, MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS MAYBE REQUIRED IN OTHER PORTIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS GENERAL NOTES (CONTINUED) 30.PER 717.5, FIRE DAMPERS, SMOKE DAMPERS AND COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS SHALL BE PROVIDED AT THE LOCATIONS PRESCRIBED IN SECTIONS 717.5.1 THROUGH 717.5.7 AND 717.6. WHERE AN ASSEMBLY IS REQUIRED TO HAVE BOTH FIRE DAMPERS AND SMOKE DAMPERS, COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS OR A FIRE DAMPER AND A SMOKE DAMPER SHALL BE REQUIRED. LOCATIONS SHALL INCLUDE BUT NOT LIMITED TO DUCTS AND AIR TRANSFER OPENINGS THAT PENETRATE FIRE WALLS, FIRE BARRIERS, FIRE PARTITIONS, SHAFT ENCLOSURES AND CORRIDORS. 31.GYPSUM BOARD AND GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCT FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED ASSEMBLIES SHALL HAVE JOINTS AND FASTENERS TREATED PER 2508.4. 32.BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES THAT CANNOT SUPPORT THE REQUIRED LEVEL OF RADIO COVERAGE SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH A RADIATING CABLE SYSTEM,A DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEM WITH FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION (FCC)-CERTIFIED SIGNAL BOOSTERS, OR OTHER SYSTEM APPROVED BY THE FIRE CODE OFFICIAL IN ORDER TO ACHIEVE THE REQUIRED ADEQUATE RADIO COVERAGE PER CFC SEC. 510.4.2.1. 33.WALL AND CEILING FINISHES SHALL NOT EXCEED THE FLAME SPREAD CLASSIFICATIONS IN CBC 803.13. 34.PROVIDE CONTINUOUS INSPECTION BY A DEPUTY INSPECTOR FOR ALL FIELD WELDING. 35.PROVIDE TEMPORARY PEDESTRIAN PROTECTION PER CBC SECTION 3303.2. STANDARD OCFA ARCHITECTURAL NOTES C C PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #3 07/08/2025 PEDESTRIAN ROUTE 70sq. INCHES ACCESSIBILITY SIGN PER SECTION 1109A8.8. (SEE ACCESSIBILITY SIGN FIGURE) WHEEL STOP STRIPES AT 36 INCHES ON CENTER WITHIN THE LOADING AND UNLOADING ACCESS AISLE PAINT THE WORDS "NO PARKING" IN 12" HIGH LETTER MIN. TYP. PAVEMENT SYMBOL PER SECTION 1109A8.8 DIMENSION TO CENTERLINE OF STRIPE TYPICAL 5' MIN. AT TYPICAL ACCESSIBLE PARKING STALL 8' MIN. AT VAN ACCESSIBLE PARKING STALLFIGURE 11A-2A DOUBLE PARKING STALLS NO PARKING NO PARKING PEDESTRIAN ROUTE FIGURE 11A-2B SINGLE AND VAN ACCESSIBLE PARKING STALLS PEDESTRIAN ROUTE 70sq. INCHES ACCESSIBILITY SIGN PER SECTION 1109A8.8. (SEE ACCESSIBILITY SIGN FIGURE) WHEEL STOP STRIPES AT 36 INCHES ON CENTER WITHIN THE LOADING AND UNLOADING ACCESS AISLE PAINT THE WORDS "NO PARKING" IN 12" HIGH LETTER MIN. TYP. PAVEMENT SYMBOL PER SECTION 1109A8.8 DIMENSION TO CENTERLINE OF STRIPE TYPICAL 5' MIN. AT TYPICAL ACCESSIBLE PARKING STALL 8' MIN. AT VAN ACCESSIBLE PARKING STALL FIGURE 11A-2C DIAGONAL PARKING STALLS PARKING STALL ACCESSIBILITY SIGN PARKING SURFACE INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY POSTED MINIMUM FINE POSTED VAN ACCESSIBLE RESERVED PARKING MINIMUM FINE $250 VAN ACCESSIBLE STALL WIDTH9'-0" MIN. MI N . C L E A R 3' - 0 " . MI N . C L E A R 3' - 0 " . . 80 " M I N . A B O V E P A R K I N G S U R F A C E WH E N P O S T M O U N T E D 60 " M I N . A B O V E P A R K I N G S U R F A C E WH E N W A L L M O U N T E D . CL E A R 4' - 0 " M I N . 9'-0" MIN.. LOCAL JURISDICTION AS REQUIRED BY 18 ' - 0 " M I N . NO PARKING 18 ' - 0 " M I N . 9'-0" MIN..9'-0" MIN. 18'-0" MIN. STALL DEPTH (c) T-SHAPED SPACE (b) PASSING SPACE (a) MINIMUM CLEAR WIDTH FIGURE 11A-1L PASSING METHODS FOR ACCESSIBLE ROUTE OVER 200 FEET 60 " M I N . 48 " M I N . 12 " M I N . 60" MIN. 60" MIN. 12 " M I N . MI N . 48 " M I N . MIN. 6"48" MIN. MIN. 6" 60 " M I N . PLANTING AREA SI D E W A L K 2% M A X . 2% M A X . FIGURE 11A-3I CURB DETAIL FRONT EDGE OF SIDEWALK 10% MAX. SLOPE AT CURB, TYP. FIGURE 11A-3G CURB DETAIL 2% M A X . SI D E W A L K 2% M A X . 8. 3 3 % M A X . FIGURE 11A-3E CURB DETAIL FIGURE 11A-3F CURB DETAIL SIDEWALK LESS THAN 60" WIDE SEE GROOVING DETAIL 11A-3K FRONT EDGE OF SIDEWALK RETAINING CURB IF NECESSARY AT EDGE OF SIDEWALK SEE GROOVING DETAIL 11A-3K FIGURE 11A-3D CURB DETAIL CROSSWALK 10% MAX. SLOPE AT CURB, TYP. 2% MAX. 2% M A X . SI D E W A L K 2% MA X . SIDEWALK 8.33% MAX. 8. 3 3 % MA X . CR O S S W A L K FULL CURB HEIGHT SEE GROOVING DETAIL 11A-3K FIGURE 11A-3C CURB DETAIL 10% MAX. SIDEWALK SECTION B-B 8. 3 3 % M A X . 2% M A X . SI D E W A L K 8.33% MAX. SEE GROOVING DETAIL 11A-3K 8.33% MAX.4" DRAIN SECTION A-A FIGURE 11A-3A CURB DETAIL 2% MAX. FIGURE 11A-3B CURB DETAIL CURB AND GUTTER SIDEWALK SIDEWALK 4" DRAIN 12" MIN. BORDER GROOVES AT 3/4" O.C. REFER TO GROOVING DETAIL 11A-3K 8. 3 3 M A X . 8. 3 3 % MA X . 8.33% MAX. 8.33% MAX. 2% M A X . 2% M A X . SI D E W A L K A or BA C A or B A A B B A AA A 48" MIN. 48 " M I N . 48 " M I N . 48" MIN. 48" MIN. 48" MIN. 48 " M I N . MI N . 6 ' - 0 " 48 " M I N . 48" MIN. 48 " M I N . 48" MIN. 2% M A X . FIGURE 11A-3L CURB SECTIONS SECTION B (DEPRESS ENTIRE SIDEWALK AS REQUIRED) SECTION C 12" MIN. BORDER GROOVES AT 3/4" O.C. REFER TO GROOVING DETAIL 11A-3K 10% MAX SLOPE AT CURB, TYP. FRONT EDGE OF SIDEWALK FIGURE 11A-3J CURB DETAIL FIGURE 11A-3H CURB DETAIL FRONT OF RAMP RETAINING CURB IF NECESSARY TOP OF RAMP 8.33% max. FIGURE 11A-3K CURB DETAIL 8.33% max. 8.33% max. 2% max. 2% ma x . si d e w a l k 8. 3 3 % ma x . planting area CR O S S WA L K 2% max. CROSS WALK SECTION A A A or B 1/4". 1/ 4 " . 48 " M I N . GR E A T E R 0" o r 48" M I N . 48" MIN. 48" M I N . 48" MIN. sloping portion of ramp approx. 3/4" except approx. 1 1/2" on 48" MIN. 4' - 0" MIN. 48" MIN. 2% max. 2% max. 48 " M I N . al l i d e a s , d e s i g n s a n d p l a n s r e p r e s e n t e d b y t h i s d r aw i n g a r e t h e e x c l u s i v e p r o p e r t y o f bs b d e s i g n , i n c . an d s h a l l n o t b e r e p r o d u c e d i n w h o l e o r i n p a r t w i t ho u t t h e e x p r e s s p r i o r w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n o f s a i d a rc h i t e c t s , a n y u n a u t h o r iz e d r e u s e o f t h e s e p l a n s o t h e r t h a n f o r t h e p r o j e c t a n d l o c a t i o n s h o w n i s p r o h i b i t e d . JOB NO. SUBMITTAL DATE SHEET TITLE SHEET NO. CLIENT: Plot Date:File: REVISION DATE 21 3 0 E 4 T H S T # 2 0 0 SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 5 1ST PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 08/20/2024 970 W. 190TH ST., STE 250, TORRANCE CA 90502 O: 310.217.8885 BSBDESIGN.COM D E S I G N BSB 4TH P.C. SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 2ND PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 01/29/2025 3RD PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 04/17/2025 4TH PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 11/4/2025 8:52:27 PM MR230056 A081 CBC 11A DIV I & DIV II SITE ACCESSIBILITY NOTES OL I V E C R E S T R E S I D E N T I A L 21 5 0 E . F O U R T H S T . & 2 1 6 0 E . F O U R T H S T . SA N T A A N A C A 9 2 7 0 5 OL I V E C R E S T CHAPTER 11A DIVISION I SECTION 1101 APPLICATION 1101A.1 SCOPE. THE APPLICATION AND AUTHORITY OF THIS CHAPTER ARE IDENTIFIED AND REFERENCED IN SECTIONS 1.8.2.1.2 AND 1102A FOR THE DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT. APPLICABLE SECTIONS ARE IDENTIFIED IN THE MATRIX ADOPTION TABLES OF THIS CODE UNDER THE ABBREVIATION HCD 1-AC.THE PROVISIONS OF THIS CHAPTER SHALL APPLY TO THE FOLLOWING: 1. ALL NEWLY-CONSTRUCTED COVERED MULTIFAMILY DWELLINGS. 2. NEW COMMON USE SPACES SERVING EXISTING COVERED MULTIFAMILY DWELLINGS. 3. ADDITIONS TO EXISTING BUILDINGS, WHERE THE ADDITION ALONE MEETS THE DEFINITION OF A COVERED MULTIFAMILY DWELLING. 4. COMMON-USE AREAS SERVING COVERED MULTIFAMILY DWELLINGS. 5. WHERE ANY PORTION OF A BUILDING'S EXTERIOR IS PRESERVED, BUT THE INTERIOR OF THE BUILDING IS REMOVED, INCLUDING ALL STRUCTURAL PORTIONS OF FLOORS AND CEILINGS, THE BUILDING IS CONSIDERED A NEW BUILDING FOR DETERMINING THE APPLICATION OF THIS CHAPTER. THESE BUILDING STANDARDS GENERALLY DO NOT APPLY TO PUBLIC ACCOMMODATIONS SUCH AS HOTELS AND MOTELS. PUBLIC USE AREAS, PUBLIC ACCOMMODATIONS, AND PUBLIC HOUSING AS DEFINED IN CHAPTER 2 OF THIS CODE ARE SUBJECT TO PROVISIONS OF THE DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT (DSA-AC) IN CHAPTER 11B, AND ARE REFERENCED IN SECTION 1.9.1.1. SECTION 1102A BUILDING ACCESSIBILITY 1102A.1 WHERE REQUIRED.BUILDINGS OR PORTIONS OF BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES WITHIN THE SCOPE OF THIS CHAPTER SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE TO PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES. EACH BUILDING ON A BUILDING SITE SHALL BE CONSIDERED SEPARATELY WHEN DETERMINING THE REQUIREMENTS CONTAINED IN THIS CHAPTER, EXCEPT WHEN CALCULATING THE NUMBER OF UNITS WHICH MUST COMPLY WITH SECTION 1102A.3.1.DWELLING UNITS WITHIN A SINGLE STRUCTURE SEPARATED BY FIREWALLS DO NOT CONSTITUTE SEPARATE BUILDINGS. NEWLY-CONSTRUCTED COVERED MULTIFAMILY DWELLINGS AS DEFINED IN THIS CHAPTER, INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: 1. APARTMENT BUILDINGS WITH 3 OR MORE DWELLING UNITS INCLUDING TIMESHARE APARTMENTS NOT CONSIDERED A PLACE OF PUBLIC ACCOMMODATION OR TRANSIENT LODGING AS DEFINED IN HEALTH AND SAFETY CODE SECTION 19955 (A), AND CHAPTER 2 OF THE CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE. 2. CONDOMINIUMS WITH 4 OR MORE DWELLING UNITS INCLUDING TIMESHARE CONDOMINIUMS NOT CONSIDERED A PLACE OF PUBLIC ACCOMMODATION OR TRANSIENT LODGING AS DEFINED IN HEALTH AND SAFETY CODE SECTION 19955 (A), AND CHAPTER 2 OF THE CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE. 3. LODGING HOUSES, AS DEFINED IN CHAPTER 2 OF THE CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE, USED AS A RESIDENCE WITH MORE THAN 3 BUT NOT MORE THAN 5 GUEST ROOMS. 4. CONGREGATE RESIDENCES, AS DEFINED IN CHAPTER 2 OF THE CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE, WITH 3 OR MORE SLEEPING UNITS. 5. DWELLINGS WITH 3 OR MORE EFFICIENCY UNITS, AS DEFINED IN CHAPTER 2 OF THIS CODE, OR SECTION 17958.1 OF THE CALIFORNIA HEALTH AND SAFETY CODE. 6. SHELTERS FOR HOMELESS PERSONS, NOT OTHERWISE SUBJECT TO THE DISABLED ACCESS PROVISIONS OF THE DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT-ACCESS COMPLIANCE (DSA-AC). 7. DORMITORIES, AS DEFINED IN CHAPTER 2 OF THIS CODE, WITH 3 OR MORE GUEST ROOMS AS DEFINED IN CHAPTER 2 OF THE CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE. 8. TIMESHARE DWELLINGS WITH 3 OR MORE UNITS, NOT CONSIDERED A PLACE OF PUBLIC ACCOMMODATIONS OR TRANSIENT LODGING AS DEFINED IN HEALTH AND SAFETY CODE SECTION 19955 (A), AND CHAPTER 2 OF THE CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE. 9. OTHER GROUP R OCCUPANCIES IN COVERED MULTIFAMILY DWELLINGS WHICH ARE REGULATED BY THE OFFICE OF THE STATE FIRE MARSHAL. SEE SECTION 1.11. 10. PUBLIC HOUSING AS DEFINED IN CHAPTER 2 OF THIS CODE IS SUBJECT TO PROVISIONS OF THE DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT (DSA-AC). SEE CHAPTER 11B. NEWLY CONSTRUCTED COVERED MULTIFAMILY DWELLINGS, WHICH CAN ALSO BE DEFINED AS PUBLIC HOUSING, SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF CHAPTER 11A AND CHAPTER 11B. 1102A.2 EXISTING BUILDINGS.THE BUILDING STANDARDS CONTAINED IN THIS CHAPTER DO NOT APPLY TO THE ALTERATION, REPAIR, REHABILITATION OR MAINTENANCE OF MULTIFAMILY DWELLINGS CONSTRUCTED FOR FIRST OCCUPANCY PRIOR TO MARCH 13, 1991. PUBLIC HOUSING AS DEFINED IN CHAPTER 2 OF THIS CODE IS SUBJECT TO PROVISIONS OF THE DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT (DSA- AC). SEE CHAPTER 11B. COVERED MULTIFAMILY DWELLINGS SHALL BE MAINTAINED IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS IN EFFECT AT THE TIME OF CONSTRUCTION. APARTMENTS CONSTRUCTED PRIOR TO MARCH 13, 1991, SHALL BE MAINTAINED IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS IN EFFECT AT THE TIME OF CONSTRUCTION. ADDITIONS SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS CHAPTER, PROVIDED THE ADDITION, WHEN CONSIDERED ALONE, MEETS THE DEFINITION OF A COVERED MULTIFAMILY DWELLING, AS DEFINED IN CHAPTER 2. NEW COMMON USE SPACES SERVING EXISTING COVERED MULTIFAMILY DWELLINGS SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS CHAPTER. NOTE:FOR ALL EXISTING PUBLIC USE AREAS, PUBLIC ACCOMMODATIONS, AND PUBLIC HOUSING, SEE CHAPTER 11B, FOR PROVISIONS OF THE DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT- ACCESS COMPLIANCE (DSA -AC). 1102A.3 MULTISTORY DWELLINGS. 1102A.3.1 MULTISTORY APARTMENT OR CONDOMINIUM DWELLINGS IN BUILDINGS WITH NO ELEVATOR.THIS SECTION SHALL APPLY TO MULTISTORY DWELLING UNITS ON THE GROUND FLOOR OF BUILDINGS WITHOUT ELEVATORS FOR WHICH AN APPLICATION FOR A CONSTRUCTION PERMIT IS SUBMITTED ON OR AFTER JULY 1, 2005. EXCEPTION:CARRIAGE UNITS AS DEFINED IN CHAPTER 2 AND REGULATED ONLY BY THE DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT AS REFERENCED IN SECTION 1.8.2.1.2. AT LEAST 10 PERCENT BUT NOT LESS THAN ONE OF THE MULTISTORY DWELLINGS IN APARTMENT BUILDINGS WITH 3 OR MORE DWELLING UNITS AND/OR CONDOMINIUMS WITH 4 OR MORE DWELLING UNITS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1. THE PRIMARY ENTRY TO THE DWELLING UNIT SHALL BE ON AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE UNLESS EXEMPTED BY SITE IMPRACTICALITY TESTS IN SECTION 1150A. 2. AT LEAST ONE POWDER ROOM OR BATHROOM SHALL BE LOCATED ON THE PRIMARY ENTRY LEVEL, SERVED BY AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE AND SHALL COMPLY WITH THE PROVISIONS IN DIVISION IV. 3. ALL ROOMS OR SPACES LOCATED ON THE PRIMARY ENTRY LEVEL SHALL BE SERVED BY AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE AND SHALL COMPLY WITH THE PROVISIONS IN DIVISION IV. ROOMS AND SPACES LOCATED ON THE PRIMARY ENTRY LEVEL AND SUBJECT TO THIS CHAPTER MAY INCLUDE BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO KITCHENS, POWDER ROOMS, BATHROOMS, LIVING ROOMS, BEDROOMS OR HALLWAYS. 4. COMMON USE AREAS COVERED BY THIS SECTION SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE AS REQUIRED BY THIS CHAPTER. PUBLIC USE AREAS AS DEFINED IN CHAPTER 2 OF THIS CODE ARE SUBJECT TO PROVISIONS OF THE DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT (DSA-AC) AND ARE REFERENCED IN SECTION 1.9.1.1. THE MINIMUM NUMBER OF MULTIFAMILY DWELLING UNITS WHICH MUST COMPLY WITH THIS SECTION SHALL BE CALCULATED USING THE TOTAL NUMBER OF ALL MULTISTORY DWELLING UNITS IN BUILDINGS ON A SITE WHICH ARE SUBJECT TO THIS SECTION. ANY FRACTION THEREOF SHALL BE ROUNDED TO THE NEXT HIGHEST WHOLE NUMBER. 1102A.3.2 MULTISTORY DWELLING UNITS IN BUILDINGS WITH ONE OR MORE ELEVATORS. MULTISTORY DWELLING UNITS CONTAINED IN BUILDINGS WITH ELEVATORS SHALL COMPLY WITH THIS SECTION. FOR MULTISTORY DWELLING UNITS IN BUILDINGS WITH ELEVATORS, THE STORY OF THE UNIT THAT IS SERVED BY THE BUILDING ELEVATOR IS CONSIDERED A GROUND FLOOR AND THE PRIMARY ENTRY FLOOR TO THE UNIT AND SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1. AT LEAST 1 POWDER ROOM OR BATHROOM SHALL BE LOCATED ON THE PRIMARY ENTRY LEVEL. 2. AT LEAST 1 KITCHEN SHALL BE LOCATED ON THE PRIMARY ENTRY LEVEL. 3. ALL ROOMS OR SPACES LOCATED ON THE PRIMARY ENTRY LEVEL SHALL BE SERVED BY AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE AND SHALL COMPLY WITH DIVISION IV. 1102A.4 TEMPORARY RESTRICTIONS.DURING PERIODS OF PARTIAL OR RESTRICTED USE OF A BUILDING OR FACILITY, THE ENTRANCES USED FOR PRIMARY ACCESS SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE TO AND USABLE BY PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES. SECTION 1103A DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION 1103A.1 GENERAL.WHEN BUILDINGS ARE REQUIRED TO BE ACCESSIBLE, THEY SHALL BE DESIGNED AND CONSTRUCTED AS PROVIDED IN THIS CHAPTER. SECTION 1104A COVERED MULTIFAMILY DWELLINGS 1104A.1 GENERAL.ALL GROUND-FLOOR DWELLING UNITS IN NON-ELEVATOR BUILDINGS SHALL BE ADAPTABLE AND ON AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE, UNLESS AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE IS NOT REQUIRED AS DETERMINED BY SITE IMPRACTICALITY PROVISIONS IN SECTION 1150A. FOR BUILDINGS WITH ELEVATORS, SEE SECTION 1106A. MULTISTORY DWELLING UNITS SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 1102A.3. 1104A.2 GROUND FLOORS ABOVE GRADE.WHERE THE FIRST FLOOR CONTAINING DWELLING UNITS IN A BUILDING IS ABOVE GRADE, ALL UNITS ON THAT FLOOR SHALL BE SERVED BY AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE. THIS FLOOR WILL BE CONSIDERED A GROUND FLOOR AND ALL DWELLING UNITS ARE CONSIDERED COVERED MULTIFAMILY DWELLING UNITS. EXCEPTION: CARRIAGE UNITS AS DEFINED IN CHAPTER 2 AND REGULATED ONLY BY THE DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT AS REFERENCED IN SECTION 1.8.2.1.2. MULTISTORY DWELLING UNITS SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 1102A.3. SECTION 1105A GARAGES, CARPORTS AND PARKING FACILITIES 1105A.1 GENERAL.GARAGES, CARPORTS AND OTHER PARKING FACILITIES, WHICH ARE ACCESSORY TO COVERED MULTIFAMILY DWELLING UNITS, SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE AS REQUIRED IN SECTION 1109A. SECTION 1106A SITE AND BUILDING CHARACTERISTICS 1106A.1 GENERAL.COVERED MULTIFAMILY DWELLINGS WITH ELEVATORS SHALL BE DESIGNED AND CONSTRUCTED TO PROVIDE AT LEAST ONE ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCE ON AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE, REGARDLESS OF TERRAIN OR UNUSUAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE SITE. COVERED MULTIFAMILY DWELLINGS WITHOUT ELEVATORS SHALL BE DESIGNED AND CONSTRUCTED TO PROVIDE AT LEAST ONE ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCE ON AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE UNLESS TERRAIN OR UNUSUAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE SITE PREVENT AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE BASED ON THE CONDITIONS LISTED BELOW: ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCE. REGARDLESS OF SITE CONSIDERATIONS DESCRIBED IN SECTION 1150A, AN ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCE ON AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE IS REQUIRED WHEN THERE IS AN ELEVATOR CONNECTING THE PARKING AREA WITH THE DWELLING UNITS ON A GROUND FLOOR. (IN THIS CASE, THOSE DWELLING UNITS ON THE GROUND FLOOR SERVED BY AN ELEVATOR, AND AT LEAST ONE OF EACH TYPE OF PUBLIC AND COMMON-USE AREAS, WOULD BE SUBJECT TO THESE REQUIREMENTS.) 3.ELEVATED WALKWAY. WHEN AN ELEVATED WALKWAY IS PLANNED BETWEEN A BUILDING ENTRANCE AND A VEHICULAR OR PEDESTRIAN ARRIVAL POINT, AND THE PLANNED WALKWAY HAS A SLOPE NO GREATER THAN 10 PERCENT (1 UNIT VERTICAL IN 10 UNITS HORIZONTAL), THE FLOOR BEING SERVED BY THE ELEVATED WALKWAY BECOMES A GROUND FLOOR AND ACCESSIBILITY TO ALL DWELLINGS ON THAT GROUND FLOOR IS REQUIRED. NOTE:SINCE THE PLANNED WALKWAY MEETS THE 10 PERCENT SLOPE CRITERION, IT IS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE TO THE ENTRANCE, AND THE SLOPE OF THE WALKWAY MUST BE REDUCED TO 1 UNIT VERTICAL IN 12 UNITS HORIZONTAL (8.33 PERCENT SLOPE) MAXIMUM. 1106A.2 SITE IMPRACTICALITY.FOR TESTS TO DETERMINE SITE IMPRACTICALITY DUE TO TERRAIN CONSIDERATIONS IN NON ELEVATOR BUILDINGS, SEE SECTION 1150A. SECTION 1110A EXTERIOR ROUTES OF TRAVEL 1110A.1 GENERAL.WHEN A BUILDING OR PORTION OF A BUILDING IS REQUIRED TO BE ACCESSIBLE OR ADAPTABLE, AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE SHALL BE PROVIDED TO ALL PORTIONS OF THE BUILDING, ACCESSIBLE BUILDING ENTRANCES AND BETWEEN THE BUILDING AND THE PUBLIC WAY. THE ACCESSIBLE ROUTE SHALL BE THE MOST PRACTICAL DIRECT ROUTE AND TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT FEASIBLE, COINCIDE WITH THE ROUTE FOR THE GENERAL PUBLIC AND BUILDING RESIDENTS. EXTERIOR ACCESSIBLE ROUTES SHALL BE PROVIDED AS FOLLOWS: 1. AT LEAST ONE ACCESSIBLE ROUTE WITHIN THE BOUNDARY OF THE SITE SHALL BE PROVIDED FROM PUBLIC TRANSPORTATION STOPS, ACCESSIBLE PARKING AND ACCESSIBLE PASSENGER LOADING AND UNLOADING ZONES, AND PUBLIC STREETS OR SIDEWALKS TO THE ACCESSIBLE BUILDING ENTRANCE THEY SERVE. WHERE MORE THAN ONE ROUTE OF TRAVEL IS PROVIDED, ALL ROUTES SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE. 2. AT LEAST ONE ACCESSIBLE ROUTE SHALL CONNECT ACCESSIBLE BUILDINGS, FACILITIES, ELEMENTS AND SPACES THAT ARE ON THE SAME SITE. ACCESSIBLE ROUTES SHALL BE PROVIDED BETWEEN ACCESSIBLE BUILDING AND ACCESSIBLE SITE FACILITIES WHEN MORE THAN ONE BUILDING OR FACILITY IS LOCATED ON A SITE. 3. AT LEAST ONE ACCESSIBLE ROUTE SHALL CONNECT ACCESSIBLE BUILDING OR FACILITY ENTRANCES WITH ALL ACCESSIBLE SPACES, ELEMENTS, AND COVERED MULTIFAMILY DWELLING UNITS. 4. AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE SHALL CONNECT AT LEAST ONE ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCE OF EACH COVERED MULTIFAMILY DWELLING UNIT WITH EXTERIOR SPACES AND FACILITIES THAT SERVE THE DWELLING UNIT. 5. WHERE ELEVATORS ARE PROVIDED FOR VERTICAL ACCESS, ALL ELEVATORS SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE. SEE SECTION 1124A. NOTE:IF THE SLOPE OF THE FINISHED GRADE BETWEEN COVERED MULTIFAMILY DWELLINGS AND SITE ARRIVAL POINTS, PUBLIC USE OR COMMON USE FACILITIES (INCLUDING PARKING) EXCEEDS 1 UNIT VERTICAL IN 12 UNITS HORIZONTAL (8.33-PERCENT SLOPE), OR WHERE OTHER PHYSICAL BARRIERS (NATURAL OR ARTIFICIAL) OR LEGAL RESTRICTIONS, ALL OF WHICH ARE OUTSIDE THE CONTROL OF THE OWNER, PREVENT THE INSTALLATION OF AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE, AN ACCEPTABLE ALTERNATIVE IS TO PROVIDE ACCESS BY A VEHICULAR ROUTE, PROVIDED: 1. THERE IS ACCESSIBLE PARKING ON AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE FOR AT LEAST 2 PERCENT OF THE COVERED MULTIFAMILY DWELLING UNITS, AND 2. NECESSARY SITE PROVISIONS SUCH AS PARKING SPACES AND CURB RAMPS ARE PROVIDED AT THE PUBLIC USE OR COMMON USE FACILITY. 1110A.2 SIGNS. AT EVERY PRIMARY PUBLIC ENTRANCE AND AT EVERY MAJOR JUNCTION WHERE THE ACCESSIBLE ROUTE DIVERGES FROM THE CIRCULATION PATH ALONG OR LEADING TO AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE, ENTRANCE OR FACILITY, THERE SHALL BE A SIGN DISPLAYING THE "INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY." SIGNS SHALL INDICATE THE DIRECTION TO ACCESSIBLE BUILDING ENTRANCES AND FACILITIES AND SHALL COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS FOUND IN SECTION 1143A. 1110A.3 FLOOR AND GROUND SURFACES. FLOOR AND GROUND SURFACES SHALL BE STABLE, FIRM, AND SLIP RESISTANT. IF CARPET OR CARPET TILE IS USED IN A COMMON-USE AREA OR PUBLIC-USE AREA ON A GROUND OR FLOOR SURFACE, IT SHALL HAVE FIRM BACKING OR NO BACKING. CARPET OR CARPET TILE SHALL HAVE A LEVEL LOOP, TEXTURED LOOP, LEVEL CUT PILE, OR LEVEL CUT/UNCUT PILE TEXTURE. THE MAXIMUM PILE HEIGHT SHALL BE 1/2 INCH ( 12.7 MM). EXPOSED EDGES OF CARPET SHALL BE FASTENED TO FLOOR SURFACES AND HAVE TRIM ALONG THE ENTIRE LENGTH OF THE EXPOSED EDGE. CARPET EDGE TRIM SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 1111 A REQUIREMENTS FOR CHANGES IN LEVEL. 1110A.3.1 RECESSED DOORMATS. RECESSED DOORMATS SHALL BE ADEQUATELY ANCHORED TO PREVENT INTERFERENCE WITH WHEELCHAIR TRAFFIC. 1110A.4 EXTERIOR ACCESSIBLE ROUTES OVER 200 FEET.EXTERIOR ACCESSIBLE ROUTES THAT EXCEED 200 FEET (60 960 MM) IN LENGTH SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 1138A.1.2.(SEE FIGURE 11A-1L) SECTION 1111A CHANGES IN LEVEL ON ACCESSIBLE ROUTES 1111A.1 CHANGES IN LEVEL NOT EXCEEDING 1/2 INCH. ABRUPT CHANGES IN LEVEL ALONG ANY ACCESSIBLE ROUTE SHALL NOT EXCEED 1/2 INCH. WHEN CHANGES IN LEVEL DO OCCUR, THEY SHALL BE BEVELED WITH A SLOPE NO GREATER THAN 1 UNIT VERTICAL IN 2 UNITS HORIZONTAL (50-PERCENT SLOPE). CHANGES IN LEVEL NOT EXCEEDING 1/4 INCH MAY BE VERTICAL. 1111A.2 CHANGES GREATER THAN 1/2 INCH. CHANGES IN LEVEL GREATER THAN 1/2 INCH SHALL BE MADE BY MEANS OF A SLOPED SURFACE NOT GREATER THAN 1 UNIT VERTICAL IN 20 UNITS HORIZONTAL( 5-PERCENT SLOPE), OR A CURB RAMP, RAMP, ELEVATOR OR PLATFORM (WHEELCHAIR) LIFT. STAIRS SHALL NOT BE PART OF AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE. WHEN STAIRS ARE LOCATED ALONG OR ADJACENT TO AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE THEY SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 1115A FOR EXTERIOR STAIRWAYS. SECTION 1112A CURB RAMPS ON ACCESSIBLE ROUTES 1112A.1 GENERAL. CURB RAMPS WITHIN THE BOUNDARY OF THE SITE SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED AT EACH CORNER OF STREET INTERSECTIONS AND WHERE A PEDESTRIAN WAY CROSSES A CURB. THE PREFERRED AND RECOMMENDED LOCATION FOR CURB RAMPS IS IN THE CENTER OF THE CROSSWALK OF EACH STREET CORNER. WHERE IT IS NECESSARY TO LOCATE A CURB RAMP IN THE CENTER OF THE CURB RETURN, THE STREET SURFACES SHALL BE MARKED TO IDENTIFY PEDESTRIAN CROSSWALKS, AND THE LOWER END OF THE CURB RAMP SHALL TERMINATE WITHIN SUCH CROSSWALK AREAS. CURB RAMPS DO NOT REQUIRE HANDRAILS. 1112A.2 OBSTRUCTIONS. CURB RAMPS SHALL BE LOCATED OR PROTECTED TO PREVENT OBSTRUCTION BY PARKED CARS. BUILT-UP CURB RAMPS SHALL BE LOCATED SO THAT THEY DO NOT PROJECT INTO VEHICULAR TRAFFIC LANES, PARKING SPACES, OR THE ADJACENT LOADING AND UNLOADING ACCESS AISLE. 1112A.3 WIDTH OF CURB RAMPS. CURB RAMPS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 48 INCHES IN WIDTH. 1112A.4 DIAGONAL CURB RAMPS. IF DIAGONAL (OR CORNER-TYPE) CURB RAMPS HAVE RETURNED CURBS OR OTHER WELL-DEFINED EDGES, SUCH EDGES SHALL BE PARALLEL TO THE DIRECTION OF PEDESTRIAN FLOW. THE BOTTOM OF DIAGONAL CURB RAMPS SHALL HAVE A 48-INCH MINIMUM CLEAR SPACE AS SHOWN IN FIGURES 11A-3A THROUGH 11A-3L.IF DIAGONAL CURB RAMPS ARE PROVIDED AT MARKED CROSSINGS, THE 48-INCH CLEAR SPACE SHALL BE WITHIN THE MARKINGS (SEE FIGURES 11A-3A THROUGH 11A3L).IF DIAGONAL CURB RAMPS HAVE FLARED SIDES, THEY SHALL ALSO HAVE AT LEAST A 24-INCH-LONG SEGMENT OF STRAIGHT CURB LOCATED ON EACH SIDE OF THE CURB RAMP AND WITHIN THE MARKED CROSSING. SEE FIGURES 11A-3A THROUGH 11A-3L. 1112A.5 SLOPE OF CURB RAMPS. THE SLOPE OF CURB RAMPS SHALL NOT EXCEED 1 UNIT VERTICAL TO 12 UNITS HORIZONTAL (8.33-PERCENT SLOPE) AND SHALL LIE, GENERALLY, IN A SINGLE SLOPED PLANE. TRANSITIONS FROM RAMPS TO WALKS, GUTTERS OR STREETS SHALL BE FLUSH AND FREE OF ABRUPT CHANGES. MAXIMUM SLOPES OF ADJOINING GUTTERS, ROAD SURFACE IMMEDIATELY ADJACENT TO THE CURB RAMP, OR ACCESSIBLE ROUTE SHALL NOT EXCEED 1 UNIT VERTICAL TO 20 UNITS HORIZONTAL (5-PERCENT SLOPE) WITHIN 4 FEET OF THE TOP AND BOTTOM OF THE CURB RAMP. IF A CURB RAMP IS LOCATED WHERE PEDESTRIANS MUST WALK ACROSS THE RAMP, THEN IT SHALL HAVE FLARED SIDES; THE MAXIMUM SLOPE OF THE FLARE SHALL BE I UNIT VERTICAL IN 10 UNITS HORIZONTAL (10-PERCENT SLOPE). CURB RAMPS WITH RETURNED CURBS MAY BE USED WHERE PEDESTRIANS WOULD NOT NORMALLY WALK ACROSS THE RAMP. SEE FIGURES 11A-3A THROUGH 11A-3L. CHAPTER 11A HOUSING ACCESSIBILITY DIVISION II EXTERIOR FACILITIES NOTE: 1. FOR PUBLIC USE FACILITIES, SEE CHAPTER 11B OF THIS CODE; SHEET SERIES A3.5. 2. FOR CHAPTER 11A DIVISION I, APPLICATION AND GENERAL PROVISIONS, SECTIONS 1101A THROUGH 1107,SEE SHEET A-1.0. 3. FOR CHAPTER 11A DIVISION II, EXTERIOR FACILITIES, SECTIONS 1108A THROUGH 1116, SEE SHEETS A1.0 AND A1.0.1. FOR THE APPLICATION OF EXTERIOR FACILITY FEATURES SEE THE CIVIL AND LANDSCAPE DOCUMENTS PREPARED BY OTHERS UNLESS FEATURES ARE SPECIFICALLY DOCUMENTED WITHIN A STRUCTURE DOCUMENTED BY THE ARCHITECT 4. FOR CHAPTER 11A DIVISION III, COMMON USE FACILITIES, SECTION 1127A, SEE SHEETS A3.20 AND A3.20.1. 5. FOR CHAPTER 11A DIVISION III, BUILDING FEATURES, SECTIONS 1117A THROUGH 1126A, SEE SHEETS A3.30 AND A3.30.1. 6. FOR CHAPTER 11A DIVISION IV DWELLING UNIT FEATURES, SECTIONS 1128A THROUGH 1136A, SEE SHEETS A3.0. 7. FOR CHAPTER 11A DIVISION V, FEATURES COMMON TO EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR OF BUILDINGS, SECTIONS 1137A THROUGH 1143A, SEE SHEETS A3.40. SECTION 1108A GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ACCESSIBLE PARKING AND EXTERIOR ROUTES OF TRAVEL NOTES: IN ADDITION TO PROVISIONS OF THIS DIVISION, EXTERIOR ROUTES OF TRAVEL THAT PROVIDE ACCESS TO, OR EGRESS FROM, BUILDINGS FOR PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES SHALL ALSO COMPLY WITH CHAPTER 10. SECTION 1109A PARKING FACILITIES 1109A.1 ACCESSIBLE PARKING REQUIRED.EACH PARKING FACILITY PROVIDED FOR COVERED MULTIFAMILY DWELLINGS AND FACILITIES (E.G., SWIMMING POOLS, CLUB HOUSES, RECREATION AREAS AND LAUNDRY ROOMS) THAT SERVE COVERED MULTIFAMILY DWELLINGS SHALL PROVIDE ACCESSIBLE PARKING AS REQUIRED BY THIS SECTION. 1109A.2 PARKING FACILITIES.PARKING FACILITIES SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: 1. GARAGES 2. PRIVATE GARAGES 3. CARPORTS 4. OFF-STREET PARKING (PARKING LOTS/SPACES) 1109A.2.1 PRIVATE GARAGES.PRIVATE GARAGES ACCESSORY TO COVERED MULTIFAMILY DWELLING UNITS, SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE AS REQUIRED IN SECTION 1109A. PRIVATE GARAGES INCLUDE INDIVIDUAL GARAGES AND MULTIPLE INDIVIDUAL GARAGES GROUPED TOGETHER. EXCEPTION:A PRIVATE GARAGE ATTACHED TO AND DIRECTLY SERVING A SINGLE COVERED MULTIFAMILY DWELLING UNIT PROVIDING AT LEAST ONE OF THE FOLLOWING OPTIONS: 1. A DOOR LEADING DIRECTLY FROM THE COVERED DWELLING UNIT WHICH IMMEDIATELY ENTERS THE GARAGE. THE DOOR SHALL COMPLY ON BOTH SIDES WITH SECTIONS 1132A.3 THROUGH 1132A.9. 2. AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE OF TRAVEL FROM THE COVERED DWELLING UNIT TO AN EXTERIOR DOOR ENTERING THE GARAGE. SEE SECTION 1132A.1 FOR REQUIREMENTS AT BOTH EXIT DOORS. 3. AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE OF TRAVEL FROM THE DWELLING UNIT'S PRIMARY ENTRY DOOR TO THE VEHICULAR ENTRANCE AT THE GARAGE. SEE SECTION 1132A.1 FOR REQUIREMENTS AT THE PRIMARY ENTRY DOOR. 1109A.3 REQUIRED ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACES.ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACES SHALL BE PROVIDED AT A MINIMUM RATE OF 2 PERCENT OF THE COVERED MULTIFAMILY DWELLING UNITS. AT LEAST ONE SPACE OF EACH TYPE OF PARKING FACILITY SHALL BE MADE ACCESSIBLE EVEN IF THE TOTAL NUMBER EXCEEDS 2 PERCENT. 1109A.4 ASSIGNED ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACES.WHEN ASSIGNED PARKING SPACES ARE PROVIDED FOR A RESIDENT OR A GROUP OF RESIDENTS, AT LEAST 2 PERCENT OF THE ASSIGNED PARKING SPACES SERVING COVERED MULTIFAMILY DWELLING UNITS SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE IN EACH TYPE OF PARKING FACILITY. AT LEAST ONE SPACE OF EACH TYPE OF PARKING FACILITY SHALL BE MADE ACCESSIBLE EVEN IF THE TOTAL NUMBER EXCEEDS 2 PERCENT. WHEN ASSIGNED PARKING IS PROVIDED, SIGNAGE AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 1109A.8.8 SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED. 1109A.5 UNASSIGNED AND VISITOR PARKING SPACES.WHEN PARKING IS PROVIDED FOR COVERED MULTIFAMILY DWELLINGS AND IS NOT ASSIGNED TO A RESIDENT OR A GROUP OF RESIDENTS AT LEAST 5 PERCENT OF THE PARKING SPACES SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE AND PROVIDE ACCESS TO GRADE-LEVEL ENTRANCES OF COVERED MULTIFAMILY DWELLINGS AND FACILITIES (E.G., SWIMMING POOLS, CLUB HOUSES, RECREATION AREAS, AND LAUNDRY ROOMS) THAT SERVE COVERED MULTIFAMILY DWELLINGS. ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH SIGNAGE AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 1109A.8.8.SUCH SIGNAGE SHALL NOT BE BLOCKED FROM VIEW BY A VEHICLE PARKED IN THE SPACE. 1109A.6 REQUESTS FOR ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACES.WHEN ASSIGNED PARKING IS PROVIDED, DESIGNATED ACCESSIBLE PARKING FOR THE DWELLING UNIT SHALL BE PROVIDED ON REQUEST OF RESIDENTS WITH DISABILITIES ON THE SAME TERMS AND WITH THE FULL RANGE OF CHOICES (E.G., OFF-STREET PARKING, CARPORT OR GARAGE) THAT ARE AVAILABLE FOR OTHER RESIDENTS. CHAPTER 11A DIVISION II 1109A.7 LOCATION OF ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACES.THE LOCATION OF ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACES SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1. ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACES SHALL BE LOCATED ON THE SHORTEST POSSIBLE ACCESSIBLE ROUTE TO AN ACCESSIBLE BUILDING, OR COVERED MULTIFAMILY DWELLING UNIT ENTRANCE. ALL VAN ACCESSIBLE SPACES MAY BE GROUPED ON ONE LEVEL OF A MULTILEVEL PARKING FACILITY. 2. WHEN PARKING FACILITIES ARE LOCATED ADJACENT TO A BUILDING WITH MULTIPLE ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCES, ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACES SHALL BE DISPERSED AND LOCATED NEAR THE ACCESSIBLE BUILDING ENTRANCES. 3. WHEN PRACTICAL, THE ACCESSIBLE ROUTE SHALL NOT CROSS LANES FOR VEHICULAR TRAFFIC. WHEN CROSSING VEHICLE TRAFFIC LANES IS NECESSARY, THE ACCESSIBLE ROUTE SHALL BE DESIGNATED AND MARKED AS A CROSSWALK. 4. PARKING FACILITIES THAT DO NOT SERVE A PARTICULAR BUILDING SHALL HAVE ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACES LOCATED ON THE SHORTEST POSSIBLE ACCESSIBLE ROUTE TO AN ACCESSIBLE PEDESTRIAN ENTRANCE OF THE PARKING FACILITY. 5. ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACES SHALL BE LOCATED SO THAT PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES ARE NOT COMPELLED TO WHEEL OR WALK BEHIND PARKED CARS OTHER THAN THEIR OWN. EXCEPTION:WHEN THE ENFORCEMENT AGENCY DETERMINES THAT COMPLIANCE WITH THIS SECTION OR PROVIDING EQUIVALENT FACILITATION WOULD CREATE AN UNREASONABLE HARDSHIP, PARKING SPACES MAY BE PROVIDED WHICH WOULD REQUIRE A PERSON WITH PHYSICAL DISABILITIES TO WHEEL OR WALK BEHIND OTHER THAN ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACES. 1109A.8 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION.ACCESSIBLE PARKING REQUIRED BY THIS SECTION SHALL BE DESIGNED AND CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 1109A. 1109A.8.1 VERTICAL CLEARANCES.ALL ENTRANCES, EXITS AND VEHICULAR PASSAGEWAYS TO AND FROM REQUIRED ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACES WITHIN PARKING FACILITIES, SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM VERTICAL CLEARANCE OF 8 FEET 2 INCHES FROM THE FLOOR TO THE LOWEST PROJECTION OF THE CEILING. REFLECTIVE WARNING SIGNS COMPLYING WITH 1143A FOR CHARACTER HEIGHT SHALL BE INSTALLED AT TRANSITIONS FROM THE 8 FEET 2 INCH CEILING TO LOWER CEILING HEIGHTS IN VEHICULAR PASSAGE WAYS IN THE SAME PARKING LEVEL. 1109A.8.2 ARRANGEMENT OF PARKING SPACES.PARKING SPACES SHALL BE ARRANGED TO COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1. IN EACH PARKING AREA, A BUMPER OR CURB SHALL BE PROVIDED AND LOCATED TO PREVENT ENCROACHMENT OF CARS OVER THE REQUIRED WIDTH OF WALKWAYS. 2. RAMPS, INCLUDING CURB RAMPS, SHALL NOT ENCROACH INTO ANY ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACE OR THE ADJACENT LOADING AND UNLOADING ACCESS AISLE. 1109A.8.3 SLOPE OF ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACES AND ACCESS AISLES.SURFACE SLOPES OF ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACES AND ACCESS AISLES SHALL BE THE MINIMUM POSSIBLE AND SHALL NOT EXCEED 1/4 INCH PER FOOT (2.083-PERCENT GRADIENT) IN ANY DIRECTION. 1109A.8.4 ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACE SIZE.ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACES SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTIONS 1109A.8.5 AND 1109A.8.6. 1109A.8.5 ACCESSIBLE SINGLE PARKING SPACE.WHERE ACCESSIBLE SINGLE SPACES ARE PROVIDED, THEY SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1. SINGLE SPACES SHALL BE 14 FEET (4267 MM) WIDE AND LINED TO PROVIDE A 9-FOOT WIDE PARKING AREA AND A 5-FOOT WIDE LOADING AND UNLOADING ACCESS AISLE ON THE PASSENGER SIDE OF THE VEHICLE (SEE FIGURE 11A -2B) WITH THE VEHICLE PARKED IN THE FORWARD POSITION. 2. WHEN MORE THAN ONE SPACE IS PROVIDED, TWO 9-FOOT WIDE PARKING SPACES MAY BE LINED ON EACH SIDE OF A 5-FOOT WIDE LOADING AND UNLOADING ACCESS AISLE (SEE FIGURES 11A-2A AND 11A-2C). 3. THE MINIMUM LENGTH OF EACH PARKING SPACE SHALL BE 18 FEET. 4. THE LOADING AND UNLOADING ACCESS AISLE SHALL BE MARKED BY A BORDER PAINTED BLUE. WITHIN THE BLUE BORDER, HATCHED LINES A MAXIMUM OF 36 INCHES ON CENTER SHALL BE PAINTED A COLOR CONTRASTING WITH THE PARKING SURFACE, PREFERABLY BLUE OR WHITE. THE WORDS "NO PARKING" SHALL BE PAINTED ON THE GROUND WITHIN EACH 5-FOOT ( 1524 MM) WIDE LOADING AND UNLOADING ACCESS AISLE. THIS NOTICE SHALL BE PAINTED IN WHITE LETTERS NO LESS THAN 12 INCHES ( 305 MM) HIGH AND LOCATED SO THAT IT IS VISIBLE FROM THE ADJACENT VEHICULAR WAY. NOTE: SEE FIGURES 11A-2A, 11A-2B AND 11A-2C. 1109A.8.6 VAN ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACE.ONE IN EVERY EIGHT ACCESSIBLE SPACES, BUT NOT LESS THAN ONE, SHALL BE VAN ACCESSIBLE AND SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1. EACH SPACE SHALL BE SERVED BY A LOADING AND UNLOADING ACCESS AISLE AT LEAST 8 FEET WIDE, PLACED ON THE PASSENGER SIDE WITH THE VEHICLE PARKED IN THE FORWARD POSITION. 2. THE MINIMUM LENGTH OF EACH SPACE SHALL BE 18 FEET. 3. EACH SPACE SHALL BE DESIGNATED "VAN ACCESSIBLE" AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 1109A.8.8. 4. ALL VAN ACCESSIBLE SPACES MAY BE GROUPED ON ONE LEVEL OF A MULTILEVEL PARKING FACILITY. 5. THE LOADING AND UNLOADING ACCESS AISLE SHALL BE MARKED BY A BORDER PAINTED BLUE. WITHIN THE BLUE BORDER, HATCHED LINES A MAXIMUM OF 36 INCHES ON CENTER SHALL BE PAINTED A COLOR CONTRASTING WITH THE PARKING SURFACE, PREFERABLY BLUE OR WHITE. THE WORDS "NO PARKING" SHALL BE PAINTED ON THE GROUND WITHIN EACH LOADING AND UNLOADING ACCESS AISLE. THIS NOTICE SHALL BE PAINTED IN WHITE LETTERS NO LESS THAN 12 INCHES HIGH AND LOCATED SO THAT IT IS VISIBLE FROM THE ADJACENT VEHICULAR WAY. NOTE: SEE FIGURES 11A-2A, 11A-2B AND 11A-2C. 1109A.8.7 ADJACENT PARKING.PARKING SPACES ADJACENT TO ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACES SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED AS LOADING AND UNLOADING ACCESS AISLES. 1109A8.8 IDENTIFICATION. EACH ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACE SHALL BE IDENTIFIED WITH SIGNAGE AND SURFACE MARKING IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTIONS 1109A8.8.1 AND 1109A8.8.2. 1109A.8.8.1 PARKING SIGNAGE.EACH ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACE RESERVED FOR PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES SHALL BE IDENTIFIED BY A REFLECTIVE SIGN PERMANENTLY POSTED IMMEDIATELY ADJACENT TO AND VISIBLE FROM EACH STALL OR SPACE CONSISTING OF THE "INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY" IN WHITE ON A DARK BLUE BACKGROUND. THE SIGN SHALL NOT BE SMALLER THAN 70 SQUARE INCHES IN AREA AND, WHEN IN A PATH OF TRAVEL, SHALL BE POSTED AT A MINIMUM HEIGHT OF 80 INCHES FROM THE BOTTOM OF THE SIGN TO THE PARKING SPACE FINISHED GRADE. SIGNS MAY ALSO BE CENTERED ON THE WALL AT THE INTERIOR END OF THE PARKING SPACE AT A MINIMUM HEIGHT OF 36 INCHES FROM THE PARKING SPACE FINISHED GRADE, GROUND OR SIDEWALK. VAN ACCESSIBLE SPACES SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 1109A.8.6 AND SHALL HAVE AN ADDITIONAL SIGN OR ADDITIONAL LANGUAGE STATING "VAN ACCESSIBLE" BELOW THE SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY. NOTE: WHEN ASSIGNED RESIDENT PARKING IS PROVIDED, SIGNAGE IS NOT REQUIRED EXCEPT FOR UNASSIGNED OR VISITOR PARKING SPACES. AN ADDITIONAL SIGN SHALL ALSO BE POSTED IN A CONSPICUOUS PLACE AT EACH ENTRANCE TO OFF-STREET PARKING FACILITIES OR IMMEDIATELY ADJACENT TO AND VISIBLE FROM EACH ACCESSIBLE STALL OR SPACE. THE SIGN SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 17 INCHES BY 22 INCHES IN SIZE WITH LETTERING NOT LESS THAN 1 INCH IN HEIGHT, AND SHALL CLEARLY AND CONSPICUOUSLY STATE THE FOLLOWING: "UNAUTHORIZED VEHICLES PARKED IN DESIGNATED ACCESSIBLE SPACES NOT DISPLAYING DISTINGUISHING PLACARDS OR SPECIAL LICENSE PLATES ISSUED FOR PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES WILL BE TOWED AWAY AT THE OWNER'S EXPENSE. TOWED VEHICLES MAY BE RECLAIMED AT ___________ OR BY TELEPHONING ______." BLANK SPACES ARE TO BE FILLED IN WITH APPROPRIATE INFORMATION AS A PERMANENT PART OF THE SIGN. 1109A8.8.2 PARKING SPACE MARKING. IN ADDITION TO THE ABOVE REQUIREMENTS, THE SURFACE OF EACH ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACE SHALL HAVE A SURFACE IDENTIFICATION DUPLICATING EITHER OF THE FOLLOWING: 1. BY OUTLINING OR PAINTING THE STALL OR SPACE IN BLUE AND OUTLINING ON THE GROUND IN THE STALL OR SPACE IN WHITE OR SUITABLE CONTRASTING COLOR THE "INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY"; OR, 2. BY OUTLINING THE "INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY" IN WHITE ON BLUE BACKGROUND. THE "INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY" SHALL BE LOCATED SO THAT IT IS VISIBLE TO A TRAFFIC ENFORCEMENT OFFICER WHEN A VEHICLE IS PROPERLY PARKED IN THE SPACE AND SHALL BE 36 INCHES HIGH BY 36 INCHES WIDE. NOTE: SEE FIGURES 11A-2A, 11A-2B AND 11A-2C. (c) guide curb guide curb detail guide curb detail (b) handrail guide rail HANDRAIL FIGURE 11A-5A RAMPS AND SIDEWALKS (a) sidewalk obstructions FACE OF CURB STREET 34 " T O 3 8 " MIN. 12".MIN. 12". 34 " T O 3 8 " < 4 " HI G H 4" M I N . DESIGN TO SUIT POLE STREET CLEAR 36" MIN. SIDEWALK 48" MIN. CLEAR 36" MIN. SIDEWALK 48" MIN. FIGURE 11A-6A WARNING STRIPING AND HANDRAIL EXTENSIONS CLARIFICATION DIMENSION LINE LOCATION (SHOWN DASHED) * NOTE: AT EXTERIOR STAIR ALL TREADS ARE TO HAVE WARNING STRIPES PER SECTION 1115A.5 STAIRS 34 " T O 3 8 " 34 " T O 3 8 " WIDTH TREAD WIDTH MIN. 12" PLUS TREAD 34 " T O 3 8 " TREAD WIDTH 1 1/4" MAX. 12" MIN. TREAD WIDTH 1 1/4" MAX. 30° MAX. 1" MAX.2" MIN. - 4" MAX. * MA X . 1 1 / 2 . MI N . 1 1 / 2 " . DE S I G N TO S U I T MIN. 1 1/4". MIN. 1 1/2". 1/8" MIN. RADIUS (TYP.) (a) HANDRAILS WITH CIRCULAR CROSS SECTION NOMINAL DIAMETER (c)(d) FIGURE 11A-6B HANDRAILS 2" MAX. 1 1/4" MIN.1 1/2" MIN. 3" MAX. 1 1 / 2 " M I N . 1 1/2" MIN. 18 " M I N . 2" MAX. 1 1/4" MIN. MIN. 1 1/2". 2 1/4" M AX.2 1/4" MAX. (B) HANDRAILS WITH NON-CIRCULAR CROSS SECTIONS 4" - 6 1/4" PERIMETER 1 1/4" - 2" 1 1 / 2 " M I N . GUARDRAIL REQUIRED INTERMEDIATE LANDING INTERMEDIATE LANDING INNER HANDRAIL AND GUARDRAIL GUARDRAIL REQUIRED FIGURE 11A-6E STAIR HANDRAILS floor landing do w n do w n do w n do w n do w n GUARDRAIL MAY BE REQUIRED INTERMEDIATE LANDING INNER HANDRAIL AND GUARDRAIL do w n do w n do w n do w n down floor landing floor landing NOTE: INNER HANDRAIL AT LANDINGS OF STAIRS THAT DOUBLE BACK OR IMMEDIATELY TURN SHALL BE CONTINUOUS AND SHALL NOT EXTEND INTO THE LANDING OR PATH OF TRAVEL X: EXTENSION OF HANDRAIL SHALL BE EQUAL TO THE TREAD WIDTH PLUS 12" 1' - 0 " . 1 1/2". X 12 " M I N . X 1 1/2". 12 " M I N . X 1' - 0 " . 12 " . X 12" MIN. 1 1/2". X 12 " . X 1 1/2". 12 " M I N . X EGRESS HEADROOM CLEARANCE GUARD OR BARRIER RAIL FIGURE 11A-1B HEADROOM CLEARANCE AND OVERHANGING PROJECTION OV E R H A N G I N G O B S T R U C T I O N 6' - 8 " M I N . HE A D R O O M C L E A R A N C E 7' - 0 " M I N . FIGURE 11A-6D RAMP LANDING AT DOORWAY (b) ramp landing at doorway (A) RAMP WITH INTERMEDIATE SWITCH BACK LANDING 24" MIN. EXTERIOR AND 18" INTERIOR BEYOND THE STRIKE EDGE OF A GATE OR DOOR ON THE SIDE TOWARD WHICH THE DOOR SWINGS NOTE 1: WHEN DOOR SWINGS ONTO LANDING 42" MIN PLUS DOOR WIDTH NOTE 2: MAXIMUM HORIZONTAL DISTANCE OF EACH RAMP AND RUN VARY WHEN A DOOR DOES NOT SWING ONTO THE LANDING SEE NOTE 2 6'-0" MIN. 5'-0" MIN. SEE NOTE 1 5'-0" MIN. 6'-0" MIN. width as required width as required do o r w i d t h p l u s 4 2 " width as required 5'-0" MIN. . NOTE 1: WHEN DOOR SWINGS ONTO LANDING 42" MIN PLUS DOOR WIDTH NOTE 2: MAXIMUM HORIZONTAL DISTANCE OF EACH RAMP AND RUN VARY WHEN A DOOR DOES NOT SWING ONTO THE LANDING see note 2 see note 2 intermediate level landing bottom level landing see note 1 top landing (a) straight run ramp (B) RAMP WITH TURNING LANDING see note 2 see note 2 WHEN A DOOR DOES NOT SWING ONTO THE LANDING intermediate level landing see note 1 top landing intermediate turning landing bottomlevel landing FIGURE 11A-6C RAMP DIMENSIONS 6'-0" MIN. 5'-0" MIN. 5'-0" MIN.5'-0" MIN. 6'-0" MIN. width as required width as required 72" MIN. width as required 5'-0" MIN.60" MIN. 5'-0" MIN. al l i d e a s , d e s i g n s a n d p l a n s r e p r e s e n t e d b y t h i s d r aw i n g a r e t h e e x c l u s i v e p r o p e r t y o f bs b d e s i g n , i n c . an d s h a l l n o t b e r e p r o d u c e d i n w h o l e o r i n p a r t w i t ho u t t h e e x p r e s s p r i o r w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n o f s a i d a rc h i t e c t s , a n y u n a u t h o r iz e d r e u s e o f t h e s e p l a n s o t h e r t h a n f o r t h e p r o j e c t a n d l o c a t i o n s h o w n i s p r o h i b i t e d . JOB NO. SUBMITTAL DATE SHEET TITLE SHEET NO. CLIENT: Plot Date:File: REVISION DATE 21 3 0 E 4 T H S T # 2 0 0 SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 5 1ST PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 08/20/2024 970 W. 190TH ST., STE 250, TORRANCE CA 90502 O: 310.217.8885 BSBDESIGN.COM D E S I G N BSB 4TH P.C. SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 2ND PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 01/29/2025 3RD PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 04/17/2025 4TH PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 11/4/2025 8:52:28 PM MR230056 A082 CBC 11A DIV I & DIV II SITE ACCESSIBILITY NOTES - Cont OL I V E C R E S T R E S I D E N T I A L 21 5 0 E . F O U R T H S T . & 2 1 6 0 E . F O U R T H S T . SA N T A A N A C A 9 2 7 0 5 OL I V E C R E S T 1112A.6 LEVEL LANDING. A LEVEL LANDING 48 INCHES DEEP SHALL BE PROVIDED AT THE UPPER END OF EACH CURB RAMP OVER ITS FULL WIDTH TO PERMIT SAFE EGRESS FROM THE RAMP SURFACE, OR THE SLOPE OF THE FANNED OR FLARED SIDES OF THE CURB RAMP, SHALL NOT EXCEED 1 UNIT VERTICAL TO 12 UNITS HORIZONTAL (8.33-PERCENT SLOPE). 1112A.7 FINISH.THE SURFACE OF EACH CURB RAMP AND ITS FLARED SIDES SHALL BE STABLE, FIRM AND SLIP-RESISTANT AND SHALL BE OF CONTRASTING FINISH FROM THAT OF THE ADJACENT SIDEWALK. 1112A.8 BORDER.ALL CURB RAMPS SHALL HAVE A GROOVED BORDER 12 INCHES WIDE AT THE LEVEL SURFACE OF THE SIDEWALK ALONG THE TOP AND EACH SIDE APPROXIMATELY 3/4 INCH ON CENTER. ALL CURB RAMPS CONSTRUCTED BETWEEN THE FACE OF THE CURB AND THE STREET SHALL HAVE A GROOVED BORDER AT THE LEVEL SURFACE OF THE SIDEWALK. SEE FIGURES 11A-3A THROUGH 11A-3K. 1112A.9 DETECTABLE WARNINGS. SEE CHAPTER 11B SECTION 1113A WALKS AND SIDEWALKS ON AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE 1113A.1 WIDTH AND CONTINUOUS SURFACE. WALKS AND SIDEWALKS SUBJECT TO THIS CHAPTER SHALL HAVE A CONTINUOUS COMMON SURFACE, NOT INTERRUPTED BY STEPS OR BY ABRUPT CHANGES IN LEVEL EXCEEDING 1/2 INCH. (SEE SECTION 1111A). 1113A.1.1 WIDTH. WALKS AND SIDEWALKS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 48 INCHES IN WIDTH, EXCEPT THAT WALKS SERVING AN INDIVIDUAL DWELLING UNIT IN COVERED MULTIFAMILY BUILDINGS MAY BE REDUCED TO 36 INCHES IN CLEAR WIDTH EXCEPT AT DOORS. 1113A.1.2 SURFACE CROSS SLOPES.SURFACE CROSS SLOPES SHALL NOT EXCEED 1 UNIT VERTICAL IN 48 UNITS HORIZONTAL (2.083-PERCENT SLOPE). 1113A.2 WALKS WITH CONTINUOUS GRADIENTS.ALL WALKS ON AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE WITH CONTINUOUS GRADIENTS SHALL HAVE LEVEL AREAS AT LEAST 60 INCHES IN LENGTH AT INTERVALS OF AT LEAST EVERY 400 FEET. 1113A.3 FIVE PERCENT GRADIENT.WHEN THE SLOPE IN THE DIRECTION OF TRAVEL OF ANY WALK ON AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE EXCEEDS 1 UNIT VERTICAL IN 20 UNITS HORIZONTAL ( 5-PERCENT SLOPE), IT SHALL COMPLY WITH THE RAMP PROVISIONS OF SECTION 1114A. 1113A.4 LEVEL AREAS.WALKS ON AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A LEVEL AREA NOT LESS THAN 60 INCHES BY 60 INCHES (1524 MM BY 1524 MM) AT A DOOR OR GATE THAT SWINGS TOWARD THE WALK, AND NOT LESS THAN 48 INCHES WIDE BY 44 INCHES (1219 MM BY 1118 MM) DEEP AT A DOOR OR GATE THAT SWINGS AWAY FROM THE WALK. SEE SECTION 1126A.3 FOR STRIKE EDGE MANEUVERING SPACE AT DOORS OR GATES. 1113A.5 GRATINGS.WALKS, SIDEWALKS AND PEDESTRIAN WAYS ON AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE SHALL BE FREE OF GRATINGS WHENEVER POSSIBLE. GRATINGS LOCATED IN THE SURFACE OF ANY OF THESE AREAS, GRID OPENINGS IN GRATINGS SHALL BE LIMITED TO 1/2 INCH (12. 7 MM) IN THE DIRECTION OF TRAFFIC FLOW. ELONGATED OPENINGS IN GRATINGS SHALL BE PLACED SO THAT THE LONG DIMENSION IS PERPENDICULAR TO THE DOMINANT DIRECTION OF TRAFFIC. EXCEPTIONS: 1. WHERE THE ENFORCEMENT AGENCY DETERMINES THAT COMPLIANCE WITH THIS SECTION WOULD CREATE AN UNREASONABLE HARDSHIP, AN EXCEPTION MAY BE GRANTED WHEN EQUIVALENT FACILITATION IS PROVIDED. 2. THIS SECTION SHALL NOT APPLY IN THOSE CONDITIONS WHERE, DUE TO LEGAL OR PHYSICAL CONSTRAINTS, ALL OR PORTIONS OF THE SITE OF THE PROJECT WILL NOT ALLOW COMPLIANCE WITH THESE BUILDING STANDARDS OR EQUIVALENT FACILITATION ON ALL OR PORTIONS OF ONE SITE WITHOUT CREATING AN UNREASONABLE HARDSHIP. 1113A.6 HANDRAILS.HANDRAILS PROVIDED ALONG WALKING SURFACES WITH RUNNING SLOPES NOT STEEPER THAN ONE UNIT VERTICAL IN 20 UNITS HORIZONTAL (5-PERCENT SLOPE) SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 1114A.6. SECTION 1114A EXTERIOR RAMPS AND LANDINGS ON ACCESSIBLE ROUTES 1114A.1 WIDTH. THE WIDTH OF RAMPS SHALL BE CONSISTENT WITH THE REQUIREMENTS FOR EXITS IN CHAPTER 10 OF THIS CODE, BUT IN NO CASE SHALL THE RAMP WIDTH BE LESS THAN 48 INCHES. HANDRAILS MAY PROJECT INTO THE REQUIRED CLEAR WIDTH OF THE RAMP AT EACH SIDE 3 1/2 INCHES MAXIMUM AT THE HANDRAIL HEIGHT. CURBS, WHEEL GUIDES AND/OR APPURTENANCES SHALL NOT PROJECT INTO THE REQUIRED CLEAR WIDTH OF RAMPS. EXCEPTION: THE CLEAR WIDTH OF RAMPS SERVING ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCES TO COVERED MULTIFAMILY DWELLINGS WITH AN OCCUPANT LOAD OF 10 OR LESS MAY BE 36 INCHES MINIMUM BETWEEN HANDRAILS. NOTE: SEE SECTION 1114A.6.2.4 FOR HANDRAIL PROJECTIONS. 1114A.2 SLOPE. THE MAXIMUM SLOPE OF RAMPS ON AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE SHALL BE NO GREATER THAN 1 UNIT VERTICAL IN 12 UNITS HORIZONTAL (8.33-PERCENT SLOPE). TRANSITIONS FROM RAMPS TO WALKS, GUTTERS OR STREETS SHALL BE FLUSH AND FREE OF ABRUPT CHANGES. EXCEPTION: RAMPS SERVING DECKS, PATIOS OR BALCONIES AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 1132A.4. 1114A.2.1 CROSS SLOPE.THE CROSS SLOPE OF RAMP SURFACES SHALL BE NO GREATER THAN 1/4 INCH PER FOOT (2.0% MAX-PERCENT SLOPE). 1114A.3 OUTDOOR RAMPS.OUTDOOR RAMPS, RAMP LANDINGS AND THEIR APPROACHES SHALL BE DESIGNED SO THAT WATER WILL NOT ACCUMULATE ON THE WALKING SURFACE. 1114A.4 LANDINGS. RAMP LANDINGS SHALL BE LEVEL AND COMPLY WITH THIS SECTION. 1114A.4.1 LOCATION OF LANDINGS.LANDINGS SHALL BE PROVIDED AT THE TOP AND BOTTOM OF EACH RAMP. INTERMEDIATE LANDINGS SHALL BE PROVIDED AT INTERVALS NOT EXCEEDING 30 INCHES (762 MM) OF VERTICAL RISE AND AT EACH CHANGE OF DIRECTION. LANDINGS ARE NOT CONSIDERED IN DETERMINING THE MAXIMUM HORIZONTAL DISTANCE OF EACH RAMP. NOTE:EXAMPLES OF RAMP DIMENSIONS ARE: 1114A.4.2 SIZE OF TOP LANDINGS.TOP LANDINGS SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 60 INCHES ( 1524 MM) WIDE. TOP LANDINGS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM LENGTH OF NOT LESS THAN 60 INCHES (1524 MM) IN THE DIRECTION OF THE RAMP RUN. SEE SECTION 1126A.3 FOR MANEUVERING CLEARANCES AT DOORS. 1114A.4.3 SIZE OF BOTTOM AND INTERMEDIATE LANDINGS. THE MINIMUM WIDTH OF BOTTOM AND INTERMEDIATE LANDINGS SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN THE WIDTH OF THE RAMP. INTERMEDIATE LANDINGS SHALL HAVE A LENGTH IN THE DIRECTION OF RAMP RUN OF NOT LESS THAN 60 INCHES. BOTTOM LANDINGS SHALL HAVE A LENGTH IN THE DIRECTION OF RAMP RUN OF NOT LESS THAN 72 INCHES. 1114A.4.4 ENCROACHMENT OF DOORS.DOORS IN ANY POSITION SHALL NOT REDUCE THE MINIMUM DIMENSION OF THE LANDING TO LESS THAN 42 INCHES (1067 MM) AND SHALL NOT REDUCE THE REQUIRED WIDTH BY MORE THAN 3 INCHES (76.2 MM) WHEN FULLY OPEN. (SEE FIGURE 11A-6D). 1114A.4.5 STRIKE EDGE EXTENSION. THE WIDTH OF THE LANDING SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 1126A.3 FOR STRIKE EDGE EXTENSION AND MANEUVERING CLEARANCE AT DOORS. WHERE DOORWAYS ARE LOCATED ADJACENT TO A RAMP LANDING, MANEUVERING CLEARANCE REQUIRED BY SECTION 1126A.3 SHALL BE PERMITTED TO OVERLAP THE REQUIRED LANDING AREA. 1114A.4.6 CHANGE OF DIRECTION. INTERMEDIATE LANDINGS AT A CHANGE OF DIRECTION SHALL BE SIZED TO PROVIDE 60 INCHES TURNING SPACE COMPLYING WITH SECTION 1138A.1.3. INTERMEDIATE LANDINGS AT A CHANGE OF DIRECTION IN EXCESS OF 30 DEGRESS SHALL HAVE A LENGTH IN THE DIRECTION OF RAMP RUN OF NOT LESS THAN 72 INCHES. (SEE FIGURES 11A-6C AND 11A-6D.) 1114A.5 RAMP HEIGHT.RAMPS MORE THAN 30 INCHES (762 MM) ABOVE THE ADJACENT FLOOR OR GROUND AND OPEN ON ONE OR BOTH SIDES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH GUARDRAILS AS REQUIRED BY SECTION1013. GUARDRAILS SHALL BE CONTINUOUS FROM THE TOP OF THE RAMP TO THE BOTTOM OF THE RAMP. 1114A.6 RAMP HANDRAILS. 1114A.6.1 WHERE REQUIRED.HANDRAILS SHALL BE PROVIDED AT EACH SIDE OF RAMPS WHEN THE SLOPE EXCEEDS 1 UNIT VERTICAL IN 20 UNITS HORIZONTAL (5-PERCENT SLOPE). EXCEPTIONS: 1. CURB RAMPS. 2. RAMPS THAT SERVE AN INDIVIDUAL DWELLING UNIT MAY HAVE ONE HANDRAIL, EXCEPT THAT RAMPS OPEN ON ONE OR BOTH SIDES SHALL HAVE HANDRAILS PROVIDED ON THE OPEN SIDE OR SIDES. 3. RAMPS AT EXTERIOR DOOR LANDINGS WITH LESS THAN 6 INCHES RISE OR LESS THAN 72 INCHES IN LENGTH. 1114A. 6.2 HANDRAIL CONFIGURATION. 1114A.6.2.1 HANDRAIL HEIGHTS. THE TOP OF HANDRAILS SHALL BE 34 TO 38 INCHES ABOVE THE RAMP SURFACE. 1114A.6.2.2 HANDRAIL CONTINUITY. HANDRAILS ON ALL RAMPS SHALL BE CONTINUOUS WITHIN THE FULL LENGTH OF EACH RAMP RUN. INSIDE HANDRAILS ON SWITCHBACK OR DOGLEG RAMPS SHALL BE CONTINUOUS BETWEEN RAMP RUNS. 1114A.6.2.3 HANDRAIL EXTENSION. HANDRAILS SHALL EXTEND A MINIMUM OF 12 INCHES HORIZONTALLY ABOVE LANDINGS, BEYOND THE TOP AND BOTTOM OF THE RAMP RUNS. EXTENSIONS SHALL RETURN TO A WALL, GUARD, OR THE WALKING SURFACE, OR SHALL BE CONTINUOUS TO THE HANDRAIL OF AN ADJACENT RAMP RUN. HANDRAIL EXTENSIONS SHALL BE IN THE SAME DIRECTION AS THE RAMP RUNS. (SEE FIGURE 11A-5A). 1114A.6.2.4 HANDRAIL PROJECTIONS.HANDRAILS PROJECTING FROM A WALL SHALL HAVE A SPACE OF 1-1/2 INCHES MINIMUM BETWEEN THE WALL AND THE HANDRAIL. HANDRAILS MAY BE LOCATED IN A RECESS IF THE RECESS IS A MAXIMUM OF 3 INCHES DEEP AND EXTENDS AT LEAST 18 INCHES ABOVE THE TOP OF THE RAIL. ANY WALL OR OTHER SURFACE ADJACENT TO THE HANDRAIL SHALL BE FREE OF SHARP OR ABRASIVE ELEMENTS. (SEE FIGURE 11A-6B). 1114A.6.2.5 HANDRAIL GRIPPING SURFACES. HANDRAIL GRIPPING SURFACES SHALL BE CONTINUOUS ALONG THEIR LENGTH, AND SHALL NOT BE OBSTRUCTED ALONG THEIR TOPS OR SIDES. THE BOTTOMS OF HANDRAIL GRIPPING SURFACES SHALL NOT BE OBSTRUCTED FOR MORE THAN 20 PERCENT OF THEIR LENGTH. WHEN PROVIDED, HORIZONTAL PROJECTIONS SHALL OCCUR 1 1/2 INCHES MINIMUM BELOW THE BOTTOM OF THE HANDRAIL GRIPPING SURFACE. THE DISTANCE BETWEEN HORIZONTAL PROJECTIONS AND THE BOTTOM OF THE GRIPPING SURFACE SHALL BE PERMITTED TO BE REDUCED BY 1/8 INCH FOR EACH 1/2 INCH OF ADDITIONAL HANDRAIL PERIMETER DIMENSION THAT EXCEEDS 4 INCHES. HANDRAIL GRIPPING SURFACES AND ANY SURFACES ADJACENT TO THEM SHALL BE FREE OF SHARP OR ABRASIVE ELEMENTS, AND SHALL HAVE ROUNDED EDGES. EXCEPTION: WHERE HANDRAILS ARE PROVIDED ALONG WALKING SURFACES WITH SLOPES NOT STEEPER THAN 1 UNIT VERTICAL IN 20 UNITS HORIZONTAL, THE BOTTOMS OF HANDRAIL GRIPPING SURFACES SHALL BE PERMITTED TO BE OBSTRUCTED ALONG THEIR ENTIRE LENGTH WHERE THEY ARE INTEGRAL TO CRASH RAILS OR BUMPER GUARDS. 1114A.6.2.6 CROSS SECTION. HANDRAIL GRIPPING SURFACES SHALL COMPLY WITH THIS SECTION, OR THE SHAPE SHALL PROVIDE EQUIVALENT GRIPPING SURFACE. 1. CIRCULAR CROSS SECTION.THE HANDRAIL GRIPPING SURFACES WITH A CIRCULAR CROSS SECTION SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 1 1/4 INCHES NOR MORE THAN 2 INCHES IN CROSS-SECTIONAL DIMENSION. 2. NON CIRCULAR CROSS SECTION.HANDRAIL GRIPPING SURFACES WITH A NONCIRCULAR CROSS SECTION SHALL HAVE A PERIMETER DIMENSION OF 4 INCHES MINIMUM AND 6 1/4 INCHES MAXIMUM, AND A CROSS-SECTION DIMENSION OF 2 1/4 INCHES MAXIMUM. 1114A.6.2.7 FITTINGS. HANDRAILS SHALL NOT ROTATE WITHIN THEIR FITTINGS. 1114A.7 EDGE PROTECTION.RAMPS AND RAMP LANDINGS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A CONTINUOUS AND UNINTERRUPTED BARRIER ON EACH SIDE ALONG THE ENTIRE LENGTH IN COMPLIANCE WITH SECTIONS 1010.10 AND 1010.10.1. (SEE FIGURE 11A-5A.) NOTE:EXTENDED FLOORS OR GROUND SURFACES, AS PERMITTED IN SECTION 1010.10.2, ARE NOT ALLOWED FOR RAMPS AND RAMP LANDINGS PART OF AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE. SECTION 1115A EXTERIOR STAIRWAYS 1115A.1 GENERAL.EXTERIOR STAIRWAYS SERVING BUILDINGS ON A SITE CONTAINING COVERED MULTIFAMILY DWELLING UNITS SHALL COMPLY WITH THIS SECTION. 1115A.2 OPEN RISERS.OPEN RISERS ARE NOT PERMITTED ON EXTERIOR STAIRWAYS. EXCEPTIONS: 1. AN OPENING OF NOT MORE THAN INCH (12.7 MM) MAY BE PERMITTED BETWEEN THE BASE OF THE RISER AND THE TREAD. 2. RISERS CONSTRUCTED OF GRATING CONTAINING OPENINGS OF NOT MORE THAN 1/2 INCH (12.7 MM) MAY BE PERMITTED. 1115A.3 TREADS. ALL TREAD SURFACES SHALL BE STABLE, FIRM AND SLIP RESISTANT, AND SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 1110A.3. TREADS SHALL HAVE SMOOTH, ROUNDED OR CHAMFERED EXPOSED EDGES, AND NO ABRUPT EDGES AT THE NOSING (LOWER FRONT EDGE). 1115A.4 NOSING.NOSING SHALL NOT PROJECT MORE THAN 1 1/4 INCHES ( 31.8 MM) PAST THE FACE OF THE RISER BELOW. RISERS SHALL BE SLOPED OR THE UNDERSIDE OF THE NOSING SHALL HAVE AN ANGLE NOT MORE THAN 30 DEGREES (0.52 RAD) FROM THE VERTICAL. (SEE FIGURE 11A-6A). 1115A.5 STRIPING FOR THE VISUALLY IMPAIRED.EXTERIOR STAIRS SERVING BUILDINGS ON A SITE CONTAINING MULTIFAMILY DWELLING UNITS SHALL HAVE THE UPPER APPROACH AND ALL TREADS MARKED BY A STRIPE PROVIDING CLEAR VISUAL CONTRAST. THE STRIPE SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 2 INCHES WIDE TO A MAXIMUM OF 4 INCHES WIDE PLACED PARALLEL TO, AND NOT MORE THAN 1 INCH FROM, THE NOSE OF THE STEP OR UPPER APPROACH. THE STRIPE SHALL EXTEND THE FULL WIDTH OF THE STEP OR UPPER APPROACH AND SHALL BE OF MATERIAL THAT IS AT LEAST AS SLIP RESISTANT AS THE OTHER TREADS OF THE STAIR. A PAINTED STRIPE SHALL BE ACCEPTABLE. GROOVES SHALL NOT BE USED TO SATISFY THIS REQUIREMENT. 1115A.6 EXTERIOR STAIRWAY HANDRAILS. 1115A.6.1 WHERE REQUIRED.STAIRWAYS SHALL HAVE HANDRAILS ON EACH SIDE. INTERMEDIATE HANDRAILS SHALL BE LOCATED EQUIDISTANT FROM THE SIDES OF THE STAIRWAY AND COMPLY WITH SECTION 1012.9. EXCEPTION: STAIRWAYS SERVING AN INDIVIDUAL DWELLING UNIT MAY HAVE ONE HANDRAIL, EXCEPT THAT STAIRWAYS OPEN ON ONE OR BOTH SIDES SHALL HAVE HANDRAILS ON THE OPEN SIDE OR SIDES. 1115A.6.2 HANDRAIL CONFIGURATION. 1115A.6.2.1 HANDRAIL HEIGHTS.THE TOP OF HANDRAILS SHALL BE 34 TO 38 INCHES ABOVE THE NOSING OF THE TREADS. 1115A.6.2.2 HANDRAIL CONTINUITY.HANDRAILS ON ALL STAIRWAYS SHALL BE CONTINUOUS WITHIN THE FULL LENGTH OF EACH STAIR FLIGHT. INSIDE HANDRAILS ON SWITCHBACK OR DOGLEG STAIRS SHALL BE CONTINUOUS BETWEEN STAIR FLIGHTS. 1115A.6.2.3 HANDRAIL EXTENSIONS.AT THE TOP OF STAIR FLIGHTS, HANDRAILS SHALL EXTEND A MINIMUM OF 12 INCHES HORIZONTALLY ABOVE LANDING, BEGINNING DIRECTLY ABOVE THE FIRST RISER NOSING. EXTENSIONS SHALL RETURN TO A WALL, GUARD, OR THE WALKING SURFACE, OR SHALL BE CONTINUOUS TO THE HANDRAIL OF AN ADJACENT STAIR FLIGHT. AT THE BOTTOM OF STAIR FLIGHTS, HANDRAILS SHALL EXTEND AT THE SLOPE OF THE STAIR FLIGHT FOR A DISTANCE EQUAL TO ONE TREAD DEPTH BEYOND THE LAST RISER NOSING. SUCH EXTENSION SHALL CONTINUE WITH 12 INCHES MINIMUM HORIZONTAL EXTENSION, SHALL BE CONTINUOUS TO THE HANDRAIL OF AN ADJACENT STAIR FLIGHT, OR SHALL RETURN TO A WALL, GUARD, OR THE WALKING SURFACE. HANDRAIL HORIZONTAL EXTENSIONS SHALL BE IN THE SAME DIRECTION AS THE STAIR FLIGHTS. (SEE FIGURES 11A-6A AND 11A-6E.) 1115A.6.2.4 HANDRAIL PROJECTIONS.HANDRAILS PROJECTING FROM A WALL SHALL HAVE A SPACE OF 1-1/2 INCHES MINIMUM BETWEEN THE WALL AND THE HANDRAIL. HANDRAILS MAY BE LOCATED IN A RECESS IF THE RECESS IS A MAXIMUM OF 3 INCHES DEEP AND EXTENDS AT LEAST 18 INCHES ABOVE THE TOP OF THE RAIL. ANY WALL OR OTHER SURFACE ADJACENT TO THE HANDRAIL SHALL BE FREE OF SHARP OR ABRASIVE ELEMENTS. (SEE FIGURE 11A-6B). 1115A.6.2.5 HANDRAIL GRIPPING SURFACES. HANDRAIL GRIPPING SURFACES SHALL BE CONTINUOUS ALONG THEIR LENGTH, AND SHALL NOT BE OBSTRUCTED ALONG THEIR TOPS OR SIDES. THE BOTTOMS OF HANDRAIL GRIPPING SURFACES SHALL BOT BE OBSTRUCTED FOR MORE THAN 20 PERCENT OF THEIR LENGTH. WHEN PROVIDED, HORIZONTAL PROJECTIONS SHALL OCCUR 1 1/2 INCHES MINIMUM BELOW THE BOTTOM OF THE HANDRAIL GRIPPING SURFACE. THE DISTANCE BETW EEN HORIZONTAL PROJECTIONS AND THE BOTTOM OF THE GRIPPING SURFACE SHALL BE PERMITTED TO BE REDUCED BY 1/8 INCH FOR EACH 1/2 INCH OF ADDITIONAL HANDRAIL PERIMETER DIMENSION THAT EXCEEDS 4 INCHES. HANDRAIL GRIPPING SURFACES AND ANY SURFACES ADJACENT TO THEM SHALL BE FREE OF SHARP OR ABRASIVE ELEMENTS, AND SHALL HAVE ROUNDED EDGES. 1115A.6.2.6 CROSS SECTION. HANDRAIL GRIPPING SURFACES SHALL COMPLY WITH THIS SECTION, OR THE SHAPE SHALL PROVIDE EQUIVALENT GRIPPING SURFACE. 1. CIRCULAR CROSS SECTION. HANDRAIL GRIPPING SURFACES WITH A CIRCULAR CROSS SECTION SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 1 1/4 INCHES NOR MORE THAN 2 INCHES IN CROSS-SECTIONAL DIMENSION. 2. NONCIRCULAR CROSS SECTION. HANDRAIL GRIPPING SURFACES WITH A NONCIRCULAR CROSS SECTION SHALL HAVE A PERIMETER DIMENSION OF 4 INCHES MINIMUM AND 6 1/4 INCHES MAXIMUM, AND A CROSS-SECTION DIMENSION OF 2 1/4 INCHES MAXIMUM. 1115A.6.2.7 FITTINGS. HANDRAILS SHALL NOT ROTATE WITHIN THEIR FITTINGS. SECTION 1116A HAZARDS ON ACCESSIBLE ROUTES 1116A.1 WARNING CURBS.ABRUPT CHANGES IN LEVEL EXCEEDING 4 INCHES IN VERTICAL DIMENSION, SUCH AS CHANGES IN LEVEL AT PLANTERS OR FOUNTAINS LOCATED IN OR ADJACENT TO WALKS, SIDEWALKS OR OTHER PEDESTRIAN WAYS SHALL BE IDENTIFIED BY CURBS OR OTHER APPROVED BARRIERS PROJECTING AT LEAST 6 INCHES IN HEIGHT ABOVE THE WALK OR SIDEWALK SURFACE TO WARN THE BLIND OF A POTENTIAL DROP-OFF. EXCEPTIONS: 1. BETWEEN A WALK OR SIDEWALK AND AN ADJACENT STREET OR DRIVEWAY. 2. WHEN A GUARDRAIL OR HANDRAIL IS PROVIDED WITH EDGE PROTECTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 1010.10.1. 1116A.2 HEADROOM CLEARANCE. WALKS, PEDESTRIAN WAYS, AND OTHER CIRCULATION SPACES, WHICH ARE PART OF THE REQUIRED EGRESS SYSTEM, SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM CLEAR HEADROOM AS REQUIRED IN SECTION 1003.2. OTHER WALKS, PEDESTRIAN WAYS, AND CIRCULATION SPACES SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM CLEAR HEADROOM OF 80 INCHES. IF THE VERTICAL CLEARANCE OF AN AREA ADJOINING AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE IS REDUCED TO LESS THAN 80 INCHES NOMINAL DIMENSION, A GUARDRAIL OR OTHER BARRIER HAVING ITS LEADING EDGE AT OR BELOW 27 INCHES ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR SHALL BE PROVIDED. EXCEPTION:DOORWAYS AND ARCHWAYS LESS THAN 24 INCHES IN DEPTH MAY HAVE A MINIMUM CLEAR HEADROOM OF 80 INCHES NOMINAL. (SEE SECTION 1126A.) 1116A.3 OVERHANGING OBSTRUCTIONS.ANY OBSTRUCTION THAT OVERHANGS A PEDESTRIAN WAY SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 80 INCHES ABOVE THE WALKING SURFACE AS MEASURED FROM THE BOTTOM OF THE OBSTRUCTION. (SEE FIGURE 11 A -1 B.) WHERE A GUY SUPPORT IS USED PARALLEL TO A PATH OF TRAVEL, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, SIDEWALKS, A GUY BRACE, SIDEWALK GUY OR SIMILAR DEVICE SHALL BE USED TO PREVENT AN OVERHANGING OBSTRUCTION (SEE SECTION 1116A.2 FOR REQUIRED HEADROOM CLEARANCE). EXCEPTION: DOOR CLOSERS AND DOOR STOPS SHALL BE PERMITTED TO BE 78 INCHES MINIMUM ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR OR GROUND. 1116A.4 FREE-STANDING SIGNS. WHEREVER SIGNS MOUNTED ON POSTS OR PYLONS PROTRUDE FROM THE POST OR PYLONS AND THE BOTTOM EDGE OF THE SIGN IS LESS THAN 80 INCHES ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR OR GROUND LEVEL, THE EDGES OF SUCH SIGNS SHALL BE ROUNDED OR EASED AND THE CORNERS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM RADIUS OF 0.125 INCHES (SEE SECTION 1116A.2 FOR REQUIRED HEADROOM CLEARANCE). 1116A.5 DETECTABLE WARNINGS AT VEHICULAR AREAS. WHEN A WALK CROSSES OR ADJOINS A VEHICULAR WAY, THE WALKING SURFACE SHALL BE SEPARATED FROM THE VEHICULAR AREA BY CURBS, RAILINGS OR OTHER ELEMENTS, OR THE BOUNDARY BETWEEN THE PEDESTRIAN AREAS AND THE VEHICULAR AREAS SHALL BE DEFINED BY A CONTINUOUS DETECTABLE WARNING 36 INCHES WIDE MINIMUM, COMPLYING WITH CHAPTER 11B, SECTION 11B-705. FIGURE 11A-8I THRESHOLDS SL O P E . MA X . 1/ 4 " . MA X . 1/ 2 " . 2 1 (B) DOORS AT OPPOSITE WALLS FIGURE 11A-8H VESTIBULES (serving other than a required exit stairway) (A) DOORS AT ADJACENT WALLS 48" MIN. 18 " M I N . 18 " M I N . 48" M I N . FIGURE 11A-8G VESTIBULES (serving other than a required exit stairway) (B) BOTH DOORS OPEN OUT (A) DOORS IN SERIES * PROVIDE THIS ADDITIONAL SPACE IF DOOR IS EQUIPPED WITH BOTH A LATCH AND A CLOSER MI N . 18 " . MI N . 12 " . 48" MIN. 12 " M I N . 12 " M I N . 48" MIN. **** 42 " M I N . 24" MIN. (A) FRONT APPROACH FIGURE 11A-8B MANEUVERING CLEARANCE AT DOORWAYS, SLIDING DOORS, AND FOLDING DOORS 42 " M I N . 48 " M I N . 42 " M I N . 22" MIN. (B) POCKET OR HINGE SIDE APPROACH (C) STOP OR LATCH SIDE APPROACH (D) SIDE APPROACH - DOORWAYS WITHOUT DOORS / GATES al l i d e a s , d e s i g n s a n d p l a n s r e p r e s e n t e d b y t h i s d r aw i n g a r e t h e e x c l u s i v e p r o p e r t y o f bs b d e s i g n , i n c . an d s h a l l n o t b e r e p r o d u c e d i n w h o l e o r i n p a r t w i t ho u t t h e e x p r e s s p r i o r w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n o f s a i d a rc h i t e c t s , a n y u n a u t h o r iz e d r e u s e o f t h e s e p l a n s o t h e r t h a n f o r t h e p r o j e c t a n d l o c a t i o n s h o w n i s p r o h i b i t e d . JOB NO. SUBMITTAL DATE SHEET TITLE SHEET NO. CLIENT: Plot Date:File: REVISION DATE 21 3 0 E 4 T H S T # 2 0 0 SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 5 1ST PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 08/20/2024 970 W. 190TH ST., STE 250, TORRANCE CA 90502 O: 310.217.8885 BSBDESIGN.COM D E S I G N BSB 4TH P.C. SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 2ND PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 01/29/2025 3RD PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 04/17/2025 4TH PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 11/4/2025 8:52:28 PM MR230056 A084 CBC 11A DIV. III BUILDING FEATURES OL I V E C R E S T R E S I D E N T I A L 21 5 0 E . F O U R T H S T . & 2 1 6 0 E . F O U R T H S T . SA N T A A N A C A 9 2 7 0 5 OL I V E C R E S T CHAPTER 11A DIVISION III SECTION 1125A HAZARDS ON ACCESSIBLE ROUTES 1125A.1 WARNING CURBS.ABRUPT CHANGES IN LEVEL EXCEEDING 4 INCHES IN VERTICAL DIMENSION, SUCH AS CHANGES IN LEVEL AT PLANTERS OR FOUNTAINS LOCATED IN OR ADJACENT TO WALKS, HALLS, CORRIDORS, PASSAGEWAYS, AISLES, PEDESTRIAN WAYS AND OTHER CIRCULATION SPACES SHALL BE IDENTIFIED BY CURBS PROJECTING AT LEAST 6 INCHES IN HEIGHT ABOVE THE WALK OR SIDEWALK SURFACE TO WARN THE BLIND OF A POTENTIAL DROP-OFF EXCEPTION: WHEN A GUARDRAIL OR HANDRAIL IS PROVIDED WITH EDGE PROTECTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH CBC SECTION 1010.10.1. 1125A.2 HEADROOM CLEARANCE.WALKS, HALLS, CORRIDORS, PASSAGEWAYS, AISLES, PEDESTRIAN WAYS AND OTHER CIRCULATION SPACES WHICH ARE PART OF THE REQUIRED EGRESS SYSTEM SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM CLEAR HEADROOM AS REQUIRED IN CBC SECTION 1003.2. OTHER WALKS, PEDESTRIAN WAYS AND CIRCULATION SPACES SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM CLEAR HEADROOM OF 80 INCHES. IF THE VERTICAL CLEARANCE OF AN AREA ADJOINING AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE IS REDUCED TO LESS THAN 80 INCHES NOMINAL DIMENSION, A GUARDRAIL OR OTHER BARRIER HAVING ITS LEADING EDGE AT OR BELOW 27 INCHES ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR SHALL BE PROVIDED. EXCEPTION: DOORWAYS AND ARCHWAYS LESS THAN 24 INCHES IN DEPTH MAY HAVE A MINIMUM CLEAR HEADROOM OF 80 INCHES NOMINAL. (SEE SECTION 1126A FOR DOOR REQUIREMENTS). 1125A.3 OVERHANGING OBSTRUCTIONS.ANY OBSTRUCTION THAT OVERHANGS A PEDESTRIAN WAY SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 80 INCHES ABOVE THE WALKING SURFACE AS MEASURED FROM THE BOTTOM OF THE OBSTRUCTION. (SEE FIGURE 11A-1B.) WHERE A GUY SUPPORT IS USED PARALLEL TO A PATH OF TRAVEL, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, SIDEWALKS, A GUY BRACE, SIDEWALK GUY OR SIMILAR DEVICE SHALL BE USED TO PREVENT AN OVERHANGING OBSTRUCTION (SEE SECTION 1125A.2 FOR REQUIRED HEADROOM CLEARANCE). 1125A.4 FREE-STANDING SIGNS.WHEREVER SIGNS MOUNTED ON POSTS OR PYLONS PROTRUDE FROM THE POSTS OR PYLONS AND THE BOTTOM EDGE OF THE SIGN IS LESS THAN 80 INCHES (2032 MM) ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR OR GROUND LEVEL, THE EDGES OF SUCH SIGNS SHALL BE ROUNDED OR EASED AND THE CORNERS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM RADIUS OF 0.125 INCHES. (SEE SECTION 1125A.2 FOR REQUIRED HEADROOM CLEARANCE). SECTION 1126A DOORS, GATES AND WINDOWS 1126A.1 WIDTH AND HEIGHT OF DOORS.DOORWAYS WHICH PROVIDE ACCESS TO COMMON USE AREAS OR COVERED MULTIFAMILY DWELLINGS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1. PERMIT THE INSTALLATION OF A DOOR NOT LESS THAN 36 INCHES IN WIDTH, NOT LESS THAN 80 INCHES IN HEIGHT, AND PROVIDE A CLEAR OPENING OF NOT LESS THAN 32 INCHES, MEASURED WITH THE DOOR POSITIONED AT AN ANGLE OF 90 DEGREES FROM ITS CLOSED POSITION. 2. DOORS OR GATES SHALL BE CAPABLE OF OPENING AT LEAST 90 DEGREES. 3. A PAIR OF DOORS OR GATES, MANUAL OR AUTOMATIC, SHALL HAVE AT LEAST ONE LEAF WHICH PROVIDES A CLEAR WIDTH OF NOT LESS THAN 32 INCHES, MEASURED WITH THE DOOR OR GATE POSITIONED AT AN ANGLE OF 90 DEGREES FROM ITS CLOSED POSITION. 4. THE WIDTH OF ANY COMPONENT IN THE EGRESS SYSTEM SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN THE MINIMUM WIDTH REQUIRED BY SECTION 1005. 5. REVOLVING DOORS OR GATES SHALL NOT BE USED AS REQUIRED ENTRANCES FOR PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES, AND SHALL NOT BE PART OF AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE. 1126A.2 LEVEL FLOOR OR LANDING. THE FLOOR OR LANDING ON EACH SIDE OF AN EXIT DOOR OR GATE SHALL BE LEVEL. (SEE CBC CHAPTER 10). 1126A.2.1 THRESHOLDS AND CHANGES IN ELEVATION.THE FLOOR OR LANDING SHALL NOT BE MORE THAN 1/2 INCH LOWER THAN THE TOP OF THE THRESHOLD OF THE DOORWAY. (SEE FIGURE 11A-8I). CHANGES IN LEVEL BETWEEN 1/4 INCH AND 1/2 INCH SHALL BE BEVELED WITH A SLOPE NO GREATER THAN 1 UNIT VERTICAL IN 2 UNITS HORIZONTAL (50-PERCENT SLOPE). CHANGES IN LEVEL GREATER THAN 1/2 INCH SHALL BE ACCOMPLISHED BY MEANS OF A RAMP. (SECTION 1122A). 1126A.3 MANEUVERING CLEARANCES. 1126A.3.1 GENERAL. THE MINIMUM MANEUVERING CLEARANCE AT DOORS OR GATES SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTIONS 1126A.3.2, 1126A.3.3, AND 1126A.3.4. THE FLOOR OR LANDING AREA WITHIN THE REQUIRED MANEUVERING CLEARANCE SHALL BE LEVEL AND CLEAR. THE REQUIRED LENGTH SHALL BE MEASURED AT RIGHT ANGLES TO THE PLANE OF THE DOOR OR GATE IN ITS CLOSED POSITION. MANEUVERING CLEARANCE SHALL EXTEND THE FULL WIDTH OF THE DOORWAY AND THE REQUIRED LATCH SIDE OR HINGE SIDE CLEARANCES (STRIKE EDGE MANEUVERING CLEARANCES). -- 1126A.3.3 SPACE BETWEEN CONSECUTIVE DOORS OR GATES. THE MINIMUM SPACE BETWEEN TWO HINGED OR PIVOTED DOORS OR GATES IN SERIES, SERVING OTHER THAN A REQUIRED EXIT STAIRWAY, SHALL PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF 48 INCHES PLUS THE WIDTH OF THE DOOR OR GATE SWINGING INTO THE SPACE. DOORS OR GATES IN A SERIES SHALL SWING EITHER IN THE SAME DIRECTION OR AWAY FROM THE SPACE BETWEEN THE DOORS OR GATES. (SEE FIGURES 11A-8G AND 11A-8H). WHERE THE DOOR OR GATE OPENS INTO A STAIR OR SMOKEPROOF ENCLOSURE, THE LANDING NEED NOT HAVE A MINIMUM LENGTH OF 60 INCHES. (SEE FIGURE 11A-8H). 1126A.3.4 DOORWAYS WITHOUT DOORS OR GATES. DOORWAYS LESS THAN 36 INCHES WIDE WITHOUT DOORS OR GATES, SLIDING DOORS, OR FOLDING DOOR SHALL HAVE MANEUVERING CLEARANCE COMPLYING WITH THIS SECTION. 1126A.3.4.1 FRONT APPROACH. THE LEVEL FLOOR OR LANDING SHALL EXTEND AT LEAST 48 INCHES ON EACH SIDE, PERPENDICULAR TO THE DOORWAY. STRIKE EDGE MANEUVERING CLEARANCE FOR FRONT APPROACH IS NOT REQUIRED. (SEE FIGURE 11A-8B(a)). 1126A.3.4.2 SIDE APPROACH. DOORWAYS WITHOUT DOORS OR GATES, AND SIDE APPROACH, SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH LEVEL FLOOR OR LANDING EXTENDING 42 INCHES MINIMUM ON EACH SIDE, PERPENDICULAR TO THE DOORWAY. STRIKE EDGE MANEUVERING CLEARANCE IS NOT REQUIRED. (SEE FIGURE 11A-8B(b)). 1126A.3.4.3 POCKET / HINGE SIDE APPROACH. DOORS WITH POCKET OR HINGE APPROACH SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A LEVEL FLOOR OR LANDING NOT LESS THAN 42 INCHES IN DEPTH. THE LEVEL FLOOR OR LANDING SHALL EXTEND A MINIMUM OF 22 INCHES BEYOND THE POCKET/HINGE SIDE. (SEE FIGURE 11A-8B(b)). 1126A.3.4.4 STOP / LATCH SIDE APPROACH. DOORS WITH STOP OR LATCH APPROACH SHALL HAVE A LEVEL FLOOR OR LANDING NOT LESS THAN 42 INCHES IN DEPTH. THE LEVEL FLOOR OR LANDING SHALL EXTEND A MINIMUM OF 24 INCHES BEYOND THE STOP/LATCH SIDE. (SEE FIGURE 11A-8B(c)). 1126A.3.4.5 RECESSED DOORS OR GATES. MANEUVERING CLEARANCES FOR FORWARD APPROACH SHALL BE PROVIDED WHEN ANY OBSTRUCTION WITHIN 18 INCHES OF THE LATCH SIDE OF AN INTERIOR DOORWAY, OR WITHIN 24 INCHES OF THE LATCH SIDE OF AN EXTERIOR DOORWAY, PROJECTS MORE THAN 8 INCHES BEYOND THE FACE OF THE DOOR OR GATE, MEASURED PERPENDICULAR TO THE FACE OF THE DOOR OR GATE. (SEE FIGURE 11A-8C). - 1126A.4 CLOSER-EFFORT TO OPERATE DOORS OR GATES. MAXIMUM EFFORT TO OPERATE DOORS OR GATES SHALL NOT EXCEED 8 1/2 POUNDS FOR EXTERIOR DOORS OR GATES AND 5 POUNDS FOR INTERIOR DOORS OR GATES, SUCH PULL OR PUSH EFFORT BEING APPLIED AT RIGHT ANGLES TO HINGED DOORS AND AT THE CENTER PLANE OF SLIDING OR FOLDING DOORS. COMPENSATING DEVICES OR AUTOMATIC DOOR OR GATE OPERATORS MAY BE UTILIZED TO MEET THESE STANDARDS. WHEN FIRE DOORS ARE REQUIRED, THE MAXIMUM EFFORT TO OPERATE THE DOOR MAY BE INCREASED TO THE MINIMUM ALLOWABLE BY THE APPROPRIATE ENFORCEMENT AGENCY, NOT TO EXCEED 15 POUNDS. 1126A.4.1 DOOR OR GATE CLOSER.IF THE DOOR HAS A CLOSER, THEN THE SWEEP PERIOD OF THE CLOSER SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT FROM AN OPEN POSITION OF 90 DEGREES, THE DOOR OR GATE WILL TAKE AT LEAST 5 SECONDS TO MOVE TO A POINT 12 DEGREES FROM THE LATCH. 1126A.4.2 SPRING HINGES. SPRING HINGES SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT FROM THE OPEN POSITION OF 70 DEGREES, THE DOOR OR GATE SHALL MOVE TO THE CLOSED POSITION IN 1.5 SECONDS MINIMUM. 1126A.5 TYPE OF LOCK OR LATCH.THE TYPE OF LATCH AND LOCK REQUIRED FOR ALL DOORS OR GATES SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 1126A.6 AND CBC CHAPTER 10, SECTION 1008. 1126A.7 SMOOTH SURFACE. SWINGING DOOR OR GATE SURFACES WITHIN 10 INCHES OF THE FINISH FLOOR OR GROUND MEASURED VERTICALLY SHALL HAVE A SMOOTH SURFACE ON THE PUSH SIDE EXTENDING THE FULL WIDTH OF THE DOOR OR GATE. PARTS CREATING HORIZONTAL OR VERTICAL JOINTS IN THESE SURFACES SHALL BE WITHIN 1/16 INCH OF THE SAME PLANE AS THE OTHER AND BE FREE OF SHARP OR ABRASIVE EDGES. CAVITIES CREATED BY ADDED KICK PLATES SHALL BE CAPPED. EXCEPTIONS: 1. AUTOMATIC DOORS OR GATES. 2. TEMPERED GLASS DOORS WITHOUT STILES AND HAVING A BOTTOM RAIL OR SHOE WITH THE TOP LEADING EDGE TAPERED AT 60 DEGREES MINIMUM FROM THE HORIZONTAL. 3. DOORS OR GATES THAT DO NOT EXTEND TO WITHIN 10 INCHES OF THE FINISH FLOOR OR GROUND. 1126A.8 WINDOWS. WHERE GLAZED OPENINGS ARE PROVIDED IN ACCESSIBLE ROOMS OR SPACES FOR OPERATION BY OCCUPANTS, AT LEAST ONE OPENING SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 1138A.4. EACH GLAZED OPENING REQUIRED BY THE ENFORCING AGENCY TO BE OPERABLE SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 1138A.4. MA X . 1/ 4 " . MA X . 1/ 4 " . MA X . 1/ 2 " . MA X . 1/ 4 " . (a) vertical change in level (b) beveled change in level 2 1 PLATFORM OF APPROVED MATERIALS TO RAISE FLOOR LEVEL OF BALCONY; PLATFORM REQUIRED FOR FINAL INSPECTION MA X . 1" . MA X . 3/ 4 " . 2 1 8" MIN. PERMANENTLY INSTALLED RAMP EXTERIOR IMPERVIOUS SURFACE SECONDARY EXTERIOR DOOR THRESHOLD INTERIOR FLOOR LEVEL door REQUIRED DIM. AS REQUIRED DIM. AS RANGE see requirement for functional clear space when door is open COOK TOP forward approach allowed when knee & toe space is provided under the cooktop (a) parallel approach MIN. 2'-0" MIN. 2'-0" 2' - 6 " M I N . parallel approach CLCL CL CLMIN. 2'-2" CL CL CL U.N.O. 37" CLEAR REFRIGERATOR additional clearance required when a wall extends past the face of the appliance clearance required when a wall or cabinet return extends past the face of the appliance door door door REQUIRED DIM. AS REQUIRED DIM. AS REQUIRED DIM. AS U.N.O. 33" MIN. WALL OR MICROWAVE OVEN see requirement for functional clear space when door is open DISHWASHER see requirement for functional clear space when door is open TRASH COMPACTOR see requirement for functional clear space when door is open KITCHEN SINK removable base cabinets required see figure 33.4 (b) parallel or forward approach MIN. 1'-3". MIN. 1'-3". forward approach 4' - 0 " M I N . when a garbage disposal is provided, the sink drain shall be located to the rear of the sink so the disposal can be mounted clear of the required knee & toe space. provide knee and toe space aligned with the forward clear floor space per figure 16.3 work surface area (shown cross-hatched) WORK SURFACE removable base cabinets required see figure 33.4 FHA requires functional space at all appliances with a pull out or pull down door. The clear floor space of adjacent appliances and the 36" wide accessible path through the kitchen can be combined to provide functional clear floor space. At appliances with a pull down door, either a parallel front approach or parallel side approach using a 9" high toe space under the door when it is pulled down can be used. See figure 33.2 (2) for additional information. pa r a l l e l fr o n t pa r a l l e l si d e door REQUIRED MIN. AS SPECIFIED APPLIANCE functional space required when appliance has a pull out or pull down door (c) functional clear space CL CL VE R I F Y CLEAR 3'-6".6" CL E A R W I D T H 48 " M I N . CLEAR WIDTH 48" MIN. 36" MIN. CLEAR PATH 36" MIN. MI N . 12 " . WI D T H 48 " M I N . C L E A R CL E A R 48 " M I N . CL E A R W I D T H 60 " M I N . TWO -15" BREAD BOARDS (CB) MAY BE PROVIDED IN LIEU OF THE 30" COUNTERTOP WORK SURFACE WITH KNEE AND TOE SPACE OR REPOSITIONING THE WORK SURFACE COUNTERTOP WHEN REQUIRED BY 1133.A4.1 A 60" DIAMETER TURNING CIRCLE OR T-SHAPED TURNING SPACE IS REQUIRED AT THE BASE OF U-SHAPED KITCHENS SEE FIGURE 33.2(3) BELOW FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 36" MIN. MI N . 1' - 2 " A MINIMUM 48" OF CLEAR WIDTH IS REQUIRED WHEN A SINK OR A COOK TOP WITH THE REQUIRED KNEE AND TOE SPACE IS PROVIDED AT THE BASE OF U-SHAPED KITCHENS WHEN A DOOR TO AN APPLIANCE IS OPEN, FUNCTIONAL CLEAR FLOOR SPACE MUST BE PROVIDED. THE FORWARD APPROACH TO THE SINK PROVIDES THE PARALLEL FRONT APPROACH TO DISHWASHER WHEN IT'S DOOR IS OPEN; SEE FIGURE 16.1 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. SEE FIGURE 33.2(3) BELOW FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 36" MIN. TYPICAL OUTLET AND/OR SWITCH PLACEMENT FOR SIDE APPROACH ACCESS WHEN TOP OF RECEPTACLE BOX IS MOUNTED NO HIGHER THAN 46" ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR TYPICAL OUTLET LOCATION REQUIRED BY C.E.C. MI N . 12 " . MI N . 24 " . RANGE DISHWASHER DOOR PA R A L L E L FR O N T REF WORK SURFACE SI N K (3) ALL OTHER KITCHEN DESIGNS (SEE FIGURE 33.1 FOR CLEAR FLOOR SPACE REQUIREMENTS AT FIXTURES AND APPLIANCES FOR ALL CLEAR WIDTH FIGURES) (2) U-SHAPE KITCHEN WITH A COOKTOP OR SINK LOCATED AT THE BASE OF THE U (1) U-SHAPE KITCHEN WITH PARALLEL APPROACH AT RANGE OR COOKTOP LOCATED AT THE BASE OF THE U REF WORK SURFACE DISH- WASHER SINK RA N G E SINK RA N G E WO R K SU R F A C E DISHWASHER REF CLEAR WIDTH 48" MIN. SINKS WITH REAR LOCATED DRAINS SIMPLIFY KNEE SPACE REQUIREMENTS OF FIGURE THE SIDES OF ADJACENT CABINETS AND THE BACK WALL, WHICH MAY BECOME EXPOSED TO MOISTURE OR FOOD HANDLING WHEN A COUNTERTOP IS LOWERED, SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF DURABLE, NONABSORBENT MATERIALS. CABINETS TO BE REMOVABLE WITHOUT THE USE OF SPECIALIZED TOOLS OR KNOWLEDGE EXTEND FINISH FLOOR BENEATH THE KITCHEN SINK COUNTER AREA TO THE WALL 25" MAX. MIN. 8". MI N . 9" . 27 " M I N . co m m o n a r e a k i t c h e n s 34 " M A X . dw e l l i n g u n i t k i t c h e n s 36 " M A X . toe knee/apron countertop 19" MAX. 11" MIN. FAUCET CONTROLS PER 1133A.6 KNEE AND TOE SPACE PER 1133A.7 (SHOWN SHADED) PLUMBING PROTECTION PER 1133A.7.1 AT HOT WATER AND DRAIN PIPES PROVIDE INSULATION OR REMOVABLE APPEARANCE PANEL PROTECTION FROM HOT SURFACES WHEN A GARBAGE DISPOSAL IS PROVIDED, THE SINK DRAIN SHALL BE LOCATED TO THE REAR OF THE SINK SO THE DISPOSAL CAN BE MOUNTED CLEAR OF THE REQUIRED KNEE & TOE SPACE. OPENING 32" MIN. DOOR WIDTH 36" MIN. OPENING 32" MIN. 44 " M I N . DOOR AND LANDING WIDTH 36" MIN. 36" MIN. 32" MIN. 42 " M I N . 1'-6" 42 " M I N . 3'-2" 2'-10" 3' - 3 1 / 4 " 1'-6" 3' - 3 " EXTERIOR WALL SIDE SEE 26/A-3.30.1 (A) INTERIOR DOOR OR SECONDARY EXTERIOR DOOR (B) EXCEPTION 1 36 " M I N . 30 " M I N . 12" MAX. 60" MIN. BACK WALL SI D E W A L L CO N T R O L E N D SI D E W A L L (1.2) 30"X60" SHOWER STALL (WITH WATER CLOSET PROJECTION SHOWN) 36 " M I N . 3' -3" M I N . W I T H SH O W E R D O O R BACK WALL SI D E W A L L CO N T R O L E N D SI D E W A L L 60" MIN. 36 " M I N . 3' -3" M I N . W I T H SH O W E R D O O R (1.3) 30"X60" SHOWER STALL WITH 36" ENTRANCE OPENING 54 " ( F H A S E A T ) 6" 3'-0" MIN. 3'-3" MIN. WITH SHOWER DOOR 48" MIN. CONTROL SIDE WALL 42 " M I N . BA C K W A L L op e n i n g 34 " c l e a r SIDE WALL (SEAT SIDE FHA) (1.1) 42"X48" SHOWER STALL WITH 36" ENTRANCE OPENING SHOWER DOOR SHALL PROVIDE 34" CLEAR OPENING WHEN DOOR IS OPEN AT 90 DEGRESS ADDITIONAL CLEAR SPACE REQUIRED TO ALLOW FOR SIDE TRANSFER TO FUTURE SEAT (FHA) REINFORCE FULL WIDTH OF SHOWER FOR FUTURE WALL MOUNTED SEAT STARTING AT THE FLOOR TO A HEIGHT OF 2'-0" (FHA) MAX. 2'-0". 6' - 4 " 3' - 8 " M A X . shower stall walls full width at all CONTROL END SIDE WALL (C) GRAB BAR REINFORCEMENT FOR ADAPTABLE SHOWERS 38 " M I N . 32 " M A X . MI N . 6" CL MAX. 2'-0".CL 6' - 4 " 24" MIN. 3' - 8 " 24" MIN. 32 " M A X . CONTROL END (FOOT) WALL HEAD END WALL (B) GRAB BAR REINFORCEMENT FOR ADAPTABLE BATHTUBS BACK WALL SIDE WALL (A) GRAB BAR REINFORCEMENT FOR ADAPTABLE WATER CLOSETS 40" MIN. 1'-4" MI N . 1' - 4 " 32 " M A X . 38 " M I N . 38 " M I N . MAX. 1'-0"42" MIN. MIN. 2'-2". 32 " M A X . PROVIDE ADDITIONAL BACKING FOR FOLD AWAY GRAB BAR WHEN REQUIRED BY 1134A.7 ITEM 2; VERIFY REQUIREMENT WITH SELECTED MANUFACTURER BACK WALL BACK WALL SIDE WALL MAX. 6" 48" MIN. MAX. 6" 6" M I N . MA X . 6" 18" MAX. 16" MIN. MIN. 1'-6" 36" MIN. MAX. 1'-0" 48" MIN. 2' - 0 " M A X . 36 " M I N . TU B A C C E S S 48 " M I N . 48" MIN. MA X . 2' - 0 " . 24" MIN.36" MIN. MAX. 1'-0"18" MAX. 16" MIN. MIN. 1'-6" 40" REINFORCED WALL FOR REQUIRED GRAB BAR REINFORCING OVER RIDES 36" MIN. SHOWN; SEE FIGURE FOLD AWAY GRAB BAR REQUIRED AT WATER CLOSET ADJACENT TO TUB; SEE FIGURE .. . TH R E S H O L D H E I G H T 1/ 2 " M A X . A T P R I M A R Y DO O R 3 / 4 " M A X . A T SE C O N D A R Y D O O R 1/ 2 " M A X . F L O O R LE V E L C H A N G E 1/ 4 " M A X . VE R T I C A L RI S E 1 2 INTERIOR LANDING (FINISH FLOOR) PRIMARY OR SECONDARY EXTERIOR DOOR DOOR THRESHOLD HARDWARE CHANGES GREATER THAN 1/4" SHALL BE BEVELED 1:2 EXTERIOR LANDING 1/4":12" MAXIMUM SLOPE AWAY FROM THE DOOR FLOOR LEVEL TRANSITION HARDWARE CHANGES GREATER THAN 1/4" SHALL BE BEVELED 1:2 38 " - 4 0 " 34 " - 4 4 " 44 " M A X . 44 " M A X . 42 " P R E F E R R E D 48 " M A X . 60 " M A X . 78 " M I N . 10 " M I N . HARDWARE DEADBOLT FIN. FLR.PR E F E R R E D VIEW PORT LOW ** PUSH BUTTON * VIEW PORT HIGH ** BOTTOM OF DOOR CLOSER SMOOTH BOTTOM KICK PLATE MAY OCCUR 16 GA MAX, ANY CAVITIES CREATED SHALL BE CAPPED NO PROJECTIONS INTO CLEAR OPENING BELOW 34"; A MAXIMUM 4" PROJECTION IS ALLOWED ABOVE 34" * REQUIRED AT ACCESSIBLE/ADAPTABLE DWELLING UNITS ** IF PROVIDED INSTALL TWO VIEW PORTS; ONE HIGH AND ONE LOW AT ACCESSIBLE/ADAPTABLE DWELLING UNITS . 970 W. 190TH ST. SUITE 250 Torrance, California 90502 310.217.8885 D E S I G N BSB www.bsbdesign.com REVISIONS THESE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE PROTECTED UNDER FEDERAL COPYRIGHT LAWS. © BSB DESIGN MAINTAINS OWNERSHIP OF SUCH AND ALL RIGHTS AND PRIVILEGES. A085 OL I V E C R E S T R E S I D E N T I A L 21 5 0 E . F O U R T H S T . & 2 1 6 0 E . F O U R T H S T . SA N T A A N A C A 9 2 7 0 5 CBC 11A DIV. IV DWELLING UNIT FEATURES JOB NO: MR230056 DWELLING UNIT FEATURES 1. AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE SHALL BE PROVIDED THROUGH ALL ROOMS AND SPACES OF THE DWELLING UNIT. THE ACCESSIBLE ROUTE SHALL PASS THROUGH THE PRIMARY ENTRY DOOR, AND SHALL CONNECT WITH ALL ADDITIONAL PURPOSE OF THIS SECTION, "ACCESSIBLE ROUTES" MAY INCLUDE HALLWAYS, CORRIDORS, AND RAMPS. 1130A.1 EXCEPTION: AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE IS NOT REQUIRED FROM THE INTERIOR OF THE UNIT INTO A BASEMENT OR GARAGE, EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN SECTION 1105A.1. THE ACCESSIBLE ROUTE INTO AND THROUGHOUT COVERED MULTIFAMILY DWELLING UNITS SHALL BE AT LEAST 36 INCHES WIDE. 1130A.2 CHANGES IN LEVEL ON ACCESSIBLE ROUTES 1. ABRUPT CHANGES IN LEVEL ALONG ANY ACCESSIBLE ROUTE SHALL NOT EXCEED 1/2 INCH. WHEN CHANGES IN LEVEL DO OCCUR, THEY SHALL BE BEVELED WITH A SLOPE NO GREATER THAN 1 UNIT VERTICAL IN 2 UNITS HORIZONTAL (50-PERCENT SLOPE). CHANGES IN LEVEL NOT EXCEEDING 1/4 INCH MAY BE VERTICAL. 1131A.1 2. CHANGES IN LEVEL GREATER THAN 1/2 INCH SHALL BE MADE BY MEANS OF A RAMP, ELEVATOR OR PLATFORM (WHEELCHAIR) LIFT. SEE SECTION 1122A FOR RAMPS AND SECTION 1124A.11 FOR PLATFORM (WHEELCHAIR) LIFTS. 1131A.2 DOORS 1. THE WIDTH AND HEIGHT OF PRIMARY ENTRY DOORS AND ALL REQUIRED EXIT DOORS SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 1126A.1. THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTIONS 1126A.3 SHALL APPLY TO MANEUVERING CLEARANCES AT THE SIDE OF THE DOOR EXPOSED TO COMMON OR PUBLIC USE SPACES (E.G., ENTRY OR EXIT DOORS WHICH OPEN FROM THE COVERED MULTIFAMILY DWELLING UNIT INTO A CORRIDOR, HALLWAY OR LOBBY, OR DIRECTLY TO THE OUTSIDE). 1132A.1 2. EXCEPT AS ALLOWED BY SECTION 1109A.2, INTERIOR DOORS INTENDED FOR USER PASSAGE AND SECONDARY EXTERIOR DOORS SHALL COMPLY WITH THIS SECTION. THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION SHALL APPLY TO THE DWELLING UNIT SIDE OF DOORS LEADING FROM THE INTERIOR OF THE DWELLING UNIT TO AN UNFINISHED BASEMENT OR AN ATTACHED GARAGE. 1132A.2 3. DOORS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1132A.3 a. DOORS SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 6 FEET 8 INCHES IN HEIGHT. b. SWINGING DOORS SHALL PROVIDE A NET CLEAR OPENING WIDTH OF NOT LESS THAN 32 INCHES,MEASURED WITH THE DOOR OR DOORS POSITIONED AT AN ANGLE OF 90 DEGREES FROM THE CLOSED POSITION. A 34-INCH DOOR IS ACCEPTABLE. THE PRIMARY ENTRY DOOR AND ALL REQUIRED EXIT DOORS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 1126A.1. c. SWINGING DOORS SHALL BE CAPABLE OF OPENING AT LEAST 90 DEGREES. d. A NOMINAL 32-INCH CLEAR OPENING PROVIDED BY A STANDARD 6-FOOT WIDE SLIDING PATIO DOOR ASSEMBLY IS ACCEPTABLE. e. A PAIR OF DOORS, MANUAL OR AUTOMATIC, MUST HAVE AT LEAST ONE LEAF WHICH PROVIDES A CLEAR WIDTH OF NOT LESS THAN 32 INCHES, MEASURED WITH THE DOOR POSITIONED AT AN ANGLE OF 90 DEGREES FROM ITS CLOSED POSITION. f. THE WIDTH OF ANY COMPONENT IN THE MEANS OF EGRESS SYSTEM SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN THE MINIMUM WIDTH REQUIRED BY 1005. 4.THE FLOOR OR LANDING ON EACH SIDE OF A DOOR SHALL BE LEVEL. PRIMARY ENTRY DOORS, REQUIRED EXIT DOORS OR SECONDARY EXTERIOR DOORS WITH CHANGES IN HEIGHT BETWEEN THE INTERIOR SURFACE OR FLOOR LEVEL AND THE EXTERIOR SURFACE OR FLOOR LEVEL SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1132A.4 a. EXTERIOR LANDINGS OF IMPERVIOUS CONSTRUCTION (E.G., CONCRETE, BRICK, FLAGSTONE) SERVING PRIMARY ENTRY DOORS AND REQUIRED EXIT DOORS ARE LIMITED TO NOT MORE THAN ½ INCH OF CHANGE IN HEIGHT BETWEEN FLOOR SURFACES. CHANGES IN LEVEL SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 1131A. b. EXTERIOR LANDINGS OF PERVIOUS CONSTRUCTION (E.G., WOOD DECKING WITH SPACES) SHALL BE THE SAME LEVEL AS THE INTERIOR LANDING, EXCEPT THAT SECONDARY EXTERIOR DOORS MAY HAVE NO MORE THAN 1/2 INCH OF CHANGE IN HEIGHT BETWEEN FLOOR SURFACES. CHANGES IN LEVEL SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 1131A. c. SECONDARY EXTERIOR DOORS ONTO DECKS, PATIOS OR BALCONY SURFACES CONSTRUCTED OF IMPERVIOUS MATERIALS (E.G., CONCRETE, BRICK, FLAGSTONE) MAY HAVE A MAXIMUM CHANGE IN HEIGHT FROM THE INTERIOR LANDING OF 4 INCHES. CHANGES IN HEIGHT GREATER THAN 1/2 INCH SHALL BE ACCOMPLISHED BY MEANS OF A RAMP COMPLYING WITH SECTION 1114A OR BY MEANS OF A PLATFORM CONSTRUCTED TO THE LEVEL OF THE FLOOR AS ILLUSTRATED IN (FIGURE 11A-8J). d. SECONDARY EXTERIOR DOORS ONTO DECKS, PATIOS OR BALCONY SURFACES CONSTRUCTED OF IMPERVIOUS MATERIALS (E.G., CONCRETE, BRICK, FLAGSTONE) MAY HAVE A MAXIMUM CHANGE IN HEIGHT FROM THE INTERIOR LANDING OF 1 INCH, PROVIDED A RAMP WITH A MAXIMUM SLOPE OF 1:8 IS PERMANENTLY INSTALLED. (SEE FIGURE 11A-8K). FIGURE 11A-8K e. IN BUILDINGS CONTAINING COVERED MULTIFAMILY DWELLING UNITS, THE FLOOR OR LANDING IMMEDIATELY OUTSIDE THE ENTRY MAY BE SLOPED UP TO 1/4 INCH PER FOOT (12 INCHES), IN A DIRECTION AWAY FROM THE PRIMARY ENTRANCE OF THE DWELLING UNIT FOR DRAINAGE. 5. THRESHOLDS AT THE PRIMARY ENTRY AND REQUIRED EXIT DOORS SHALL BE NO HIGHER THAN 1/2". THRESHOLDS AT SECONDARY EXTERIOR DOORS, INCLUDING SLIDING DOOR TRACKS, SHALL BE NO HIGHER THAN 3/4". CHANGES IN HEIGHT AT INTERIOR DOOR THRESHOLDS (E.G., FLOOR MATERIAL CHANGES AT DOOR THRESHOLDS) SHALL NOT EXCEED 1/2". THRESHOLDS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1132A.4.1 a. THRESHOLDS WITH A CHANGE IN HEIGHT OF NOT MORE THAN 1/4" MAY BE VERTICAL. b. THRESHOLDS WITH A CHANGE IN HEIGHT BETWEEN 1/4 INCH AND 3/4" SHALL BE BEVELED WITH A SLOPE NO GREATER THAN 1 UNIT VERTICAL IN 2 UNITS HORIZONTAL (50-PERCENT SLOPE). 6. MANEUVERING CLEARANCES AT INTERIOR DOORS SHALL PROVIDE A MINIMUM LENGTH ON BOTH SIDES OF THE DOOR OF AT LEAST 42 INCHES MEASURED AT A RIGHT ANGLE TO THE PLANE OF THE DOOR IN ITS CLOSED POSITION. 1132A.5.1 EXCEPTIONS: a. A 39-INCH LENGTH IS ACCEPTABLE WHEN A MINIMUM CLEAR OPENING WIDTH OF 34 INCHES IS PROVIDED. b. THE FLOOR OR LANDING ON THE DWELLING UNIT SIDE OF THE PRIMARY ENTRY DOOR AND ANY REQUIRED EXIT DOOR SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM LENGTH OF NOT LESS THAN 44 INCHES. SECTION 1126A.3 SHALL APPLY TO MANEUVERING CLEARANCES AT THE SIDE OF THE DOOR EXPOSED TO COMMON OR PUBLIC USE SPACES. KITCHENS KITCHENS WITHIN ADAPTABLE DWELLING UNITS SHALL BE ON AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE AND SHALL COMPLY WITH THIS SECTION. (SEE FIGURE 11A-10A). 1133A.1 1. CLEAR FLOOR SPACE AT KITCHENS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1133A.2 a. A CLEAR FLOOR SPACE AT LEAST 30 INCHES BY 48 INCHES THAT ALLOWS A PARALLEL APPROACH BY A PERSON IN A WHEELCHAIR SHALL BE PROVIDED AT THE RANGE OR COOKTOP. b. A CLEAR FLOOR SPACE AT LEAST 30 INCHES BY 48 INCHES THAT ALLOWS EITHER A PARALLEL OR FORWARD APPROACH SHALL BE PROVIDED AT THE KITCHEN SINK AND ALL OTHER FIXTURES OR APPLIANCES INCLUDING THE OVEN, DISHWASHER, REFRIGERATOR/FREEZER AND TRASH COMPACTOR c. A CLEAR FLOOR SPACE AT LEAST 30 INCHES BY 48 INCHES THAT ALLOWS EITHER A PARALLEL OR A FORWARD APPROACH SHALL BE PROVIDED AT THE WORK SURFACE REQUIRED BY SECTION 1133A.4. d. THE CENTERLINE OF THE 30 INCH BY 48 INCH CLEAR FLOOR SPACE PROVIDED FOR PARALLEL OR FORWARD APPROACH SHALL BE ALIGNED WITH THE CENTERLINE OF THE WORK SURFACE, APPLIANCE OR FIXTURE. BATHING & TOILET FACILITIES 1. ONLY ONE BATHROOM NEED TO BE ACCESSIBLE PROVIDED IT COMPLIES WITH THE FOLLOWING ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS AND ALL OTHER BATHROOMS INCLUDING POWDER ROOMS WITHIN THE UNIT ARE ON ACCESSIBLE ROUTE WITH USABLE ENTRY DOORS. 1134A.2 OPTION 2 A. WHEN BOTH TUB AND SHOWER FIXTURES ARE PROVIDED, AT LEAST ONE SHALL BE MADE ACCESSIBLE. WHEN TWO OR MORE LAVATORIES IN A BATHROOM ARE PROVIDED, AT LEAST ONE SHALL BE MADE ACCESSIBLE. 1134A.2 OPTION 2.6 B. TOILETS SHALL BE LOCATED IN A MANNER THAT PERMIT A GRAB BAR TO BE INSTALLED ON ONE SIDE OF THE FIXTURE. IN LOCATIONS WHERE TOILETS ARE ADJACENT TO WALLS OR BATH-TUBS, THE CENTERLINE OF THE FIXTURE MUST BE A MINIMUM OF 1'-6" FROM THE OBSTACLE. THE OTHER (NON-GRAB BAR) SIDE OF THE TOILET FIXTURE MUST BE A MINIMUM OF 1'-6" FROM THE FINISHED SURFACE OF ADJOINING WALLS, VANITIES OR FROM THE EDGE OF THE LAVATORY. 1134A.7.1 C. VANITIES AND LAVATORIES SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH THE CENTERLINE OF THE FIXTURE A MINIMUM OF 1'-6" HORIZONTALLY FROM AN ADJOINING WALL OR FIXTURE. THE TOP OF THE FIXTURE RIM SHALL BE A MAXIMUM OF 2'-10" ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR. 2. ALL POWDER ROOMS SHALL BE DESIGNED TO COMPLY WITH SECTION 1134A.2, OPTION 2, ITEMS 8 THROUGH 12. WHEN THE POWDER ROOM IS THE ONLY TOILET FACILITY LOCATED ON AN ACCESSIBLE LEVEL, IT SHALL COMPLY WITH THE OPTION 2 ITEMS LISTED ABOVE, PLUS ALL ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS LOCATED IN SECTIONS 1134A.4,1134A.7 AND 1134A.8. 1134A.3 3. BATHING AND TOILET FACILITIES REQUIRED TO BE ADAPTABLE SHALL PROVIDE SUFFICIENT MANEUVERING SPACE FOR A PERSON USING A WHEELCHAIR OR OTHER MOBILITY AID TO ENTER AND CLOSE THE DOOR, USE THE FIXTURES, REOPEN THE DOOR AND EXIT. WHERE THE DOOR SWINGS INTO THE BATHROOM OR POWDER ROOM, THERE SHALL BE A CLEAR MANEUVERING SPACE OUTSIDE THE SWING OF THE DOOR OF AT LEAST 30 INCHES BY 48 INCHES WITHIN THE ROOM. THE CLEAR MANEUVERING SPACE SHALL ALLOW THE USER TO POSITION A WHEELCHAIR OR OTHER MOBILITY AID CLEAR OF THE PATH OF THE DOOR AS IT IS CLOSED AND TO PERMIT USE OF FIXTURES. DOORS MAY SWING INTO THE REQUIRED CLEAR SPACE AT ANY FIXTURE WHEN A CLEAR MANEUVERING SPACE IS PROVIDED OUTSIDE THE SWING ARC OF THE DOOR SO IT CAN BE CLOSED. MANEUVERING SPACES MAY INCLUDE ANY KNEE SPACE OR TOE SPACE AVAILABLE BELOW BATHROOM FIXTURES. 1134A.4 4. BATHTUBS REQUIRED TO BE ACCESSIBLE SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1134A.5 A. THERE SHALL BE A MINIMUM CLEAR FLOOR SPACE 48 INCHES PARALLEL BY 30 INCHES PERPENDICULAR TO THE SIDE OF A BATHTUB OR BATHTUB-SHOWER COMBINATION (MEASURED FROM THE FOOT OR DRAIN END OF THE BATHTUB) TO PROVIDE FOR THE MANEUVERING OF A WHEELCHAIR AND TRANSFER TO AND FROM THE BATHING FACILITIES. THE AREA UNDER A LAVATORY MAY BE INCLUDED IN THE CLEAR FLOOR SPACE PROVIDED THE KNEE AND TOE SPACE COMPLY WITH SECTION 1134A.8. CABINETS UNDER LAVATORIES AND TOILETS SHALL NOT ENCROACH INTO THE CLEAR FLOOR SPACE. B. A BATHTUB INSTALLED WITHOUT SURROUNDING WALLS SHALL PROVIDE REINFORCED AREAS FOR THE INSTALLATION OF FLOOR-MOUNTED GRAB BARS. WHERE A BATHTUB IS INSTALLED WITH SURROUNDING WALLS, GRAB BAR REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE LOCATED ON EACH END OF THE BATHTUB, 32 INCHES TO 38 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR, EXTENDING A MINIMUM OF 24 INCHES FROM THE FRONT EDGE OF THE BATHTUB TOWARD THE BACK WALL OF THE BATHTUB. THE GRAB BAR REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 6 INCHES NOMINAL IN HEIGHT. SEE FIGURE 11A-9G. GRAB BAR REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED ON THE BACK WALL OF THE BATHTUB A MAXIMUM OF 6 INCHES ABOVE THE BATHTUB RIM EXTENDING UPWARD TO AT LEAST 38 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR. GRAB BAR BACKING SHALL BE INSTALLED HORIZONTALLY TO PERMIT THE INSTALLATION OF A 48-INCH GRAB BAR WITH EACH END A MAXIMUM OF 6 INCHES FROM THE END WALLS OF THE BATHTUB. THE GRAB BAR REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 6 INCHES NOMINAL IN HEIGHT. C. FAUCET CONTROLS AND OPERATION MECHANISMS SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND SHALL NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST. THE FORCE REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE CONTROLS SHALL BE NO GREATER THAN 5 POUND-FORCE. LEVER OPERATED, PUSH-TYPE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED MECHANISMS ARE EXAMPLES OF ACCEPTABLE DESIGNS. D. A SHOWER SPRAY UNIT IS NOT REQUIRED IN BATHTUBS. E. DOORS AND PANELS OF BATHTUB ENCLOSURES SHALL BE SUBSTANTIALLY CONSTRUCTED FROM APPROVED, SHATTER-RESISTANT MATERIALS. HINGED DOORS SHALL OPEN OUTWARD. GLAZING USED IN DOORS AND PANELS OF BATHTUB ENCLOSURES SHALL BE FULLY TEMPERED, LAMINATED SAFETY GLASS OR APPROVED PLASTIC. WHEN GLASS IS USED, IT SHALL HAVE MINIMUM THICKNESS OF NOT LESS THAN 1/8 INCH WHEN FULLY TEMPERED, OR 1/4 INCH WHEN LAMINATED, AND SHALL PASS THE TEST REQUIREMENTS OF THIS PART, CHAPTER 24 GLASS AND GLAZING. PLASTICS USED IN DOORS AND PANELS OF BATHTUB ENCLOSURES SHALL BE OF A SHATTER-RESISTANT TYPE. DOORS (cont.) 7. THE WIDTH OF THE LEVEL AREA ON THE SIDE TO WHICH THE DOOR SWINGS SHALL EXTEND 18 INCHES PAST THE STRIKE EDGE FOR ALL DOORS. THE WIDTH OF THE LEVEL AREA AT THE EXTERIOR SIDE OF THE PRIMARY ENTRY DOOR AND ANY REQUIRED EXIT DOORS SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 1126A. a. SEE SECTION 1134A FOR BATHROOMS THAT ARE REQUIRED TO BE ACCESSIBLE. b. TWENTY-FOUR INCHES IS PREFERRED FOR STRIKE EDGE CLEARANCE. 8.MAXIMUM EFFORT TO OPERATE DOOR SHALL NOT EXCEED 8 1/2 POUNDS (38 N) FOR EXTERIOR DOORS AND 5 POUNDS (22 N) FOR INTERIOR DOORS, SUCH PULL OR PUSH EFFORT BEING APPLIED AT RIGHT ANGLES TO HINGED DOORS AND AT THE CENTER PLANE OF SLIDING OR FOLDING DOORS. COMPENSATING DEVICES OR AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATORS MAY BE UTILIZED TO MEET THESE STANDARDS. WHEN FIRE DOORS ARE REQUIRED, THE MAXIMUM EFFORT TO OPERATE THE DOOR MAY BE INCREASED TO THE MINIMUM ALLOWABLE BY THE APPROPRIATE ENFORCEMENT AGENCY, NOT TO EXCEED 15 POUNDS (66.7 N). 1132A.6 9.THE TYPE OF LATCH AND LOCK REQUIRED FOR ALL DOORS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 1132A.8 AND CHAPTER 10, SECTION 1010. 1132A.7 10. HAND-ACTIVATED DOOR LATCHING, LOCKING AND OPENING HARDWARE SHALL BE CENTERED BETWEEN 30 INCHES AND 44 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR. LATCHING AND LOCKING DOORS THAT ARE HAND-ACTIVATED AND ON AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH A SINGLE EFFORT BY LEVER-TYPE HARDWARE, PANIC BARS, PUSH-PULL ACTIVATING BARS OR OTHER HARDWARE DESIGNED TO PROVIDE PASSAGE WITHOUT REQUIRING THE ABILITY TO GRASP THE OPENING HARDWARE. LOCKED EXIT DOORS SHALL OPERATE CONSISTENT WITH SECTION 1132A.6,IN THE DIRECTION OF EGRESS. 11. THE LEVER OR LEVER OF ACTUATED LATCHES OR LOCKS SHALL BE CURVED WITH A RETURN TO WITHIN 1/2" OF THE DOOR TO PREVENT CATCHING ON THE CLOTHING OF PERSONS DURING EGRESS IN GROUP R AND U OCCUPANCIES OF AN OCCUPANT LOAD GREATER THAN 10. 1132A.8.1 12. THE BOTTOM 10" OF ALL DOORS EXCEPT AUTOMATIC AND SLIDING SHALL HAVE A SMOOTH, UNINTERRUPTED SURFACE TO ALLOW THE DOOR TO BE OPENED BY A WHEELCHAIR FOOTREST WITHOUT CREATING A TRAP OR HAZARDOUS CONDITION. WHERE NARROW FRAME DOORS ARE USED, A 10" HIGH SMOOTH PANEL SHALL BE INSTALLED ON THE PUSH SIDE OF THE DOOR, WHICH WILL ALLOW THE DOOR TO BE OPENED BY A WHEELCHAIR FOOTREST WITHOUT CREATING A TRAP OR HAZARDOUS CONDITION. 1132A.9 EXCEPTION: AUTOMATIC AND SLIDING DOORS. 13.EVERY PRIMARY ENTRANCE TO A COVERED MULTIFAMILY DWELLING UNIT SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A DOOR BUZZER, BELL, CHIME OR EQUIVALENT. THE ACTIVATING MECHANISM SHALL BE MOUNTED A MAXIMUM OF 48 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR AND CONNECTED TO PERMANENT WIRING. 1132A.10 KITCHENS (cont.) 2. KITCHENS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM CLEAR WIDTH MEASURED BETWEEN ANY CABINET, COUNTERTOP, OR THE FACE OF ANY APPLIANCE (EXCLUDING HANDLES AND CONTROLS) THAT PROJECTS INTO THE KITCHEN AND THE OPPOSING CABINET, COUNTERTOP, APPLIANCE, OR WALL AS FOLLOWS: 1133A.2.1 a. U-SHAPED KITCHENS, DESIGNED WITH PARALLEL APPROACH AT A RANGE OR COOKTOP LOCATED AT THE BASE OF THE U, SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM CLEAR WIDTH OF AT LEAST 60 INCHES. (SEE FIGURE 11A-10A). b. U-SHAPED KITCHENS, DESIGNED WITH A COOKTOP OR SINK LOCATED AT THE BASE OF THE U, WHICH PROVIDES KNEE AND TOE SPACE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 1133A.7 TO ALLOW FOR A FORWARD APPROACH, SHALL HAVE A CLEAR WIDTH OF AT LEAST 48 INCHES. (SEE FIGURE 11A-10A). c. ALL OTHER KITCHEN DESIGNS SHALL PROVIDE A MINIMUM CLEAR WIDTH OF AT LEAST 48 INCHES. (SEE FIGURE 11A-10A). 3.BASE CABINETS DIRECTLY UNDER THE KITCHEN SINK COUNTER AREA, INCLUDING TOEBOARD AND SHELVING, SHALL BE REMOVABLE WITHOUT THE USE OF SPECIALIZED TOOLS OR SPECIALIZED KNOWLEDGE IN ORDER TO PROVIDE KNEE AND TOE SPACE FOR A WHEELCHAIR. THE FINISH FLOOR BENEATH THE KITCHEN SINK COUNTER AREA SHALL BE EXTENDED TO THE WALL. 1133A.3 4.KITCHEN COUNTERTOPS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1133A.4. a. A MINIMUM LINEAR LENGTH OF 30 INCHES OF COUNTERTOP SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR THE KITCHEN SINK INSTALLATION. b. A MINIMUM LINEAR LENGTH OF 30 INCHES OF COUNTERTOP SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR A WORK SURFACE. THE SINK AND WORK SURFACE MAY BE A SINGLE INTEGRAL UNIT A MINIMUM OF 60 INCHES IN LENGTH, OR BE SEPARATE COMPONENTS. EXCEPTION: TWO 15-INCH MINIMUM WIDTH BREADBOARDS MAY BE PROVIDED IN LIEU OF THE REQUIRED 30 INCHES OF COUNTERTOP WORK SURFACE. 5.REPOSITIONABLE COUNTERTOPS SHALL BE PROVIDED IN A MINIMUM OF FIVE PERCENT OF THE COVERED MULTIFAMILY DWELLING UNITS. REPOSITIONABLE COUNTERTOPS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1133A.4.1 a. SINKS AND WORK SURFACE SPACE REQUIRED BY SECTION 1133A.4 SHALL BE DESIGNED TO ENABLE REPOSITIONING TO A MINIMUM HEIGHT OF 28 INCHES. b. BASE CABINETS DIRECTLY UNDER THE KITCHEN SINK COUNTER AREA AND WORK SURFACE SHALL BE REMOVABLE AS REQUIRED IN SECTION 1133A.3. c. THE SIDES OF ADJACENT CABINETS AND THE BACK WALL, WHICH MAY BECOME EXPOSED TO MOISTURE OR FOOD HANDLING WHEN A COUNTERTOP IS LOWERED, SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF DURABLE, NONABSORBENT MATERIALS APPROPRIATE FOR SUCH USES. d. FINISHED FLOORING SHALL BE EXTENDED TO THE WALL BENEATH THE SINK AND WORK SURFACE. EXCEPTIONS: 1. STONE, CULTURED STONE AND TILED COUNTERTOPS MAY BE USED WITHOUT MEETING THE REPOSITIONING REQUIREMENTS. 2. TWO 15-INCH MINIMUM WIDTH BREADBOARDS MAY BE PROVIDED IN LIEU OF THE REQUIRED 30 INCHES OF COUNTERTOP WORK SURFACE. 6.LOWER SHELVING AND/OR DRAWER SPACE SHALL BE PROVIDED IN THE KITCHEN AT A HEIGHT OF NO MORE THAN 48 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR. 1133A.5 7.FAUCET CONTROLS AND OPERATING MECHANISMS SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND SHALL NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST. THE FORCE REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE CONTROLS SHALL BE NO GREATER THAN 5 POUND FORCE. LEVER-OPERATED, PUSH-TYPE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED MECHANISMS ARE EXAMPLES OF ACCEPTABLE DESIGNS. SELF-CLOSING VALVES ARE ALLOWED IF THE FAUCET REMAINS OPEN FOR AT LEAST 10 SECONDS. 1133A.6 8.KNEE AND TOE SPACE, WHEN REQUIRED BY SECTION 1133A, SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1133A.7. a. THE KNEE AND TOE SPACE SHALL BE CLEAR AND UNOBSTRUCTED, OR REMOVABLE BASE CABINETS IN COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 1133A.3 SHALL BE PROVIDED. b. THE KNEE AND TOE SPACE SHALL BE 30 INCHES WIDE MINIMUM, CENTERED ON THE SINK, COUNTERTOP OR APPLIANCE. c. THE KNEE SPACE SHALL BE AT LEAST 27 INCHES ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR. d. THE KNEE SPACE SHALL BE 11 INCHES DEEP MINIMUM AT 9 INCHES ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR, AND 8 INCHES DEEP MINIMUM AT 27 INCHES ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR, MEASURED FROM THE FRONT EDGE. e. THE TOE SPACE SHALL BE AT LEAST 9 INCHES ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR. f. A CLEAR FLOOR SPACE SHALL NOT EXTEND INTO THE KNEE AND TOE SPACE MORE THAN 19 INCHES. 9.WATER SUPPLY AND DRAIN PIPES UNDER KITCHEN SINKS SHALL BE INSULATED OR OTHERWISE COVERED. THERE SHALL BE NO SHARP OR ABRASIVE SURFACES UNDER KITCHEN SINKS. 1133A.7.1. BATHING & TOILET FACILITIES (cont.) 5. SHOWERS REQUIRED TO BE ACCESSIBLE SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1134A.6 A. WHEN ONE OR MORE SHOWER STALLS ARE PROVIDED WITHIN THE SAME DWELLING UNITS, AT LEAST ONE SHOWER STALL SHALL COMPLY WITH ONE OF THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS: 1. THE SHOWER STALL SHALL MEASURE AT LEAST 42 INCHES WIDE BY 48 INCHES DEEP WITH AN ENTRANCE OPENING OF AT LEAST 36 INCHES; OR 2. THE SHOWER STALL SHALL MEASURE AT LEAST 30 INCHES DEEP BY 60 INCHES WIDE WITH AN ENTRANCE OPENING OF AT LEAST 60 INCHES. A WATER CLOSET MAY PROJECT A MAXIMUM OF 12 INCHES INTO THE OPENING, PROVIDED THAT A MINIMUM OF 36 INCHES CLEAR SPACE IS MAINTAINED BETWEEN THE WATER CLOSET AND THE SHOWER WALL AS ILLUSTRATED IN FIGURE 11A-9L: OR 3. OTHER SHOWER STALL CONFIGURATIONS SHALL MEASURE AT LEAST 36 INCHES DEEP BY 60 INCHES WIDE WITH AN ENTRANCE OPENING OF AT LEAST 36 INCHES WHEN A WALL IS INSTALLED ON THE OPENING SIDE. B. THE MAXIMUM SLOPE OF THE SHOWER FLOOR SHALL BE 1/2 INCH PER FOOT IN ANY DIRECTION AND SHALL SLOPE TO A DRAIN. THE FLOOR SURFACES SHALL BE OF CARBORUNDUM OR GRIT-FACED TILE OR OF MATERIAL PROVIDING EQUIVALENT SLIP RESISTANCE. C. A CLEAR MANEUVERING SPACE AT LEAST 30 INCHES IN WIDTH BY 48 INCHES IN LENGTH SHALL BE LOCATED OUTSIDE THE SHOWER, FLUSH AND PARALLEL TO THE CONTROL WALL. D. GRAB BAR REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED CONTINUOUS IN THE WALLS OF SHOWERS 32 INCHES TO 38 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR. THE GRAB BAR REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 6 INCHES NOMINAL IN HEIGHT. GLASS-WALLED SHOWER STALLS SHALL PROVIDE REINFORCEMENT FOR INSTALLATION OF FLOOR-MOUNTED OR CEILING- MOUNTED GRAB BARS. E. WHEN A THRESHOLD IS USED, IT SHALL BE A MAXIMUM OF 2 INCHES IN HEIGHT AND HAVE A BEVELED OR SLOPED ANGLE NOT EXCEEDING 1 UNIT VERTICAL IN 2 UNITS HORIZONTAL (26.6 DEGREES FROM THE HORIZONTAL). THRESHOLDS 1/2 INCH OR LESS IN HEIGHT MAY HAVE A BEVELED OR SLOPED ANGLE NOT EXCEEDING 1 UNIT VERTICAL IN 1 UNIT HORIZONTAL (45 DEGREES FROM HORIZONTAL). F. FAUCET CONTROLS AND OPERATION MECHANISMS SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND SHALL NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST. THE FORCE REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE CONTROLS SHALL BE NO GREATER THAN 5 POUND-FORCE. LEVER OPERATED, PUSH-TYPE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED MECHANISMS ARE EXAMPLES OF ACCEPTABLE DESIGNS. G. DOORS AND PANELS OF SHOWER ENCLOSURES SHALL BE SUBSTANTIALLY CONSTRUCTED FROM APPROVED, SHATTER-RESISTANT MATERIALS. HINGED SHOWER DOORS SHALL OPEN OUTWARD. GLAZING USED IN DOORS AND PANELS OF SHOWER ENCLOSURES SHALL BE FULLY TEMPERED, LAMINATED SAFETY GLASS OR APPROVED PLASTIC. WHEN GLASS IS USED, IT SHALL HAVE MINIMUM THICKNESS OF NOT LESS THAN 1/8 INCH WHEN FULLY TEMPERED, OR 1/4 INCH WHEN LAMINATED, AND SHALL PASS THE TEST REQUIREMENTS OF THIS PART, CHAPTER 24 GLASS AND GLAZING. PLASTICS USED IN DOORS AND PANELS OF SHOWERS ENCLOSURES SHALL BE OF A SHATTER-RESISTANT TYPE. 6.WATER CLOSETS IN BATHROOMS OR POWDER ROOMS REQUIRED TO BE ACCESSIBLE SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1134A.7 A. THE MINIMUM FLOOR SPACE PROVIDED AT A WATER CLOSET SHALL BE 48 INCHES IN CLEAR WIDTH. THE CLEAR FLOOR SPACE SHALL EXTEND PAST THE FRONT EDGE OF THE WATER CLOSET AT LEAST 36 INCHES. SEE FIGURE 11A-9M. EXCEPTION: THE 48 INCHES MINIMUM CLEAR WIDTH MAY BE REDUCED TO 36 INCHES FOR LAVATORIES, CABINETS, WING WALLS OR PRIVACY WALLS LOCATED IMMEDIATELY ADJACENT TO A WATER CLOSET WHICH EXTEND NO MORE THAN 24 INCHES IN DEPTH. C C 07/08/2025 PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #3 1131A.1 - Change in Level1 1132A.4.3 - Secondary Exterior Door 1132A.4.4 - ramp at secondary ext. door 1133A.2.3 - Clear floor space cabinet sections, typ. 1133A.3 - Removable base cabinets 1133A.7.1 - Knee and toe space 1132A5.1 - Maneauvering clearance at dwelling unit doors 1134A.6 - Shower sizes 1134A.5.2 - Reinforcement for Grab Bars 1134A.7.1 - Wing Wall / Cabinet at Water Closet 1132A.8 - Floor Level Change up to 1/2" at Threshold 1132A.9 - Typical Location of Door and Gate Elements CL 48" MIN. 30" MIN. 48 " M I N . MI N . 1' - 5 " 23 " M A X , CL 1'-3" CLEAR 24" MIN.18" MIN. 30 " M I N . figure 34.1 cabinets under lavatories 3' - 4 " M A X . 11" MIN. 17" MIN. MI N . 9" . at b a c k o f k n e e 27 " M I N . at f r o n t a p r o n 29 " M I N . 34 " M A X . TOE KNEE APRON SINK RIM OR COUNTER TOP MIN. 8". 23" MAX. FLOOR FINISH PER 1134A.8 #5 PLUMBING PROTECTION PER 1134A.8 #6 TOWEL FIXTURES PER 1134A.8 #8 KNEE AND TOE SPACE PER 1134A.8 #4 (SHOWN SHADED)mirrors and towel fixtures FAUCET CONTROLS PER 1134A.8 #7 MIRRORS PER 1134A.8 #8 48 " M A X . 15 " M I N . figure 36A mounting height for outlets . 970 W. 190TH ST. SUITE 250 Torrance, California 90502 310.217.8885 D E S I G N BSB www.bsbdesign.com REVISIONS THESE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE PROTECTED UNDER FEDERAL COPYRIGHT LAWS. © BSB DESIGN MAINTAINS OWNERSHIP OF SUCH AND ALL RIGHTS AND PRIVILEGES. A086 OL I V E C R E S T R E S I D E N T I A L 21 5 0 E . F O U R T H S T . & 2 1 6 0 E . F O U R T H S T . SA N T A A N A C A 9 2 7 0 5 CBC 11A DIV. IV DWELLING UNIT FEATURES JOB NO: MR230056 ELECTRICAL RECEPTACLE, SWITCH AND CONTROL HEIGHTS 1. ELECTRICAL RECEPTACLE OUTLETS ON BRANCH CIRCUITS OF 30 AMPERES OR LESS AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM RECEPTACLES SHALL BE LOCATED NO MORE THAN 48 INCHES MEASURED FROM THE TOP OF THE RECEPTACLE OUTLET BOX NOR LESS THAN 15 INCHES MEASURED FROM THE BOTTOM OF THE RECEPTACLE OUTLET BOX TO THE LEVEL OF THE FINISHED FLOOR OR WORKING PLATFORM. IF THE REACH IS OVER A PHYSICAL BARRIER OR AN OBSTRUCTION (FOR EXAMPLE, A KITCHEN BASE CABINET), RECEPTACLES SHALL BE LOCATED WITHIN THE REACH RANGES SPECIFIED IN SECTION 1138A.3. PHYSICAL BARRIERS AND OBSTRUCTIONS SHALL NOT EXTEND MORE THAN 25 INCHES FROM THE WALL BENEATH THE RECEPTACLE. COUNTERTOPS SHALL BE ALLOWED TO EXTEND 25 1/2 INCHES FROM THE WALL BENEATH THE RECEPTACLE. RECEPTACLE OUTLETS THAT DO NOT SATISFY THESE SPECIFICATIONS ARE ACCEPTABLE PROVIDED THAT COMPARABLE RECEPTACLE OUTLETS, THAT PERFORM THE SAME FUNCTIONS, ARE PROVIDED WITHIN THE SAME AREA AND ARE ACCESSIBLE. 1136A.1 EXCEPTIONS: A. RECEPTACLE OUTLETS INSTALLED AS PART OF PERMANENTLY INSTALLED BASEBOARD HEATERS ARE EXEMPT. B. REQUIRED RECEPTACLE OUTLETS SHALL BE PERMITTED IN FLOORS WHEN ADJACENT TO SLIDING PANELS OR WALLS. C. BASEBOARD ELECTRICAL OUTLETS USED IN MOVEABLE PARTITIONS, WINDOW WALLS OR OTHER ELECTRICAL CONVENIENCE FLOOR OUTLETS ARE NOT SUBJECT TO THE MINIMUM HEIGHT REQUIREMENTS. D. THIS SECTION SHALL NOT APPLY TO EXISTING BUILDINGS WHEN THE ENFORCING AGENCY DETERMINES THAT COMPLIANCE WITH THESE STANDARDS WOULD CREATE AN UNREASONABLE HARDSHIP. 2. CONTROLS OR SWITCHES INTENDED TO BE USED BY THE OCCUPANT OF THE ROOM OR AREA TO CONTROL LIGHTING AND RECEPTACLE OUTLETS, APPLIANCES, ALARMS OR COOLING, HEATING AND VENTILATING EQUIPMENT SHALL BE LOCATED NO MORE THAN 48 INCHES MEASURED FROM THE TOP OF THE OUTLET BOX NOR LESS THAN 15 INCHES MEASURED FROM THE BOTTOM OF THE OUTLET BOX TO THE LEVEL OF THE FINISHED FLOOR OR WORKING PLATFORM. IF THE REACH IS OVER A PHYSICAL BARRIER OR AN OBSTRUCTION (FOR EXAMPLE, A KITCHEN BASE CABINET) SWITCHES AND CONTROLS SHALL BE LOCATED WITHIN THE REACH RANGES SPECIFIED IN SECTION 1138A.3. PHYSICAL BARRIERS OR OBSTRUCTIONS SHALL NOT EXTEND MORE THAN 25 INCHES FROM THE WALL BENEATH A CONTROL OR SWITCH. COUNTERTOPS SHALL BE ALLOWED TO EXTEND 25 1/2 INCHES FROM THE WALL BENEATH A CONTROL OR SWITCH. 1136A.2. EXCEPTION: APPLIANCES (E.G,. KITCHEN STOVES, DISHWASHERS, RANGE HOODS, MICROWAVE OVENS AND SIMILAR APPLIANCES) WHICH HAVE CONTROLS LOCATED ON THE APPLIANCE. REACH RANGES 1. FORWARD REACH RANGES SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1138A.3.1 A. WHEN THE CLEAR FLOOR SPACE ALLOWS ONLY FORWARD APPROACH TO AN OBJECT, THE MAXIMUM HIGH FORWARD REACH ALLOWED SHALL BE 48 INCHES AND THE MINIMUM LOW FORWARD REACH SHALL BE NO LESS THAN 15 INCHES ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR. (SEE FIGURE 11A-1I(A)). B. WHEN THE HIGH FORWARD REACH IS OVER AN OBSTRUCTION, THE CLEAR FLOOR SPACE SHALL EXTEND BENEATH THE ELEMENT FOR A DISTANCE NOT LESS THAN THE REACH DEPTH OVER THE OBSTRUCTION. 1. THE HIGH FORWARD REACH SHALL BE 48 INCHES MAXIMUM WHEN THE REACH DEPTH IS 20 INCHES MAXIMUM. WHEN THE REACH DEPTH EXCEEDS 20 INCHES, BUT IS NOT MORE THAN 25 INCHES, THE HIGH FORWARD REACH SHALL BE 44 INCHES MAXIMUM. (SEE FIGURE 11A-11(B).) 2. SIDE REACH RANGES SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1138A.3.2 A. WHEN A CLEAR FLOOR SPACE ALLOWS A PARALLEL APPROACH TO AN ELEMENT, AND THE SIDE REACH IS UNOBSTRUCTED, THE HIGH SIDE REACH SHALL BE 48 INCHES MAXIMUM, AND THE LOW SIDE REACH SHALL BE 15 INCHES MINIMUM ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR. (SEE FIGURES 11A-1J(A) AND 11A-1J(B)) B. WHEN A CLEAR FLOOR SPACE ALLOWS A PARALLEL APPROACH TO AN ELEMENT AND THE HIGH SIDE REACH IS OVER AN OBSTRUCTION, THE HEIGHT OF THE OBSTRUCTION SHALL BE 34 INCHES MAXIMUM AND THE DEPTH OF THE OBSTRUCTION SHALL BE 24 INCHES MAXIMUM. 1. THE HIGH SIDE REACH SHALL BE 48 INCHES MAXIMUM FOR A REACH DEPTH OF 10 INCHES MAXIMUM. WHEN THE REACH DEPTH EXCEEDS 10 INCHES, BUT NO MORE THAN 24 INCHES, THE HIGH SIDE REACH SHALL BE 46 INCHES MAXIMUM. (SEE FIGURE 11A-1J(C).) WATER CLOSETS SHALL BE LOCATED WITHIN BATHROOMS IN A MANNER THAT PERMITS A GRAB BAR TO BE INSTALLED ON ONE SIDE OF THE FIXTURE. THE CENTERLINE OF THE WATER CLOSET SHALL BE 17 INCHES MINIMUM TO 18 INCHES MAXIMUM FROM A GRAB BAR WALL OR PARTITION. IN LOCATIONS WHERE WATER CLOSETS ARE ADJACENT TO NON-GRAB BAR WALLS, VANITIES, LAVATORIES OR BATHTUBS, THE CENTERLINE OF THE FIXTURE SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 18 INCHES FROM THE OBSTACLE. B. WHERE THE WATER CLOSET IS NOT PLACED ADJACENT TO A SIDE WALL CAPABLE OF ACCOMMODATING A GRAB BAR, THE BATHROOM SHALL HAVE PROVISIONS FOR INSTALLATION OF FLOOR-MOUNTED, FOLDAWAY OR SIMILAR ALTERNATIVE GRAB BARS. WHERE THE WATER CLOSET IS PLACED ADJACENT TO A SIDE WALL, REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED ON BOTH SIDES OR ONE SIDE AND THE BACK. IF REINFORCEMENT IS INSTALLED AT THE BACK, IT SHALL BE INSTALLED BETWEEN 32 INCHES AND 38 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR. THE GRAB BAR REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 6 INCHES NOMINAL IN HEIGHT. THE BACKING SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 40 INCHES IN LENGTH. REINFORCEMENT INSTALLED AT THE SIDE OF THE WATER CLOSET SHALL BE INSTALLED 32 INCHES TO 38 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR. THE REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED A MAXIMUM OF 12 INCHES FROM THE REAR WALL AND SHALL EXTEND A MINIMUM OF 26 INCHES IN FRONT OF THE WATER CLOSET. THE GRAB BAR REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 6 INCHES NOMINAL IN HEIGHT. C. THE MINIMUM HEIGHT OF WATER CLOSET SEATS SHALL BE 15 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR. D. WATER CLOSET CONTROLS SHALL BE MOUNTED NO MORE THAN 44 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR. THE FORCE REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE CONTROLS SHALL BE NO GREATER THAN 5 POUND-FORCE. 7.BATHROOMS OR POWDER ROOMS REQUIRED TO BE ACCESSIBLE SHALL HAVE AT LEAST ONE ACCESSIBLE LAVATORY. WHERE MIRRORS AND TOWEL FIXTURES ARE PROVIDED, AT LEAST ONE OF EACH SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE. 1134A.8 a. VANITIES AND LAVATORIES SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH THE CENTERLINE OF THE FIXTURE A MINIMUM OF 18 INCHES HORIZONTALLY FROM AN ADJOINING WALL OR FIXTURE TO ALLOW FOR FORWARD APPROACH. WHEN PARALLEL APPROACH IS PROVIDED, LAVATORIES SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH THE CENTERLINE OF THE FIXTURE A MINIMUM OF 24 INCHES HORIZONTALLY FROM AN ADJOINING WALL OR FIXTURE. THE TOP OF THE FIXTURE RIM SHALL BE A MAXIMUM OF 34 INCHES ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR. b. A CLEAR MANEUVERING SPACE AT LEAST 30 INCHES BY 48 INCHES SHALL BE PROVIDED AT LAVATORIES AND SHALL BE CENTERED ON THE LAVATORY. c. CABINETS UNDER LAVATORIES ARE ACCEPTABLE PROVIDED THE BATHROOM HAS SPACE TO ALLOW A PARALLEL APPROACH BY A PERSON IN A WHEELCHAIR AND THE LAVATORY CABINETS ARE DESIGNED WITH ADAPTABLE KNEE AND TOE SPACE. d. KNEE AND TOE SPACE SHALL BE PROVIDED AS FOLLOWS: 1. THE KNEE SPACE SHALL BE AT LEAST 30 INCHES WIDE AND 8 INCHES DEEP. 2. THE KNEE SPACE SHALL BE AT LEAST 29 INCHES HIGH AT THE FRONT FACE AND REDUCING TO NOT LESS THAN 27 INCHES AT A POINT 8 INCHES BACK FROM THE FRONT EDGE. 3. THE KNEE AND TOE SPACE REQUIRED IN THIS SECTION SHALL BE PROVIDED BY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: a. THE SPACE BENEATH THE LAVATORY SHALL BE LEFT CLEAR AND UNOBSTRUCTED: b. ANY CABINET BENEATH THE LAVATORY SHALL BE REMOVABLE WITHOUT THE USE OF SPECIALIZED KNOWLEDGE OR SPECIALIZED TOOLS: OR c. DOORS TO THE CABINET BENEATH THE LAVATORY SHALL BE REMOVABLE OR OPENABLE TO PROVIDE THE REQUIRED UNOBSTRUCTED KNEE AND TOE SPACE. 4. THE TOE SPACE REQUIRED IN THIS SECTION SHALL BE PROVIDED AS FOLLOWS: a. SHALL BE AT LEAST 30 INCHES WIDE AND CENTERED ON THE LAVATORY. b. SHALL BE AT LEAST 17 INCHES DEEP, MEASURED FROM THE FRONT EDGE. SHALL BE AT LEAST 9 INCHES HIGH FROM THE FLOOR. e. THE FINISHED FLOOR BENEATH THE LAVATORY SHALL BE EXTENDED TO THE WALL. f. HOT WATER AND DRAIN PIPES EXPOSED UNDER LAVATORIES SHALL BE INSULATED OR OTHERWISE COVERED. THERE SHALL BE NO SHARP OR ABRASIVE SURFACES UNDER LAVATORIES. g. FAUCET CONTROLS AND OPERATION MECHANISMS SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND SHALL NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST. THE FORCE REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE CONTROLS SHALL BE NO GREATER THAN 5 POUND-FORCE. LEVER OPERATED, PUSH-TYPE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED MECHANISMS ARE EXAMPLES OF ACCEPTABLE DESIGNS. SELF-CLOSING VALVES ARE ALLOWED IF THE FAUCET REMAINS OPEN FOR AT LEAST 10 SECONDS. h. WHERE MIRRORS OR TOWEL FIXTURES ARE PROVIDED THEY SHALL BE MOUNTED WITH THE BOTTOM EDGE NO HIGHER THAN 40 INCHES FROM THE FLOOR. BATHING & TOILET FACILITIES (cont.) C C 07/08/2025 PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #3 1134A.8.1 - Cabinets Under Lavatories 1134A.8.3 - Cabinet Adaptable w/ Knee & Toe Space 1138A.3.1 - Mounting Heights for Oullets (B) PARALLEL APPROACH IF X>15", ADDITIONAL MANEUVERING CLEARANCE OF 12" SHALL BE PROVIDED FIGURE 11A -1H MINIMUM CLEAR FLOOR SPACE IN ALCOVES (A) FORWARD APPROACH IF X>24", ADDITIONAL MANEUVERING CLEARANCE OF 6" SHALL BE PROVIDED 30". 24 " M A X . 6"30". X > 2 4 " 15 " M A X . 48". 30 " . X > 1 5 " 48".12". 30 " . (B) 180o TURN AROUND OBSTRUCTION FIGURE 11A -1C WIDTH OF ACCESSIBLE ROUTE AT TURNS 36 " M I N . 36" MIN.48" OR GREATER 36" MIN. (A) 90o TURN AROUND OBSTRUCTION 48 " M I N . 42" MIN. LESS THAN 48" 42" MIN.36" MIN. LESS THAN 48" 36" MIN. 60 " M I N . 60 " . 60". MIN. 12".36" MIN. MIN. 12". 24 " M I N . 36 " M I N . 60 " M I N . (A) 60 INCHES DIAMETER SPACE (B) T-SHAPED SPACE FOR 180 TURN FIGURE 11A -1D WHEELCHAIR TURNING SPACE al l i d e a s , d e s i g n s a n d p l a n s r e p r e s e n t e d b y t h i s d r aw i n g a r e t h e e x c l u s i v e p r o p e r t y o f bs b d e s i g n , i n c . an d s h a l l n o t b e r e p r o d u c e d i n w h o l e o r i n p a r t w i t ho u t t h e e x p r e s s p r i o r w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n o f s a i d a rc h i t e c t s , a n y u n a u t h o r iz e d r e u s e o f t h e s e p l a n s o t h e r t h a n f o r t h e p r o j e c t a n d l o c a t i o n s h o w n i s p r o h i b i t e d . JOB NO. SUBMITTAL DATE SHEET TITLE SHEET NO. CLIENT: Plot Date:File: REVISION DATE 21 3 0 E 4 T H S T # 2 0 0 SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 5 1ST PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 08/20/2024 970 W. 190TH ST., STE 250, TORRANCE CA 90502 O: 310.217.8885 BSBDESIGN.COM D E S I G N BSB 4TH P.C. SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 2ND PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 01/29/2025 3RD PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 04/17/2025 4TH PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 11/4/2025 8:52:32 PM MR230056 A088 CBC 11A DIV. V COMMON EXTERIOR & INTERIOR FEATURES ACCESSIBILITY NOTES OL I V E C R E S T R E S I D E N T I A L 21 5 0 E . F O U R T H S T . & 2 1 6 0 E . F O U R T H S T . SA N T A A N A C A 9 2 7 0 5 OL I V E C R E S T CHAPTER 11A DIVISION V DIVISION V TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION 1136A SWITCH AND CONTROL HEIGHTS SECTION 1137A OTHER FEATURES AND FACILITIES SECTION 1138A SPACE ALLOWANCES AND REACH RANGES SECTION 1141A ACCESSIBLE SWIMMING POOLS SECTION 1142A ELECTRICAL RECEPTACLE, SWITCH AND CONTROL HEIGHTS SECTION 1143A SIGNAGE SECTION 1144A THROUGH 1149A RESERVED 1136A.2 SWITCH AND CONTROL HEIGHTS. CONTROLS OR SWITCHES INTENDED TO BE USED BY THE OCCUPANT OF THE ROOM OR AREA TO CONTROL LIGHTING AND RECEPTACLE OUTLETS, APPLIANCES, ALARMS OR COOLING, HEATING AND VENTILATING EQUIPMENT SHALL BE LOCATED NO MORE THAN 48 INCHES (1219 MM) MEASURED FROM THE TOP OF THE OUTLET BOX NOR LESS THAN 15 INCHES (381 MM) MEASURED FROM THE BOTTOM OF THE OUTLET BOX TO THE LEVEL OF THE FINISHED FLOOR OR WORKING PLATFORM. IF THE REACH IS OVER A PHYSICAL BAR-RIER OR AN OBSTRUCTION (FOR EXAMPLE, A KITCHEN BASE CABINET) SWITCHES AND CONTROLS SHALL BE LOCATED WITHIN THE REACH RANGES SPECIFIED IN SECTION 1138A.3. PHYSICAL BARRIERS OR OBSTRUCTIONS SHALL NOT EXTEND MORE THAN 25 INCHES (635 MM) FROM THE WALL BENEATH A CONTROL OR SWITCH. COUNTERTOPS SHALL BE ALLOWED TO EXTEND 25 1/2 INCHES (647.7 MM) FROM THE WALL BENEATH A CONTROL OR SWITCH. SWITCHES AND CONTROLS THAT DO NOT SATISFY THESE SPECIFICATIONS ARE ACCEPTABLE PROVIDED THAT COMPARABLE CONTROLS OR OUTLETS, THAT PERFORM THE SAME FUNCTIONS, ARE PROVIDED WITHIN THE SAME AREA AND ARE ACCESSIBLE. EXCEPTION: APPLIANCES (E.G., KITCHEN STOVES, DISHWASHERS, RANGE HOODS, MICROWAVE OVENS AND SIMILAR APPLIANCES) WHICH HAVE CONTROLS LOCATED ON THE APPLIANCE. SECTION 1137A OTHER FEATURES AND FACILITIES 1137A.1 GENERAL.THIS DIVISION SHALL APPLY TO FEATURES AND FACILITIES OF COMMON USE AREAS ON ACCESSIBLE FLOORS OR SITES. NOTE:THE PROVISIONS IN THIS DIVISION ARE NOT APPLICABLE TO DWELLING UNITS, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. SECTION 1138A SPACE ALLOWANCES AND REACH RANGES 1138A.1 SPACE ALLOWANCES. 1138A.1.1 SINGLE WHEELCHAIR PASSAGE WIDTH. THE MINIMUM CLEAR WIDTH FOR SINGLE WHEELCHAIR PASSAGE SHALL BE 36 INCHES CONTINUOUSLY. (SEE FIGURE 11A-1E.) SEE SECTION 1113A FOR MINIMUM CLEAR WIDTH OF SIDEWALKS, AND SECTION 1120A FOR MINIMUM CLEAR WIDTH OF INTERIOR ACCESSIBLE ROUTES. EXCEPTION: 32 INCHES IN WIDTH IS ACCEPTABLE AT A POINT NOT TO EXCEED 24 INCHES IN LENGTH. THE SEGMENTS WITH REDUCED WIDTH SHALL BE SEPARATED BY SEGMENTS THAT ARE 48 INCHES LONG MINIMUM AND 36 INCHES WIDE MINIMUM. 1138A.1.2 WIDTH FOR TWO WHEELCHAIRS PASSING.THE MINIMUM WIDTH FOR TWO WHEELCHAIRS TO PASS IS 60 INCHES (SEE FIGURE 11A-1E). AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE (EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR) WITH A CLEAR WIDTH LESS THAN 60 INCHES SHALL PROVIDE PASSING SPACES AT INTERVALS OF 200 FEET MAXIMUM. PASSING SPACES SHALL BE EITHER: A SPACE 60 INCHES MINIMUM BY 60 INCHES MINIMUM; OR, AN INTERSECTION OF TWO WALKING SURFACES PROVIDING A T-SHAPED SPACE COMPLYING WITH SECTION 1138A.1.3.1, WHERE THE BASE AND ARMS OF THE T-SHAPED SPACE EXTEND 48 INCHES MINIMUM BEYOND THE INTERSECTION. (SEE FIGURE 11A-1L.) 1138A.1.3 WHEELCHAIR TURNING SPACE. THE SPACE REQUIRED FOR A WHEELCHAIR TO MAKE A 180-DEGREE TURN SHALL BE A CIRCULAR CLEAR SPACE OF 60 INCHES DIAMETER MINIMUM (SEE FIGURE 11A-1D (a)); OR A T-SHAPED SPACE COMPLYING WITH SECTION 1138A.1.3.1. THE CIRCULAR TURNING SPACE SHALL BE PERMITTED TO INCLUDE KNEE AND TOE CLEARANCE COMPLYING WITH SECTION 1138A.2 IF A PERSON IN A WHEELCHAIR MUST MAKE A TURN AROUND AN OBSTRUCTION, THE MINIMUM CLEAR WIDTH OF THE ACCESSIBLE ROUTE SHALL BE AS REQUIRED IN SECTION 1138A.1.5. 1138A.1.3.1 T-SHAPED TURNING SPACE. AT-SHAPED TURNING SPACE SHALL BE WITHIN A 60 INCH SQUARE MINIMUM WITH ARMS AND BASE 36 INCHES WIDE MINIMUM. EACH ARM OF THE T SHALL BE CLEAR OF OBSTRUCTIONS 12 INCHES MINIMUM IN EACH DIRECTION, AND THE BASE SHALL BE CLEAR OF OBSTRUCTIONS 24 INCHES MINIMUM. THE SPACE SHALL BE PERMITTED TO INCLUDE KNEE AND TOE CLEARANCE COMPLYING WITH SECTION 1138A.2 ONLY AT THE END OF EITHER THE BASE OR ONE ARM. (SEE FIGURE 11A-1D (b)). 1138A.1.3.2 SURFACES OF TURNING SPACES. TURNING SPACES FOR WHEELCHAIRS SHALL BE STABLE, FIRM, SLIP RESISTANT, AND SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 1110A.3 OR SECTION 1119A.2. CHANGES IN LEVEL ARE NOT PERMITTED. SLOPES NOT STEEPER THAN 1:48 SHALL BE PERMITTED 1138A.1.4 CLEAR FLOOR OR GROUND SPACE FOR WHEELCHAIRS. 1138A.1.4.1 SIZE AND APPROACH.THE MINIMUM CLEAR FLOOR OR GROUND SPACE SHALL BE 30 INCHES BY 48 INCHES. THE MINIMUM CLEAR FLOOR OR GROUND SPACE MAY BE POSITIONED FOR FORWARD OR PARALLEL APPROACH TO AN OBJECT (SEE FIGURE 11A-1G). CLEAR FLOOR OR GROUND SPACE MAY BE PART OF THE KNEE AND TOE SPACE REQUIRED UNDER SOME OBJECTS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. 1138A.1.4.2 RELATIONSHIP OF MANEUVERING CLEARANCES TO WHEELCHAIR SPACES.ONE FULL UNOBSTRUCTED SIDE OF THE CLEAR FLOOR OR GROUND SPACE FOR A WHEELCHAIR SHALL ADJOIN AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE OR ADJOIN ANOTHER WHEELCHAIR CLEAR FLOOR SPACE. IF A CLEAR FLOOR SPACE IS LOCATED IN AN ALCOVE OR OTHERWISE CONFINED ON ALL OR A PART OF THREE SIDES, ADDITIONAL MANEUVERING CLEARANCES SHALL BE PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING: (SEE FIGURE 11A-1H). 1. FORWARD APPROACH.ALCOVES SHALL BE 36 INCHES WIDE MINIMUM WHEN THE DEPTH EXCEEDS 24 INCHES. 2. PARALLEL APPROACH.ALCOVES SHALL BE 60 INCHES WIDE MINIMUM WHEN THE DEPTH EXCEEDS 15 INCHES 1138A.1.4.3 SURFACES OF WHEELCHAIR SPACES. CLEAR FLOOR OR GROUND SPACES FOR WHEELCHAIRS SHALL BE STABLE, FIRM, SLIP RESISTANT, AND SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 1110A.3 OR SECTION 1119A.2 . CHANGES IN LEVEL ARE NOT PERMITTED. SLOPES NOT STEEPER THAN 1:48 (2% MAX.) SHALL BE PERMITTED. 1138A.1.4.3.1 GRATINGS.GRATINGS LOCATED IN GROUND AND FLOOR SURFACES ALONG ACCESSIBLE ROUTES SHALL BE LIMITED TO SPACES NO GREATER THAN 1/2-INCH WIDE IN ONE DIRECTION. IF GRATINGS HAVE ELONGATED OPENINGS, THEY SHALL BE PLACED SO THAT THE LONG DIMENSION IS PERPENDICULAR TO THE DOMINANT DIRECTION OF TRAFFIC. - 1138A.1.5 TURN AROUND OBSTRUCTION.WHEN THE ACCESSIBLE ROUTE MAKES A 180 DEGREE TURN AROUND AN ELEMENT WHICH IS LESS THAN 48 INCHES WIDE, CLEAR WIDTH SHALL BE 42 INCHES MINIMUM APPROACHING THE TURN, 48 INCHES (1 MINIMUM AT THE TURN AND 42 INCHES MINIMUM LEAVING THE TURN. WHEN THE CLEAR WIDTH AT THE TURN IS 60 INCHES MINIMUM, THE CLEAR WIDTH WHEN APPROACHING AND WHEN LEAVING THE TURN SHALL BE 36 INCHES MINIMUM (SEE FIGURE 11A-1C(b)). WHEN THE ACCESSIBLE ROUTE MAKES A 90 DEGREE TURN AROUND AN ELEMENT WHICH IS MORE THAN 48 INCHES WIDE, CLEAR WIDTH SHALL BE 36 INCHES MINIMUM APPROACHING THE TURN, AT THE TURN AND LEAVING THE TURN (SEE FIGURE 11A-1C (a)). 1138A.2 KNEE AND TOE SPACE.WHEN SPACE BENEATH AN ACCESSIBLE ELEMENT IS INCLUDED AS PART OF A CLEAR FLOOR SPACE, OR TURNING SPACE, THE SPACE SHALL COMPLY WITH THIS SECTION. ADDITIONAL SPACE SHALL NOT BE PROHIBITED BENEATH AN ELEMENT BUT SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED AS PART OF THE CLEAR FLOOR SPACE OR TURNING SPACE (SEE FIGURE 11A-9D). 1138A.2.1 KNEE SPACE.SPACE UNDER AN ELEMENT BETWEEN 9 INCHES (229 MM) AND 27 INCHES (686 MM) ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR SHALL BE CONSIDERED KNEE SPACE. THE KNEE SPACE SHALL BE CLEAR AND UNOBSTRUCTED. EXCEPTIONS: 1. FOR LAVATORIES REQUIRED TO BE ACCESSIBLE, THE KNEE SPACE SHALL BE AT LEAST 29 INCHES HIGH AT THE FRONT FACE AND REDUCING TO NOT LESS THAN 27 INCHES AT A POINT 8 INCHES BACK FROM THE FRONT EDGE; (SEE FIGURE 11A-9D(C)). 2. FOR LAVATORIES AND SINKS REQUIRED TO BE ACCESSIBLE, THE DIP OF THE OVERFLOW SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED IN DETERMINING KNEE AND TOE CLEARANCES. a. KNEE SPACE SHALL BE 30 INCHES WIDE MINIMUM. 1138A2.1.1 b. KNEE SPACE SHALL EXTEND 25 INCHES MAXIMUM UNDER AN ELEMENT AT 9 INCHES ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR. 1138A2.1.2 c. WHEN KNEE SPACE IS REQUIRED UNDER AN ELEMENT AS PART OF A CLEAR FLOOR SPACE, THE KNEE SPACE SHALL BE 11 INCHES DEEP MINIMUM AT 9 INCHES ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR, AND 8 INCHES DEEP MINIMUM AT 27 INCHES ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR, MEASURED FROM THE FRONT EDGE OF THE ELEMENT. 1138A.2.1.3 EXCEPTIONS: 1. COMBINED KNEE AND TOE SPACE SHALL EXTEND 19 INCHES MINIMUM UNDER SINKS REQUIRED TO BE ACCESSIBLE. 2. COMBINED KNEE AND TOE SPACE SHALL EXTEND 19 INCHES MINIMUM UNDER BUILT-IN DINING AND WORK SURFACES REQUIRED TO BE ACCESSIBLE. d.BETWEEN 9 INCHES AND 27 INCHES ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR, THE KNEE SPACE SHALL BE PERMITTED TO BE REDUCED AT A RATE OF 1 INCH IN DEPTH FOR EACH 6 INCHES IN HEIGHT. 1138A.2.1.4 1138A.2.2 TOE SPACE. SPACE UNDER AN ELEMENT BETWEEN THE FINISH FLOOR AND 9 INCHES (229 MM) ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR SHALL BE CONSIDERED TOE SPACE. a. TOE SPACE SHALL BE 30 INCHES WIDE MINIMUM. 138A.2.2.1 b. TOE SPACE SHALL EXTEND 25 INCHES MAXIMUM UNDER AN ELEMENT. 138A.2.2.2 c. WHEN TOE SPACE IS REQUIRED UNDER AN ELEMENT AS PART OF A CLEAR FLOOR SPACE, THE TOE SPACE SHALL EXTEND 17 INCHES MINIMUM UNDER THE ELEMENT, MEASURED FROM THE FRONT EDGE OF THE ELEMENT. EXCEPTIONS: 1138A.2.2.3 1. COMBINED KNEE AND TOE SPACE SHALL EXTEND 19 INCHES MINIMUM UNDER SINKS REQUIRED TO BE ACCESSIBLE. 2. COMBINED KNEE AND TOE SPACE SHALL EXTEND 19 INCHES MINIMUM UNDER BUILD-IN DINING AND WORK SURFACES REQUIRED TO BE ACCESSIBLE. d.SPACE EXTENDING GREATER THAN 6 INCHES BEYOND THE AVAILABLE KNEE SPACE AT 9 INCHES ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED TOE SPACE. 1138A.2.2.4 1138A.3 REACH RANGES. 1138A.3.1 FORWARD REACH. 1. UNOBSTRUCTED. WHEN THE CLEAR FLOOR SPACE ALLOWS ONLY FORWARD APPROACH TO AN OBJECT, THE MAXIMUM HIGH FORWARD REACH ALLOWED SHALL BE 48 INCHES AND THE MINIMUM LOW FORWARD REACH SHALL BE NO LESS THAN 15 INCHES ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR (SEE FIGURE 11A-1I(a)). 2. OBSTRUCTED HIGH REACH. WHEN THE HIGH FORWARD REACH IS OVER AN OBSTRUCTION, THE CLEAR FLOOR SPACE SHALL EXTEND BENEATH THE ELEMENT FOR A DISTANCE NOT LESS THAN THE REACH DEPTH OVER THE OBSTRUCTION. THE HIGH FORWARD REACH SHALL BE 48 INCHES MAXIMUM W HEN THE REACH DEPTH IS 20 INCHES MAXIMUM. WHEN THE REACH DEPTH EXCEEDS 20 INCHES, BUT IS NOT MORE THAN 25 INCHES , THE HIGH FORWARD REACH SHALL BE 44 INCHES MAXIMUM (SEE FIGURE 11A-1I(b)). 1138A.3.2 SIDE REACH. 1. UNOBSTRUCTED. WHEN A CLEAR FLOOR SPACE ALLOWS A PARALLEL APPROACH TO AN ELEMENT, AND THE SIDE REACH IS UNOBSTRUCTED, THE HIGH SIDE REACH SHALL BE 48 INCHES MAXIMUM, AND THE LOW SIDE REACH SHALL BE 15 INCHES MINIMUM ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR. (SEE FIGURES 11A-1J(a) AND 11A-1J(b)) EXCEPTIONS: A. AN OBSTRUCTION SHALL BE PERMITTED BETWEEN THE CLEAR FLOOR SPACE AND THE ELEMENT WHEN THE DEPTH OF THE OBSTRUCTION IS 10 INCHES MAXIMUM. B. BOOKSHELVES SHALL BE PERMITTED TO BE 54 INCHES MAXIMUM ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR. BOOKSHELVES MAY BE GREATER THAN 54 INCHES ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR WHEN AN ATTENDANT IS AVAILABLE TO ASSIST PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES. 2.OBSTRUCTED HIGH REACH.WHEN A CLEAR FLOOR SPACE ALLOWS A PARALLEL APPROACH TO AN ELEMENT AND THE HIGH SIDE REACH IS OVER AN OBSTRUCTION, THE HEIGHT OF THE OBSTRUCTION SHALL BE 34 INCHES MAXIMUM AND THE DEPTH OF THE OBSTRUCTION SHALL BE 24 INCHES MAXIMUM. THE HIGH SIDE REACH SHALL BE 48 INCHES MAXIMUM FOR A REACH DEPTH OF 10 INCHES MAXIMUM. WHEN THE REACH DEPTH EXCEEDS 10 INCHES , BUT NO MORE THAN 24 INCHES, THE HIGH SIDE REACH SHALL BE 46 INCHES MAXIMUM. (SEE FIGURE 11A-1J(c)). EXCEPTION: KITCHEN COUNTERTOPS IN DWELLING UNITS, THE TOP OF WASHING MACHINES AND CLOTHES DRYERS SHALL BE PERMITTED TO BE 36 INCHES MAXIMUM ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR. - 1138A.4 CONTROLS AND OPERATING MECHANISMS. NOTE:SEE ALSO SECTION 1142A FOR RECEPTACLE, SWITCH AND CONTROL INSTALLATION. a. CONTROLS AND OPERATING MECHANISMS IN ACCESSIBLE SPACES, ALONG ACCESSIBLE ROUTES OR AS PART OF ACCESSIBLE ELEMENTS SHALL COMPLY WITH THIS SECTION. 1138A.4.1 b. CLEAR FLOOR SPACE COMPLYING WITH SECTION 1138A.1.4 THAT ALLOWS A FORWARD OR PARALLEL APPROACH BY A PERSON USING A WHEELCHAIR SHALL BE PROVIDED AT ALL CONTROLS AND OPERATING MECHANISMS. 1138A.4.2 c. CONTROLS AND OPERATING MECHANISMS SHALL BE LOCATED NO HIGHER THAN 48 INCHES, AND NO LOWER THAN 15 INCHES, ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR MEASURED TO THE CENTER OF THE GRIP. IF THE REACH IS OVER AN OBSTRUCTION (FOR EXAMPLE, WASHER OR DRYER), CONTROLS AND OPERATING MECHANISMS SHALL BE LOCATED WITHIN THE REACH RANGES SPECIFIED IN SECTION 1138A.3. CONTROLS AND OPERATING MECHANISMS THAT DO NOT SATISFY THESE SPECIFICATIONS ARE ACCEPTABLE, PROVIDED THAT COMPARABLE MECHANISMS, CONTROLS OR OUTLETS, THAT PERFORM THE SAME FUNCTIONS, ARE PROVIDED WITHIN THE SAME AREA AND ARE ACCESSIBLE. 1138A.4.3 d. CONTROLS AND OPERATING MECHANISMS SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND SHALL NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRIPING, PINCHING OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST. THE FORCE REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE CONTROLS AND OPERATING MECHANISMS SHALL BE NO GREATER THAN 5 POUNDS (22.2 N). 1138A.4.4 -- SECTION 1141A ACCESSIBLE SWIMMING POOLS a. SWIMMING POOLS IN COMMON USE AREAS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION AND CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE CHAPTER 31B. 1141A.1 b. SWIMMING POOL DECK AREAS MUST BE ACCESSIBLE, AND A MECHANISM TO ASSIST PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES GAIN ENTRY INTO THE POOL AND EXIT FROM THE POOL SHALL BE PROVIDED. SUCH A MECHANISM MAY CONSIST OF A SWIMMING POOL LIFT DEVICE AS LONG AS THE DEVICE MEETS ALL OF THE FOLLOWING CRITERIA: 1141A.2 1. HAS A SEAT THAT MEETS ALL OF THE FOLLOWING: a. THE SEAT MUST BE RIGID; b. THE SEAT MUST BE NOT LESS THAN 17 INCHES AND NOT MORE THAN 19 INCHES , INCLUSIVE OF ANY CUSHIONED SURFACE THAT MIGHT BE PROVIDED, ABOVE THE POOL DECK; c. THE SEAT MUST HAVE TWO ARMRESTS. THE ARMREST ON THE SIDE OF THE SEAT BY WHICH ACCESS IS GAINED SHALL BE EITHER REMOVABLE OR FOLD CLEAR OF THE SEAT; d. THE SEAT MUST HAVE A BACK SUPPORT THAT IS AT LEAST 12 INCHES TALL; AND e. THE SEAT MUST HAVE AN OCCUPANT RESTRAINT FOR USE BY THE OCCUPANT OF THE SEAT AND THE RESTRAINT MUST MEET THE STANDARDS FOR OPERABLE CONTROLS IN COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 1138A.4.4 2.BE CAPABLE OF UNASSISTED OPERATION FROM BOTH THE DECK AND WATER LEVELS. 3.BE STABLE AND NOT PERMIT UNINTENDED MOVEMENT WHEN A PERSON IS GETTING INTO OR OUT OF THE SEAT. 4.BE DESIGNED TO HAVE A LIVE-LOAD CAPACITY OF NOT LESS THAN 300 POUNDS. 5.BE POSITIONED SO THAT, IF THE POOL HAS WATER OF DIFFERENT DEPTHS, IT WILL PLACE THE OPERATOR INTO WATER THAT IS AT LEAST 3 FEET DEEP. 6.BE CAPABLE OF LOWERING THE OPERATOR AT LEAST 18 INCHES BELOW THE SURFACE OF THE WATER. SECTION 1142A ELECTRICAL RECEPTACLE, SWITCH AND CONTROL HEIGHTS a. ELECTRICAL RECEPTACLE OUTLETS ON BRANCH CIRCUITS OF 30 AMPERES OR LESS AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM RECEPTACLES SHALL BE LOCATED NO MORE THAN 48 INCHES (1219 MM) MEASURED FROM THE TOP OF THE RECEPTACLE OUTLET BOX NOR LESS THAN 15 INCHES MEASURED FROM THE BOTTOM OF THE RECEPTACLE OUTLET BOX TO THE LEVEL OF THE FINISHED FLOOR OR WORKING PLATFORM. IF THE REACH IS OVER A PHYSICAL BARRIER OR AN OBSTRUCTION (FOR EXAMPLE, A KITCHEN BASE CABINET), RECEPTACLES SHALL BE LOCATED WITHIN THE REACH RANGES SPECIFIED IN SECTION 1138A.3 . PHYSICAL BARRIERS AND OBSTRUCTIONS SHALL NOT EXTEND MORE THAN 25 INCHES FROM THE WALL BENEATH THE RECEPTACLE. 1142A.1 RECEPTACLE OUTLETS THAT DO NOT SATISFY THESE SPECIFICATIONS ARE ACCEPTABLE PROVIDED THAT COMPARABLE RECEPTACLE OUTLETS, THAT PERFORM THE SAME FUNCTIONS, ARE PROVIDED WITHIN THE SAME AREA AND ARE ACCESSIBLE. EXCEPTIONS: 1. RECEPTACLE OUTLETS INSTALLED AS PART OF PERMANENTLY INSTALLED BASEBOARD HEATERS ARE EXEMPT. 2. REQUIRED RECEPTACLE OUTLETS SHALL BE PERMITTED IN FLOORS WHEN ADJACENT TO SLIDING PANELS OR WALLS. 3. BASEBOARD ELECTRICAL OUTLETS USED IN RELOCATABLE PARTITIONS, WINDOW WALLS OR OTHER ELECTRICAL CONVENIENCE FLOOR OUTLETS ARE NOT SUBJECT TO THE MINIMUM HEIGHT REQUIREMENTS. 4. THIS SECTION SHALL NOT APPLY TO EXISTING BUILDINGS WHEN THE ENFORCING AGENCY DETERMINES THAT COMPLIANCE WITH THESE STANDARDS WOULD CREATE AN UNREASONABLE HARDSHIP. b.CONTROLS OR SWITCHES INTENDED TO BE USED BY THE OCCUPANT OF THE ROOM OR AREA TO CONTROL LIGHTING AND RECEPTACLE OUTLETS, APPLIANCES, ALARMS OR COOLING, HEATING AND VENTILATING EQUIPMENT SHALL BE LOCATED NO MORE THAN 48 INCHES MEASURED FROM THE TOP OF THE OUTLET BOX NOR LESS THAN 15 INCHES MEASURED FROM THE BOTTOM OF THE OUTLET BOX TO THE LEVEL OF THE FINISHED FLOOR OR WORKING PLATFORM. IF THE REACH IS OVER A PHYSICAL BARRIER OR AN OBSTRUCTION (FOR EXAMPLE, A KITCHEN BASE CABINET), SWITCHES AND CONTROLS SHALL BE LOCATED WITHIN THE REACH RANGES SPECIFIED IN SECTION 1138A.3. PHYSICAL BARRIERS OR OBSTRUCTIONS SHALL NOT EXTEND MORE THAN 25 INCHES FROM THE WALL BENEATH A SWITCH OR CONTROL. 1142A.2 SWITCHES AND CONTROLS THAT DO NOT SATISFY THESE SPECIFICATIONS ARE ACCEPTABLE PROVIDED THAT COMPARABLE CONTROLS OR OUTLETS, THAT PERFORM THE SAME FUNCTIONS, ARE PROVIDED WITHIN THE SAME AREA AND ARE ACCESSIBLE. SECTION 1143A SIGNAGE a. WHEN SIGNS AND/OR IDENTIFICATION DEVICES ARE PROVIDED THEY SHALL COMPLY WITH THIS SECTION. WHEN BOTH VISUAL AND TACTILE CHARACTERS ARE REQUIRED, EITHER ONE SIGN WITH BOTH VISUAL AND TACTILE CHARACTERS, OR TWO SEPARATE SIGNS ONE WITH VISUAL, AND ONE WITH TACTILE CHARACTERS, SHALL BE PROVIDED. 1143A.1 EXCEPTION:SIGNS NEED NOT BE PROVIDED WITHIN DWELLING UNITS. NOTE: SEE SECTION 1127A.7 FOR ADDITIONAL SIGNAGE REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO SANITARY FACILITIES, AND SECTION 1124A FOR ADDITIONAL SIGNAGE REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO ELEVATORS. b. WHEN SIGNS IDENTIFY PERMANENT ROOMS AND SPACES OF A BUILDING OR SITE, THEY SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTIONS 1143A.1, 1143A.5, 1143A.6 AND 1143A.7. 1143A.2 EXCEPTION: EXTERIOR SIGNS THAT ARE NOT LOCATED AT THE DOOR TO THE SPACE THEY SERVE SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH SECTION 1143A.6. c. WHEN SIGNS DIRECT TO OR GIVE INFORMATION ABOUT PERMANENT ROOMS AND SPACES OF A BUILDING OR SITE, THEY SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTIONS 1143A.5. 1143A.3 d. WHEN SIGNS IDENTIFY, DIRECT OR GIVE INFORMATION ABOUT ACCESSIBLE ELEMENTS AND FEATURES OF A BUILDING OR SITE, THEY SHALL INCLUDE THE APPROPRIATE SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY AND SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 1143A.5. 1143A.4 CHAPTER 11A DIVISION V e. SIGNS WITH VISUAL CHARACTERS SHALL COMPLY WITH THIS SECTION. 1143A.5 1. FINISH AND CONTRAST. CHARACTERS AND THEIR BACKGROUND SHALL HAVE A NON-GLARE FINISH. CHARACTERS SHALL CONTRAST WITH THEIR BACKGROUND, EITHER LIGHT ON A DARK BACKGROUND OR DARK ON A LIGHT BACKGROUND. 2. CHARACTER TYPE.CHARACTERS SHALL BE UPPERCASE, LOWERCASE OR A COMBINATION OF BOTH. CHARACTERS SHALL BE CONVENTIONAL IN FORM, AND SHALL NOT BE ITALIC, OBLIQUE, SCRIPT, HIGHLY DECORATIVE, OR OF OTHER UNUSUAL FORMS. 3. PROPORTIONS.CHARACTERS ON SIGNS SHALL BE SELECTED FROM FONTS WHERE THE WIDTH OF THE UPPERCASE LETTER “O”IS 60 PERCENT MINIMUM AND 110 PERCENT MAXIMUM OF THE HEIGHT OF THE UPPERCASE LETTER “I”. 4. CHARACTER HEIGHT. VISUAL CHARACTERS SHALL BE SIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH TABLE 1143A.5.VIEWING DISTANCE SHALL BE MEASURED AS THE HORIZONTAL DISTANCE BETWEEN THE CHARACTER AND AN OBSTRUCTION PREVENTING FURTHER APPROACH TOWARDS THE SIGN. CHARACTER HEIGHT SHALL BE BASED ON THE UPPERCASE LETTER " I ". 5. HEIGHT FROM FINISH FLOOR. VISUAL CHARACTERS SHALL BE 40 INCHES (1016 MM) MINIMUM ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR. EXCEPTIONS: a. VISUAL CHARACTERS INDICATING ELEVATOR CAR CONTROLS. b. FLOOR-LEVEL EXIT SIGNS COMPLYING WITH CHAPTER 10, SECTION 1011.6. 6.STROKE THICKNESS.STROKE THICKNESS OF THE UPPERCASE LETTER " I " SHALL BE 10 PERCENT MINIMUM AND 20 PERCENT MAXIMUM OF THE HEIGHT OF THE CHARACTER. 7.CHARACTER SPACING.CHARACTER SPACING SHALL BE MEASURED BETWEEN THE TWO CLOSEST POINTS OF ADJACENT CHARACTERS, EXCLUDING WORD SPACES. SPACING BETWEEN INDIVIDUAL CHARACTERS SHALL BE 10 PERCENT MINIMUM AND 35 PERCENT MAXIMUM OF CHARACTER HEIGHT. 8.LINE SPACING. SPACING BETWEEN THE BASELINES OF SEPARATE LINES OF CHARACTERS WITHIN A MESSAGE SHALL BE 135 PERCENT MINIMUM AND 170 PERCENT MAXIMUM OF THE CHARACTER HEIGHT. 9.CHARACTER FORMAT.TEXT SHALL BE IN A HORIZONTAL FORMAT. f.RAISED CHARACTERS AND PICTORIAL SYMBOL SIGNS.WHEN RAISED CHARACTERS ARE REQUIRED OR WHEN PICTORIAL SYMBOLS (PICTOGRAMS) ARE USED ON SUCH SIGNS, THEY SHALL COMPLY WITH THIS SECTION. RAISED CHARACTERS AND PICTORIAL SYMBOLS SHALL BE DUPLICATED IN BRAILLE COMPLYING WITH SECTION 1143A.7. 1143A.6 1. CHARACTER TYPE. RAISED CHARACTERS ON SIGNS SHALL BE 1/32 INCH MINIMUM ABOVE THEIR BACKGROUND. CHARACTERS SHALL BE SANS SERIF UPPERCASE, AND SHALL NOT BE ITALIC, OBLIQUE, SCRIPT, HIGHLY DECORATIVE, OR OF OTHER UNUSUAL FORMS. 2. CHARACTER HEIGHT.CHARACTER HEIGHT MEASURED VERTICALLY FROM THE BASELINE OF THE CHARACTER SHALL BE 5/8 INCH MINIMUM AND 2 INCHES MAXIMUM BASED ON THE HEIGHT OF THE UPPERCASE LETTER " I ". 3. CHARACTER FORMAT.CHARACTERS AND BRAILLE SHALL BE IN A HORIZONTAL FORMAT. 4. PROPORTIONS.RAISED CHARACTERS ON SIGNS SHALL BE SELECTED FROM FONTS WHEN THE WIDTH OF THE UPPERCASE LETTER " O " IS 60 PERCENT MINIMUM AND 110 PERCENT MAXIMUM OF THE HEIGHT OF THE UPPERCASE LETTER " I ". 5. STROKE THICKNESS.STROKE THICKNESS OF THE UPPERCASE LETTER " I " SHALL BE 15 PERCENT MAXIMUM OF THE HEIGHT OF THE CHARACTER. 6. CHARACTER SPACING.CHARACTER SPACING SHALL BE MEASURED BETWEEN THE TWO CLOSEST POINTS OF ADJACENT RAISED CHARACTERS WITHIN A MESSAGE, EXCLUDING WORD SPACES. WHEN CHARACTERS HAVE RECTANGULAR CROSS SECTIONS,SPACING BETWEEN INDIVIDUAL RAISED CHARACTERS SHALL BE 1/8 INCH MINIMUM AND 4 TIMES THE RAISED CHARACTER STROKE WIDTH MAXIMUM. WHEN CHARACTERS HAVE OTHER CROSS SECTIONS, SPACING BETWEEN INDIVIDUAL RAISED CHARACTERS SHALL BE 1/16 INCH MINIMUM AND 4 TIMES THE RAISED CHARACTER STROKE WIDTH MAXIMUM AT THE BASE OF THE CROSS SECTIONS, AND 1/8 INCH MINIMUM AND 4 TIMES THE RAISED CHARACTER STROKE WIDTH MAXIMUM AT THE TOP OF THE CROSS SECTIONS. CHARACTERS SHALL BE SEPARATED FROM RAISED BORDERS AND DECORATIVE ELEMENTS 3/8 INCH. MINIMUM. 7. LINE SPACING. SPACING BETWEEN THE BASELINES OF SEPARATE LINES OF RAISED CHARACTERS WITHIN A MESSAGE SHALL BE 135 PERCENT MINIMUM AND 170 PERCENT MAXIMUM OF THE RAISED CHARACTER HEIGHT. 8. LOCATION.WHEN A TACTILE SIGN IS PROVIDED AT A DOOR, THE SIGN SHALL BE LOCATED ALONGSIDE THE DOOR AT THE LATCH SIDE. WHEN A TACTILE SIGN IS PROVIDED AT DOUBLE DOORS WITH ONE ACTIVE LEAF, THE SIGN SHALL BE LOCATED ON THE INACTIVE LEAF. WHEN A TACTILE SIGN IS PROVIDED AT DOUBLE DOORS WITH TWO ACTIVE LEAFS, THE SIGN SHALL BE LOCATED TO THE RIGHT OF THE RIGHT HAND DOOR. WHEN THERE IS NO WALL SPACE AT THE LATCH SIDE OF A SINGLE DOOR OR AT THE RIGHT SIDE OF DOUBLE DOORS, SIGNS SHALL BE LOCATED ON THE NEAREST ADJACENT WALL. SIGNS CONTAINING TACTILE CHARACTERS SHALL BE LOCATED SO THAT A CLEAR FLOOR SPACE OF 18 INCHES MINIMUM BY 18 INCHES MINIMUM, CENTERED ON THE TACTILE CHARACTERS, IS PROVIDED BEYOND THE ARC OF ANY DOOR SWING BETWEEN THE CLOSED POSITION AND 45 DEGREE OPEN POSITION. WHEN PERMANENT IDENTIFICATION SIGNAGE IS PROVIDED FOR ROOMS AND SPACES THEY SHALL BE LOCATED ON THE APPROACH SIDE OF THE DOOR AS ONE ENTERS THE ROOM OR SPACE. SIGNS THAT IDENTIFY EXITS SHALL BE LOCATED ON THE APPROACH SIDE OF THE DOOR AS ONE EXITS THE ROOM OR SPACE. 9. HEIGHT. SIGNS WITH RAISED CHARACTERS SHALL BE LOCATED 48 INCHES MINIMUM ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR, MEASURED FROM THE BASELINE OF THE LOWEST BRAILLE CELLS AND 60 INCHES MAXIMUM ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR, MEASURED FROM THE BASELINE OF THE HIGHEST LINE OF RAISED CHARACTERS. EXCEPTION:TACTILE CHARACTERS FOR ELEVATOR CAR CONTROLS SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH THIS SECTION. 10. PICTORIAL SYMBOL SIGNS (PICTOGRAMS).PICTORIAL SYMBOL SIGNS (PICTOGRAMS) SHALL BE ACCOMPANIED BY A TEXT DESCRIPTION LOCATED DIRECTLY BELOW THE PICTOGRAM FIELD. THE TEXT DESCRIPTION SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTIONS 1143A.6 AND 1143A.7. THE OUTSIDE DIMENSION OF THE PICTOGRAM FIELD SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 6 INCHES (152 MM) IN HEIGHT. CHARACTERS AND BRAILLE SHALL NOT BE LOCATED IN THE PICTOGRAM FIELD. g. CONTRACTED GRADE 2 BRAILLE SHALL BE USED WHEREVER BRAILLE IS REQUIRED IN OTHER PORTIONS OF THESE STANDARDS. 1. BRAILLE DOTS SHALL HAVE A DOMED OR ROUNDED SHAPE AND SHALL COMPLY WITH TABLE 1143A.7.1. THE INDICATION OF AN UPPERCASE LETTER OR LETTERS SHALL ONLY BE USED BEFORE THE FIRST WORD OF SENTENCES, PROPER NOUNS AND NAMES, INDIVIDUAL LETTERS OF THE ALPHABET, INITIALS, AND ACRONYMS. 1143A.7.1 2. BRAILLE SHALL BE POSITIONED BELOW THE CORRESPONDING TEXT IN A HORIZONTAL FORMAT, FLUSH LEFT OR CENTERED. IF TEXT IS MULTI-LINED, BRAILLE SHALL BE PLACED BELOW THE ENTIRE TEXT. BRAILLE SHALL BE SEPARATED 3/8 INCH MINIMUM AND 1/2 INCH MAXIMUM FROM ANY OTHER TACTILE CHARACTERS AND 3/8 INCH MINIMUM FROM RAISED BORDERS AND DECORATIVE ELEMENTS. 1143.7.2. EXCEPTION: BRAILLE PROVIDED ON ELEVATOR CAR CONTROLS SHALL BE SEPARATED 3/16 INCH MINIMUM AND SHALL BE LOCATED DIRECTLY BELOW THE CORRESPONDING RAISED CHARACTERS OR SYMBOLS. h.SYMBOLS OF ACCESSIBILITY AND THEIR BACKGROUND SHALL HAVE A NON- GLARE FINISH. SYMBOLS OF ACCESSIBILITY SHALL CONTRAST WITH THEIR BACKGROUND WITH EITHER A LIGHT SYMBOL ON A DARK BACKGROUND OR A DARK SYMBOL ON A LIGHT BACKGROUND. SYMBOLS OF ACCESSIBILITY SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1143A.8 1. INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY. THE INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY SHALL CONSIST OF A WHITE FIGURE ON A BLUE BACKGROUND. THE BLUE SHALL BE COLOR NO. 15090 IN FEDERAL STANDARD 595B. (SEE FIGURE 11A-1A.) 2. INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF TTY. (SEE FIGURE 11A-11C; ) 3. VOLUME CONTROL TELEPHONES. (SEE FIGURE 11A-11D;) 4. ASSISTIVE LISTENING SYSTEMS. (SEE FIGURE 11A-11E;) 5. CLEANER AIR SYMBOL.(SEE CHAPTER 11B; ) 6. TOILET AND BATHING FACILITIES GEOMETRIC SYMBOLS.(SEE SECTION 1127A.7; ) SECTION II | AGING IN PLACE UNIT THIS SECTION APPLIES TO THE TWO SINGLE FAMILY DWELLING UNITS. ELECTRICAL OUTLETS 1. SWITCHES INCLUDING DOOR NOTIFICATION CONTROLS, LIGHTING CONTROLS, CEILING FAN CONTROLS, AND THERMOSTATS SHALL BE POSITIONED AT NOT MORE THAN 48 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR AS MEASURED TO THE TOP OF THE OUTLET BOX. R327.1.2 2. RECEPTACLE AND COMMUNICATION OUTLET BOXES SHALL BE POSITIONED NOT LOWER THAN 15 INCHES FROM THE FLOOR MEASURED TO THE BOTTOM OF THE OUTLET BOX. R327.1.2 TOILET GRAB BAR REINFORCEMENT 4. AT LEAST ONE BATHROOM ON THE ENTRY LEVEL SHALL HAVE GRAB BAR REINFORCEMENT. IF THERE ARE NO BATHROOMS ON THE GROUND FLOOR, AT LEAST ONE BATHROOM ON THE UPPER LEVELS SHALL COMPLY. A. THE SIDE GRAB BAR REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED A MAXIMUM OF 12 FROM THE REAR WALL AND EXTEND A MINIMUM OF 26 INCHES BEYOND THE FRONT OF THE TOILET. GRAB BAR REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED MAXIMUM 32 INCHES TO MINIMUM 39-1/4 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR. R327.1.1 B. WHERE THE TOILET IS NOT LOCATED ADJACENT TO A WALL, BATHROOMS SHALL HAVE PROVISIONS FOR THE INSTALLATION OF A FLOOR MOUNTED OR A FOLD AWAY GRAB BAR CENTERED 15-3/4 INCHES FROM THE CENTERLINE OF THE TOILET AND 2-1/4 INCHES FROM ANY OBSTRUCTION. R327.1.1 C. THE TOILET REAR GRAB BAR REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE AT LEAST 40 INCHES IN LENGTH AND EXTEND 44 INCHES FROM THE SIDE WALL. GRAB BAR BACKING SHALL BE INSTALLED MAXIMUM 32 INCHES TO MINIMUM 39-1/4 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR. R327.1.1 BATHTUB GRAB BAR REINFORCEMENT 5. BATHTUBS SHALL HAVE GRAB BAR REINFORCEMENT AS FOLLOWS: A. GRAB BAR REINFORCEMENT ON THE BACK WALL SHALL BE CONTINUOUS ALONG THE BACK WALL. GRAB BAR BACKING SHALL EXTEND A MAXIMUM OF 6 ABOVE THE TUB RIM TO MINIMUM 39-1/4 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR. R327.1.1 B. GRAB BAR REINFORCEMENT AT EACH END SHALL BE CONTINUOUS ALONG THE END WALLS. GRAB BAR BACKING SHALL BE INSTALLED MAXIMUM 32 INCHES TO MINIMUM 39-1/4 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR. R327.1.1 LIBRARY (REV. 9/20/18) AV LIBRARY LIBRARY LIBRARY (REV. 2/5/21) LIBRARY LIBRARY (REV. 2/5/21) DS DS PROPERTY LINE NE W 2 S T O R Y BU I L D I N G Li m i t o f W o r k MA I L B O X M A I L B O X DIRECTIONAL SIGN "UNAUTHORIZED VEHICLES PARKED IN DESIGNATED ACCESSIBLE SPACES NOT DISPLAYING DISTINGUISHING PLACARDS OR SPECIAL LICENSE PLATES ISSUED FOR PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES WILL BE TOWED AWAY AT THE OWNER'S EXPENSE. TOWED VEHICLES MAY BE RECLAIMED AT : ____________________OR BY TELEPHONING____________." INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY 12"x12" INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY ACCESSIBLE PARKING 36"x9" (FIELD VERIFY) NOTE: 1. ALL LETTERS & SYMBOLS SPECIFIED ABOVE SHALL CONSIST OF A REFLECTIVE WHITE FIGURE ON A BLUE BACKGROUND ALL SIGNAGE TO COMPLY WITH ACCESSIBILITY TITLE 24 AND APPLICABLE CODES. 2. SEE DETAIL 6 ON THIS SHEET FOR POSTING HEIGHT. 3. ALL CHARACTERS ARE A PERMANENT PART OF THE SIGN. 4. ALL SIGNS TO HAVE 1/8" RAD. CORNERS MIN. 9"x9" 12"x12" -60" A.F.F. WHEN WALL MTD. 1/2" RAD. CORNERS TYP PAINTED BORDER TYP INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY 2A POST AT ENTRANCES TO OFF STREET PARKING FACILITIES MIN 17"x22" SIZE SIGN WITH 1" HIGH BLOCK LETTERS 2B POST AT VAN ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACES VAN-ACCESSIBLE 9"x3" 2C 2E 2F POST AT ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACES MINIMUM FINE $250.00 2D POST AT ALL ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACES. (B) PLAN DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACES SHALL BE YELLOW AND APPROXIMATE FS 33538 OF FEDERAL STANDARD 595C FIGURE 11B-705.1 SIZE AND SPACING OF TRUNCATED DOMES 0. 6 5 M I N . 2.3 - 2.4 2. 3 - 2 . 4 (A) ELEVATION (ENLARGED) (0 . 2 " ) TOP DIAM. OF 0.45 -0.47" BASE DIAM. OF 0.9 -0.92" NOTE: IF A WALK CROSSES OR ADJOINS A VEHICULAR WAY, AND THE WALKING SURFACES ARE NOT SEPARATED BY CURBS, RAILINGS, OR OTHER ELEMENTS BETWEEN THE PEDESTRIAN AREAS AND THE VEHICULAR AREAS, THE BOUNDARY BETWEEN THE AREAS SHALL BE DEFINED BY A CONTINUOUS DETECTABLE WARNING WHICH IS A MINIMUM 3'-0" WIDE. 3" 9" 3" 3" 3" 9" TOP OF PARKING PAVEMENT 3/4" DIAM x 12" LONG STEEL ANCHOR PIN DRIVEN THROUGH PAVEMENT ON GRADE PRECAST CONCRETE WHEEL STOP 6" PRECAST CONC. STOP TOP OF PARKING PAVEMENT 3/4" DIAM. x 12" LONG STEEL ANCHOR PIN DRIVEN THROUGH PAVEMENT ON GRADE 8" 3"3"2" 3" 6" 3" (A) ELEVATION (B) SECTION B 6'-0" AT DOUBLE STALLS 4'-0" AT SINGLE STALLS INSTALLATION W/ ANCHOR PINS WHEN PARKING PAVEMENT IS CONCRETE, EITHER ON GRADE OR SUSPENDED ABOVE GRADE, ANCHOR BUMPER W/ 5/8" DIAM, 6-1/2" LONG STEEL PINS DRILLED 1-1/2" INTO CONC. AND SET W/ EPOXY GLUE INTO CONCRETE AND BUMPER NOTE: 1. CROSS SLOPE OF RAMP RUNS SHALL NOT BE STEEPER THAN 1:48 2. IF A RAMP HAS A RISE GREATER THAN 6" OR A HORIZONTAL PROJECTION GREATER THAN 72", THEN HANDRAILS ON BOTH SIDES ARE REQUIRED 3. THE CLEAR WIDTH OF A RAMP RUN SHALL BE 48" MINIMUM A. HANDRAILS MAY PROJECT INTO THE REQUIRED CLEAR WIDTH OF THE RAMP AT EACH SIDE 3 1/2" MAX AT THE HANDRAIL HEIGHT 4. THE CLEAR WIDTH OF RAMPS IN RESIDENTIAL USES SERVING AN OCCUPANT LOAD OF FIFTY OR LESS SHALL BE 36" MIN. BETWEEN HANDRAILS 5. THE RISE FOR ANY RAMP RUN SHALL BE 30" MAXIMUM HANDRAIL (C) GUIDE CURB GUIDE CURB DETAIL 1'-0" MIN (A) SIDEWALK OBSTRUCTIONS 1'-0" MIN (B) HANDRAIL GUIDE RAIL GUIDE RAIL DETAIL 3'-0" MIN CLEAR 4'-0" MIN SIDEWALK FACE OF CURB STREET POLE 3'-0" MIN CLEAR 4'-0" MIN SIDEWALK FACE OF CURB STREET POLE 34 " T O 3 8 " TO SUIT DESIGN 4" M I N . >2 " & <4 " 34 " T O 3 8 " FIGURE 11A-5A RAMPS AND SIDEWALKS 6' - 0" MIN 5' - 0" MIN 5' - 0" MIN 6' - 0 " M I N 5' - 0 " M I N BOTTOM LANDING RAMP RUN LANDING RAMP RUN LA N D I N G RA M P RU N TO P LA N D I N G (D) RAMP LANDINGS - FIGURE 11B-405.7 N.T.S. AT L E A S T A S W I D E AS R A M P R U N CONC. FOOTING PER CIVIL FINISHED SURFACE 2"x2" GALV. TUBE STEEL POST, PAINTED REFLECTIVE PORCELAIN ENAMEL ON STEEL SIGN(S) W/ WHITE LETTERS (1" MIN HEIGHT) AND SYMBOLS ON A DARK BLUE BACKGROUND OR TEXT AND SIZES. SEE 48 " M I N 2A 2B 2 C 2 D 6 0 " M I N 80 " M I N W H E N PR O J E C T I N G I N T O PA T H O F T R A V E L 80 " M I N W H E N PR O J E C T I N G I N T O PA T H O F T R A V E L 1a1b / -3 NOT AN ACCESIBLE PARKING SIGN ACCESIBLE PARKING SIGN (GUEST PARKING) NOTE: 1. ACCESSIBLE SPACES AND AISLES SHALL BE LEVEL AND ANY SURFACE SLOPE SHALL NOT EXCEED 2% IN ALL DIRECTIONS. 2. IF A WALK CROSSES OR ADJOINS A VEHICULAR WAY, AND THE WALKING SURFACES ARE NOT SEPARATED BY CURBS, RAILINGS, OR OTHER ELEMENTS BETWEEN THE PEDESTRIAN AREAS AND THE VEHICULAR AREA, THE BOUNDARY SHALL BE DEFINED BY A CONTINUOUS DETECTABLE WARNING WHICH IS 36" WIDE. 3. INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY, 36"x36" MIN. TO INSIDE BORDER. NO PARKING PAINT "NO PARKING" IN 12" MIN. HEIGHT WHITE LETTERS IN THE ACCESS AISLE 4" PAINTED STRIPES/LINES (BLUE AT ACC SPACES AND ACCESS AISLE) GUEST 2 PAINTED LETTERS @ "GUEST" SPACES ONLY 6" STALL NUMBERS @ ALL RESIDENTIAL STALLS -OWNER TO VERIFY NUMBERING 36" 36 " EQ EQEQ. EQ. 9' - 0" MIN. 8' - 0" 9' - 0" MIN. 9' - 0" TYP. 5'-0" MIN VERIFY LOCAL ZONING ORD. 18 ' - 0 " M I N . VAN WHERE OCCURS SEE PLAN PRECAST CONC WHEEL STOP AT STALLS WHERE OCCURS, SEE SITE PLAN FOR LOCATIONS IDENTIFICATION SIGN AT NON RESIDENTIAL PARKING 36" MAX A089 7 Sim A089 2 Sim MI N 2' - 0 " VERIFY WITH LOCAL MUNICIPAL CODE NO PARKING 12"X18" (FIELD VERIFY) NOTE: 1. ALL LETTERS & SYMBOLS SPECIFIED ABOVE SHALL CONSIST OF A REFLECTIVE RED FIGURE ON A WHITE BACKGROUND ALL SIGNAGE TO COMPLY WITH CFC. 3. ALL CHARACTERS ARE A PERMANENT PART OF THE SIGN. 4. ALL SIGNS TO HAVE 1/8" RAD. CORNERS MIN. FIRE LANE CURB RAMP SEE /1 A902 ACCESSIBLE PATH OF TRAVEL NOT TO EXCEED 5% MAX. ALONG THE PATH OF TRAVEL -2% MAX. CROSS SLOPE UP ACCESSIBLE GATE MANEUVERING CLEARANCE. SEE DETAIL LANDSCAPE AREA PROPOSED COMMON AREA PROPERTY LINE 48 " M I N . C L R . +/ - 5 ' - 0 " 48 " M I N . C L R . +/ - 6 ' - 0 " 48" MIN. CLR. +/- 7' - 4" F-01 F-02 F-03 S-02 S-03 S-01 S-04 F-04 /2 A901 C NOTE: 1. RAISED CHARACTERS OR SYMBOLS SHALL CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING: CBC 11- B-703.2 AND 11B-703.4 2. RAISED CHARACTER TYPE ON SIGNS SHALL BE RAISED 1/32" MIN. AND SHALL BE SANS-SERIF UPPERCASE CHARACTERS ACCOMPANIED BY GRADE 2 BRAILLE COMPLYING WITH CBC 11B-703.3 3. PICTORIAL SYMBOL SIGNS (PICTOGRAMS) SHALL BE ACCOMPANIED BY THE EQUIVALENT VERBAL DESCRIPTION PLACED DIRECTLY BELOW THE PICTOGRAM. THE BORDER DIMENSION OF THE PICTOGRAM SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 6" IN HEIGHT. CBC 11B-703.6 4. LETTERS AND NUMBERS ON SIGNS SHALL HAVE A WIDTH-TO-HEIGHT RATIO BETWEEN UPPERCASE LETTER "O" AND UPPERCASE LETTER "I" OF 60% MIN. TO 110% MAX. AND A STROKE WIDTH-TO-HEIGHT RATIO OF THE UPPERCASE LETTER "I" OF 15%. CBC 11B-703.2.3 AND CBC 11B-703.2.6 5. CHARACTERS AND SYMBOLS SHALL HAVE A NON-GLARE FINISH AND SHALL CONTRAST WITH THEIR BACKGROUND, EITHER LIGHT CHARACTERS ON A DARK BACKGROUND OR DARK CHARACTERS ON A LIGHT BACKGROUND. CBC 11B-703.5.1 6. CHARACTERS AND NUMBERS ON SIGNS SHALL BE SIZED ACCORDING TO THE VIEWING DISTANCE FROM WHICH THEY ARE TO BE READ AND SHALL COMPLY WITH TABLE 11B-703.5.5. CHARACTER HEIGHT SHALL BE BASED ON THE UPPERCASE LETTER "I". CBC 11B-703.5.5 7. CONTRACTED GRADE 2 BRAILLE SHALL BE USED WHEREVER BRAILLE SYMBOLS ARE SPECIFICALLY REQUIRED IN OTHER PORTIONS OF THESE REGULATIONS. DOTS SHALL BE 1/10" ON CENTERS IN EACH CELL WITH 3/10" SPACE BETWEEN CORRESPONDING DOTS IN ADJACENT CELLS. DOTS SHALL BE RAISED A MINIMUM OF 1/40" ABOVE THE BACKGROUND. CBC 11B-703.3 MENCL COLOR NOTES: 1. COLOR & CONTRAST OF THE IDENTIFICATION SYMBOLS SHALL BE DISTINCTLY DIFFERENT FROM COLOR & CONTRAST OF DOOR. 1. IDENTIFICATION SYMBOLS AND SIGNS SHALL BE PER CBC 11B-703.7.2.6 AND 2010 ADA STANDARDS, CHAPTER 7. 2. CENTERLINE OF SYMBOL SHALL ALIGN WITH CENTER OF DOOR. 3. REFER TO SIGNAGE CONSULTANTS DRAWINGS FOR SIGN MATERIALS AND REQUIRED COLORS. 4. CENTERLINE OF SIGN SHALL BE 9" FROM THE LATCH SIDE OF DOOR. 5. BRAILLE AND RAISED LETTERING ON SEPARATE SIGN ADJACENT TO THE LATCH SIDE OF THE DOOR. 6. ALL ROOM SIGNAGE TO BE VERIFIED BY OWNER AND SIGNAGE CONSULTANT PRIOR TO FABRICATION 7. VERTICIES MUST BE RADIUSED 1/8" -1/4" 8. EDGES SHALL BE EASHED OR ROUNDED 1/16" MIN. OF CHAMFERED 1/8" MAX (TYP.) CHARACTERS AND BRAILLE NOT TO BE LOCATED IN PICTOGRAM FIELD. PICTORIAL SYMBOL PER CBC 11B-703.6 AND 2010 ADA STANDARDS, CHAPTER 7 CHARACTERS PER CBC 11B-703.2 AND 2010 ADA STANDARDS, CHAPTER 7 BRAILLE SYMBOLS CBC 11B-703.3 AND 2010 ADA STANDARDS, CHAPTER 7 6" M I N 1'-0" . 1' - 0 " D I A M . 1' - 0 " D I A M . WOMEN'S SYMBOL MEN'S SYMBOL ALL GENDER SYMBOL 1/4" THICK - BLUE 1/4" THICK - BLUE EQUILATERAL TRIANGLE 1/4" THICK - BLUE 1/4" THICK - WHITE 58 " M I N - 6 0 " M A X 9" SIGNAGE SIGNAGE BASELINE OF RAISED CHARACTERS BASELINE OF BRAILLE DOOR REPRESENTATIONAL ONLY FOR ADDITIONAL NOTES, SEE - SIGNAGE SIGNAGE NAGE 48 " M I N . 60 " M A X . 3/ 8 " M I N 3/ 8 " - 1 / 2 " 18" MINIMUM CLEAR FLOOR SPACE ENTERED ON TACTILE CHARACTERS SHALL BE PROVIDED BEYOND THE ARC OF ANY DOOR SWING. 1'-6" MIN 1' - 6 " M I N 45° CL CENTERED ON TACTILE CHARACTERS EQ EQ ALL-GENDER RESTROOM EXHIBIT A -Door Symbol EXHIBIT B -Designation sign on wall RESTROOM UNISEX RESTROOM THIS IMAGE REPRESENTS THE DOOR SYMBOL REQUIRED BY CBC 11B-216.8 TO IDENTIFY AN ALL GENDER/UNISEX SINGLER-USER TOILET FACILITY. SYMBOL MUST COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF CBC 11B-703.7.2.6.3. NO PICTOGRAM, TEXT OR BRAILLE IS REQUIRED ON THE SYMBOL. DESIGNATION SIGNS ARE NOT REQUIRED TO BE PROVIDED, A DESIGNATION SIGN ADJACENT TO THE DOOR MUST COMPLY WITH SCOPING REQUIREMENTS OF CBC 11B-216.2 & TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR RAISED CHARACTERS CBC 11B-73.2, BRAILLE CBC 11B-703.3, VISUAL CHARACTERS CBC 11-703.5 & REQMTS. FOR INSTALLATION HEIGHT/LOCATION CBC 11B-703.4. NO PICTOGRAM IS REQ'D. THE FOLLOWING SIGNS ILLUSTRATE ACCEPTABLE EXAMPLES FOR DESIGNATION SIGN TEXT: al l i d e a s , d e s i g n s a n d p l a n s r e p r e s e n t e d b y t h i s d r aw i n g a r e t h e e x c l u s i v e p r o p e r t y o f bs b d e s i g n , i n c . an d s h a l l n o t b e r e p r o d u c e d i n w h o l e o r i n p a r t w i t ho u t t h e e x p r e s s p r i o r w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n o f s a i d a rc h i t e c t s , a n y u n a u t h o r iz e d r e u s e o f t h e s e p l a n s o t h e r t h a n f o r t h e p r o j e c t a n d l o c a t i o n s h o w n i s p r o h i b i t e d . JOB NO. SUBMITTAL DATE SHEET TITLE SHEET NO. CLIENT: Plot Date:File: REVISION DATE 21 3 0 E 4 T H S T # 2 0 0 SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 5 1ST PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 08/20/2024 970 W. 190TH ST., STE 250, TORRANCE CA 90502 O: 310.217.8885 BSBDESIGN.COM D E S I G N BSB 4TH P.C. SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 2ND PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 01/29/2025 3RD PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 04/17/2025 4TH PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 11/4/2025 8:52:33 PM MR230056 A089 CBC 11A DIV. IV SITE & SIGNAGE ACCESSIBILITY DETAILS, AND DIV. IV BATHROOM ACCESSIBILITY DETAILS OL I V E C R E S T R E S I D E N T I A L 21 5 0 E . F O U R T H S T . & 2 1 6 0 E . F O U R T H S T . SA N T A A N A C A 9 2 7 0 5 OL I V E C R E S T SCALE:3" = 1'-0" SIGN TYPES 3 SCALE:1/2" = 1'-0" DETECTABLE WARNINGS (TRUNCATED DOME SURFACE)6 SCALE:1" = 1'-0" WHEEL STOP DETAIL 7 SCALE:1/2" = 1'-0" ACCESSIBLE RAMP 9 SCALE:1/2" = 1'-0" ACCESSIBILITY SIGNAGE 2 SCALE:1/8" = 1'-0" ACCESSIBLE PARKING STALLS 1 SCALE:3" = 1'-0" FIRE LANE SIGN 12 A SCALE:1/8" = 1'-0" COMMON AREA ENLARGED PLAN 11 A SCALE:1/2" = 1'-0" ACCESSIBILITY SIGNAGE 8 C A PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #1 01/29/2025 C PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #3 07/08/2025 LIBRARY LIBRARY LIBRARY LIBRARY LIBRARYLIBRARY LIBRARY LIBRARY LIBRARY-5/6/19 LIBRARY BATHTUBS TOILETS WITH SIDEWALL TOILETS WITHOUT SIDEWALL 17"-18" BLOCKING BETWEEN STUDS TYP. REAR BLOCKING SEE ADJ. DTL. FUTURE 54" LONG FOLDAWAY GRAB BAR @ SIDE OF W.C. PROVIDE BLOCKING 6" MIN. IN ALL DIRECTIONS FROM SUPPORT LEG CONTACT POINT 2 1/4" 6 1/2" 1' - 1 1 " 1' - 1 " NOTE: BLOCKING AND FUTURE GRAB BAR PER CBC 1134A.2 WALL BLOCKING DESIGNED FOR 54" ELCOMA SERIES 97 FLIP-UP GRAB BAR WITH LEG TYP. BLOCKING FUTURE GRAB BAR NOTE: 1. GRAB BAR REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED 32" TO 38" ABOVE THE FLOOR AND MIN. 6" NOMINAL IN HEIGHT, U.N.O. 6" NOMINAL HIGH BACKING BETWEEN STUDS -SECURE TO STUDS SUCH THAT INSTALLED FUTURE GRAB BAR IS CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING A 250LB LOAD (MIN) TYPICAL 2. SHADED AREAS OUTLINED IN DASHED LINES REPRESENT GRAB BAR BACKINGS FOR FUTURE INSTALLATION OF GRAB BARS. FUTURE GRAB BAR 17" - 18" 3' - 4" 3' - 2 " M I N . 2' - 6 " M A X . 3' - 2 " M I N . 2' - 6 " M A X . 2' - 6 " M A X . 3' - 2 " M I N . 5" M A X A B O V E 6" 4' - 0" 6"2' - 0" 2' - 8 " M A X . 3' - 2 " M I N . BA T H T U B R I M 2' - 0" 30 " M A X 8" M I N SIDE BACK SIDE NOTE: GLASS-WALLED SHOWER STALLS SHALL PROVIDE REINFORCEMENT FOR INSTALLATION OF FLOOR-MOUNTED OR CEILING-MOUNTED GRAB BARS. ADAPTABLE SHOWERS 3' - 2 " M I N . 3' - 6"1' - 0" 2' - 6" MIN. GENERAL NOTES: 1. PLUMBING PROTECTION: IN ACCESSIBLE BATHROOM, POWDER ROOM AND KITCHEN, WATER SUPPLY AND DRAIN PIPES UNDER LAVATORIES AND KITCHEN SINK SHALL BE INSULATED OR OTHERWISE COVERED TO PROTECT AGAINST CONTACT. THERE SHALL BE NO SHARP OR ABRASIVE SURFACES UNDER LAVATORIES AND KITCHEN SINK. 2. REMOVABLE BASE CABINETS IN KITCHEN: BASE CABINETS (INCLUDING TOEBOARDS AND SHELVING) DIRECTLY UNDER KITCHEN SINKS AND WORK SURFACES SHALL BE REMOVABLE WITHOUT THE USE OF SPECIALIZED TOOLS OR SPECIALIZED KNOWLEDGE IN ORDER TO PROVIDE KNEE AND TOE SPACE. THE FINISH FLOOR BENEATH KITCHEN SINKS AND WORK SURFACES SHALL BE EXTENDED TO THE WALL. 3. LAVATORY KNEE AND TOE SPACE: KNEE AND TOE SPACE SHALL BE PROVIDED BY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: A. THE SPACE BENEATH THE LAVATORY SHALL BE LEFT CLEAR AND UNOBSTRUCTED; B. ANY CABINET BENEATH THE LAVATORY SHALL BE REMOVABLE WITHOUT SPECIALIZED THE USE OF KNOWLEDGE OR SPECIALIZED TOOLS; OR C. DOORS TO THE CABINET BENEATH THE LAVATORY SHALL BE REMOVABLE OR OPENABLE TO PROVIDE THE REQUIRED UNOBSTRUCTED KNEE AND TOE SPACE. D. THE KNEE AND TOE SPACE SHALL BE CENTERED ON THE FIXTURE. 4. FAUCET CONTROLS AND OPERATING MECHANISMS SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND SHALL NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST. THE FORE REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE CONTROLS SHALL BE NO GREATER THAN 5 POUNDS. LEVER-OPERATED, PUSH-TYPE, AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED MECHANISMS ARE EXAMPLES OF ACCEPTABLE DESIGNS. FOR KITCHEN SINK AND LAVATORY FAUCET CONTROLS, SELF-CLOSING VALVES ARE ALLOWED IF THE FAUCET REMAINS OPEN FOR AT LEAST 10 SECONDS. 6" MAX. 19" MAX (WHEN NEXT TO OBSTRUCTION) 17" MIN. - 25" MAX 8" MIN 9" M I N CONTINUE FINISH FLOORING UNDER CABINET 27 " M I N . C L E A R A N C E 29 " M I N C L E A R A N C E CABINET DOOR CABINET WITH FINISHED INSIDE FACE REQUIRED KNEE AND TOE CLEARANCE AFTER BASE CABINET REMOVED PER CBC 1134A.8 REMOVABLE BASE CABINET (FINISH WALL, FLOOR, AND SIDES OF ADJACENT CABINETS) FAUCET & CONTROLS ADA/CBC COMPLIANT LAVATORY SINK CBC COMPLIANT KITCHEN SINK DRAIN IN BACKSIDE OF THE SINK CABINET DOOR CABINET WITH INSIDE FACE FINISHED REMOVABLE BOTTOM SHELF AND 2x4 SUPPORTS EXTEND FINISH SURFACE UNDER CABINET REMOVABLE 1x4 AND PLASTIC LAMINATE FINISH SURFACE FALSE DRAWER PANEL. SIZE TO MATCH OTHER DRAWERS KNEE AND TOE CLEARANCE SPACE SHALL EXTEND 19" MIN. INTO THIS KNEE AND TOE CLEARANCE PER CBC 1133A.7 36 " M A X T O R I M O F S I N K ( A D A P T A B L E U N I T S ) 9" M I N . 27 " M I N . C L R . 6" MAX. 11" MIN. 19" MIN. SECTION REPRESENTATIVE ONLY NOTE: BACK WALL AND SIDES OF CABINETS TO REMAIN IN PLACE SHALL BE PREFINISHED SO THAT SURFACE IS FINISHED WHEN BASE CABINET IS REMOVED. KITCHEN FINISHED FLOORING SHALL CONTINUE UNDER REMOVABLE BASE CABINET SO THAT THE FLOOR IS FINISHED ONCE THE BASE CABINET IS REMOVED. STUD WALL AND GYPSUM BOARD INSIDE FINISH 1X4 SUPPORT W/ FINISHED PLASTIC LAMINATE SURFACE REMOVABLE BOTTOM SHELF CABINET WITH INSIDE FACE FINISHED REMOVABLE CABINET FRAME BEYOND REMOVABLE BOLTS AND PLASTIC PLUGS TO ALLOW BASE CABINET TO BE REMOVED KITCHEN SINK PLAN REPRESENTATIVE ONLY NOTE: BACK WALL AND SIDES OF CABINETS TO REMAIN IN PLACE SHALL BE PREFINISHED SO THAT SURFACE IS FINISHED WHEN BASE CABINET IS REMOVED. REMOVABLE CABINET FACE FRAME, FALSE DRAWER AND CABINET DOORS REMOVABLE 1x4 BASE 1x4 BASE WITH FINISHED PLASTER LAMINATE SURFACE REMOVABLE CABINET WITH INSIDE FACE FINISHED REMOVABLE BOLTS CABINET DOOR HINGES ATTACHED TO REMOVABLE PORTION OF FACE FRAME CABINET DOOR EXTEND FINISH SURFACE UNDER CABINET 1 1/2"1 1/2" WOOD STUD WALL -SEE PLAN (DOUBLE AT STUDS NOTCHED FOR LET-IN BACKING) METAL STUD WALL PER PLAN WASHABLE SURFACE OVER DRYWALL SEE FINISH SCHEDULE U.N.O. 1-1/4" DIAM. 18 GA. METAL GRAB BAR W/ 3-3/4" DIAM. STAINLESS STEEL FLANGE ATTACH W/ 3-3/8"x3" LONG R.H.W.S. AT WALL 4x BLOCKING (MIN. 6" NOMINAL HEIGHT REQUIRED. SUGGEST 4x10) PROVIDE 16 GA METAL FLAT STRAP ATTACH TO METAL STUD FLANGE AS REQUIRED METAL STUD WALLWOOD STUD WALL NOTE: GRAB BAR AND MOUNTING TO WITHSTAND 250LB-FT IN BENDING SHEAR AND TENSION W/ 1/8" MIN. RADIUS ON ALL EDGES. BAR SHALL NOT ROTATE IN FITTINGS. PROVIDE 14 GA. METAL FLAT STRAP ATTACH TO METAL STUD FLANGE AS REQUIRED 2x14 STRUCT SUPPORT WHERE SHOWN 5/8" MOISTER RESISTANT GYP. BD. FIBERGLASS TUB ENCLOSURE PROVIDE SOLID BACKING FOR FUTURE GRAB BAR MOUNTING 1-1/4" DIAM. 18 GA. METAL GRAB BAR W/ 3-3/4" DIAM. STAINLESS STEEL FLANGE ATTACH W/ 3-3/8" LONG R.H.W.S. AT WALL 1 1/2" PER PLAN 4" 27 " M I N C L E A R 36 " F . F . T O T O P O F C O U N T E R M A X 1/2"x3" L-METAL SUPPORT AT COUNTER ENDS AND AT 3'-0" O.C. 1' - 0 " 2x4 AT BACK AND END BOLTED TO WALL. NOTCH AT L-METAL SEE FINISH SCHEDULE FOR COUNTERTOP AND BACKSPLASH MATERIAL/FINISH FLOOR TILE WITH 6" H. COVED BASE PER SCHEDULE LAVATORY SINK PER PLAN, TYP. INSULATE ALL EXPOSED HOT WATER AND WASTE PIPES WALL TILE OVER MASTIC PER SCHEDULE MA X . 2' - 1 0 " MI N . 2' - 5 " KNEE CLR. 8" MIN. MI N . 2' - 3 " MI N . 9" 18" x 18" x 1-1/2" x 1/8" STEEL ANGLE COUNTERTOP SUPPORT W/ 3/8" BOLTS & WASHERS SECURED TO STUDS & SIDE OF APRON/SKIRT PL-1 COUNTER TOP & SPLASH OVER WR 3/4" PLYWOOD APRON 11" MIN. 6" MAX. STANDARD SIZE CABINET 24" DEEP 2' - 0" 1' - 0" BA C K S P L A S H (I N C R E A S E HE I G H T / D E P T H AS R E Q ' D T O AC C O M M O D A T E OU T L E T S A N D SW I T C H E S ) TO T O P O F R E C E P T A C L E B O X 44 " M A X H E I G H T F R O M F . F . CABINET DOOR VERTICAL RECEPTACLE OF BACKSPLASH ASSUMED 3"x5"x.25" SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOP F. F . T O R I M O F S I N K 36 " M A X . - OR T O P O F C O U N T E R T O P (W H I C H E V E R I S H I G H E R ) TO FACE OF OUTLET/ SWITCHES 2' - 0" MAX 2' - 1" MAX NOTE: ALL UNIT KITCHENS SHALL HAVE A REMOVABLE BASE THAT PROVIDES CODE REQ'D KNEE AN TOE CLEARANCE AT LEAST 30" WIDE (CLEAR) WHEN BASE IS REMOVED AT SINK AND A WORK SURFACE IMMEDIATLY ADJACENT TO RANGE. SEE DETAIL: BASE CABINET SHALL BE REMOVABLE WHERE INDICATED IN PLAN AND SHALL PROVIDE KNEE AND TOE CLEARANCE ARE REQUIRED BY 1133A.6 (30" MIN. WIDE, 27" MIN. TALL ABOVE FF). /5 A093 PROVIDE 30" CLEAR CODE REQUIRED KNEE SPACE SHOWN HATCHED (30" WIDE MIN.) FLOORING INSIDE CABINET AREA SECTION REPRESENTATIVE ONLY KITCHEN SINK FALSE DRAWER PANEL 9" M I N . 6" MAX. 15 1/2" 10 1/2" 1' - 9 1/2" 17" MIN. - 25" MAX. 27 " M I N . al l i d e a s , d e s i g n s a n d p l a n s r e p r e s e n t e d b y t h i s d r aw i n g a r e t h e e x c l u s i v e p r o p e r t y o f bs b d e s i g n , i n c . an d s h a l l n o t b e r e p r o d u c e d i n w h o l e o r i n p a r t w i t ho u t t h e e x p r e s s p r i o r w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n o f s a i d a rc h i t e c t s , a n y u n a u t h o r iz e d r e u s e o f t h e s e p l a n s o t h e r t h a n f o r t h e p r o j e c t a n d l o c a t i o n s h o w n i s p r o h i b i t e d . JOB NO. SUBMITTAL DATE SHEET TITLE SHEET NO. CLIENT: Plot Date:File: REVISION DATE 21 3 0 E 4 T H S T # 2 0 0 SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 5 1ST PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 08/20/2024 970 W. 190TH ST., STE 250, TORRANCE CA 90502 O: 310.217.8885 BSBDESIGN.COM D E S I G N BSB 4TH P.C. SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 2ND PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 01/29/2025 3RD PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 04/17/2025 4TH PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 11/4/2025 8:52:34 PM MR230056 A093 CBC 11A - KITCHEN & BATHROOM DETAILS OL I V E C R E S T R E S I D E N T I A L 21 5 0 E . F O U R T H S T . & 2 1 6 0 E . F O U R T H S T . SA N T A A N A C A 9 2 7 0 5 OL I V E C R E S T SCALE:1/2" = 1'-0" GRAB BAR REINFORCEMENT REQUIREMENT (1134A -ADAPTABLE UNITS)6 SCALE:1/2" = 1'-0" KITCHEN AND BATHROOM GENERAL NOTES 1 SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0" LAVATORY REMOVABLE BASE CABINET 3 SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0" REMOVABLE BASE CABINET @ KITCHEN SINK 2 SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0" REMOVABLE BASE CABINET (WITHIN UNITS)5SCALE:3" = 1'-0" GRAB BAR REINFORCEMENT 8 SCALE:3" = 1'-0" TUB WALL REINFORCMENT (PREFAB UNIT)9 SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0" COUNTER 7 SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0" COUNTER 4 SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0" OUTLET BOX AT KITCHEN 10 SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0" KITCHEN SINK & BASE CABINET IN COMMON AREA 12 B B PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #2 04/17/2025 140 140 140 140 141 141 141 142 141.4 140.4 10123 2219046.35 6079527.45 140.12 E 4TH ST FP FIRE LANE DS DS DS DS DS DSDS DS DSDS DS D S PROPERTY LINE PR O P E R T Y LI N E PROPERTY LINE NE W 2 S T O R Y BU I L D I N G CO M M O N AR E A OF F I C E LA U N D R Y NE W 2 S T O R Y BU I L D I N G Li m i t o f W o r k Li m i t o f W o r k Li m i t o f W o r k Li m i t o f W o r k MA I L B O X M A I L B O X SITE PLAN NOTES FIRE FLOW CALCULATION The required fire flow for fire hydrants at this location is 0,000 gpm, at 20 psi residual pressure, for a duration of 2 hour over and above maximum daily domestic demand. Fire code 507.3 and Appendix B. Type of construction per the Building Code: Type VA Fire-flow calculation area: 00,000 sq ft Fire flow based on the fire-flow calculation area 0,000 gpm Reduction for fire sprinklers (maximum 50%) 0,000 gpm Total fire flow required 0,000 gpm SITE PLAN LEGEND ACCESSIBLE PATH OF TRAVEL NOTES: 1. NO ABRUPT CHANGES IN ELEVATIONS ALONG PATH OF TRAVEL SHOWN. SLOPE IN DIRECTION OF TRAVEL SHALL NOT EXCEED 5% UNLESS A RAMP IS PROVIDED. CROSS-SLOPE ALONG THE PATH OF TRAVEL SHALL NOT EXCEED 2%. WHERE PROVIDED, RAMPS SHALL COMPLY WITH CBC/ADA AND SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH HANDRAILS AND EDGE PROTECTION AS REQUIRED BY CBC. 2. SEE ADDITIONAL NOTES ON SHEET A089, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO "SITE DEVELOPMENT & ACCESSIBLE ROUTE OF TRAVEL", "WALKS AND SIDEWALKS", "CURB RAMPS", "RAMPS (INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR)", AND "HAZARDS ON ACCESSIBLE ROUTES". 3. ALL SIDEWALKS ALONG ACCESSIBLE ROUTE SHALL BE 48" WIDE MIN. IN CLEAR WIDTH. 4. INSPECTOR TO VERIFY ACCESSIBLE ROUTE. A.D.A. ACCESSIBLE PATH OF TRAVEL. 48" MIN. WIDTH. LESS THAN 5% SLOPE IN THE DIRECTIONS OF TRAVEL & 2% CROSS SLOPE. (SEE SHEETS A102 & A103 FOR GRADING BETWEEN THE SIDEWALK AND VEHICULAR DRIVEWAY) 1. ADJOINING PUBLIC & PRIVATE PROPERTY SHALL BE PROTECTED FROM DAMAGE DURING CONSTRUCTION, REMODELING AND DEMOLITION WORK. PROTECTION MUST BE PROVIDED FOR FOOTINGS, FOUNDATIONS, WALLS AND ROOFS. PROVISIONS SHALL BE MADE TO CONTROL WATER RUNOFF AND EROSION DURING CONSTRUCTION OR DEMOLITION ACTIVITIES. THE PERSON MAKING OR CAUSING AN EXCAVATION TO BE MADE SHALL PROVIDE WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE OWNERS OF ADJOINING BUILDINGS ADVISING THEM THAT THE EXCAVATION IS TO BE MADE AND THAT THE ADJOINING BUILDINGS SHOULD BE PROTECTED. 2. ANY OBSTRUCTION THAT OVERHANGS A PEDESTRIAN WAY SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 80 INCHES ABOVE THE WALKING SURFACE AS MEASURED FROM THE BOTTOM OF THE OBSTRUCTION. EXCEPTION: DOOR CLOSERS AND DOOR STOPS SHALL BE PERMITTED TO BE 78" MIN. ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR OR GROUND. 3. CONSTRUCTION IN THE PUBLIC RIGHT OF WAY AND PROJECTION BEYOND THE PROPERTY LINES OR INTO THE ALLEYS SHALL COMPLY WITH CBC CHAPTER 32. 4. PEDESTRIANS SHALL BE PROTECTED DURING CONSTRUCTION, REMODELING AND DEMOLITION ACTIVITIES AS REQUIRED BY COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES BUILDING CODE CHAPTER 33. 5. CONTRACTOR TO COMPLY WITH PROTECTION OF ADJOINING PROPERTY BY PROVIDING A WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE OWNERS OF ADJOINING BUILDINGS ADVISING THEM WHEN EXCAVATION DEEPER THAN FOUNDATION OF THE ADJOINING BUILDING AND LOCATED LESS THAN EXCAVATION DEPTH TO THE PROPERTY LINE IS TO BE MADE AND THAT THE ADJOINING BUILDINGS SHOULD BE PROTECTED. SAID NOTIFICATION SHALL BE DELIVERED NOT LESS THAN 10 DAYS PRIOR TO THE SCHEDULED STARTING DATE OF EXCAVATION. (CA CIVIL CODE SECTION 832.3307.1) 6. APPROVED BUILDING ADDRESS NUMBERS, BUILDING NUMBERS OR APPROVED BUILDING IDENTIFICATION SHALL BE PROVIDED AND MAINTAINED SO AS TO BE PLAINLY VISIBLE AND LEGIBLE FROM THE STREET FRONTING THE PROPERTY. THE NUMBERS SHALL CONTRAST WITH THEIR BACKGROUND, BE ARABIC NUMERALS OR ALPHABET LETTERS, AND BE A MINIMUM OF 4 INCHES HIGH WITH A MINIMUM STROKE WIDTH OF 0.5 INCH. FIRE CODE 505.1 7. AN APPROVED KEY BOX, LISTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL 1037 SHALL BE PROVIDED AS REQUIRED BY FIRE CODE 506. THE LOCATION OF EACH KEY BOX SHALL BE DETERMINED BY THE FIRE INSPECTOR. 8. MULTIPLE RESIDENTIAL AND COMMERCIAL BUILDINGS HAVING ENTRANCES TO INDIVIDUAL UNITS NOT VISIBLE FROM THE STREET OR ROAD SHALL HAVE UNIT NUMBERS DISPLAYED IN GROUPS FOR ALL UNITS WITHIN EACH STRUCTURE. SUCH NUMBERS MAY BE GROUPED ON THE WALL OF THE STRUCTURE OR MOUNTED ON A POST INDEPENDENT OF THE STRUCTURE AND SHALL BE POSITIONED TO BE PLAINLY VISIBLE FROM THE STREET OR ROAD AS REQUIRED BY FIRE CODE 505.3 AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH FIRE CODE 505.1. 9. ALL ON-SITE FIRE HYDRANTS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM, A FIRE-FLOW OF _____ GPM AT __ PSI FOR A DURATION OF _ HOURS. IF MORE THAN ONE ON-SITE FIRE HYDRANT IS REQUIRED, THE FIRE-FLOW SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH TABLE B105.1 AND TABLE B105.2. ALL ON-SITE HYDRANTS SHALL BE INSTALLED A MINIMUM OF 25 FEET FROM A STRUCTURE OR PROTECTED BY A TWO-HOUR FIREWALL. EXCEPTION: FOR FULLY SPRINKLERED MULTI-RESIDENTIAL STRUCTURES, ON-SITE HYDRANTS MAY BE INSTALLED A MINIMUM OF 10 FEET FROM THE STRUCTURE. 10. ALL FIRE HYDRANTS SHALL MEASURE 6"x4"x2-1/2", BRASS OR BRONZE, CONFORMING TO AMERICAN WATER WORKS ASSOCIATION STANDARD C503, OR APPROVED EQUAL, AND SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES FIRE DEPARTMENT REGULATION 8. 11. ALL REQUIRED PUBLIC FIRE HYDRANTS SHALL BE INSTALLED, TESTED AND ACCEPTED PRIOR TO BEGINNING CONSTRUCTION. FIRE CODE 501.4 12. ALL ON-SITE FIRE HYDRANTS SHALL BE INSTALLED, TESTED AND APPROVED PRIOR TO BUILDING OCCUPANCY. FIRE CODE 901.5.1 13. PLANS SHOWING UNDERGROUND PIPING FOR PRIVATE ON-SITE FIRE HYDRANTS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE SPRINKLER PLAN CHECK FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. FIRE CODE 901.2. 14. A MANUAL FIRE ALARM SYSTEM THAT ACTIVATES THE OCCUPANT NOTIFICATION SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH FIRE CODE 907.5 AND BUILDING CODE 907.5 SHALL BE IN GROUP R-1 AND R-2 OCCUPANCIES AS REQUIRED BY FIRE CODE 907.2.8.1 AND BUILDING CODE 907.2.8.1 FOR GROUP R-1 OCCUPANCIES; FIRE CODE 907.2.9.1 OR BUILDING CODE 907.2.9.1 FOR GROUP R-2 OCCUPANCIES. FIRE ALARM PLANS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE FIRE ALARM PLAN CHECK UNIT FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 15. A FIRE SAFETY AND EMERGENCY EVACUATION PLAN SHALL BE PREPARED AND MAINTAINED FOR THE OCCUPANCIES SPECIFIED IN FIRE CODE 404.2 AS REQUIRED BY FIRE CODE 404.1. SUBMIT FIRE SAFETY AND EMERGENCY EVACUATION PLANS TO THE REGIONAL FIRE PREVENTION INSPECTION OFFICE FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO ISSUANCE OF CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY. 16. PROVIDE AN APPROVED AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN BUILDING CODE SECTION 903.3 AS REQUIRED FOR THE USES SPECIFIED IN BUILDING CODE CHAPTER 4, BUILDING AREA INCREASE ALLOWANCES SPECIFIED IN BUILDING CODE SECTIONS 506 & 507 AND THE OCCUPANCY GROUPS SPECIFIED IN BUILDING CODE SECTION 903.2. FIRE SPRINKLER PLANS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE SPRINKLER PLAN CHECK FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH FIRE CODE 901.2. 17. PROVIDE AN APPROVED MANUAL FIRE ALARM OR AUTOMATIC SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN FIRE CODE 907 AS REQUIRED FOR THE USES SPECIFIED IN BUILDING CODE CHAPTER 4 PLUS THE OCCUPANCY GROUPS AND USES SPECIFIED IN FIRE CODE 907.2 THROUGH 907.2.29. FIRE ALARM AND SMOKE DETECTION PLANS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE FIRE ALARM PLAN CHECK UNIT FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH FIRE CODE 901.2. 17. DOORS IN THE MEANS OF EGRESS SHALL BE READILY OPENABLE FROM THE EGRESS SIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY OR SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT AS SET FORTH IN BUILDING CODE 1010.2. 18. THROUGH PENETRATIONS AND MEMBRANE PENETRATIONS OF HORIZONTAL ASSEMBLIES, FIRE-RESISTANCE RATED WALL ASSEMBLIES AND SMOKE BARRIERS SHALL BE PROTECTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SPECIFICATIONS SET FORTH IN BUILDING CODE 714. 19. CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT CITY OF TORRANCE FOR INFORMATION ON CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION RECYCLING CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN, FILLING AND PULLING A RECYCLING PERMIT. 20. TRANSITIONS FROM RAMPS TO WALKS, GUTTERS, OR STREETS SHALL BE FLUSH AND FREE OF ABRUPT CHANGES. (1112A.5) 21. THE SURFACE OF EACH CURB RAMP AND ITS FLARED SIDES SHALL BE STABLE, FIRM, AND SLIP RESISTANT AND SHALL BE OF CONTRASTING FINISH FROM THAT OF THE ADJACENT SIDEWALK. (1112A.7) 22. CURB RAMPS SHALL BE LOCATED TO PREVENT THEIR OBSTRUCTION BY PARKED CARS. BUILT-UP CURB RAMPS SHALL BE LOCATED SO THAT THEY DO NOT PROJECT INTO VEHICULAR TRAFFIC LANES, PARKING SPACES, OR THE ADJACENT LOADING AND UNLOADING ACCESS AISLES. (1112A.2) PROPERTY LINE 6' HT. TUBULAR STEEL SECURITY FENCING. SEE EXISTING FIRE HYDRANT FIRE DEPARTMENT ACCESS ROUTE ELECTRIC METER CLOSETE BUILDING ADDRESS SIGNAGE: GROUPED ADDRESS NUMBERS SIGNAGE PER FIRE CODE 505.3 BUILDING UNIT HVAC UNITS DS INDICATES DOWNSPOUT. TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL COLOR. PUBLIC WORKS NOTES: 1. INSTALL 24”BOX STREET TREES AND TREE WELLS PER THE CITY STANDARDS AND APPROVED PLAN, AS NEEDED. 2. REMOVAL AND CONSTRUCTION OF NEW 10”FULL WIDTH SIDEWALK, ALONG THE PROJECT FRONTAGE ON FOURTH STREET, PER CITY STANDARDS. 3. NO GATES WILL BE INSTALLED ON THE PREMISES 4. "NO LEFT TURN”AT THE DRIVEWAY ON FOURTH STREET. 5. THIS SITE WILL BE DESIGNED AND CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CALIFORNIA REGIONAL WATER QUALITY CONTROL BOARD SANTA ANA REGION ORDER NO. R8-2009-0030 DISCHARGE REQUIREMENTS (MS4 PERMIT). 6. PRIOR TO THE ISSUANCE OF ANY BUILDING PERMIT, THE APPLICANT IS TO 1) SUBMIT AND HAVE APPROVED DESIGN PLANS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION/RELOCATION OF ANY PUBLIC UTILITIES (I.E., WATER, FIRE, SEWER, STORM, ETC.), 2) OBTAIN A STREET WORK PERMIT, 3) CONSTRUCT ALL AFOREMENTIONED IMPROVEMENTS, AND 4) HAVE THE IMPROVEMENTS ACCEPTED BY THE CITY ENGINEER AND/OR HIS REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO THE ISSUANCE OF ANY BUILDING PERMIT. 7. THE BMPS, SHOWN ON THE APPROVED SITE PLAN ARE ONLY PRELIMINARY AND WILL BE REVISED OR MODIFIED AS NECESSARY UPON COMPLETION OF THE WQMP. PRIOR TO THE ISSUANCE OF THE GRADING PERMIT, THE APPROVED GRADING/UTILITY PLAN SHALL INCORPORATE ALL REQUIRED STRUCTURAL BMPS. FOR ASSISTANCE AND AN INFORMATIONAL HANDOUT (INCLUDING A WQMP TEMPLATE) GX INDICATES GATE. SEE DETAIL A SYNTHETIC TURF AREA PEDESTRIAN CONCRETE PAVING B /2 A901 A PEDESTRIAN PAVERS 4'-0". 5'-0". MANEUVERABILITY AT EXTERIOR GATE 2' - 0 " . 1' - 0 " . /3 A901 B C DENOTES 4'-0" WIDE PATH OF TRAVEL FIRE DEPARTMENT LADDER PAD FOR RESCUE WINDOWS PER B-01 GUIDELINE, SECTION 6.5 BT W N . B L D G S . 10 ' - 0 " PR O V I D E D S T B K 10 ' - 0 " E E A0 2 0 East elevation FSD A0 2 0 So u t h FS D TRASH ENCLOSURE OFF STREET LOADING AREA (300 SF MIN, 420 SF SHOWN; NO DIM LESS THAN 10 FT) R 41' - 9" 11 ' - 6 " 11 ' - 6 " 11' - 6" R 41' - 1" R 41' - 9" 11 ' - 6 " R 41' - 1"R 41' - 9" TRASH TRUCK ROUTE 20' - 0" 21 ' - 0 " PROPOSED FIRE LN. 20' - 0" PR O P O S E D F I R E L N . 19 ' - 0 " PROPOSED FIRE LN. 20' - 0" G2 G1 G4 A A A N00 32'28"E 335.00' N8 9 3 5 ' 3 8 " W 7 2 . 2 1 ' N00 31'15"E 95.00' N8 9 3 5 ' 3 8 " W 1 2 3 . 4 1 ' N8 9 3 5 ' 3 8 " W 1 1 8 . 4 7 ' N00 31'15"E 200.00' N8 9 3 5 ' 3 8 " W 1 1 8 . 4 7 ' N00 31'15"E 250.00' N8 9 3 5 ' 3 8 " W 1 9 5 . 4 3 ' A 10' - 1" 3 3/4" 1 A901 A EXISTING MASONRY WALL TO REMAIN, SEE NEW MASONRY WALL TO MATCH EXISTING, SEE EXISTING MASONRY WALL TO REMAIN, SEE /4 A901 /4 A901 /4 A901 A A A 6' HT. TUBULAR STEEL SECURITY FENCING, SEE /3 A901B 6' HT. TUBULAR STEEL SECURITY FENCING, SEE /3 A901 G5 A 1 A902 4 A902 B B 2 A902 A 3 A902 B B 11 A089 A A 60" x 60”MIN. PASSING SPACE COMPLIANT WITH SECTION 1138A.1.2 A 60" x 60”MIN. PASSING SPACE COMPLIANT WITH SECTION 1138A.1.2 10 6 ' - 9 1 / 4 " TRANSFORMER A MAILBOXES 5 A901 A A ± 4' - 10" ± 4' - 8" MIN. 4' - 0" B B B EXTERIOR PERIMETER WALL B B 7 A902 TYP. B B NEW LIGHT STANDARD PER DETAIL /6 A901 C 160' - 2" C C C197' - 3 1/2" 14'-6" + 160'-2" + 21'-3"= 195'-11" C 17' - 6" 4' - 0"4' - 0" EDGE OF WALK C C C 1 A089 C VAN TRUNCATED DOMES PER /6 A902 C C 10 14 10 11 7 15 13 3 9 16 1013 21' - 3" al l i d e a s , d e s i g n s a n d p l a n s r e p r e s e n t e d b y t h i s d r aw i n g a r e t h e e x c l u s i v e p r o p e r t y o f bs b d e s i g n , i n c . an d s h a l l n o t b e r e p r o d u c e d i n w h o l e o r i n p a r t w i t ho u t t h e e x p r e s s p r i o r w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n o f s a i d a rc h i t e c t s , a n y u n a u t h o r iz e d r e u s e o f t h e s e p l a n s o t h e r t h a n f o r t h e p r o j e c t a n d l o c a t i o n s h o w n i s p r o h i b i t e d . JOB NO. SUBMITTAL DATE SHEET TITLE SHEET NO. CLIENT: REVISION DATE 21 3 0 E 4 T H S T # 2 0 0 SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 5 1ST PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 08/20/2024 970 W. 190TH ST., STE 250, TORRANCE CA 90502 O: 310.217.8885 BSBDESIGN.COM D E S I G N BSB 4TH P.C. SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 2ND PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 01/29/2025 3RD PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 04/17/2025 4TH PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 MR230056 A100 SITE PLAN OL I V E C R E S T R E S I D E N T I A L 21 5 0 E . F O U R T H S T . & 2 1 6 0 E . F O U R T H S T . SA N T A A N A C A 9 2 7 0 5 OL I V E C R E S T SCALE: 1"=20' 0 10'20'40'60' NORTH MAIN VEHICULAR ENTRY / EXIT EXISTING BUILDING 2130 E. 4TH STREET (NOT A PART) EXISTING BUILDING 2204 E. 4TH STREET (NOT A PART) EXISTING BUILDING 2112 E. 4TH STREET (NOT A PART) BLDG. A1 PROPOSED FIRE HYDRANT BLDG. A2 PROPERTY LINE PR O P E R T Y L I N E PR O P E R T Y L I N E PROPERTY LINE PROPERTY LINE PR O P E R T Y L I N E PROPERTY LINE PROPERTY LINE PR O P E R T Y L I N E PR O P E R T Y L I N E (E) FIRE HYDRANT OFFICE LAUNDRY COMMUNITY ROOM 15’ X 15’ SIGHT DISTANCE TRIANGLE, SEE CIVIL FOR MORE INFO. 2 FOOT DEDICATION AND 8 FOOT OFFER OF DEDICATION ALONG 4TH STREET, SEE CIVIL PLANS FOR MORE INFO. 2150 E. FOURTH 2160 E. FOURTH 102 202 200 103 203 101 201 103 203 101 201 102 202 200 100 A LINE INDICATES ADA PATH OF TRAVEL PROPOSED COMMON AREA (1,430 SF PROVIDED) B A PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #1 01/29/2025 B PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #2 04/17/2025 C PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #3 07/08/2025 al l i d e a s , d e s i g n s a n d p l a n s r e p r e s e n t e d b y t h i s d r aw i n g a r e t h e e x c l u s i v e p r o p e r t y o f bs b d e s i g n , i n c . an d s h a l l n o t b e r e p r o d u c e d i n w h o l e o r i n p a r t w i t ho u t t h e e x p r e s s p r i o r w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n o f s a i d a rc h i t e c t s , a n y u n a u t h o r iz e d r e u s e o f t h e s e p l a n s o t h e r t h a n f o r t h e p r o j e c t a n d l o c a t i o n s h o w n i s p r o h i b i t e d . JOB NO. SUBMITTAL DATE SHEET TITLE SHEET NO. CLIENT: Plot Date:File: REVISION DATE 21 3 0 E 4 T H S T # 2 0 0 SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 5 1ST PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 08/20/2024 970 W. 190TH ST., STE 250, TORRANCE CA 90502 O: 310.217.8885 BSBDESIGN.COM D E S I G N BSB 4TH P.C. SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 2ND PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 01/29/2025 3RD PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 04/17/2025 4TH PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 11/4/2025 8:52:37 PM MR230056 A101 EXISTING SITE PLAN / DEMOLITION PLAN OL I V E C R E S T R E S I D E N T I A L 21 5 0 E . F O U R T H S T . & 2 1 6 0 E . F O U R T H S T . SA N T A A N A C A 9 2 7 0 5 OL I V E C R E S T A C A PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #1 01/29/2025 C PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #3 07/08/2025 al l i d e a s , d e s i g n s a n d p l a n s r e p r e s e n t e d b y t h i s d r aw i n g a r e t h e e x c l u s i v e p r o p e r t y o f bs b d e s i g n , i n c . an d s h a l l n o t b e r e p r o d u c e d i n w h o l e o r i n p a r t w i t ho u t t h e e x p r e s s p r i o r w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n o f s a i d a rc h i t e c t s , a n y u n a u t h o r iz e d r e u s e o f t h e s e p l a n s o t h e r t h a n f o r t h e p r o j e c t a n d l o c a t i o n s h o w n i s p r o h i b i t e d . JOB NO. SUBMITTAL DATE SHEET TITLE SHEET NO. CLIENT: Plot Date:File: REVISION DATE 21 3 0 E 4 T H S T # 2 0 0 SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 5 1ST PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 08/20/2024 970 W. 190TH ST., STE 250, TORRANCE CA 90502 O: 310.217.8885 BSBDESIGN.COM D E S I G N BSB 4TH P.C. SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 2ND PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 01/29/2025 3RD PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 04/17/2025 4TH PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 11/4/2025 9:35:05 PM MR230056 A102 PRECISE GRADING AND PAVING PLAN OL I V E C R E S T R E S I D E N T I A L 21 5 0 E . F O U R T H S T . & 2 1 6 0 E . F O U R T H S T . SA N T A A N A C A 9 2 7 0 5 OL I V E C R E S T C C PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #3 07/08/2025 al l i d e a s , d e s i g n s a n d p l a n s r e p r e s e n t e d b y t h i s d r aw i n g a r e t h e e x c l u s i v e p r o p e r t y o f bs b d e s i g n , i n c . an d s h a l l n o t b e r e p r o d u c e d i n w h o l e o r i n p a r t w i t ho u t t h e e x p r e s s p r i o r w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n o f s a i d a rc h i t e c t s , a n y u n a u t h o r iz e d r e u s e o f t h e s e p l a n s o t h e r t h a n f o r t h e p r o j e c t a n d l o c a t i o n s h o w n i s p r o h i b i t e d . JOB NO. SUBMITTAL DATE SHEET TITLE SHEET NO. CLIENT: Plot Date:File: REVISION DATE 21 3 0 E 4 T H S T # 2 0 0 SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 5 1ST PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 08/20/2024 970 W. 190TH ST., STE 250, TORRANCE CA 90502 O: 310.217.8885 BSBDESIGN.COM D E S I G N BSB 4TH P.C. SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 2ND PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 01/29/2025 3RD PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 04/17/2025 4TH PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 11/4/2025 9:35:06 PM MR230056 A103 PRECISE GRADING AND PAVING PLAN OL I V E C R E S T R E S I D E N T I A L 21 5 0 E . F O U R T H S T . & 2 1 6 0 E . F O U R T H S T . SA N T A A N A C A 9 2 7 0 5 OL I V E C R E S T C C PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #3 07/08/2025 DS D S DS DS D S DS A201Ea s t A201 A201 A201 North We s t South 8 A201 5 A201 7 A201 6 A201 2 2 B B C C A A 1 1 3 3 4 4 1 A301 2 A301 3 A301 25' - 2 1/2"7' - 5"25' - 2 1/2" 33 ' - 2 1 / 2 " 33 ' - 2 1 / 2 " 10 ' - 9 " 6' - 5 " 5' - 2 " 10 ' - 1 0 1 / 2 " 10 ' - 1 0 1 / 2 " 5' - 2 " 6' - 5 " 10 ' - 9 " 57' - 10" 13' - 5"11' - 9 1/2" 66 ' - 5 " 2' - 8"1' - 0"6' - 7"4' - 2 1/2" 6' - 7 " 3' - 1 1 1 / 2 " 8' - 4 " +/ - 3 ' - 3 1 / 2 " 10 ' - 8 1 / 2 " 2' - 5"11' - 9 1/2" 11 1/2" 7' - 1 0 3 / 4 " 3' - 3 1 / 4 " EQ.EQ.EQ.EQ. 2' - 7 " 2' - 7 " 4' - 9 1 / 2 " 6' - 1 " 6' - 1 " 4' - 9 1 / 2 " 2' - 7 " 2' - 7 " 17 R I S E R S @ 6 " M I N . - 7 " M A X . 1 6 T H R E A D S @ 1 1 " 15 ' - 7 " A851 14UP A A A A B A A B AAAA B A A B FE FE U1 U2 U3 U5 U3 U7 U4 U3 U2 U1 U5 U3 U4 U6 U6 U3 U2 U1 U5 U7 U3 U4 U4 U3 U7 U1 U2 U3 U5 U6 U6 2 A111 100 101 102 103 100 19 ' - 2 " 9' - 0 " 5' - 0 " EQ EQ EQ EQ 13' - 5"11' - 9 1/2" 1' - 1 " EQ EQ EQ EQ 2' - 2" 2' - 2" 6' - 7 " 3' - 8 " 8' - 7 1 / 2 " +/ - 3 ' - 3 1 / 2 " 10 ' - 8 1 / 2 " ALIGN ALIGN 2' - 8"1' - 0"6' - 7"4' - 2" 2' - 5"11' - 9 1/2" EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ 4" 4' - 0 1 / 2 " WO R K S P A C E T Y P . 30 " M I N . WO R K S P A C E T Y P . 30 " M I N . A A A A 44" MIN. CLR. 3' - 8" A A A 8"8"1' - 7 1 / 2 " 1' - 7 1 / 2 " 1' - 7 1 / 2 " 8"8" 1' - 7 1 / 2 " A A A A A851 19 SIM. A853 13 E E E E E E E E B B B 36" MIN 3' - 2 1/4" B A112 54 C BEDROOM 1 BEDROOM 2 BATH KITCHEN CLR. 5' - 0" CLR. 5' - 0" C C LIVING DINING LIVING BEDROOM 1 BEDROOM 2 DINING BATH KITCHEN KITCHEN DININGDINING KITCHEN BEDROOM 2 BEDROOM 2 BATHBATH BEDROOM 1BEDROOM 1 LIVING LIVING CLOSET 1 CL O S E T 2 CL O S E T 2 CLOSET 1 CL O S E T 2 CL O S E T 2 CLOSET 1 CLOSET 1COATCOAT COATCOAT C INACCESSIBLE AREA UNDER STAIR 15 A853 270 109 EQ EQ A853 12 UNIT PLAN GENERAL NOTES: 1. SEE ELECTRICAL FOR LIGHT FIXTURE INFO. 2. PROVIDE A SMOKE ALARM AT EACH SLEEPING UNIT AND AT ROOMS OUTSIDE OF EACH SLEEPING AREA PER 2022 CBC 907.2.11.2 SMOKE ALARM SHALL BE INTERCONNECTED HARD-WIRED WITH BATTERY BACKUP AND SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 72 SECTION 29.11.3.4 SPECIFIC LOCATION a. SPECIFIC LOCATION REQUIREMENTS OF SMOKE ALARMS AND SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL BE PER 2022 CBC 907.2.11.8. 1) SMOKE ALARMS AND SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 36 INCHES (HORIZONTALLY) FROM THE DOOR OPENING INTO A BATHROOMCONTAINING A SHOWER OR TUB 2) WHERE WITHIN 10 AND 20 FEET ALONG A HORIZONTAL FLOW PATH FROM A STATIONARY OR FIXED COOKING APPLIANCE SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH AN ALARM SILENCING MEANS OR USE PHOTOELECTRIC DETECTION 3) WHERE WITHIN 6 FEET (RADIAL DISTANCE) FROM A COOKING APPLIANCE, PHOTOELECTRIC SMOKE ALARMS SHALL BE PERMITTED TO BE INSTALLED. 4) SMOKE ALARM AND SMOKE DETECTOR SHALL NOT BE INSTALL WITHIN AN AREA OF EXCLUSION DETERMINED BY A 10-FOOT RADIAL DISTANCEALONG A HORIZONTAL FLOW PATH FROM A STATIONARY OR FIXED COOKING APPLIANCE 3. PROVIDE CARBON MONOXIDE SENSORS AT UNITS PER 2022 CBC 915.4.1. CARBON MONOXIDE ALARM SHALL BE INTERCONNECTED HARDWIRED WITH BATTERY BACKUP. UNIT SHALL BE SFM-APPROVED 4. WHERE MORE THAN ONE CARBON MONOXIDE ALARM IS REQUIRED WITHIN A DWELLING UNIT OR WITHIN A SLEEPING UNIT THE ALARMS SHOULD BE INTERCONNECTED SUCH THAT THE ACTIVATION OF ONE ALARM ACTIVATES ALL THE ALARMS IN THE INDIVIDUAL UNIT PER 2022 CBC 915.4.5 5. SMOKE AND CARBON MONOXIDE SENSORS AT ALL LOCATION WITHIN UNIT TO BE CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING VISIBLE ALARM NOTIFICATION DEVICE PER 2022 CBC 907.5.2.3.3, 915.7, AND NFPA 72 6. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE, ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE TO FACE OF FRAMING 7. VERIFY ALL MANUFACTURED PRODUCT SIZE & INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS AND INSTALL ALL PRODUCTS IN CONFORMANCE WITH THEIR LISTING AND MFG. MANUFACTURED PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS AND LISTINGS TAKE PRECEDENT OVER INFORMATION INDICATED HEREWITH. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY CONFLICT PRIOR TO PROCEEDING 9. FOR ANY DISHWASHERS INCLUDED IN OR OVER THE LIVING SPACE, INSTALL ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING: - A DRAIN AND DRAIN PAN - AN ACCESSIBLE SINGLE-THROW SUPPLY VALVE - A LEAK DETECTION DEVICE THAT CAN CUT THE WATER SUPPLY LEGEND SMOKE/ CARBON MONOXIDE DETECTOR COMBO - SEE ELECTRICAL SMOKE DETECTOR - SEE ELECTRICAL ELECTRIC SUB PANEL RECESS INTO WALL FRAMING PRE-BD. STUDS W/ TYPE "X" GYP. BD. PER DETAIL ADD LABEL TO PANEL THAT READS "FOR MAINTENANCE PESONNEL ONLY" AND "TEL. NO, OF MANAGEMENT FOR TENANT TO CALL. 30" by 48" CLEAR FLOOR SPACE CENTERED FOR PARALLEL OR FORWARD APPROACH U.O.N. 2' - 6 " 4'-0" ø 5' - 0" 60" DIA WHEELCHAIR TURINING CLEARANCE -- MANEUVERING CLEARANCE AT DOOR WITH BOTH CLOSER AND LATCHES MANEUVERING CLEARANCE AT DOOR WITHOUT CLOSER OR LATCHES 1'-6" 3' - 6 " 4' - 0 " 1'-6" 1'-0" SOFFIT / CEILING NOTES: +7'-6"= DROPPED LIGHT GAUGE MTL SOFFIT JOIST AND CRIPPLERS SPACED 16" 0.C. BELOW RATED FLOOR/CLG. OR ROOF/CLG ASSEMBLY. DIMENSION INDICATED IS TO FINISHED FACE OF CEILING. JOIST SIZE TO COMPLY W/ STEEL MFG SPAN CHART. VERIFY THAT ALL REQ'D DUCTS, PIPES, ETC WILL FIT IN SOFFIT PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. PRE-BD ALL WALLS THAT EXTEND ABOVE SOFFITED AREAS WITH 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP BD. CEILING ELEVATIONS SHOWN ARE MINIMUM, CEILINGS/ SOFFITS SHALL NOT BE ANY LOWER THAN REQUIRED. +7-0"= DROP SOFFITS TO TOP OF KITCHEN WALL CABINETS. SOFFIT FRAMING SHALL EXTEND 1" BEYOND EDGE OF CABINET BOX ON ALL SIDES (EXCEPT WHERE DYING INTO A WALL) BOTTOM OF SOFFIT FRAMING TO OCCUR AS INDICATED ON CEILING PLAN. (U.O.N.) ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. SEE DETAIL INDICATES 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. AT RATED ASSEMBLIES & 5/8" GYP. BD. AT NON-RATED ASSEMBLIES. SOFFIT FRAMING TO OCCUR AT +9'-0"(U.O.N.) ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. REFER TO DETAIL FOR FIRE RATING INFORMATION SEE SHEETS: A811 & A812 WALL MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE CENTERED OVER DOOR OPENING - SEE ELECTRICAL CEILING LIGHT FIXTURE - SEE ELECTRICAL ENERGYSTAR COMBINATION EXHAUST FAN/LIGHT FIXTURE - SEE ELEC'L & MECH'L UNIT ENTRY SCONCE - SEE ELECTRICAL ALIGN WALL INTERIOR FINISH TO BE ALIGNED, STAGGER FRAMING AS REQUIRED - 1'-6" 3' - 8 " 1'-10" MANEUVERING CLEARANCEUNIT FINISH NOTES / LEGEND 1. ALL BATHROOMS TO INCLUDE MOST CURRENT OWNER SPECIFICATIONS. CONTRACTOR TO CONFIRM PRIOR TO FINALIZING CONTRACT 2. INTERIOR WALL AND CEILING GYPSUM BOARD WILL BE 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP BD UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE IN FIRE ASSEMBLY DETAILS 3. ALL WALLS WITHIN BATHROOM AREAS TO RECEIVE 5/8" TYPE "X" PAPERLESS GYP BD. PREBOARD BEHIND TUB/SHOWER ENCLOSURE TO 5/8" TYPE "X" PAPERLESS GYP BD. (CEILING IN BATHROOM (DUE TO PAPERLESS GYP BD PRODUCT LIMITATIONS TO BE PAPER FACED) 4. BUILD UP SUB-FLOOR AT HARD SURFACE FLOORING TO FLUSH-OUT FINISH WITH CARPETING (WHERE OCCURS) 5. TRANSITION BETWEEN FINISHED FLOOR SURFACE (CHANGES IN LEVEL) MUST COMPLY WITH 2022 CBC 1132A.4.1 6. PROVIDE SHELVES AND RODS WITHIN ALL CLOSETS. SHELVES TO BE 3/4" THK. MDF RODS SHALL BE 1 1/4" DIA. WOOD (UNFINISHED). PROVIDE CONCEALED 2X BLOCKING WITHIN WALLS FOR SHELF AND POLE BRACKET SUPPORT, VERIFY SUPPORT LOCATION REQUIREMENTS WITH SUPPLIER. PROVIDE AS FOLLOWS: a. ADAPTABLE UNIT COAT CLOSET & STANDARD BEDROOM CLOSET: • SINGLE SHELF 68" AFF • SINGLE ROD 66" AFF b. ADAPTABLE WALK IN CLOSETS: • DOUBLE SHELF - 42" AFF & 82" AFF • DOUBLE ROD - 40" AFF & 80" AFF c. PANTRY / LINEN & MANGERS UNIT WASHER/DRYER CLOSET • 3 FIXED & 2 ADJUSTABLE SHELVES - EVENLY SPACED U.O.N. 7. FOR FLOOR FINISH TRANSITION REFER TO SHEET:......................................................................... PROVIDE VYNAL FLOORING THROUGH ENTIRE UNIT, VERIFY SPEC WITH OWNER PRIOR TO BIDDING FOR ADDITIONAL UNIT FINISH INFO SEE: .................................................................................................- /A852- /A822 /11 A811 /17 A811 A /17 A811 /9 A811 NOTE: REFER TO TYPICAL BATHROOM / KITCHEN ELEVATIONS AND DETAILS ON SHEET A500 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. DOORS CLEARANCES (2% MAX SLOPE IN ANY DIRECTION) TO BE 44" AT ADAPTABLE UNITS. INTERIOR DOORS AT ADAPTABLE UNITS SHALL PROVIDE MINIMUM 42"LENGTH ON BOTH SIDES OF THE DOOR PER 1132A.5.1. COMMON DOORS CLEARANCES (2% MAX SLOPE IN ANY DIRECTION) TO BE 60" AT PULL SIDE OF COMMON DOORS & 48" AT THE PUSH SIDE PER 1126A.3 COMMON AREA GENERAL NOTES: 1. COMPOSITE BUILDING PLANS ARE PROVIDED FOR PLAN TO PLAN RELATIONSHIPS. WHEN CONFLICTS EXIST OR INFORMATION IS UNCLEAR, CONSULT WITH ARCHITECT BEFORE PROCEEDING. 2. DIMENSIONS SHOWN, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED OR INDICATED, ARE TO THE FACE OF STUD. 3. ALL EXTERIOR WALLS TO RECEIVE SHEATHING. 4. REFER TO SHEET FOR TYPICAL FLOOR AND WALL ACOUSTIC ISOLATION REQUIREMENTS. 5. REFER TO SHEET FOR BUILDING CODE EXITING, OCCUPANT LOAD AND TRAVEL DISTANCE CODE COMPLIANCE INFORMATION. 6. REFER TO ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR ALL EXIT SIGN LOCATIONS, TYPE AND CIRCUITING FOR EXIT SIGNS REQUIRED PER C.B.C. SECTION 1013 AND CODE SUB-SECTIONS THEREIN. 7. REFER TO ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR ALL FOOT-CANDLE DISTRIBUTION PLANS FOR LIGHT LEVEL COMPLIANCE WITH C.B.C. SECTION 1008.1. 8. EXIT SIGNS SHALL BE INTERNALLY OR EXTERNALLY ILLUMINATED AT ALL TIMES AND SHALL BE CONNECTED TO AN EMERGENCY POWER SYSTEM THAT WILL PROVIDED ILLUMINATION OF NOT LESS THAN 90 MIN. IN CASE OF PRIMARY POWER LOSS (1013.3 - 1013.6.3) 9. INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED SIGNS SHALL BE LISTED AND LABELED AND SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND CHAPTER 27. EXTERNALLY ILLUMINATED EXIT SIGNS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE GRAPHICS AND POWER SOURCE REQUIREMENTS IN SECTION 1013.6. WHEN THE FACE OF AN EXIT SIGN IS ILLUMINATED FROM AN EXTERNAL SOURCE, IT SHALL HAVE AN INTENSITY OF NOT LESS THAN 5-FOOT-CANDLES (54 LUX) 10. THE MEANS OF EGRESS, INCLUDING THE EXIT DISCHARGE, SHALL BE ILLUMINATED AT ALL TIMES THAT THE BUILDING SPACE SERVED BY THE MEANS OF EGRESS IS OCCUPIED. THE MEANS OF EGRESS ILLUMINATION LEVEL SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN ONE FOOT CANDLE AT THE WALKING SURFACE. (1008.1) BOXED NUMBER INDICATES SPECIFIC UNIT PLAN NUMBER INTENDED FOR COORDINATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF LOCATION DURING CONSTRUCTION. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE THIS NUMBER AFFIXED AND MAINTAINED AT EACH UNIT MAIN ENTRY DOOR THROUGH THE DURATION OF CONSTRUCTION. THIS NUMBER IS INTENDED TO BE THE LEGAL ADDRESS. INDICATES SEMI-RECESSED FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET PROVIDE POTTER ROMER 7320 (STAINLESS STEEL). PROVIDE SURFACE MOUNTED AT CONC. WALLS AND COLUMNS. INSTALL PER ................. BB CABINET OR EQUAL WITH 2A,10B,C EXTINGUISHER. LOCATE IN CONFORMANCE WITH CBC/CFC 906 FOR LIGHT HAZARD AREAS 75' MAX. TRAVEL DISTANCE FROM FURTHEST ACCESSIBLE USABLE SPACE. ILLUMINATED EXIT SIGN - SEE ELECT. DWGS. EXIT SIGNS SHALL BE ILLUMINATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH CBC 1013.3 . OCCUPANT LOAD SIGN. SIGN SHALL BE OF APPROVED LEGIBLE DESIGN AND SHALL BE MAINTAINED BY OWNER OR AUTHORIZED AGENT CLASS I STANDPIPE WITH OUTLET AT EACH FLOOR LANDING AND ON ROOF. OUTLET SHALL BE NO LESS THAN 2' AND NO MORE THAN 4' ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR LEVEL (SEE FIRE DRAWINGS) INTERIOR TO EXTERIOR : DIFFERENTIATES INTERIOR CORRIDORS FROM EXTERIOR CORRIDORS. CORRIDORS WALLS AND CEILING IN EXTERIOR AREA TO BE FINISHED WITH STUCCO COMPOSITE BUILDING PLAN NOTES COMPOSITE BUILDING PLAN LEGEND EXT. 11. THE POWER SUPPLY FOR MEANS OF EGRESS ILLUMINATION SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE PREMISES' ELECTRICAL SUPPLY (CBC 1008.3). IN THE EVENT OF POWER SUPPLY FAILURE, AN EMERGENCY POWER SYSTEM SHALL PROVIDE POWER FOR A DURATION NOT LESS THAN 90 MIN. AND SHALL CONSIST OF STORAGE BATTERIES, UNIT EQUIPMENT OR AN ON-SITE GENERATOR. THE INSTALLATION OF THE EMERGENCY POWER SYSTEM SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 2702. IN THE EVENT OF POWER SUPPLY FAILURE, THE EMERGENCY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM SHALL AUTOMATICALLY ILLUMINATE THE FOLLOWING AREAS: A. AISLES AND UNENCLOSED EGRESS STAIRWAYS IN ROOMS AND SPACES THAT ARE REQUIRED TO HAVE TWO OR MORE MEANS OF EGRESS. B. CORRIDORS, EXIT ENCLOSURES AND EXIT PASSAGEWAYS IN BUILDING REQUIRED TO HAVE TWO OR MORE EXITS. C. EXTERIOR EGRESS COMPONENTS AT OTHER THAN THE LEVEL OF EXIT DISCHARGE UNTIL EXIT DISCHARGE IS ACCOMPLISHED FOR BUILDINGS REQUIRED TO HAVE TWO OR MORE EXITS. INTERIOR EXIT DISCHARGE ELEMENTS, AS PERMITTED IN SECTION 1027.1, IN BUILDINGS REQUIRED TO HAVE TWO OR MORE EXITS. D. EXTERIOR LANDINGS, AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 1008.1.6, FOR EXIT DISCHARGE DOORWAYS IN BUILDINGS REQUIRED TO HAVE TWO OR MORE EXITS. E. ROOMS AND SPACES PER CBC 1008.3.3 SHALL AUTOMATICALLY ILLUMINATE IN THE EVENT OF POWER LOSS 12. EMERGENCY LIGHTING SHALL BE PROVIDED AT EXTERIOR LANDINGS OF EXIT DISCHARGE DOORWAYS FOR BUILDINGS REQUIRED TO HAVE MORE THAN ONE EXIT. CBC 1008.3. EMERGENCY POWER SYSTEM SHALL PROVIDE POWER FOR AT LEAST 90 MINUTES AND COMPLY WITH CFC 604 AND 1008.3.4 13. PROVIDE FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS AT DUCT PENETRATIONS OF 1-HOUR CORRIDOR WALLS. FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS SEE GENERAL NOTE 18 ON SHEET A071. 14. WALL AND CEILING FINISHES SHALL NOT EXCEED THE FLAME SPREAD CLASSIFICATIONS IN CBC 803.9. 15. INTERIOR FLOOR FINISH AND FLOOR COVERING MATERIALS SHALL COMPLY WITH CBC 804. 16. DECORATIVE MATERIALS AND TRIM INSTALLED IN BUILDINGS GOVERNED BY THE SFM SHALL COMPLY WITH THE PROVISIONS OF CBC 806 17. FIREBLOCKING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN COMBUSTIBLE CONCEALED LOCATIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH CBC 718.2 IN THE FOLLOWING LOCATIONS: A. FURRED SPACES & PARALLEL ROWS OF STUDS OR STAGGERED STUDS VERTICALLY AT THE CEILING/FLOOR LEVELS & HORIZONTALLY AT INTERVALS NOT EXCEEDING 10 FEET. B. AT ALL INTERCONNECTIONS BETWEEN (B/W) CONCEALED VERTICAL STUD WALL/PARTITION SPACES & CONCEALED HORIZONAL SPACES CREATED BY ASSEMBLY OF FLOOR JOISTS/TRUSSES, & B/W CONCEALED VERTICAL & HORIZONTAL SPACES SUCH AS OCCUR AT SOFFITS, DROP CEILINGS, COVE CEILINGS & SIMILAR LOCATIONS. C. IN CONCEALED SPACES BETWEEN STAIR STRINGERS AT THE TOP AND BOTTOM OF THE RUN, ENCLOSED SPACES UNDER STAIR SHALL ALSO COMPLY WITH CBC 1011.7.3. D. WITHIN CONCEALED SPACES OF EXTERIOR WALL COVERINGS AND OTHER COMBUSTIBLE EXTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL ELEMENTS FIRE BLOCKING SHALL BE INSTALLED AT MAX INTERVALS OF 20' IN EITHER DIRECTION SO THAT THERE WILL BE NO CONCEALED SPACE EXCEEDING 100 SF BETWEEN FIRE BLOCKING 18. ALL LOCATIONS OF GRADE LEVEL PARKING (OTHER THAN VEHICULAR RAMP) SHALL NOT BE SLOPED MORE THAN 2% MAX. 19. IN GROUP R OCCUPANCIES, COOKING APPLIANCE USED FOR DOMESTIC COOKING OPERATIONS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 920.0 OF THE CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE. (CBC 420.10) 20. WALKWAYS, BALCONIES, CORRIDORS, EXIT SHALL NOT HAVE A CROSS SLOPE (SLOPE PERPENDICULAR TO THE DIRECTION OF TRAVEL) MORE THAN 2% 21. LEVEL LANDINGS (SLOPE LESS THAN 2% IN ANY DIRECTION) MUST BE PROVIDED ON BOTH SIDES OF ALL DOORS PER CBC. THRESHOLD TOTAL CHANGE IN LEVEL SHALL NOT EXCEED 1/2" HEIGHT OF FLOOR LEVEL CHANGE INCLUDING HEIGHT OF THRESHOLD PLATE (NOTE THAT 1/2" LEVEL CHANGE MUST BE TAPERED 1/4" AT A TIME AS REQ'D PER CBC) 22. PROJECTIONS FROM WALLS LESS THAN 80" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR SHALL NOT PROJECT MORE THAN 4" FROM THE WALL SURFACE OR MUST HAVE FLOOR LEVEL BARRIERS 27" MAX. HIGH MEETING CBC CANE REQUIREMENTS. 23. PARKING GARAGES SHALL HAVE AN UNOBSTRUCTED HEADROOM CLEARANCE OF NOT LESS THAN 7'-0" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR (EXCLUDING THE FIRST 4.5' ABOVE HOOD OF PARKING STALL WHERE CLR HEIGHT IS ALLOWED TO BE LOWER PER MUNICIPAL CODE). 24. ALL ENTRANCES AND VERTICAL CLEARANCES WITHIN PARKING STRUCTURES SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM VERTICAL CLEARANCE OF 8'-2" TO LOWEST OBSTRUCTION WHERE REQUIRED FOR ACCESS TO ACCESSIBLE PARKING STALLS 25. PROVIDE AN APPROVED FIRE ALARM SYSTEM PER NFPA 13 OR 13R, AND CFC 907.2.9, SUBMIT PLANS FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION 26. FLOOR AND WALL FINISH AROUND AND WITHIN 2' PERPENDICULAR TO ALL PRIMARY NON-RESIDENTIAL ENTRIES SHALL OF NONABSORBENT MATERIAL (STUCCO, TILE, EXPOSED CONCRETE, OR OTHER APPROVED NONABSORBENT MATERIAL) 27. COMMON USE OR PUBLIC USE SYSTEM INTERFACE OF COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS BETWEEEN ADAPTABLE RESIDENTIAL UNITS AND BUILDING ENTRY/ CALL SYSTEM SHALL INCLUDE THE CAPABILITY OF SUPPORTING VOICE AND TTY COMMUNICATION WITH THE RESIDENTIAL DWELLING UNIT INTERFACE ELECTRICAL RECEPTACLES (ON BRANCH CIRCUITS OF 30 AMPERE OR LESS), COMMUNICATION RECEPTACLES, CONTROLS, AND SWITCHES SHALL BE LOCATED NO MORE THAN 44” MEASURED FROM THE TOP OF THE RECEPTACLE NOR LESS THAN 15” MEASURED FROM THE BOTTOM OF THE RECEPTACLE TO THE LEVEL OF THE FINISHED FLOOR. IF REACH IS OVER A PHYSICAL BARRIER (COUNTERTOP ETC.) RECEPTACLES SHALL BE LOCATED WITHIN REACH RANGES SPECIFIED IN THE FOLLOWING: ADAPTABLE UNITS: CBC 11A-1138A.3. 1. FOR MAX ALLOWED BLD AREA CALS SEE:......................................................................................................... 2. FOR ASSEMBLIES, FIRE RATINGS, AND EXITING DIAGRAMS SEE:............................................................. 3. FOR ACOUSTICAL DETAILS AND INFO SEE:.................................................................................................. 4. FOR CBC 11A ACCESSIBILITY GENERAL NOTES WITHIN ADAPTABLE UNIT SEE: .................................. SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" 0 2'4'8'12' NORTH FANS SHALL BE ENERGY STAR COMPLIANT AND BE DUCTED TO TERMINATE TO THE OUTSIDE OF THE BUILDING. FANS, NOT FUNCTIONING AS A COMPONENT OF A WHOLE HOUSE VENTILATION SYSTEM, MUST BE CONTROLLED BY A HUMIDITY CONTROL. EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ SPRINKLER HEAD (WHERE OCCURS), SEE FIRE PROT. DWGS. CORRIDOR LIGHTING PER ELECT. DWGS. TYP. CORRIDOR SOFFIT LIGHTING LAYOUT 1HR RATED EXTERIOR WALL ASSEMBLY PER TABLE 601.* SEE DETAIL ........................... 1HR RATED CORRIDOR * SEE DETAIL ........................... FIRE RATED ASSEMBLY LEGEND FOR PENETRATION THROUGH FIRE PARTITIONS, FIRE BARRIERS, AND HORIZONTAL ASSEMBLIES (FLOOR/CEILING ASSEMBLIES) SEE: .................................................. FOR TYPICAL ACOUSTICAL DTLS SEE (DTLS ARE GENERIC AND ONLY INTENDED TO ADDRESS ACOUSTICAL ISSUES).................... /10 A811 - /A020 - /A093 - /A811 - /A020 INDICATES DOWNSPOUT. TO MATCH ADJACENET WALL COLORDS /2 A812 INDICATES CORRIDOR RECESSED DOWNLIGHT, SEE ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR EMERGENCY LIGHT LOCATIONS /3 A812 /4 A811 /6 A811 /7 A811 /8 A811 - /A811A810 2X4 INTERIOR WOOD STUD WALL 2X6 INTERIOR WOOD STUD WALL FE * NOTE: 2X6 EXTERIOR STUD WALLS ARE REQUIRED PER ENERGY CALCULATION A UNIT DEMISING WALL FIRE PARTITION SEE DETAIL .........................../1 A812 A A A E INDICATES WINDOW TYPE -SEE WINDOW SCHEDULE INDICATES EMERGENCY ESCAPE & RESCUE OPENING. SEE DETAIL INDICATES SURFACE MOUNTED EXTERIOR BUILDING LIGHT, SEE ELECTRICAL PLANS U1 INDICATES DOORS TYPE -SEE DOOR SCHEDULE /3 A821 A ACCESS PANEL AT LEVEL 2, 1-HOUR FIRE RATED 20"x30" MIN. ATTIC ACCESS. ATTIC SPACE SHALL BE 30" OR GREATER IN CLEAR HEIGHT ABOVE AN ACCESS OPENING AT LEAST 30 SQ.FT IN AREA. CBC 1208.2.A - /A020 - /A811 103 DRYER DRYER WASHER / DRYER WASHERWASHER FOLDING TABLE LAUNDRY CONFERENCE ROOM COMMUNITY ROOM U6 18" MIN. 2' - 0"17"-18" CL R . 1' - 6 " CL R . 1' - 6 " JAN. ALL-GENDER RESTROOM KITCHEN CL R . 1' - 0 " 102 12' - 0 1/2"13' - 1 1/2" 107 104 103 105 106 6' - 7 " 3' - 1 1 1 / 2 " 8' - 4 " 3' - 3 " 10 ' - 3 " +/- 3' - 9"7' - 10"2' - 4 1/2"10' - 3 1/2" 1' - 3 1/2" 2' - 7"2' - 2"7' - 11" CL R . 1' - 6 " CL R . 1' - 0 " (RESIDENCE USE ONLY) A A A112 23 108 60"x54" 48"x48" 60"x54" 48"x48" 60"x54" 48"x36" 60"x54" 48"x36" B B B B /3 A500B 24" MAX. 5' - 4 1/2" C 5' - 0 " 4' - 0 " 1'-6" 1'-0" MANEUVERING CLEARANCE AT DOOR WITH BOTH CLOSER AND LATCHES al l i d e a s , d e s i g n s a n d p l a n s r e p r e s e n t e d b y t h i s d r aw i n g a r e t h e e x c l u s i v e p r o p e r t y o f bs b d e s i g n , i n c . an d s h a l l n o t b e r e p r o d u c e d i n w h o l e o r i n p a r t w i t ho u t t h e e x p r e s s p r i o r w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n o f s a i d a rc h i t e c t s , a n y u n a u t h o r iz e d r e u s e o f t h e s e p l a n s o t h e r t h a n f o r t h e p r o j e c t a n d l o c a t i o n s h o w n i s p r o h i b i t e d . JOB NO. SUBMITTAL DATE SHEET TITLE SHEET NO. CLIENT: Plot Date:File: REVISION DATE 21 3 0 E 4 T H S T # 2 0 0 SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 5 1ST PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 08/20/2024 970 W. 190TH ST., STE 250, TORRANCE CA 90502 O: 310.217.8885 BSBDESIGN.COM D E S I G N BSB 4TH P.C. SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 2ND PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 01/29/2025 3RD PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 04/17/2025 4TH PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 11/4/2025 8:52:40 PM MR230056 A111 BUILDING LEVEL 1 PLAN OL I V E C R E S T R E S I D E N T I A L 21 5 0 E . F O U R T H S T . & 2 1 6 0 E . F O U R T H S T . SA N T A A N A C A 9 2 7 0 5 OL I V E C R E S T F. O . S H T ' G . F. O . S H T ' G . F. O . S . F. O . S . F.O.SHT'G. F.O.SHT'G. CL F.O.SHT'G. F.O.SHT'G. CL F. O . S H T ' G . F. O . S H T ' G . F. O . S . F. O . S . F. O . S . LEVEL 1 PLAN -BLDG. A2 (BLDG. A1 SIMILAR) SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0" Level 1 -laundry partial (BLDG A1)2 AFFORDABLE UNIT @ BLDG A2 CL CL CL CL CL CL CLCL CL CL CL CL CL CL CLCL CL CLCL CL CLCL B C A PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #1 01/29/2025 B PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #2 04/17/2025 C PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #3 07/08/2025 1 DELTA 1 10/31/2025 1 DS D S DS DS D S DS A201Ea s t A201 A201 A201 North W e s t South 8 A201 5 A201 7 A201 6 A201 2 2 B B C C A A 1 1 3 3 4 4 25' - 2 1/2"7' - 5"25' - 2 1/2" 1 A301 2 A301 3 A301 57' - 10" 2' - 8"1' - 0"6' - 6 1/2"4' - 3" 2' - 5"11' - 9 1/2" 11 1/2" 7' - 1 0 3 / 4 " 3' - 7 1 / 4 " 33 ' - 2 1 / 2 " 33 ' - 2 1 / 2 " 66 ' - 5 " 13' - 5"11' - 9 1/2" A851 15 DN AAAA A A A AAA A B B A FE FE 44" MIN. CLR. U1 U3 U2 U5 U7 U3 U4 U1 U2 U3 U5 U3 U4 U4 U3 U1 U2 U3 U7 U5 U5 U2 U3 U3 U4 U1 U7 U7 A020 South FSD 200 201 202 203 A A 13' - 5"11' - 9 1/2" EQ EQ EQ EQ A EQ.EQ.EQ.EQ. 10 ' - 9 " 6' - 5 " 5' - 2 " 10 ' - 1 0 1 / 2 " 10 ' - 1 0 1 / 2 " 5' - 2 " 6' - 5 " 10 ' - 9 " 2' - 7 " 2' - 7 " 4' - 9 1 / 2 " 6' - 1 " 6' - 1 " 4' - 9 1 / 2 " 2' - 7 " 2' - 7 " 6' - 7 " 3' - 1 1 1 / 2 " 8' - 4 " +/ - 3 ' - 3 1 / 2 " 10 ' - 8 1 / 2 " 6' - 7 " 3' - 8 " 8' - 7 1 / 2 " +/ - 3 ' - 3 1 / 2 " 10 ' - 8 1 / 2 " 2' - 8"1' - 0"10' - 9" 2' - 5"11' - 9 1/2" EQ EQ A A A 8"8" 1' - 7 1 / 2 " 1' - 7 1 / 2 " A 1' - 7 1 / 2 " 8"8" 1' - 7 1 / 2 " A A 20 A851 A851 19 SIM. A A A853 14 1 A853 1 A853 A A AA A A E E E E E E E E B B 36" MIN. 3' - 1 3/4"B BEDROOM 1 BEDROOM 2 KITCHEN LIVING DINING LIVING BEDROOM 1 BEDROOM 2 DINING BATH KITCHEN KITCHEN DININGDINING KITCHEN BEDROOM 2 BEDROOM 2 BATHBATH BEDROOM 1BEDROOM 1 LIVING LIVING CLOSET 1 CL O S E T 2 CL O S E T 2 CLOSET 1 CL O S E T 2 CL O S E T 2 CLOSET 1 CLOSET 1COATCOAT COATCOAT C UNIT PLAN GENERAL NOTES: 1. SEE ELECTRICAL FOR LIGHT FIXTURE INFO. 2. PROVIDE A SMOKE ALARM AT EACH SLEEPING UNIT AND AT ROOMS OUTSIDE OF EACH SLEEPING AREA PER 2022 CBC 907.2.11.2 SMOKE ALARM SHALL BE INTERCONNECTED HARD-WIRED WITH BATTERY BACKUP AND SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 72 SECTION 29.11.3.4 SPECIFIC LOCATION a. SPECIFIC LOCATION REQUIREMENTS OF SMOKE ALARMS AND SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL BE PER 2022 CBC 907.2.11.8. 1) SMOKE ALARMS AND SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 36 INCHES (HORIZONTALLY) FROM THE DOOR OPENING INTO A BATHROOMCONTAINING A SHOWER OR TUB 2) WHERE WITHIN 10 AND 20 FEET ALONG A HORIZONTAL FLOW PATH FROM A STATIONARY OR FIXED COOKING APPLIANCE SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH AN ALARM SILENCING MEANS OR USE PHOTOELECTRIC DETECTION 3) WHERE WITHIN 6 FEET (RADIAL DISTANCE) FROM A COOKING APPLIANCE, PHOTOELECTRIC SMOKE ALARMS SHALL BE PERMITTED TO BE INSTALLED. 4) SMOKE ALARM AND SMOKE DETECTOR SHALL NOT BE INSTALL WITHIN AN AREA OF EXCLUSION DETERMINED BY A 10-FOOT RADIAL DISTANCEALONG A HORIZONTAL FLOW PATH FROM A STATIONARY OR FIXED COOKING APPLIANCE 3. PROVIDE CARBON MONOXIDE SENSORS AT UNITS PER 2022 CBC 915.4.1. CARBON MONOXIDE ALARM SHALL BE INTERCONNECTED HARDWIRED WITH BATTERY BACKUP. UNIT SHALL BE SFM-APPROVED 4. WHERE MORE THAN ONE CARBON MONOXIDE ALARM IS REQUIRED WITHIN A DWELLING UNIT OR WITHIN A SLEEPING UNIT THE ALARMS SHOULD BE INTERCONNECTED SUCH THAT THE ACTIVATION OF ONE ALARM ACTIVATES ALL THE ALARMS IN THE INDIVIDUAL UNIT PER 2022 CBC 915.4.5 5. SMOKE AND CARBON MONOXIDE SENSORS AT ALL LOCATION WITHIN UNIT TO BE CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING VISIBLE ALARM NOTIFICATION DEVICE PER 2022 CBC 907.5.2.3.3, 915.7, AND NFPA 72 6. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE, ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE TO FACE OF FRAMING 7. VERIFY ALL MANUFACTURED PRODUCT SIZE & INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS AND INSTALL ALL PRODUCTS IN CONFORMANCE WITH THEIR LISTING AND MFG. MANUFACTURED PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS AND LISTINGS TAKE PRECEDENT OVER INFORMATION INDICATED HEREWITH. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY CONFLICT PRIOR TO PROCEEDING 9. FOR ANY DISHWASHERS INCLUDED IN OR OVER THE LIVING SPACE, INSTALL ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING: - A DRAIN AND DRAIN PAN - AN ACCESSIBLE SINGLE-THROW SUPPLY VALVE - A LEAK DETECTION DEVICE THAT CAN CUT THE WATER SUPPLY LEGEND SMOKE/ CARBON MONOXIDE DETECTOR COMBO - SEE ELECTRICAL SMOKE DETECTOR - SEE ELECTRICAL ELECTRIC SUB PANEL RECESS INTO WALL FRAMING PRE-BD. STUDS W/ TYPE "X" GYP. BD. PER DETAIL ADD LABEL TO PANEL THAT READS "FOR MAINTENANCE PESONNEL ONLY" AND "TEL. NO, OF MANAGEMENT FOR TENANT TO CALL. 30" by 48" CLEAR FLOOR SPACE CENTERED FOR PARALLEL OR FORWARD APPROACH U.O.N. 2' - 6 " 4'-0" ø 5' - 0" 60" DIA WHEELCHAIR TURINING CLEARANCE -- MANEUVERING CLEARANCE AT DOOR WITH BOTH CLOSER AND LATCHES MANEUVERING CLEARANCE AT DOOR WITHOUT CLOSER OR LATCHES 1'-6" 3' - 6 " 4' - 0 " 1'-6" 1'-0" SOFFIT / CEILING NOTES: +7'-6"= DROPPED LIGHT GAUGE MTL SOFFIT JOIST AND CRIPPLERS SPACED 16" 0.C. BELOW RATED FLOOR/CLG. OR ROOF/CLG ASSEMBLY. DIMENSION INDICATED IS TO FINISHED FACE OF CEILING. JOIST SIZE TO COMPLY W/ STEEL MFG SPAN CHART. VERIFY THAT ALL REQ'D DUCTS, PIPES, ETC WILL FIT IN SOFFIT PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. PRE-BD ALL WALLS THAT EXTEND ABOVE SOFFITED AREAS WITH 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP BD. CEILING ELEVATIONS SHOWN ARE MINIMUM, CEILINGS/ SOFFITS SHALL NOT BE ANY LOWER THAN REQUIRED. +7-0"= DROP SOFFITS TO TOP OF KITCHEN WALL CABINETS. SOFFIT FRAMING SHALL EXTEND 1" BEYOND EDGE OF CABINET BOX ON ALL SIDES (EXCEPT WHERE DYING INTO A WALL) BOTTOM OF SOFFIT FRAMING TO OCCUR AS INDICATED ON CEILING PLAN. (U.O.N.) ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. SEE DETAIL INDICATES 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. AT RATED ASSEMBLIES & 5/8" GYP. BD. AT NON-RATED ASSEMBLIES. SOFFIT FRAMING TO OCCUR AT +9'-0"(U.O.N.) ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. REFER TO DETAIL FOR FIRE RATING INFORMATION SEE SHEETS: A811 & A812 WALL MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE CENTERED OVER DOOR OPENING - SEE ELECTRICAL CEILING LIGHT FIXTURE - SEE ELECTRICAL ENERGYSTAR COMBINATION EXHAUST FAN/LIGHT FIXTURE - SEE ELEC'L & MECH'L UNIT ENTRY SCONCE - SEE ELECTRICAL ALIGN WALL INTERIOR FINISH TO BE ALIGNED, STAGGER FRAMING AS REQUIRED - 1'-6" 3' - 8 " 1'-10" MANEUVERING CLEARANCEUNIT FINISH NOTES / LEGEND 1. ALL BATHROOMS TO INCLUDE MOST CURRENT OWNER SPECIFICATIONS. CONTRACTOR TO CONFIRM PRIOR TO FINALIZING CONTRACT 2. INTERIOR WALL AND CEILING GYPSUM BOARD WILL BE 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP BD UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE IN FIRE ASSEMBLY DETAILS 3. ALL WALLS WITHIN BATHROOM AREAS TO RECEIVE 5/8" TYPE "X" PAPERLESS GYP BD. PREBOARD BEHIND TUB/SHOWER ENCLOSURE TO 5/8" TYPE "X" PAPERLESS GYP BD. (CEILING IN BATHROOM (DUE TO PAPERLESS GYP BD PRODUCT LIMITATIONS TO BE PAPER FACED) 4. BUILD UP SUB-FLOOR AT HARD SURFACE FLOORING TO FLUSH-OUT FINISH WITH CARPETING (WHERE OCCURS) 5. TRANSITION BETWEEN FINISHED FLOOR SURFACE (CHANGES IN LEVEL) MUST COMPLY WITH 2022 CBC 1132A.4.1 6. PROVIDE SHELVES AND RODS WITHIN ALL CLOSETS. SHELVES TO BE 3/4" THK. MDF RODS SHALL BE 1 1/4" DIA. WOOD (UNFINISHED). PROVIDE CONCEALED 2X BLOCKING WITHIN WALLS FOR SHELF AND POLE BRACKET SUPPORT, VERIFY SUPPORT LOCATION REQUIREMENTS WITH SUPPLIER. PROVIDE AS FOLLOWS: a. ADAPTABLE UNIT COAT CLOSET & STANDARD BEDROOM CLOSET: • SINGLE SHELF 68" AFF • SINGLE ROD 66" AFF b. ADAPTABLE WALK IN CLOSETS: • DOUBLE SHELF - 42" AFF & 82" AFF • DOUBLE ROD - 40" AFF & 80" AFF c. PANTRY / LINEN & MANGERS UNIT WASHER/DRYER CLOSET • 3 FIXED & 2 ADJUSTABLE SHELVES - EVENLY SPACED U.O.N. 7. FOR FLOOR FINISH TRANSITION REFER TO SHEET:......................................................................... PROVIDE VYNAL FLOORING THROUGH ENTIRE UNIT, VERIFY SPEC WITH OWNER PRIOR TO BIDDING FOR ADDITIONAL UNIT FINISH INFO SEE: .................................................................................................- /A852- /A822 /11 A811 /17 A811 A /17 A811 /9 A811 NOTE: REFER TO TYPICAL BATHROOM / KITCHEN ELEVATIONS AND DETAILS ON SHEET A500 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. DOORS CLEARANCES (2% MAX SLOPE IN ANY DIRECTION) TO BE 44" AT ADAPTABLE UNITS. INTERIOR DOORS AT ADAPTABLE UNITS SHALL PROVIDE MINIMUM 42"LENGTH ON BOTH SIDES OF THE DOOR PER 1132A.5.1. COMMON DOORS CLEARANCES (2% MAX SLOPE IN ANY DIRECTION) TO BE 60" AT PULL SIDE OF COMMON DOORS & 48" AT THE PUSH SIDE PER 1126A.3 COMMON AREA GENERAL NOTES: 1. COMPOSITE BUILDING PLANS ARE PROVIDED FOR PLAN TO PLAN RELATIONSHIPS. WHEN CONFLICTS EXIST OR INFORMATION IS UNCLEAR, CONSULT WITH ARCHITECT BEFORE PROCEEDING. 2. DIMENSIONS SHOWN, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED OR INDICATED, ARE TO THE FACE OF STUD. 3. ALL EXTERIOR WALLS TO RECEIVE SHEATHING. 4. REFER TO SHEET FOR TYPICAL FLOOR AND WALL ACOUSTIC ISOLATION REQUIREMENTS. 5. REFER TO SHEET FOR BUILDING CODE EXITING, OCCUPANT LOAD AND TRAVEL DISTANCE CODE COMPLIANCE INFORMATION. 6. REFER TO ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR ALL EXIT SIGN LOCATIONS, TYPE AND CIRCUITING FOR EXIT SIGNS REQUIRED PER C.B.C. SECTION 1013 AND CODE SUB-SECTIONS THEREIN. 7. REFER TO ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR ALL FOOT-CANDLE DISTRIBUTION PLANS FOR LIGHT LEVEL COMPLIANCE WITH C.B.C. SECTION 1008.1. 8. EXIT SIGNS SHALL BE INTERNALLY OR EXTERNALLY ILLUMINATED AT ALL TIMES AND SHALL BE CONNECTED TO AN EMERGENCY POWER SYSTEM THAT WILL PROVIDED ILLUMINATION OF NOT LESS THAN 90 MIN. IN CASE OF PRIMARY POWER LOSS (1013.3 - 1013.6.3) 9. INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED SIGNS SHALL BE LISTED AND LABELED AND SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND CHAPTER 27. EXTERNALLY ILLUMINATED EXIT SIGNS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE GRAPHICS AND POWER SOURCE REQUIREMENTS IN SECTION 1013.6. WHEN THE FACE OF AN EXIT SIGN IS ILLUMINATED FROM AN EXTERNAL SOURCE, IT SHALL HAVE AN INTENSITY OF NOT LESS THAN 5-FOOT-CANDLES (54 LUX) 10. THE MEANS OF EGRESS, INCLUDING THE EXIT DISCHARGE, SHALL BE ILLUMINATED AT ALL TIMES THAT THE BUILDING SPACE SERVED BY THE MEANS OF EGRESS IS OCCUPIED. THE MEANS OF EGRESS ILLUMINATION LEVEL SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN ONE FOOT CANDLE AT THE WALKING SURFACE. (1008.1) BOXED NUMBER INDICATES SPECIFIC UNIT PLAN NUMBER INTENDED FOR COORDINATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF LOCATION DURING CONSTRUCTION. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE THIS NUMBER AFFIXED AND MAINTAINED AT EACH UNIT MAIN ENTRY DOOR THROUGH THE DURATION OF CONSTRUCTION. THIS NUMBER IS INTENDED TO BE THE LEGAL ADDRESS. INDICATES SEMI-RECESSED FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET PROVIDE POTTER ROMER 7320 (STAINLESS STEEL). PROVIDE SURFACE MOUNTED AT CONC. WALLS AND COLUMNS. INSTALL PER ................. BB CABINET OR EQUAL WITH 2A,10B,C EXTINGUISHER. LOCATE IN CONFORMANCE WITH CBC/CFC 906 FOR LIGHT HAZARD AREAS 75' MAX. TRAVEL DISTANCE FROM FURTHEST ACCESSIBLE USABLE SPACE. ILLUMINATED EXIT SIGN - SEE ELECT. DWGS. EXIT SIGNS SHALL BE ILLUMINATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH CBC 1013.3 . OCCUPANT LOAD SIGN. SIGN SHALL BE OF APPROVED LEGIBLE DESIGN AND SHALL BE MAINTAINED BY OWNER OR AUTHORIZED AGENT CLASS I STANDPIPE WITH OUTLET AT EACH FLOOR LANDING AND ON ROOF. OUTLET SHALL BE NO LESS THAN 2' AND NO MORE THAN 4' ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR LEVEL (SEE FIRE DRAWINGS) INTERIOR TO EXTERIOR : DIFFERENTIATES INTERIOR CORRIDORS FROM EXTERIOR CORRIDORS. CORRIDORS WALLS AND CEILING IN EXTERIOR AREA TO BE FINISHED WITH STUCCO COMPOSITE BUILDING PLAN NOTES COMPOSITE BUILDING PLAN LEGEND EXT. 11. THE POWER SUPPLY FOR MEANS OF EGRESS ILLUMINATION SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE PREMISES' ELECTRICAL SUPPLY (CBC 1008.3). IN THE EVENT OF POWER SUPPLY FAILURE, AN EMERGENCY POWER SYSTEM SHALL PROVIDE POWER FOR A DURATION NOT LESS THAN 90 MIN. AND SHALL CONSIST OF STORAGE BATTERIES, UNIT EQUIPMENT OR AN ON-SITE GENERATOR. THE INSTALLATION OF THE EMERGENCY POWER SYSTEM SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 2702. IN THE EVENT OF POWER SUPPLY FAILURE, THE EMERGENCY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM SHALL AUTOMATICALLY ILLUMINATE THE FOLLOWING AREAS: A. AISLES AND UNENCLOSED EGRESS STAIRWAYS IN ROOMS AND SPACES THAT ARE REQUIRED TO HAVE TWO OR MORE MEANS OF EGRESS. B. CORRIDORS, EXIT ENCLOSURES AND EXIT PASSAGEWAYS IN BUILDING REQUIRED TO HAVE TWO OR MORE EXITS. C. EXTERIOR EGRESS COMPONENTS AT OTHER THAN THE LEVEL OF EXIT DISCHARGE UNTIL EXIT DISCHARGE IS ACCOMPLISHED FOR BUILDINGS REQUIRED TO HAVE TWO OR MORE EXITS. INTERIOR EXIT DISCHARGE ELEMENTS, AS PERMITTED IN SECTION 1027.1, IN BUILDINGS REQUIRED TO HAVE TWO OR MORE EXITS. D. EXTERIOR LANDINGS, AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 1008.1.6, FOR EXIT DISCHARGE DOORWAYS IN BUILDINGS REQUIRED TO HAVE TWO OR MORE EXITS. E. ROOMS AND SPACES PER CBC 1008.3.3 SHALL AUTOMATICALLY ILLUMINATE IN THE EVENT OF POWER LOSS 12. EMERGENCY LIGHTING SHALL BE PROVIDED AT EXTERIOR LANDINGS OF EXIT DISCHARGE DOORWAYS FOR BUILDINGS REQUIRED TO HAVE MORE THAN ONE EXIT. CBC 1008.3. EMERGENCY POWER SYSTEM SHALL PROVIDE POWER FOR AT LEAST 90 MINUTES AND COMPLY WITH CFC 604 AND 1008.3.4 13. PROVIDE FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS AT DUCT PENETRATIONS OF 1-HOUR CORRIDOR WALLS. FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS SEE GENERAL NOTE 18 ON SHEET A071. 14. WALL AND CEILING FINISHES SHALL NOT EXCEED THE FLAME SPREAD CLASSIFICATIONS IN CBC 803.9. 15. INTERIOR FLOOR FINISH AND FLOOR COVERING MATERIALS SHALL COMPLY WITH CBC 804. 16. DECORATIVE MATERIALS AND TRIM INSTALLED IN BUILDINGS GOVERNED BY THE SFM SHALL COMPLY WITH THE PROVISIONS OF CBC 806 17. FIREBLOCKING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN COMBUSTIBLE CONCEALED LOCATIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH CBC 718.2 IN THE FOLLOWING LOCATIONS: A. FURRED SPACES & PARALLEL ROWS OF STUDS OR STAGGERED STUDS VERTICALLY AT THE CEILING/FLOOR LEVELS & HORIZONTALLY AT INTERVALS NOT EXCEEDING 10 FEET. B. AT ALL INTERCONNECTIONS BETWEEN (B/W) CONCEALED VERTICAL STUD WALL/PARTITION SPACES & CONCEALED HORIZONAL SPACES CREATED BY ASSEMBLY OF FLOOR JOISTS/TRUSSES, & B/W CONCEALED VERTICAL & HORIZONTAL SPACES SUCH AS OCCUR AT SOFFITS, DROP CEILINGS, COVE CEILINGS & SIMILAR LOCATIONS. C. IN CONCEALED SPACES BETWEEN STAIR STRINGERS AT THE TOP AND BOTTOM OF THE RUN, ENCLOSED SPACES UNDER STAIR SHALL ALSO COMPLY WITH CBC 1011.7.3. D. WITHIN CONCEALED SPACES OF EXTERIOR WALL COVERINGS AND OTHER COMBUSTIBLE EXTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL ELEMENTS FIRE BLOCKING SHALL BE INSTALLED AT MAX INTERVALS OF 20' IN EITHER DIRECTION SO THAT THERE WILL BE NO CONCEALED SPACE EXCEEDING 100 SF BETWEEN FIRE BLOCKING 18. ALL LOCATIONS OF GRADE LEVEL PARKING (OTHER THAN VEHICULAR RAMP) SHALL NOT BE SLOPED MORE THAN 2% MAX. 19. IN GROUP R OCCUPANCIES, COOKING APPLIANCE USED FOR DOMESTIC COOKING OPERATIONS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 920.0 OF THE CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE. (CBC 420.10) 20. WALKWAYS, BALCONIES, CORRIDORS, EXIT SHALL NOT HAVE A CROSS SLOPE (SLOPE PERPENDICULAR TO THE DIRECTION OF TRAVEL) MORE THAN 2% 21. LEVEL LANDINGS (SLOPE LESS THAN 2% IN ANY DIRECTION) MUST BE PROVIDED ON BOTH SIDES OF ALL DOORS PER CBC. THRESHOLD TOTAL CHANGE IN LEVEL SHALL NOT EXCEED 1/2" HEIGHT OF FLOOR LEVEL CHANGE INCLUDING HEIGHT OF THRESHOLD PLATE (NOTE THAT 1/2" LEVEL CHANGE MUST BE TAPERED 1/4" AT A TIME AS REQ'D PER CBC) 22. PROJECTIONS FROM WALLS LESS THAN 80" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR SHALL NOT PROJECT MORE THAN 4" FROM THE WALL SURFACE OR MUST HAVE FLOOR LEVEL BARRIERS 27" MAX. HIGH MEETING CBC CANE REQUIREMENTS. 23. PARKING GARAGES SHALL HAVE AN UNOBSTRUCTED HEADROOM CLEARANCE OF NOT LESS THAN 7'-0" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR (EXCLUDING THE FIRST 4.5' ABOVE HOOD OF PARKING STALL WHERE CLR HEIGHT IS ALLOWED TO BE LOWER PER MUNICIPAL CODE). 24. ALL ENTRANCES AND VERTICAL CLEARANCES WITHIN PARKING STRUCTURES SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM VERTICAL CLEARANCE OF 8'-2" TO LOWEST OBSTRUCTION WHERE REQUIRED FOR ACCESS TO ACCESSIBLE PARKING STALLS 25. PROVIDE AN APPROVED FIRE ALARM SYSTEM PER NFPA 13 OR 13R, AND CFC 907.2.9, SUBMIT PLANS FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION 26. FLOOR AND WALL FINISH AROUND AND WITHIN 2' PERPENDICULAR TO ALL PRIMARY NON-RESIDENTIAL ENTRIES SHALL OF NONABSORBENT MATERIAL (STUCCO, TILE, EXPOSED CONCRETE, OR OTHER APPROVED NONABSORBENT MATERIAL) 27. COMMON USE OR PUBLIC USE SYSTEM INTERFACE OF COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS BETWEEEN ADAPTABLE RESIDENTIAL UNITS AND BUILDING ENTRY/ CALL SYSTEM SHALL INCLUDE THE CAPABILITY OF SUPPORTING VOICE AND TTY COMMUNICATION WITH THE RESIDENTIAL DWELLING UNIT INTERFACE ELECTRICAL RECEPTACLES (ON BRANCH CIRCUITS OF 30 AMPERE OR LESS), COMMUNICATION RECEPTACLES, CONTROLS, AND SWITCHES SHALL BE LOCATED NO MORE THAN 44” MEASURED FROM THE TOP OF THE RECEPTACLE NOR LESS THAN 15” MEASURED FROM THE BOTTOM OF THE RECEPTACLE TO THE LEVEL OF THE FINISHED FLOOR. IF REACH IS OVER A PHYSICAL BARRIER (COUNTERTOP ETC.) RECEPTACLES SHALL BE LOCATED WITHIN REACH RANGES SPECIFIED IN THE FOLLOWING: ADAPTABLE UNITS: CBC 11A-1138A.3. 1. FOR MAX ALLOWED BLD AREA CALS SEE:......................................................................................................... 2. FOR ASSEMBLIES, FIRE RATINGS, AND EXITING DIAGRAMS SEE:............................................................. 3. FOR ACOUSTICAL DETAILS AND INFO SEE:.................................................................................................. 4. FOR CBC 11A ACCESSIBILITY GENERAL NOTES WITHIN ADAPTABLE UNIT SEE: .................................. SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" 0 2'4'8'12' NORTH FANS SHALL BE ENERGY STAR COMPLIANT AND BE DUCTED TO TERMINATE TO THE OUTSIDE OF THE BUILDING. FANS, NOT FUNCTIONING AS A COMPONENT OF A WHOLE HOUSE VENTILATION SYSTEM, MUST BE CONTROLLED BY A HUMIDITY CONTROL. EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ SPRINKLER HEAD (WHERE OCCURS), SEE FIRE PROT. DWGS. CORRIDOR LIGHTING PER ELECT. DWGS. TYP. CORRIDOR SOFFIT LIGHTING LAYOUT 1HR RATED EXTERIOR WALL ASSEMBLY PER TABLE 601.* SEE DETAIL ........................... 1HR RATED CORRIDOR * SEE DETAIL ........................... FIRE RATED ASSEMBLY LEGEND FOR PENETRATION THROUGH FIRE PARTITIONS, FIRE BARRIERS, AND HORIZONTAL ASSEMBLIES (FLOOR/CEILING ASSEMBLIES) SEE: .................................................. FOR TYPICAL ACOUSTICAL DTLS SEE (DTLS ARE GENERIC AND ONLY INTENDED TO ADDRESS ACOUSTICAL ISSUES).................... /10 A811 - /A020 - /A093 - /A811 - /A020 INDICATES DOWNSPOUT. TO MATCH ADJACENET WALL COLORDS /2 A812 INDICATES CORRIDOR RECESSED DOWNLIGHT, SEE ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR EMERGENCY LIGHT LOCATIONS /3 A812 /4 A811 /6 A811 /7 A811 /8 A811 - /A811A810 2X4 INTERIOR WOOD STUD WALL 2X6 INTERIOR WOOD STUD WALL FE * NOTE: 2X6 EXTERIOR STUD WALLS ARE REQUIRED PER ENERGY CALCULATION A UNIT DEMISING WALL FIRE PARTITION SEE DETAIL .........................../1 A812 A A A E INDICATES WINDOW TYPE -SEE WINDOW SCHEDULE INDICATES EMERGENCY ESCAPE & RESCUE OPENING. SEE DETAIL INDICATES SURFACE MOUNTED EXTERIOR BUILDING LIGHT, SEE ELECTRICAL PLANS U1 INDICATES DOORS TYPE -SEE DOOR SCHEDULE /3 A821 A ACCESS PANEL AT LEVEL 2, 1-HOUR FIRE RATED 20"x30" MIN. ATTIC ACCESS. ATTIC SPACE SHALL BE 30" OR GREATER IN CLEAR HEIGHT ABOVE AN ACCESS OPENING AT LEAST 30 SQ.FT IN AREA. CBC 1208.2.A - /A020 - /A811 103 W/ 30" INSIDE CLR. (REMOVABLE TO PROVIDE KNEE AND TOE CLEARANCE PER CBC 1133A.7. SEE DETAIL /10 A093 F. F . T O H I G H E S T S U R F A C E 34 " M A X . WORK SURFACE 33" 36"F. F . T O H I G H E S T S U R F A C E 34 " M A X . W/ 30" INSIDE CLR. (REMOVABLE TO PROVIDE KNEE AND TOE CLEARANCE PER CBC 1133A.7. SEE DETAIL /2 A093 F. F . T O H I G H E S T S U R F A C E 36 " M A X . 36". W/ 30" INSIDE CLR. (REMOVABLE TO PROVIDE KNEE AND TOE CLEARANCE PER CBC 1133A.7. SEE DETAIL /2 A093 C F. F . T O H I G H E S T S U R F A C E 36 " M A X . WORKSURFACE 33". W/ 30" INSIDE CLR. (REMOVABLE TO PROVIDE KNEE AND TOE CLEARANCE PER CBC 1133A.7. SEE DETAIL /10 A093 C al l i d e a s , d e s i g n s a n d p l a n s r e p r e s e n t e d b y t h i s d r aw i n g a r e t h e e x c l u s i v e p r o p e r t y o f bs b d e s i g n , i n c . an d s h a l l n o t b e r e p r o d u c e d i n w h o l e o r i n p a r t w i t ho u t t h e e x p r e s s p r i o r w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n o f s a i d a rc h i t e c t s , a n y u n a u t h o r iz e d r e u s e o f t h e s e p l a n s o t h e r t h a n f o r t h e p r o j e c t a n d l o c a t i o n s h o w n i s p r o h i b i t e d . JOB NO. SUBMITTAL DATE SHEET TITLE SHEET NO. CLIENT: REVISION DATE 21 3 0 E 4 T H S T # 2 0 0 SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 5 1ST PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 08/20/2024 970 W. 190TH ST., STE 250, TORRANCE CA 90502 O: 310.217.8885 BSBDESIGN.COM D E S I G N BSB 4TH P.C. SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 2ND PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 01/29/2025 3RD PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 04/17/2025 4TH PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 MR230056 A112 BUILDING LEVEL 2 PLAN OL I V E C R E S T R E S I D E N T I A L 21 5 0 E . F O U R T H S T . & 2 1 6 0 E . F O U R T H S T . SA N T A A N A C A 9 2 7 0 5 OL I V E C R E S T F. O . S H T ' G . F. O . S H T ' G . F. O . S . F. O . S . F.O.SHT'G. F.O.SHT'G. CL F.O.SHT'G. F.O.SHT'G. CL F. O . S H T ' G . F. O . S H T ' G . F. O . S . F. O . S . F. O . S . LEVEL 2 PLAN -BLDG. A2 (BLDG. A1 SIMILAR) AFFORDABLE UNIT @ BLDGS A1 & A2 CLCL CL CL CL CL CL CL 1/4" = 1'-0"2 TYP. KITCHEN @ COMM. RM 1/4" = 1'-0"3 TYP. KITCHEN @ COMM. RM. CLCL CL CL CLCL CL CL A 1/4" = 1'-0"5 TYP. KITCHEN @ UNITS 1/4" = 1'-0"4 TYP. KITCHEN @ UNITS C C C A PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #1 01/29/2025 B PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #2 04/17/2025 C PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #3 07/08/2025 1 DELTA 1 10/31/2025 1 1 DS D S DS DS D S DS A201Ea s t A201 A201 A201 North We s t South 8 A201 5 A201 7 A201 6 A201 2 2 B B C C A A 1 1 3 3 4 4 1 A301 2 A301 3 A301 A A A A A A A AA A A A 4" / 1 ' - 0 " 4" / 1'-0"4" / 1'-0" 4" / 1 ' - 0 " 4" / 1 ' - 0 " 4" / 1'-0"4" / 1'-0" 4" / 1 ' - 0 " 4" / 1 ' - 0 " 4" / 1'-0"4" / 1'-0" 4" / 1 ' - 0 " 21' - 0" 13' - 6" 12 ' - 0 " 12 ' - 0 " 95 SF A 72 SF D 72 SF E 130 SF C 72 SF F 72 SF G 147 SF B 18 ' - 6 " 12 ' - 0 " 12 ' - 0 " RI D G E RIDGE RIDGE RI D G E RI D G E VALLEY VALLEY VALLEY VALLEY VALLEY VALLEY ROOF PLAN NOTES 1. ALL MANUFACTURED PRODUCTS AND ROOF SYSTEMS TO BE INSTALLED PER PRODUCT MANUFACTURERS REQUIREMENTS FOR A WEATHER TIGHT INSTALLATION. 2. ALL ROOF VENTS, PLUMBING VENT PIPES, MECHANICAL EXHAUST VENT JACKS, ETC… THAT PENETRATE THE PITCHED ROOF SURFACE AND ARE VISIBLE TO BE PRIMED AND PAINTED TO MATCH ADJACENT ROOFING. 3. ALL MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING VENTS THAT PENETRATE THROUGH A MANUFACTURED ROOF PRODUCT OR SYSTEMS ARE TO BE INSTALLED AND FLASHED PER THE ROOFING MANUFACTURERS INSTALLATION AND FLASHING REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE SPUN LEAD CAP COUNTER FLASHING AT PLUMBING VENTS. 4. FIRE BLOCKING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN COMBUSTIBLE CONCEALED LOCATIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH CBC SECTION 718 IN THE FOLLOWING LOCATIONS: a. IN CONCEALED SPACES OF STUD WALLS AND PARTITIONS, INCLUDING FURRED SPACES AND PARALLEL ROWS OF STUDS OR STAGGERED STUDS VERTICALLY AT THE CEILING/FLOOR LEVELS & HORIZONTALLY AT INTERVALS NOT EXCEEDING 10'. b. AT INTERCONNECTIONS BETWEEN CONCEALED VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL SPACES SUCH AS OCCUR AT SOFFITS, DROP CEILINGS AND COVE CEILINGS. c. IN CONCEALED SPACES BETWEEN STAIR STRINGERS AT THE TOP AND BOTTOM OF THE RUN. ENCLOSED SPACES UNDER STAIRS SHALL COMPLY WITH CBC SECTION 1009.65.3 d. AT OPENINGS AROUND VENTS, PIPES, DUCTS, CABLES AND WIRES AT CEILING AND FLOOR LEVEL, WITH AN APPROVED MATERIAL TO RESIST THE FREE PASSAGE OF FLAME AND PRODUCTS OF COMBUSTION. THE MATERIAL FILLING THIS ANNULAR SPACE SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED TO MEET THE ASTM E136 REQUIREMENTS. e. FIREBLOCKING OF CORNICES OF A TWO-FAMILY DWELLING IS REQUIRED AT THE LINE OF DWELLING UNIT SEPARATION. 5. ALL ROOFING MATERIALS SHALL BE NON-LEACHING 6. COORDINATE WITH TRUSS FABRICATOR ON LOCATIONS WHERE GABLE END ATTIC VENTS OCCUR AT EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS. FABRICATE GABLE END TRUSSES TO ALLOW INSTALLATION OF GABLE END VENTS. ROOF PLAN LEGEND ATTIC VENTILATION CALCULATIONS THE ATTIC VENTILATION CALCULATIONS PER CBC SECTION 1202.2.1 AS FOLLOWS: A. ATTIC AREA (SQUARE FEET) B. FOR ATTIC NOT PROVIDING HIGH AND LOW VENTS: DIVIDE (A) BY 150 AND MULTIPLY BY 144 TO CALCULATE THE TOTAL REQUIRED NET FREE VENTING AREA IN SQUARE INCHES FOR ATTIC PROVIDING HIGH AND LOW VENTS (SEE CBC SECTION 1202.2.1 EXCEPTION): DIVIDE (A) BY 300 AND MULTIPLY BY 144 TO CALCULATE THE TOTAL REQUIRED NET FREE VENTING AREA IN SQUARE INCHES C. TOTAL SQUARE INCHES OF NET FREE VENTILATING AREA PROVIDED BY ROOF HIGH VENTS D. TOTAL SQUARE INCHES OF NET FREE VENTILATING AREA PROVIDED BY ROOF LOW VENTS E. TOTAL SQUARE INCHES OF NET FREE VENTILATING AREA PROVIDED BY EAVE LOW VENTS F. TOTAL PROVIDED NET FREE VENTING AREA IN SQUARE INCHES NOTES: 1. OPENINGS FOR VENTILATION HAVING A LEAST DIMENSION OF NOT LESS THAN 1/16" AND NOT MORE THAN 1/4" SHALL BE PERMITTED. OPENINGS FOR VENTILATION HAVING A LEAST DIMENSION LARGER THAN 1/4" SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH CORROSION-RESISTANT WIRE CLOTH SCREENING, HARDWARE CLOTH, PERFORATED VINYL OR SIMILAR MATERIAL WITH OPENINGS HAVING A LEAST DIMENSION OF NOT LESS THAN 1/16" AND NOT MORE THAN 1/4". 2. FRAMER SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING TO ALL ATTIC VENTS. 3. BLOCKING AND BRIDGING SHALL BE ARRANGED SO AS NOT TO INTERFERE WITH THE MOVEMENT OF AIR. 4. AN AIRSPACE OF NOT LESS THAN 1" SHALL BE PROVIDED BETWEEN THE INSULATION AND THE ROOF SHEATHING. 5. PROVIDE APPROVED INSULATION DAMS (BAFFLES) WHERE VENT BLOCKS ARE USED BETWEEN ROOF FRAMING MEMBERS TO PREVENT VENT HOLES FROM BEING BLOCKED BY INSULATION. 6. ALL VENTS SHALL BE INSTALLED SO AS TO MAKE THEM WATERPROOF AND WALL MOUNTED LOUVERS SHALL BE SEALED AND FLASHED WITH S.A.F.F. IN THE SAME MANNER PRESCRIBED FOR WINDOW INSTALLATIONS. 7. FOR HIGH & LOW VENTS DESIGN, AT LEAST 40% AND NOT MORE THAN 50% OF THE REQUIRED VENTING AREA IS PROVIDED BY VENTILATORS LOCATED IN THE UPPER PORTION OF THE ATTIC OR RAFTER SPACE. UPPER VENTILATORS SHALL BE LOCATED NOT MORE THAN 3' BELOW THE RIDGE OR HIGHEST POINT OF THE SPACE, MEASURED VERTICALLY, WITH THE BALANCE OF THE VENTILATION PROVIDED BY EAVE OR CORNICE VENTS. PER CITY REQUIREMENT, ROOF COVERING SHALL BE A FIRE-RETARDANT ROOF COVERING THAT IS AT LEAST CLASS A. INDICATES AREA TO RECEIVE MANUFACTURED ASPHALT SHINGLE ROOF - CLASS A MIN. A. PITCH 4:12 (U.O.N.) B. PRODUCT NAME: GAF, TIMBERLINE HDZ SHINGLES C. PRODUCT NAME/#: MISSION BROWN D. ICC-ESR#: 1475 E. MINIMUM 3 YEAR SOLAR REFLECTANCE: 0.23 F. MINIMUM 3 YEAR SOLAR EMITTANCE: 0.93 G. MINIMUM AGED SRI: 24 H. UNDERLAYMENT (2) LAYERS OF 30# ROOF FELT I. WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY : J. PRODUCT WARRANTY: 25 YEARS K. CRCC: 0676-0096 BUILDING LINE BELOW OG SEAMLESS RAIN GUTTER PROVIDE 4" DIAMETER HALF ROUND A,UMINUM GUTTER. PER COLOR TO MATCH EAVES. INSTALL GUTTER AND DOWNSPOUT PER SMACNA RECOMMENDATIONS. (ALL SLOPE ROOF LOCATION U.O.N.) INDICATES WALL / GABLE VENT. FREE AIR MOVEMENT PROVIDED 338 7/8 SQ. INCHES INDICATES O'HAGIN'S COMPOSITION LOW PROFILE SHINGLE "TAPERED" VENT FREE AIR MOVEMENT PROVIDED 97.5 SQ. INCHES SOLAR ZONE PER C.E.C. SEC. 110.10 (SEE DIMENSIONS ON ROOF PLAN). SOLAR ZONE TOTAL AREA SHALL BE COMPRISED OF AREAS THAT HAVE NO DIMENSION LESS THAN 5 FT. AND NO LESS THAN 80 SQ. FT. FOR BUILDINGS WITH ROOF AREAS LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 10,000 SQ. FT. OR NO LESS THAN 160 SQ. FT. EACH FOR BUILDINGS WITH ROOF AREAS GREATER THAN 10,000 SQ. FT. (SEC. 110 10 (b) 1. ALL SECTIONS OF THE SOLAR ZONE LOCATED ON STEEP-SLOPED ROOFS SHALL BE ORIENTED BETWEEN 110 DEGREES AND 270 DEGREES OF TRUE NORTH. BIDDING NOTE: VERIFY THAT SELECTED PRODUCT IS CAPABLE OF COMPLYING WITH ALL PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS LISTED ABOUT. INFORM ARCHITECT IF ANY PERFORMANCE ITEMS CAN NOT BE ACHIEVED SO PRODUCT CAN BE ADJUSTED TO ENSURE AN ACCURATE BID. 2 % MIN. SLOPE X" XX . 1/4" SF GUTTER INDICATE MINIMUM SLOPE OF GUTTER RAIN LEADER OR PIPE PER 2019 CPC PLUMBING CODE TABLE1103.3 BASED ON 3 IN/HR. SEE PLUMBING FOR ADDITIONAL INFOMATION AND POSSIBLE SIZE INCREASE INDICATES ROOF AREA RANGE SERVED BY DRAIN INDICATE MINIMUM DIAMETER OF GUTTER @ 1/4" SLOPE PER 2019 CPC PLUMBING CODE TABLE 1103.3 BASED ON 3 IN/HR. SEE PLUMBING FOR ADDITIONAL INFOMATION AND POSSIBLE SIZE INCREASE INDICATES DOWNSPOUT X"XX X. X"SF INDICATE MINIMUM SIZE OF VERTICAL RAINWATER DRAIN LEADER OR PIPE PER CPC PLUMBING CODE TABLE1101.12 BASED ON 3 IN/HR. FOR AESTHETIC REASON INSTALL THE LARGEST SIZE. OVERFLOW DRAIN HEIGHT SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN 4" AND WIDTH SIZE PER TABLE 1101.12. SEE PLUMBING FOR ADDITIONAL INFOMATION INDICATES ROOF AREA RANGE SERVED BY DRAIN INDICATE MINIMUM SIZE OF HORIZONTAL RAINWATER PIPE @ 1/4" SLOPE PER CPC PLUMBING CODE TABLE1101.8 BASED ON 3 IN/HR. SEE PLUMBING FOR ADDITIONAL INFOMATION AND POSSIBLE SIZE INCREASE (BACKUP OVERFLOR DRAIN TO BE SAME SIZE) DS A A SOLAR ZONE AREA ≥15% OF TOTAL ROOF AREA PER CEnC 110.10(b)1.B AVAILABLE ROOF AREA = 4,365 SF. TOTAL SOLAR ZONE AREA REQUIRED 4,365 SF. X 15% = 655 SF. TOTAL SOLAR ARE PROVIDED = 659 SF. B B TYPICAL ROOF DETAILS RIDGE/HIP TYPICAL RAKE TYPICAL EAVE ROOF AT WALL WALL / GABLE VENT TYPICAL VALLEY /5 A831 SHINGLE VENT VENT PIPE PLUMBING PIPE / VENT FLASHING VENT PIPE COLLAR FLASHING DOWNSPOUT WALL BRACKET NOTE: REFER TO ROOF PLAN FOR NON TYPICAL DETAIL CONDITIONS SOLAR ZONE AREA CALCS. /3 A831 /2 A831 /6 A831 /14 A831 /12 A831 /17 A831 /18 A831 /19 A831 /16 A831 /7 A831 /4 A831 al l i d e a s , d e s i g n s a n d p l a n s r e p r e s e n t e d b y t h i s d r aw i n g a r e t h e e x c l u s i v e p r o p e r t y o f bs b d e s i g n , i n c . an d s h a l l n o t b e r e p r o d u c e d i n w h o l e o r i n p a r t w i t ho u t t h e e x p r e s s p r i o r w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n o f s a i d a rc h i t e c t s , a n y u n a u t h o r iz e d r e u s e o f t h e s e p l a n s o t h e r t h a n f o r t h e p r o j e c t a n d l o c a t i o n s h o w n i s p r o h i b i t e d . JOB NO. SUBMITTAL DATE SHEET TITLE SHEET NO. CLIENT: REVISION DATE 21 3 0 E 4 T H S T # 2 0 0 SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 5 1ST PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 08/20/2024 970 W. 190TH ST., STE 250, TORRANCE CA 90502 O: 310.217.8885 BSBDESIGN.COM D E S I G N BSB 4TH P.C. SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 2ND PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 01/29/2025 3RD PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 04/17/2025 4TH PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 MR230056 A113 ROOF PLAN OL I V E C R E S T R E S I D E N T I A L 21 5 0 E . F O U R T H S T . & 2 1 6 0 E . F O U R T H S T . SA N T A A N A C A 9 2 7 0 5 OL I V E C R E S T SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0" ROOF PLAN 1 ATTIC VENTILATION CALCULATION: ROOF AREA PER UNIT: 846 SF @ 1/150 = 5.64 5.64 X 144 = 812.16 SQ.IN. REQUIRED PER UNIT EAVE VENTS PER UNIT: 22 VENT BLOCKS @ 13 SQ.IN. / BLOCK = 286 SQ.IN. PROVIDED (812.16 SQ.IN.) - (286 DQ.IN.) = 526.16 SQ.IN. REQUIRED REQUIRED PROVIDED LOW PROFILE ROOF VENTS 526.16 SQ.IN. / 72 SQ. IN (PER VENT) = 5.40 VENTS REQ. 8 VENTS PROVIDED PER UNIT ROOF AREA AT COORIDOR: 493 SF @ 1/150 = 3.22 3.22 X 144 = 463.68 SQ.IN. REQUIRED AT COORIDOR LOW PROFILE ROOF VENTS 463.68 SQ.IN. / 72 SQ. IN (PER VENT) = 4.76 VENTS REQ. 7 VENTS PROVIDED AT CORRIDOR ROOF PLAN -BLDG. A2 (BLDG. A1 SIMILAR) SOLAR ZONE AREAS PANEL # AREA A 95 SF B 147 SF C 130 SF D 72 SF E 72 SF F 72 SF G 72 SF TOTAL AREA 659 SF A A A A A PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #1 01/29/2025 1 DELTA 1 10/31/2025 1 1 T.O. SLAB LEVEL 1 0' -0" TOP OF PLATE 19' -0 1/2" 5 A201 6 A201 BC A T.O.S LEVEL 2 9' -11 3/8" TY P . 8' - 0 " TY P . 8' - 0 " TY P . 8' - 0 " A A 9' - 1 1 / 8 " 9' - 1 1 3 / 8 " A 5 SIM A851 4" / 1'-0" 4" / 1'-0" T.O. SLAB LEVEL 1 0' -0" TOP OF PLATE 19' -0 1/2" 8 A201 7 A201 2 13 4 3 A301 F11 F12 F6F1F2F5 F3B1 T.O.S LEVEL 2 9' -11 3/8" 9' - 1 1 3 / 8 " 9' - 1 1 / 8 " TY P . 8' - 0 " TY P . 8' - 0 " A TY P . 8' - 0 " A TY P . 8' - 0 " 5 SIM A851 4" / 1'-0"4" / 1'-0" A851 12 TYP A851 12 TYP 3 TYP A831 1 1 ELEVATIONS/ BUILDING SECTIONS NOTES 1. ALL MANUFACTURED PRODUCTS TO BE INSTALLED IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURES REQUIREMENTS AND PRODUCT LISTINGS . 2. ALL EXPOSED WOOD TRIM OR ARCHITECTURAL WOOD DETAILS TO BE PRE-PRIMED & PAINTED 3. WEATHER BARRIER MEMBRANE (WBM): PROVIDE IN CONFORMANCE WITH CBC CHAPTER 14 BEHIND ALL EXTERIOR FINISH MATERIALS. INSTALL ALL WBM IN CONFORMANCE WITH MANUFACTURES LISTINGS. WBM PRODUCTS EXPOSED TO U.V. RAYS DURING CONSTRUCTION EXCEEDING THE MFG ALLOWANCE ARE TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED. WEATHERPROOF LAP ALL MEMBRANE PRODUCTS AND FLASHINGS FOR A WATERTIGHT STRUCTURE. WBM TO BE MIN 60 MIN GRADE "D" PAPER INSTALLED AS FOLLOWS: A. AT EXTERIOR SIDING OR SHINGLES MIN 1 LAYER OVER ALL SUBSTRATES B. AT EXTERIOR PLASTER APPLIED DIRECTLY OVER WOOD SHEATHING INSTALL MINIMUM 2 LAYERS OF WATER-RESISTANT BARRIER PER CBC 2510.6 C. AT EXTERIOR PLASTER APPLIED DIRECTLY O/GYP. SHEATHING THEN WD SHTG. INSTALL A MIN (1) LAYER D. EXTERIOR PLASTER OVER SPACED WOOD OR METAL STUDS MIN. 1 LAYER 4. SELF ADHERED COMPOSITE FLASHING (SACF): PROVIDE SACF AS FOLLOWS: A. AT ALL WINDOW, DOOR, VENT AND GRILL PENETRATIONS THROUGH EXTERIOR WALL FINISHES IN CONFORMANCE WITH OPENING, SUB-FLASHING DETAIL B. 12" WIDE CENTERED ON ALL VERTICAL TRANSITIONS BETWEEN SIDING TRIM AND EXTERIOR PLASTER C. MIN. 10" SQ. PATCH AT ALL GUARD OR HANDRAIL BRACKET WALL ATTACHMENTS PATCH TO BE CENTERED ON ATTACHMENT BOLT PATTERN D. ALL HORIZONTAL PLASTERED SURFACES TO BE PROVIDED WITH CONTINUOUS SACF WEATHERBOARD LAPPED MIN. 3" UP AND 3" DOWN ADJ. VERTICAL PLANES WITH WBM 5. WINDOW AND DOOR HEAD HEIGHTS: A. WINDOW HEADER HEIGHTS SHOWN AT EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS ARE NOMINAL. WHERE DOOR AND WINDOW HEAD HEIGHTS APPEAR TO BE THE SAME THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE ROUGH OPENING HEADER HEIGHT OF THE DOOR AND SET THE WINDOW HEADER AS NECESSARY FOR ALIGNMENT OF THE WINDOW FRAME AND TRIM WITH THE DOOR FRAME AND TRIM. B. WINDOWS LOCATED WHERE INTERIOR DROPPED SOFFITS OCCUR (AND CEILING AND WINDOW HEIGHTS ARE INDICATED TO BE RELATIVELY THE SAME HEIGHT) WILL SET THE HEADERS FLUSH WITH THE CEILING FRAMING SUCH THAT CEILING FINISH MATERIAL WILL TERMINATE INTO SIDE OF WINDOW FRAME. CEILING FINISH TERMINATING INTO THE GLAZING OR SASH PORTION OF THE WINDOW IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. C. AT STACKED UNITS WHERE OPENINGS ALIGN VERTICALLY IN ELEVATION THE OPERABLE SIDE OF WINDOWS, SLIDING GLASS, AND DOORS WILL BE THE SAME AT ALL LEVELS. 6. WALL PENETRATIONS ALIGNMENT: EXPOSED MECH GRILLS, VENT, DRYER HOODS, ETC...., WHEN OCCUR AT EXTERIOR WALL ELEVATION ARE TO BE CENTERED AND ALIGN VERTICALLY OR HORIZONTALLY WITH ADJACENT VENTS. WHEN SIMILAR ITEMS OCCUR IN THE SAME WALL PLANE AS UNITS ABOVE ALIGN THESE COMPONENTS VERTICALLY AT ALL FLOOR LEVELS. 7. PROVIDE ANTI-GRAFFITI FINISH AT THE FIRST FLOOR WALLS AND DOORS 8. PER ASTM C 1063. 7.11.4.1 CONTROL JOINTS SHALL BE INSTALLED TO DELINEATE AREAS NOT MORE THAN 144 SQUARE FEET IN WALLS AND NOT MORE THAN 100 SQUARE FEET IN HORIZONTAL APPLICATIONS. 7.11.4.2 DISTANCE BETWEEN CONTROL JOINTS SHALL NOT EXCEED 18 FEET IN EITHER DIRECTION OR A LENGTH-TO-WIDTH RATIO OF 21⁄2 TO 1. IT SHOULD BE NOTED THAT CONTROL JOINTS IN STUCCO OVER SOLID SUBSTRATE WALLS SHOULD BE INSTALLED ONLY AT LOCATIONS THAT THEY ARE INSTALLED IN THE SOLID SUBSTRATE. 9. BUILDING ELEVATION COLORS, SIDING, STONE VENEER, TRIM, ETC....., AT ALL LOCATIONS IS REQUIRED TO RETURN TO AN INSIDE BLDG CORNER U.O.N. SEE ADJACENT DIAGRAM. TERMINATION OF COLORS, TRIMS, AND VENEERS AT OUTSIDE CORNERS IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. NOTE: EXTERIOR CEMENT PLASTER FINISH TO BE 16/20 UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 20/30 FINISH WERE INDICATED ON EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS. VENEER, PAINT, TRIM ETC OUTSIDE CORNER INSIDE CORNER LOCATION OF VENEER, PAINT, TRIM, ETC TERMINATION @ INSIDE CORNER BLDG. WALL LINE (E) BLDG N KEY PLAN 1 4 3 2 EXTRIOR ELEVATION KEYNOTES 8 8 7 7 6 55 6 T.O. SLAB LEVEL 1 0' -0" TOP OF PLATE 19' -0 1/2" 8 A201 7 A201 21 3 4 T.O.S LEVEL 2 9' -11 3/8" 9' - 1 1 / 8 " 9' - 1 1 3 / 8 " TY P . 8' - 0 " TY P . 8' - 0 " A A 5 SIM A851 4" / 1'-0" T.O. SLAB LEVEL 1 0' -0" TOP OF PLATE 19' -0 1/2" 5 A201 6 A201 B CAF1 F3 F5 F7 F12 F11 T.O.S LEVEL 2 9' -11 3/8" 8' - 0 " T Y P . 8' - 0 " T Y P . A 9' - 1 1 / 8 " 9' - 1 1 3 / 8 " A 5 SIM A851 4" / 1'-0"4" / 1'-0" F2 T.O. SLAB LEVEL 1 0' -0" TOP OF PLATE 19' -0 1/2" 8 A201 7 A20121 3 4 3 A301 5 TYP A831 1 TYP A852 2 TYP A831 T.O.S LEVEL 2 9' -11 3/8" 19 A811 TYP. 18 A811 TYP. 18 A811 TYP. 17 A811 TYP. 13 A811 TYP. A812 13 TYP. A812 17 TYP. TY P . 8' - 0 " WDW HD HT 8' - 0 " WDW HD HT 9' - 1 1 / 8 " 9' - 1 1 3 / 8 " A 102 103 202 203 BATH DINING BATH DINING BATHDINING BATHDINING B B B B17 A811 TYP. B T.O. SLAB LEVEL 1 0' -0" TOP OF PLATE 19' -0 1/2" 8 A201 7 A201 21 3 4 1 A301 T.O.S LEVEL 2 9' -11 3/8" 17 A811 TYP. 19 A811 TYP. A812 17 TYP. 18 A811 TYP. 13 A811 TYP. 19 A811 TYP. A812 13 TYP. TY P . 8' - 0 " TY P . 8' - 0 " WDW HD HT WDW HD HT 9' - 1 1 / 8 " 9' - 1 1 3 / 8 " A 202 BEDROOM KITCHEN 102 103 203 BEDROOM KITCHEN BEDROOM KITCHEN BEDROOM KITCHEN B B B B T.O. SLAB LEVEL 1 0' -0" TOP OF PLATE 19' -0 1/2" 5 A201 6 A201B CA 3 A301 3 A301 T.O.S LEVEL 2 9' -11 3/8" A811 13 TYP. A811 18 TYP. A812 2 TYP.SIM.9' - 1 1 / 8 " 9' - 1 1 3 / 8 " A 20 A851 A851 15 A853 12 A851 14 A851 13 A853 8 A853 12 A A CORRIDOR CORRIDOR CORRIDOR CORRIDOR UNIT ENTRY DOOR BEYOND. TYP. B B 80 " M I N . B 8' - 1 7 / 8 " C L R . 9' - 0 7 / 8 " C L R . B B INACCESSIBLE AREA UNDER STAIR T.O. SLAB LEVEL 1 0' -0" TOP OF PLATE 19' -0 1/2" 5 A201B CA 1 A301 A812 9 TYP. 2 A301 T.O.S LEVEL 2 9' -11 3/8" A811 19 TYP. A811 17 TYP. A811 19 TYP. A812 13 TYP. TY P . 8' - 0 " WDW HD HT TY P . 8' - 0 " WDW HD HT 9' - 1 1 / 8 " 9' - 1 1 3 / 8 " A 201 BEDROOM BEDROOM 101 103 203 BATH BEDROOM BEDROOMBATH BEDROOM BEDROOMBATH BEDROOM BEDROOMBATH B B al l i d e a s , d e s i g n s a n d p l a n s r e p r e s e n t e d b y t h i s d r aw i n g a r e t h e e x c l u s i v e p r o p e r t y o f bs b d e s i g n , i n c . an d s h a l l n o t b e r e p r o d u c e d i n w h o l e o r i n p a r t w i t ho u t t h e e x p r e s s p r i o r w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n o f s a i d a rc h i t e c t s , a n y u n a u t h o r iz e d r e u s e o f t h e s e p l a n s o t h e r t h a n f o r t h e p r o j e c t a n d l o c a t i o n s h o w n i s p r o h i b i t e d . JOB NO. SUBMITTAL DATE SHEET TITLE SHEET NO. CLIENT: Plot Date:File: REVISION DATE 21 3 0 E 4 T H S T # 2 0 0 SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 5 1ST PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 08/20/2024 970 W. 190TH ST., STE 250, TORRANCE CA 90502 O: 310.217.8885 BSBDESIGN.COM D E S I G N BSB 4TH P.C. SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 2ND PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 01/29/2025 3RD PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 04/17/2025 4TH PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 11/4/2025 11:23:55 PM MR230056 A201 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS & SECTIONS OL I V E C R E S T R E S I D E N T I A L 21 5 0 E . F O U R T H S T . & 2 1 6 0 E . F O U R T H S T . SA N T A A N A C A 9 2 7 0 5 OL I V E C R E S T SCALE:1/8" = 1'-0" EAST / SIDE BUILDING ELEVATION 4 SCALE:1/8" = 1'-0" NORTH / FRONT BUILDING ELEVATION 1 SCALE:1/8" = 1'-0" SOUTH / REAR BUILDING ELEVATION 3 SCALE:1/8" = 1'-0" WEST / SIDE BUILDING ELEVATION 2 SCALE:1/8" = 1'-0" BUILDING CROSS SECTION 1 5 SCALE:1/8" = 1'-0" BUILDING CROSS SECTION 2 6 SCALE:1/8" = 1'-0" LONGITUDINAL BLDG SECTION 1 7 SCALE:1/8" = 1'-0" LONGITUDINAL BLDG SECTION 2 8 F1 EXTERIOR CEMENT PLASTER - SW 7035 AESTHETIC WHITE F2 EXTERIOR CEMENT PLASTER - SW 9183 DARK CLOVE F3 STACKED STONE - EL DORADO - CHAPEL HILL ICC-ESR #1215 CA SUPPLEMENT F5 VINYL WINDOWS F6 WINDOW TRIM - PAINT TO MATCH F2 F7 UTILITY CLOSET DOORS - PAINT TO MATCH F1 F11 GABLE VENT - PAINT TO MATCH F2 F12 DECORATIVE CORBELS - PAINT TO MATCH F2 R-VALUES PER TITLE-24 REPORT SURFACE AREA R-VALUE DESCRIPTION EXTERIOR WALLS R-21 CAVITY/ FRAME: R-21 / 2X6 ROOF ATTIC R-38 OVER CEILING JOISTS (BELOW ATTIC) ROOF ATTIC R-19 AT ROOF DECKS UNDER ROOF JOISTS A A A PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #1 01/29/2025 B PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #2 04/17/2025 1 DELTA 1 10/31/2025 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 TYP A852 T.O.S LEVEL 2 9' -11 3/8" A822 5 TYP A822 7 TYP A822 5 TYP A822 7 TYP C A822 4 TYP 9 SIM A851 5 SIM A852 2 TYP A831 A822 2 TYP T.O.S LEVEL 2 9' -11 3/8" A822 1 TYP A 4 A852 T.O.S LEVEL 2 9' -11 3/8" A853 11 TYP. 9 TYP. A853 A822 4 TYP A822 1 TYP WALL SECTIONS NOTES PROJECT SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS BUILDING SECTION NOTES 1. STRUCTURAL FLOOR FRAMING AT WEATHER EXPOSED AREAS TO BE SLOPED MAXIMUM 2%. 2. ALL WOOD SUBSTRATES TO BE REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY THE WATERPROOFING MANUFACTURERS REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATION THE WATERPROOFING. 3. ALL FLASHINGS INDICATED TO OCCUR WHERE A WATERPROOF MEMBRANE OCCURS WILL COMPLY WITH THE WATERPROOFING MANUFACTURERS REQUIREMENTS. FLASHINGS INSTALLED THAT ARE NOT COMPLIANT WITH THE WATERPROOF MEMBRANE REQUIREMENTS ARE TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED WITH COMPLIANT FLASHINGS. SITE TREATMENT OF INSTALLED NON-COMPLYING FLASHINGS IS NOT ALLOWED. 4. TO MAINTAIN A LEVEL AND PLUMB WALL PLANE AT WALL SURFACES INDICATED TO RECEIVE STRUCTURAL SHEATHING OR GYP. BOARDS AT LIMITED AREAS ALONG A WALL FACE PER THE STRUCTURAL PLANS WILL RECEIVE FURRING AT THE NON-SHEATHING AREAS OF THE SAME WALL PLANE MATCHING STRUCTURAL SHEATHING THICKNESS OR THICKNESS OF EXTERIOR GYPSUM BOARDS. BUILDING INSULATION 1. INSULATION TO BE PROVIDED AT THE FOLLOWING LOCATIONS: A. FOR THERMAL SEPARATION BETWEEN CONDITIONED AND UNCONDITIONED SPACES. B. AT BUILDING VOIDS IN LIEU OF FIRE SPRINKLERS IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE N.F.P.A. SPRINKLER INSTALLATION HANDBOOK. C. FOR ACOUSTIC MITIGATION REQUIREMENTS. D. REQUIRED BY CODE FOR FIREBLOCKING PER C.B.C. SECTION 717. 2. REQUIRED R VALUE PER BUILDING ENERGY ANALYSIS REPORT: SEE TITLE 24 SHEETS FOR COMPLETE REPORT. 3. LOCATE INSULATION AT LOCATIONS INDICATED AT SECTIONS HEREWITH. INSULATION WILL BEN PROVIDED AT ALL EXTERIOR WALLS, FLOORS AND ROOFS THAT ARE EXPOSED TO UNCONDITIONED EXTERIOR SPACE. UN-CONDITIONED EXTERIOR SPACE INCLUDES WALLS AND CEILINGS OF GARAGES OR CARPORTS, UTILITY OR STORAGE CABINETS OR CLOSETS THAT OPEN DIRECTLY TO THE EXTERIOR, ETC. 4. INSULATION UNLESS NOTED TO BE REQUIRED FOR ACOUSTIC SEPARATION IS NOT REQUIRED AT THE CEILINGS, FLOORS OR WALLS THAT SEPARATE UNCONDITIONED SPACES. 5. INSULATION IS NOT ALLOWED WITHIN A FLOOR CEILING OR ROOF CEILING FIRE RATED ASSEMBLY UNLESS IT IS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED IN THE LISTED ASSEMBLY PER CBC 720 AND GYPSUM ASSOCIATION MANUAL NOTE #11 ON PAGE #8. WHEN ALLOWANCES FOR THE INSTALLATION OF INSULATION ARE PROVIDED IN ASSEMBLY LISTINGS INSTALL ASSEMBLIES ACCORDINGLY. 6. VOID SPACES AROUND DOOR, WINDOW AND VENT ASSEMBLIES AT WALL PENETRATIONS BETWEEN CONDITIONED AND UN-CONDITIONED SPACES TO BE FILLED WITH MODERATELE EXPANDING INSULATION FOAM. NO DISTORTION OF DOOR FRAMES, WINDOW FRAMES, VENTS ETC. CAUSED BY FOAM EXPANSION IS ACCEPTABLE. 7. FIREBLOCKING AT THE AIRSPACE OF PARTY WALLS SEPARATING UNITS OF DIFFERENT TENANTS WILL BE WITH BATT FIBERGLASS INSULATION SECURED TO STUDS. RIGID GYPSUM OR WOOD SHEET FIRE BLOCKING DOES NOT SATISFY ACOUSTIC SEPARATION REQUIREMENTS AND IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. NOTE: EXTERIOR CEMENT PLASTER FINISH TO BE 16/20 UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 20/30 FINISH WERE INDICATED ON EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS. VENEER, PAINT, TRIM ETC OUTSIDE CORNER INSIDE CORNER LOCATION OF VENEER, PAINT, TRIM, ETC TERMINATION @ INSIDE CORNER BLDG. WALL LINE (E) BLDG N KEY PLAN 1 3 2 1 A301 T.O.S LEVEL 2 9' -11 3/8" 2 A301 T.O.S LEVEL 2 9' -11 3/8" 3 A301 T.O.S LEVEL 2 9' -11 3/8" 1 A853 al l i d e a s , d e s i g n s a n d p l a n s r e p r e s e n t e d b y t h i s d r aw i n g a r e t h e e x c l u s i v e p r o p e r t y o f bs b d e s i g n , i n c . an d s h a l l n o t b e r e p r o d u c e d i n w h o l e o r i n p a r t w i t ho u t t h e e x p r e s s p r i o r w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n o f s a i d a rc h i t e c t s , a n y u n a u t h o r iz e d r e u s e o f t h e s e p l a n s o t h e r t h a n f o r t h e p r o j e c t a n d l o c a t i o n s h o w n i s p r o h i b i t e d . JOB NO. SUBMITTAL DATE SHEET TITLE SHEET NO. CLIENT: Plot Date:File: REVISION DATE 21 3 0 E 4 T H S T # 2 0 0 SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 5 1ST PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 08/20/2024 970 W. 190TH ST., STE 250, TORRANCE CA 90502 O: 310.217.8885 BSBDESIGN.COM D E S I G N BSB 4TH P.C. SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 2ND PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 01/29/2025 3RD PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 04/17/2025 4TH PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 11/4/2025 8:52:47 PM MR230056 A301 WALL SECTIONS OL I V E C R E S T R E S I D E N T I A L 21 5 0 E . F O U R T H S T . & 2 1 6 0 E . F O U R T H S T . SA N T A A N A C A 9 2 7 0 5 OL I V E C R E S T SCALE:1/2" = 1'-0" WALL SECTION 1 1SCALE:1/2" = 1'-0" WALL SECTION 2 2SCALE:1/2" = 1'-0" WALL SECTION 3 3 SCALE:1/2" = 1'-0" ENLARGED EAST BUILDING ELEVATION 1ASCALE:1/2" = 1'-0" ENLARGED SOUTH BUILDING ELEVATION 2ASCALE:1/2" = 1'-0" NORTH BUILDING ELEVATION 4 DOOR TYPES NOTE: "T" INDICATES TEMPERED GLAZING. ALL GLAZING IN DOORS SHALL BE TEMPERED. A B C D DOOR HEIGHT WIDTH DOOR DOOR HEIGHT WIDTH DOOR DOOR HEIGHT DOOR WIDTH E DOOR HEIGHT DOOR WIDTH T T DOOR WIDTH DOOR HEIGHT TYP. 10" FINISH FLOOR LOUVER PER MECH'L DWGS.F DOOR HEIGHT WIDTH DOOR T 10" DOOR AND WINDOW NOTES 1. ONE EXIT DOOR NOT LESS THAN 3' WIDE AND 6'-8" IN HEIGHT AND CAPABLE OF OPENING 90 DEGREES WITH A CLEAR SPACE OF AT LEAST 32" IS REQUIRED. CBC 1010.1.1 2. MANUFACTURED DOORS AND WINDOWS SHALL BE CERTIFIED AND LABELED IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE APPROPRIATE INFILTRATION STANDARDS. 3. EGRESS DOORS SHALL BE READILY OPEN FROM THE EGRESS SIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF KEY OR ANY SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. CBC 10010.1.9. 4. ALL SWING DOOR HANDLES SHALL BE LEVER TYPE THROUGHOUT UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED AND SHALL CURVE AND RETURN TO WITHIN 1/2" OF THE DOOR. 5. ALL EXTERIOR STOREFRONT SYSTEM TO BE INTEGRAL LIGHT BRONZE TINT. INCLUDE ANTI-GRAFFITI SHIELDS ON GROUND LEVEL GLAZING 6. EXIT DOORS SHALL BE OPENABLE FROM THE INSIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY, SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. FLUSH BOLTS OR SURFACE BOLTS ARE PROHIBITED. APPLIES TO ALSO EXIT GATES. THE UNLATCHING OF ANY LEAF SHALL NOT REQUIRE MORE THAN ONE OPERATION. CBC 1010.1.9 7. POST A SIGN ADJACENT TO THE REQUIRED MAIN EXIT DOOR WITH 1" LETTERING STATING "THIS DOOR MUST REMAIN UNLOCKED DURING BUSINESS HOURS." MAIN EXIT ONLY. CBC 1010.1.9.3 8. FIELD VERIFY ALL ROUGH OPENINGS FOR STOREFRONT SYSTEMS BEFORE ORDERING. 9. VIEW PORT IN FIRE CORRIDOR DOORS MAY BE INSTALLED PROVIDED THE HOLE IS NOT LARGER THAN 1 INCH IN DIAMETER THROUGH THE DOOR, HAVE AT LEAST A 1/4-INCH-THICK GLASS DISC AND THE HOLDER IS OF METAL THAT WILL NOT MELT OUT WHEN SUBJECT TO TEMPERATURE OF 1,700 °F. CBC 716.5.3. ITEM 1 10. ALL EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR GLAZED DOORS TO BE TEMPERED. 11. SEE MECHANICAL FOR INTERIOR NON-RATED DOORS THAT SHALL BE UNDERCUT. SEE MECHANICAL FOR SIZE OF UNDERCUT WHERE OCCURS 12. GLAZING CONTAINED WITHIN A FIRE RATING DOOR MUST MEET FIRE AND IMPACT CODE REQUIREMENTS. 13. EGRESS DOORS SHALL SWING IN THE DIRECTION OF EGRESS TRAVEL WHERE SERVING AN OCCUPANT LOAD OF 50 OR MORE PERSONS OR A GROUP H OCCUPANCY REGARDLESS OF THE OCCUPANT LOAD. CBC 1010.1.2.1 14. DOOR CLOSERS & GATE CLOSERS SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT FROM AN OPEN POSITION OF 90 DEGREES, THE TIME REQUIRED TO MOVE THE DOOR TO A POSITION OF 12 DEGREES FROM THE LATCH IS 5 SECONDS MINIMUM. CBC 1126A.4.1. 15. MAX. EFFORT TO OPERATE DOORS SHALL NOT EXCEED 5 POUNDS FOR EXTERIOR DOORS AND 5 POUNDS FOR INTERIOR DOORS, SUCH PULL OR PUSH EFFORT BEING APPLIED AT RIGHT ANGLES TO HINGED DOORS AND AT THE CENTER PLANE OF SLIDING OR FOLDING DOORS. COMPENSATING DEVICES OR AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATORS MAY BE UTILIZED TO MEET THE ABOVE STANDARDS. CBC1126.4. 16. ANY FENESTRATION WITH "U" VALUE LOWER THAN THE DEFAULT VALUE MUST HAVE PERMANENT LABEL. OTHER FENESTRATIONS MAY HAVE A FACTORY REMOVABLE LABEL. 17. IF REQUIRED, ONE OPENABLE WINDOW WITH AN OPENABLE AREA OF AT LEAST 5.7 SQUARE FEET, WITH A MIN. CLEAR DIMENSION OF 20" WIDE BY 24" HIGH AND A SILL HEIGHT NOT OVER 44" FROM FINISH FLOOR IS REQUIRED IN ALL SLEEPING ROOMS. CBC. 1030.2 18. THE EMERGENCY ESCAPE AND RESCUE OPENING SHALL HAVE THE BOTTOM OF THE CLEAR OPENING NOT GREATER THAN 44 INCHES MEASURED FROM THE FLOOR. CBC 1030.3 19. PANIC HARDWARE SHALL BE LISTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL 305; FIRE EXIT HARDWARE SHALL BE LISTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL 10C AND UL 305; THE ACTUATING PORTION OF THE RELEASING DEVICE SHALL EXTEND AT LEAST 1/2 OF THE DOOR LEAF WIDTH; AND THE MAXIMUM UNLATCHING FORCE SHALL NOT EXCEED 15 LB. (67N). CBC 1010.1.10.1 20. THE MINIMUM WIDTH OF EACH DOOR OPENING SHALL BE SUFFICIENT FOR THE OCCUPANT LOAD THEREOF AND SHALL PROVIDE A CLEAR WIDTH OF NOT LESS THAN 32 INCHES. THE HEIGHT OF DOORS SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 80 INCHES. CBC 10010.1.1. 21. DOORS OPENING INTO EXIT ENCLOSURES SHALL BE PROTECTED PER CBC 716.5 22. EACH PANE OF SAFETY GLAZING INSTALLED IN HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS (PER CBC 2406) SHALL BE IDENTIFIED BY A MANUFACTURERS DESIGNATION SPECIFYING WHO APPLIED THE DESIGNATION, THE MANUFACTURER OR INSTALLER, AND THE SAFETY GLAZING STANDARD. 23. EGRESS DOORS SHALL BE READILY OPERABLE FROM THE EGRESS SIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY OR SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. SEE CBC 10010.1.9 FOR EXCEPTIONS. 24. ALL EGRESS DOOR OPERATION SHALL COMPLY WITH CBC 1010.1.9 THRI 1010.1.9.7. 25. DOOR HANDLES, LOCK AND OTHER OPERATING DEVICES SHALL BE INSTALLED AT A MIN. 34" AND A MAX. 44" ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR. 26. RATED DOOR ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH SMOKE GASKETS AND BE SELF- OR AUTOMATIC-CLOSING AND LATCHING, CBC 716.5.3 AND 716.5.9. 27. PANIC HARDWARE MUST BE PROVIDED ON ALL DOORS AND GATES ALONG THE POTENTIAL EGRESS PATHS FROM A GROUP A OCCUPANCY OR ASSEMBLY AREA NOT CLASSIFIED AS AN OCCUPANCY E, I-2 OR I-2.1. CBC 1010.1.10.PANIC HARDWARE MAY BE OMITTED FROM A SINGLE DOOR SET OF DOUBLE DOORS SERVING AS THE MAIN ENTRY IF A SIGN READING "THESE DOORS TO REMAIN UNLOCKED WHEN BUILDING IS OCCUPIED" IS PLACED IN A CONSPICUOUS LOCATION NEAR THE DOOR. CBC 10010.1.9.3 AND 10010.1. 28. GLAZING AREAS OF WINDOWS SHALL HAVE A U-FACTOR OF 0.28 AND A SHGC OF 0.2 PER T-24 REPORT. 29. BUILDING COMMON DOOR AND RESIDENTIAL GLASS DOORS SHALL HAVE A U-FACTOR OF 0.28 AND A SHGC OF 0.2 PER T-24 REPORT. 30. VISIBLE TRANSMITTANCE FOR GLAZING AREAS OF WINDOWS AND DOORS IS NOT APPLICABLE PER T-24 REPORT. 31. ALL UNIT ENTRY DOORS AND BALCONY DOORS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED (SEE BUILDING PLANS) SHALL HAVE A MIN. STC OF 26. 32. ALL UNIT WINDOWS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED (SEE BUILDING PLANS) SHALL HAVE A MIN. STC OF 26. 33. ALL DOORS INTENDED FOR USER PASSAGE THAT ARE PROVIDED WITH A SILL/THRESHOLD SHALL COMPLY WILL CBC 1132A.4.1. SEE DETAIL: 34. FOR ADDITIONAL DOOR REQUIREMENTS AT ADAPTABLE UNITS SEE DOOR NOTES ON: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- 35. ALL EGRESS WINDOWS (ALL SLEEPING ROOMS. SEE PARTIAL ENLARGED BUILDING PLANS FOR LOCATIONS) SHALL COMPLY WITH CBC 1030. REFER TO DETAIL: GLAZING NOTES 1. GLAZING WITHIN A 24 INCH ARC OF EITHER SIDE OF A DOOR, ADJACENT TO A WALKING SURFACE (GREATER THAN 9 SQUARE FEET, LESS THAN 18 INCHES FROM THE FLOOR AND GREATER THAN 36 INCHES FROM THE FLOOR), ADJACENT TO THE STAIR LANDING, IN RAILINGS, ADJACENT TO A TUB OR SHOWER, OR A BARRIER FOR A SWIMMING POOL OR SPA MUST BE OF SAFETY GLAZING MATERIAL (CBC 2406 AND BANAL 24-1). SEE CBC 2406.4 FOR MORE INFORMATION ON SAFETY GLAZING AT HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS. DOOR OPERATIONS A. EGRESS DOORS SHALL BE READILY OPENABLE FROM THE EGRESS SIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY OR SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. B. HARDWARE. DOOR HANDLES, PULLS, LATCHES, LOCKS AND OTHER OPERATING DEVICES ON DOORS REQUIRED TO BE ACCESSIBLE BY CHAPTER 11A OR 11B SHALL NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, TIGHT PINCHING OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST TO OPERATE. CBC 1010.1.9.1 C. HARDWARE HEIGHT. DOOR HANDLES, PULLS, LATCHES, LOCKS AND OTHER OPERATING DEVICES SHALL BE INSTALLED 34 INCHES (864 MM) MINIMUM AND 44 INCHES (1370 MM) MAXIMUM ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR. LOCKS USED ONLY FOR SECURITY PURPOSES AND NOT USED FOR NORMAL OPERATION ARE PERMITTED AT ANY HEIGHT. SEE CBC 1010.1.9.2 FOR EXCEPTION. D. LOCKS AND LATCHES. LOCKS AND LATCHES SHALL BE PERMITTED TO PREVENT OPERATION OF DOORS WHERE ANY OF THE FOLLOWING EXIST: 1. PLACES OF DETENTION OR RESTRAINT. 2. IN BUILDINGS IN OCCUPANCY GROUP A HAVING AN OCCUPANT LOAD OF 300 OR LESS, GROUPS B, F, M AND S, AND IN PLACES OF RELIGIOUS WORSHIP, THE MAIN DOOR OF DOORS ARE PERMITTED TO BE EQUIPPED WITH KEY-OPERATED LOCKING DEVICES FROM THE EGRESS SIDE PROVIDED: 2.1. THE LOCKING DEVICE IS READILY DISTINGUISHABLE AS LOCKED; 2.2. A READILY VISIBLE DURABLE SIGN IS POSTED ON THE EGRESS SIDE ON OR ADJACENT TO THE DOOR STATING: THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED WHEN BUILDING IS OCCUPIED. THE SIGN SHALL BE IN LETTERS 1 INCH (25 MM) HIGH ON A CONTRASTING BACKGROUND; AND 2.3. THE USE OF THE KEY-OPERATED LOCKING DEVICE IS REVOCABLE BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL FOR DUE CAUSE. 3.WHERE EGRESS DOORS ARE USED IN PAIRS, APPROVED AUTOMATIC FLUSH BOLTS SHALL BE PERMITTED TO BE USED, PROVIDED THAT THE DOOR LEAF HAVING THE AUTOMATIC FLUSH BOLTS DOES NOT HAVE A DOORKNOB OR SURFACE- MOUNTED HARDWARE. 4.DOORS FROM INDIVIDUAL DWELLING OR SLEEPING UNITS OF GROUP R OCCUPANCIES HAVING AN OCCUPANT LOAD OF 10 OR LESS ARE PERMITTED TO BE EQUIPPED WITH A NIGHT LATCH, DEAD BOLT OR SECURITY CHAIN, PROVIDED SUCH DEVICES ARE OPENABLE FROM THE INSIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY OR TOOL. 5. FIRE DOORS AFTER THE MINIMUM ELEVATED TEMPERATURE HAS DISABLED THE UNLATCHING MECHANISM IN ACCORDANCE WITH LISTED FIRE DOOR TEST PROCEDURES. E.BOLT LOCKS. MANUALLY OPERATED FLUSH BOLTS OR SURFACE BOLTS ARE NOT PERMITTED. EXCEPTIONS: 1. ON DOORS NOT REQUIRED FOR EGRESS IN INDIVIDUAL DWELLING UNITS OR SLEEPING UNITS. 2. WHERE A PAIR OF DOORS SERVES A STORAGE OF EQUIPMENT ROOM, MANUALLY OPERATED EDGE-OR SURFACE-MOUNTED BOLTS ARE PERMITTED ON THE INACTIVE LEAF. 3. WHERE A PAIR OF DOORS SERVES AN OCCUPANT LOAD OF LESS THAN 50 PERSONS IN A GROUP B, F OR S OCCUPANCY, MANUALLY OPERATED EDGE-OR SURFACE-MOUNTED BOLTS ARE PERMITTED ON THE INACTIVE LEAF. THE INACTIVE LEAF SHALL CONTAIN NO DOORKNOBS, PANIC BARS OR SIMILAR OPERATING HARDWARE. 4. WHERE A PAIR OF DOORS SERVES A GROUP B, F OR S OCCUPANCY, MANUALLY OPERATED EDGE-OR SURFACE-MOUNTED BOLTS ARE PERMITTED ON THE INACTIVE LEAF PROVIDED SUCH INACTIVE LEAF IS NOT NEEDED TO MEET EGRESS CAPACITY REQUIREMENTS AND THE BUILDING IS EQUIPPED THROUGHOUT WITH AN AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH CBC 903.3.1.1. THE INACTIVE LEAF SHALL NOT CONTAIN DOORKNOBS, PANIC BARS OR SIMILAR OPERATING HARDWARE. F.UNLATCHING. THE UNLATCHING OF ANY DOOR OR LEAF SHALL NOT REQUIRE MORE THAN ON OPERATION. EXCEPT: 1. WHERE MANUALLY OPERATED BOLT LOCKS ARE PERMITTED BY CBC1010.1.9.4. 2. DOORS WITH AUTOMATIC FLUSH BOLTS AS PERMITTED BY CBC 1010.1.9.3, ITEM 3. 3. DOORS FROM INDIVIDUAL DWELLING UNITS AND SLEEPING UNITS OF GROUP R OCCUPANCIES AS PERMITTED BY CBC 1010.1.9.3, ITEM 4 1. G.SENSOR RELEASE OF ELECTRICALLY LOCKED EGRESS DOORS. THE ELECTRIC LOCKS ON SENSOR RELEASED DOORS LOCATED IN A MEANS OF EGRESS IN BUILDINGS WITH AN OCCUPANCY IN GROUP A, B, I-2, I-4, M, R-1, R-2 OR R-2-1 AND ENTRANCE DOORS TO TENANT SPACES IN OCCUPANCIES IN GROUP A, B, I-2, I-4, M, R-1, R-2 OR R-2.1 ARE PERMITTED WHERE INSTALLED AND OPERATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL OF THE FOLLOWING CRITERIA: 1. THE SENSOR SHALL BE INSTALLED ON THE EGRESS SIDE, ARRANGED TO DETECT AN OCCUPANT APPROACHING THE DOORS. THE DOORS SHALL BE ARRANGED TO UNLOCK BY A SIGNAL FROM OR LOSS OF POWER TO THE SENSOR. 2. LOSS OF POWER TO THE LOCK OR LOCKING SYSTEM SHALL AUTOMATICALLY UNLOCK THE DOORS. 3. THE DOORS SHALL BE ARRANGED TO UNLOCK FROM A MANUAL UNLOCKING DEVICE LOCATED 40 inches to 48 inches (1016 MM TO 1219 MM) VERTICALLY ABOVE THE FLOOR AND WITHIN 5 FEET (1524 MM) OF THE SECURED DOORS. READY ACCESS SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE MANUAL UNLOCKING DEVICE AND THE DEVICE SHALL BE CLEARLY IDENTIFIED BY A SIGN THAT READS "PUSH TO EXIT." WHEN OPERATED, THE MANUAL UNLOCKING DEVICE SHALL RESULT IN DIRECT INTERRUPTION OF POWER TO THE LOCK-INDEPENDENT OF OTHER ELECTRONICS-AND THE DOORS SHALL REMAIN UNLOCKED FOR NOT LESS THAN 30 SECONDS. 4. ACTIVATION OF THE BUILDING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM, WHERE PROVIDED, SHALL AUTOMATICALLY UNLOCK THE DOORS, AND THE DOORS SHALL REMAIN UNLOCKED UNTIL THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM HAS BEEN RESET. 5. ACTIVATION OF THE BUILDING AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM OR FIRE DETECTION SYSTEM, WHERE PROVIDED, SHALL AUTOMATICALLY UNLOCK THE DOORS. THE DOORS SHALL REMAIN UNLOCKED UNTIL THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM HAS BEEN RESET. 6. THE DOOR LOCKING SYSTEM UNITS SHALL BE LISTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL 294. H.ELECTROMAGNETICALLY LOCKED EGRESS DOORS. DOORS IN THE MEANS OF EGRESS IN BUILDINGS WITH AN OCCUPANCY IN GROUP A, B, E, I-1, I-2, I-4, M, R-1 OR R-2 AND DOORS TO TENANT SPACES IN GROUP A, B, E, I-1, I-2, I-4, M, R-1 OR R-2 SHALL BE PERMITTED TO BE LOCKED WITH AN ELECTROMAGNETIC LOCKING SYSTEM WHERE EQUIPPED WITH HARDWARE THAT INCORPORATES A BUILT-IN SWITCH AND WHERE INSTALLED AND OPERATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL OF THE FOLLOWING: 1. THE HARDWARE THAT IS AFFIXED TO THE DOOR LEAF HAS AN OBVIOUS METHOD OF OPERATION THAT IS READILY OPERATED UNDER ALL LIGHTING CONDITIONS. 2. THE HARDWARE IS CAPABLE OF BEING OPERATED WITH ON HAND. 3. OPERATION OF THE HARDWARE DIRECTLY INTERRUPTS THE POWER TO THE ELECTROMAGNETIC LOCK AND UNLOCKS THE DOOR IMMEDIATELY. 4. LOSS OF POWER TO THE LOCKING SYSTEM AUTOMATICALLY UNLOCKS THE DOOR. 5. WHERE PANIC OR FIRE EXIT HARDWARE IS REQUIRED BY CBC 1010.1.10, OPERATION OF THE PANIC OR FIRE EXIT HARDWARE ALSO RELEASES THE ELECTROMAGNETIC LOCK. 6. THE LOCKING SYSTEM UNITS SHALL BE LISTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL 294. A /13 A852 /3 A821 WINDOW TYPES NOTE: ALL GLAZING IN DOORS SHALL BE TEMPERED. 1 2 WDW HT. PER SCHEDULE WIDTH PER SCHEDULE HEIGHT PER SCHEDULE HEIGHT PER SCHEDULE WIDTH NOTE: SEE WALL SECTIONS FOR WINDOW DETAIL REFERENCES T.O. SHEATHING (U . O . N ) 8' - 0 " A 3' - 0 " X O @ E G R E S S W D W MA X . 4 4 " A . F . F A X O al l i d e a s , d e s i g n s a n d p l a n s r e p r e s e n t e d b y t h i s d r aw i n g a r e t h e e x c l u s i v e p r o p e r t y o f bs b d e s i g n , i n c . an d s h a l l n o t b e r e p r o d u c e d i n w h o l e o r i n p a r t w i t ho u t t h e e x p r e s s p r i o r w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n o f s a i d a rc h i t e c t s , a n y u n a u t h o r iz e d r e u s e o f t h e s e p l a n s o t h e r t h a n f o r t h e p r o j e c t a n d l o c a t i o n s h o w n i s p r o h i b i t e d . JOB NO. SUBMITTAL DATE SHEET TITLE SHEET NO. CLIENT: Plot Date:File: REVISION DATE 21 3 0 E 4 T H S T # 2 0 0 SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 5 1ST PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 08/20/2024 970 W. 190TH ST., STE 250, TORRANCE CA 90502 O: 310.217.8885 BSBDESIGN.COM D E S I G N BSB 4TH P.C. SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 2ND PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 01/29/2025 3RD PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 04/17/2025 4TH PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 11/4/2025 8:52:49 PM MR230056 A400 DOOR & WINDOW SCHEDULE OL I V E C R E S T R E S I D E N T I A L 21 5 0 E . F O U R T H S T . & 2 1 6 0 E . F O U R T H S T . SA N T A A N A C A 9 2 7 0 5 OL I V E C R E S T *WINDOW SCHEDULE SYMBOL TYPE Construction Type WIDTH HEIGHT FRAME MATERIAL COLOR Detail_Sill Detail_Jamb Detail_Head WINDOW NOTES A 1 SLIDER XO 5' - 0" 5' - 0" VINYL WHITE 1&2&5/A822 3&6/A822 4&7/A822 B 2 SLIDER XO 3' - 0" 1' - 0" VINYL WHITE 2/A822 3/A822 4/A822 FROSTED GLASS, PROVIDE SAMPLES FOR OWNER APPROVAL *DOOR SCHEDULE_UNITS SYMBOL ROOM NAME TYPE WIDTH HEIGHT THICK CONSTRUCTION FACE FINISH FRAME FIRE RATING DETAILS DOOR NOTESSILL DETAIL JAMB DETAIL HEAD DETAIL U1 UNIT ENTRY A 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" FIBERGLASS FLUSH PANEL PAINT/FACTORY PRIMED, ALL SIX (6) SIDES BALD W/O CLIPS TIMELY FRAMED-PRIM ED 20 MIN 8, 12, &13/A852 13 & 15/ A822 13 & 15/ A822 SELF-CLOSING, SELF-LATCHING, SMOKE SEALS, VIEWER HOLE, DOOR BELL U2 COAT CLOSET B 2' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" HOLLOW CORE WOOD FLUSH PANEL PAINT WOOD NR 9/A852 (SIM) 15/A822 (SIM) 15/A822 U3 BEDROOM B 3' - 0" 6' - 8" 1 3/4" HOLLOW CORE WOOD FLUSH PANEL PAINT WOOD NR 9/A852 (SIM) 15/A822 SIM. 15/A822 U4 BEDOOM CLOSET C 5' - 6" 6' - 8" 1 3/4" HOLLOW CORE WOOD FLUSH PANEL PAINT WOOD NR 17/A822 18/A822 19/A822 BI-PASS WARDROBE DOOR U5 BEDROOM CLOSET C 6' - 0" 6' - 8" 1 3/4" HOLLOW CORE WOOD FLUSH PANEL PAINT WOOD NR 17/A822 18/A822 19/A822 BI-PASS WARDROBE DOOR U6 UTILITY CLOSET D 5' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" HOLLOW METAL FLUSH PANEL PAINT HOLLOW METAL NR 4/A852 (SIM) 11/A822 11/A822 ONE LITE TO BE EQUIPPED WITH LOCK IN PLACE FEATURE U7 BATH B 3' - 0" 6' - 8" 1 3/4" HOLLOW CORE WOOD FLUSH PANEL PAINT WOOD NR 9/A852 (SIM) 15/A822 SIM. 15/A822 *DOOR SCHEDULE_COMMON AREA SYMBOL ROOM NAME TYPE WIDTH HEIGHT THICK CONSTRUCTION FINISH FRA ME FIRE RATING SILL DTL JAMB DTL HEAD DTL DOOR NOTES 100 BLDG A1 CORRIDOR E 6' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" FRENCH PAINT HM NR 4/ A852 10/ A822 9/ A822 SELF-CLOSING, -SELF-LATCHING & PANIC HARDWARE 101 BLDG A2 CORRIDOR E 6' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" FRENCH PAINT HM NR 4/ A852 10/ A822 9/ A822 SELF-CLOSING, -SELF-LATCHING & PANIC HARDWARE 102 COMM ROOM A 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" FIBERGLASS PAINT TIMELY 20 MIN 9, 10/ A852 14/ A822 14/ A822 SELF-CLOSING, SELF-LATCHING, SMOKE SEALS, VIEWER HOLE, DOOR BELL 103 CONFERENCE ROOM F 3' - 0" 6' - 8" 1 3/4" FRENCH PAINT WOOD NR 9, 10/A852 15/A822 15/A822 SELF-CLOSING & SELF-LATCHING 104 RESTROOM B 3' - 0" 6' - 8" 1 3/4" WOOD PAINT WOOD NR 9, 10/A852 15/A822 15/A822 SELF-CLOSING, -SELF-LATCHING & IN-USE INDICATOR. ACCESSIBLE SIGNAGE AT DOOR PER 8/A089 105 JANITOR CLOSET B 3' - 0" 6' - 8" 1 3/4" WOOD PAINT WOOD NR 9 /A852 15/A822 15/A822 106 CLOSET B 2' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" WOOD PAINT WOOD NR 9, 10/A852 15/A822 15/A822 107 LAUNDRY F 3' - 0" 6' - 8" 1 3/4" FRENCH PAINT WOOD NR 9, 10/A852 15/A822 15/A822 SELF-CLOSING & SELF-LATCHING 108 CLOSET C 5' - 6" 6' - 8" 1 3/4" WOOD PAINT WOOD NR 17/A822 18/A822 19/A822 BI-PASS DOOR 109 CORRIDOR F 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" FRENCH PAINT HM NR 9, 10/A852 15/A822 15/A822 SELF-CLOSING, -SELF-LATCHING & PANIC HARDWARE A B A B B C A PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #1 01/29/2025 B PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #2 04/17/2025 C PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #3 07/08/2025 1 DELTA 1 10/31/2025 1 1 CABINET 33" MIN. W/ 30" INSIDE CLR. (REMOVABLE) 24" MIN.24" MAX.12" MAX. 33 " - 3 6 " 8" - 1 0 " MIN. 33" 30" CLR. KNEE & TOE SPACE, CENTERED ON SINK, WHEN BASE CABINET IS REMOVED (PER CBC 1134A.8) 40 " M A X . TO B O T T O M O F M I R R O R RE F L E C T I V E S U R F A C E 5' CLR. MIN. (WHEN WC IS ADJACENT TO BATHTUB OR SHOWER) 1' - 5" 17 " - 1 9 " (1 5 " M I N . @ AD A P T A B L E UN I T S ) TO R I M O F S I N K 2' - 1 0 " 3' - 8 " M A X . 9" MAX. 7" MIN. 40 " M A X . 19 " M I N . CU R T A I N R O D H E I G H T 6' - 2 " 12" MIN. 1' - 5" 5' - 0" CLR. MIN. (WHEN WC IS ADJACENT TO BATHTUB OR SHOWER) FINISH TO CL.FINISH TO CLR. 2' - 0" MIN 3 11 2 4 12 10 11118521178611124611911111 CLR. 3' - 7" 24" MIN. MIN 24" CLR 10 10 10 10 10 11 MIN 24" MIN 12"CL 36" MIN 54" MIN MIN 42" MAX 12" MU S T B E BE L O W G R A B BA R B L O C K I N G MIN. 1' - 0" MIN. 2' - 0"C L OR T O P O F C O U N T E R (W H I C H E V E R I S H I G H E R ) DEPTH 24" MAX. 3 1 1. PROVIDE 2x10 BLOCKING IN WALL AT ALL HARDWARE/ FIXTURE/ ACCESSORY MOUNTING LOCATIONS. 2. LOCATE FLUSH VALVE CONTROL FOR TOILET ON WIDE SIDE OF STALL/ROOM AND AT 44" MAX. HEIGHT ABOVE FINISH FLOOR. THE FORCE REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE CONTROLS SHALL BE NO GREATER THAN 5 POUNDS. 3. PLUMBING PROTECTION. WATER SUPPLY AND DRAIN PIPES UNDER LAVATORIES SHALL BE INSULATED OR OTHERWISE COVERED TO PROTECT AGAINST CONTACT. THERE SHALL BE NO SHARP OR ABRASIVE SURFACE UNDER LAVOTORIES PER CBC 1134A.8 #6. WATER SUPPLY AND DRAIN PIPES UNDER ACCESSIBLE LAVATORIES AND SINKS SHALL BE INSULATED OR OTHERWISE BE CONFIGURED TO PROTET AGAINST CONTACT. PROTECTORS, INSULATORS, OR BOTH SHALL COMPLY WITH ASME A112.18.9 403.3. 4. FAUCET CONTROLS AND OPERATING MECHANISMS SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND SHALL NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING OR TWISTING OF WRIST. THE FORCE REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE CONTROLS SHALL BE NO GREATER THAN 5 POUND FORCE 5. MOUNT ACCESSORIES PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDED HEIGHTS AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND CALIFORNIA ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS. 6. SHOWER COMPARTMENTS AND WALLS ABOVE BATHTUBS WITH INSTALLED SHOWER HEADS SHALL BE FINISHED WITH A SMOOTH AND NONABSORBENT SURFACE TO A HEIGHT OF NOT LESS THAN 72" ABOVE THE DRAIN INLET PER CBC 1210.3. USE OF WATER-RESISTANT GYPSUM BACKING BOARD SHALL BE PER CBC 2509.2 AND 2509.3 7. CEMENT, FIBER-CEMENT OR GLASS MAT GYPSUM BACKERS IN COMPLIANCE WITH ASTM C1178, C1288, OR C1325 SHALL BE USED AS A BASE FOR WALL TILE IN TUB AND SHOWER AREAS AND WALL AND CEILING PANELS IN SHOWER AREAS. REGULAR GYPSUM WALLBOARD IS PERMITTED UNDER TILE OR WALL PANELS IN OTHER WALL AND CEILING AREAS WHEN INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH GA-216 SEE "general notes - public/ common area toilet notes" NOTE #8 FOR LOCATIONS WHERE WATER-RESISTANCE GYPSUM BOARD SHALL NOT BE USED. 8. ALL LINEN CLOSETS/NOOKS TO COME WITH FACEFRAME DOORS, PAINT GRADE DOORS AND SHELVING TO MATCH WALLS 9. WALL SCONCE, SINK, AND CABINET DOORS TO ALL BE ALIGNED ON SAME CENTERLINE. PROVIDE FILLER STRIP AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE ADA PARALLEL APPROACH TO SINK. 10. FINISHED FLOOR MUST CONTINUE UNDERNEATH ALL REMOVABLE BASE CABINETS. 11. FOR ADDITIONAL NOTES ON BATHROOMS WITHIN ADAPTABLE UNITS SEE SHEET A093 12. ALL BATHROOMS TO INCLUDE MOST RECENT TSA MANAGEMENT SPECIFICATIONS. GC TO CONFIRM WITH OWNER PRIOR TO FINALIZING CONTRACT. 1. INSULATE ALL WATER & WASTE PIPING OCCURRING UNDER SINKS. THERE SHALL BE NO SHARP OR ABRASIVE SURFACES UNDER KITCHEN SINK. WATER SUPPLY AND DRAIN PIPES UNDER ACCESSIBLE LAVATORIES AND SINKS SHALL BE INSULATED OR OTHERWISE BE CONFIGURED TO PROTET AGAINST CONTACT. PROTECTORS, INSULATORS, OR BOTH SHALL COMPLY WITH ASME A112.18.9 403.3. 2. FAUCET CONTROLS AND OPERATING MECHANISMS SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND SHALL NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING OR TWISTING OF WRIST. THE FORCE REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE CONTROLS SHALL BE NO GREATER THAN 5 POUND FORCE. 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL REQUIRED CLEARANCES FOR FIXTURES AND APPLIANCES 4. ALL APPLIANCES SHALL BE ENERGY STAR RATED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO REFRIGERATORS, DISHWASHERS AND CLOTHES WASHERS 5. VERIFY ALL APPLIANCES WITH OWNER SPECIFICATIONS PRIOR TO CASEWORK FABRICATION. VERIFY ALL APPLIANCE INSTALLATION CLEARANCES PRIOR TO CASEWORK FABRICATION 6. COMPOSITE WOOD MATERIALS MUST BE FREE OF ADDED FORMALDEHYDE 7. FINISHED FLOOR MUST CONTINUE UNDERNEATH ALL REMOVABLE BASE CABINETS. 8. FOR ADDITIONAL NOTES ON KITCHENS WITHIN ADAPTABLE UNITS SEE SHEET A093 9. WHERE KITCHENS AND BATHROOMS ARE ALONG UNIT DEMISING WALLS, THE DRAWERS ADN CABINET DOORS SHALL HAVE SLOW-CLOSING HINGES. A RESILIENT MATERIAL, SUCH AS FELT OR RUBBER, SHALL BE PLACED AT THE CLOSURE CONTACT POINTS. 10. CABINET DOOR AND DRAWER PULL HARDWARE SHALL BE SET NO MORE THAN 48 INCHES AND NOT LESS THAN 15 INCHES ABOVE F. F. MEASURED TO THE TOP OF THE PULL. 15 " M I N . 1' - 5 1 / 2 " 44 " SWITCH LIGHT 15 " M I N . 48 " M A X . CONVENIENCE OUTLET WALL SWITCH & OUTLET (UNOBSTRUCTED) MICRO DRAWER SPACE REFRIGERATOR SPACE RANGE /HOOD SPACE BASE AND UPPER CABINETS UP P E R C A B I N E T S AL I G N W I T H T O P O F VE R I F Y W / M F G VERIFY W/ MFG VE R I F Y W / O W N E R VE R I F Y W / O W N E R 3' - 0 " ( T Y P ) 44 " M A X . (O B S T R U C T E D B Y C O U N T E R ) FA C E P L A T E M U S T B E N O M O R E TH A N 2 4 " F R O M E D G E O F CO U N T E R . I N S T A L L O N BA C K S P L A S H A S R E Q ' D OUTLET/SWITCH SEE ELEC. NOTE: PROVIDE SOFFITS ABOVE WALL CABINETS. SEE BUILDING PLANS. 1-1/2" MIN. FACE FRAME AND FINISHED END PANEL WHEN DISHWASHER IS AT END OF COUNTER 8" 3' - 6 " 60" CLR. MIN. COUNTER TO COUNTER OR FACE OF APPLIANCE (EXCLUDING CONTROLS AND HANDLES) 2x4 WD FRAMED WALL WITH FINISHED GYP BD & BASEBOARD TO MATCH TYP. WALL 4 7 5 2 1 9 8 6 14 4' - 6 " ( T Y P ) MIN. 3'-0" 30" CLR. KNEE & TOE SPACE, CENTERED ON SINK, WHEN BASE CABINET IS REMOVED (PER CBC 1133A.7) 12 13 AD A P T A B L E AD A P T A B L E . (T O P O F S I N K R I M O R CO U N T E R T O P W H I C H EV E R I S H I G H E R ) FRONT SIDE MI N . 27 " . MA X . 34 " . MI N . 27 " . MA X . 34 " . CLR. 1' - 6" MIN. FI N I S H WA L L 6' - 4 " 40 " . M A X . TO L A V . R I M . 34 " . M A X . 29 " . M I N . 27 " . M I N KNEE CLEARANCE 8" MIN. 11". MIN. 17". MAX.TOE CLEARANCE 6" MAX. 9" M I N . F.F.TO APRON 3' - 4 " TO T O P O F OP E N I N G / OP E R A B L E PA R T S MI N . 19 " . 24". 42" MIN. 54" FI N I S H WA L L 7"-9". 12". MAX.36" MIN. MIN 24" MIN. 12".6" MAX. 35 " M A X . 40 " M A X . AL I G N M I R R O R H E I G H T MAXIMUM HEIGHT FOR OPERABLE PARTS & BOTTOMS OF MIRRORS THAT ARE LOCATED ABOVE LAVATORIES OR COUNTERTOPS. MAX HEIGHT WHEN NOT ABOVE LAVATORY MIN. 2' - 0" FROM THE SIDE WALL 17" MIN. TO 18" MAX.17" MIN. TO 19" MAX. 33" MIN. TO 36" MAX. 7 3 6 4 3 8 10 5 7 11 8 9 13 PER INT. ELEV. PE R I N T . E L E V . 1 4 1 1 1. TOILET ROOMS FLOORS SHALL HAVE A SMOOTH, HARD, NONABSORBENT SURFACE THAT EXTENDS UPWARD ONTO THE WALLS AT LEAST 4 INCHES. CBC 1210.2.1 SEE FINISH SCHEDULE 2. TOILET ROOM WALLS SHALL HAVE A SMOOTH, HARD, NONABSORBENT SURFACE TO A HEIGHT OF 4 FEET ABOVE THE FLOOR (ALL LOCATIONS WITHIN TOILET ROOM. CBC 1210.2.2 SEE FINISH SCHEDULE 3. LOCATE FLUSH VALVE CONTROL FOR HANDICAPPED TOILET ON WIDE SIDE OF STALL 4. INSULATE ALL WATER & WASTE PIPING OCCURRING UNDER THE LAVATORY.WATER SUPPLY AND DRAIN PIPES UNDER ACCESSIBLE LAVATORIES AND SINKS SHALL BE INSULATED OR OTHERWISE BE CONFIGURED TO PROTET AGAINST CONTACT. PROTECTORS, INSULATORS, OR BOTH SHALL COMPLY WITH ASME A112.18.9 403.3. 5. FAUCET CONTROLS AND OPERATING MECHANISMS SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND SHALL NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING OR TWISTING OF WRIST. THE FORCE REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE CONTROLS SHALL BE NO GREATER THAN 5 POUND FORCE 6. MOUNT ACCESSORIES PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDED HEIGHTS AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH "A.D.A." AND CALIFORNIA ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS. 7. ALL ACCESSORIES INDICATED ARE BY BOBRICK UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. A. WATER-RESISTANCE GYPSUM BACKING BD. SHALL BE USED AS A BASE FOR TILE IN WATER CLOSET COMPARTMENT WALL WHEN INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH GA-216 OR ASTM C840. REGULAR GYPSUM WALLBOARD IS PERMITTED UNDER TILE OR WALL PANELS IN OTHER WALL & CEILING AREAS WHEN INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH GA-216 OR ASTM C840. WATER-RESISTANCE GYPSUM BD. SHALL NOT BE USED IN THE FOLLOWING LOCATIONS: A. OVER A VAPOR RETARDER. B. IN AREAS SUBJECT TO TO CONTINUOUS HIGH HUMIDITY C. ON CLGS WHERE FRAME SPACING EXCEEDS 12" O.C. FOR 1/2" THICK & MORE THAN 16" O.C. FOR 5/8" THICK. 8. COMMUNITY CENTER TOILET FACILITIES SHALL COMPLY WITH CBC 1127A 9. ALL ACCESSORIES, FINISHES AND PLUMBING FIXTURES TO BE CONFIRMED WITH INTERIOR DESIGNER PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL. al l i d e a s , d e s i g n s a n d p l a n s r e p r e s e n t e d b y t h i s d r aw i n g a r e t h e e x c l u s i v e p r o p e r t y o f bs b d e s i g n , i n c . an d s h a l l n o t b e r e p r o d u c e d i n w h o l e o r i n p a r t w i t ho u t t h e e x p r e s s p r i o r w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n o f s a i d a rc h i t e c t s , a n y u n a u t h o r iz e d r e u s e o f t h e s e p l a n s o t h e r t h a n f o r t h e p r o j e c t a n d l o c a t i o n s h o w n i s p r o h i b i t e d . JOB NO. SUBMITTAL DATE SHEET TITLE SHEET NO. CLIENT: Plot Date:File: REVISION DATE 21 3 0 E 4 T H S T # 2 0 0 SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 5 1ST PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 08/20/2024 970 W. 190TH ST., STE 250, TORRANCE CA 90502 O: 310.217.8885 BSBDESIGN.COM D E S I G N BSB 4TH P.C. SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 2ND PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 01/29/2025 3RD PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 04/17/2025 4TH PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 11/4/2025 8:52:53 PM MR230056 A500 TYPICAL BATHROOM AND KITCHEN INFORMATION OL I V E C R E S T R E S I D E N T I A L 21 5 0 E . F O U R T H S T . & 2 1 6 0 E . F O U R T H S T . SA N T A A N A C A 9 2 7 0 5 OL I V E C R E S T SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0" UNIT BATHROOMS -TYPICAL CONDITIONS 2 UNIT BATHROOMS / POWDER ROOM NOTES GENERAL KITCHEN NOTES 12 WALL SCONCE REFER TO ELECTRICAL SCONCE SHALL BE CENTERED ON SINK A500 11 GRAB BARS BOBBRICK 24", 36", 42" INCLUDE OPTIONAL GRAB BARS FOR UNITS WITH MOBILITY FEATURES. GRAB BARS TO BE STORED ON SITE FOR FUTURE INSTALLATION. SEE DIAGRAMS DETAIL #2 FOR LOCATIONS A093, A500 10 GRAB BAR BLOCKING - INSTALL IN ALL UNITS A093, A500 9 BUILT IN SHELVES VERIFY SPECS. WITH OWNER OPEN SHELVES WITH FACE FRAME (AND BOTTOM DRAWER WHERE SHOWN). CASEWORK MFG TO PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS FOR OWNER/ ARCHITECTS REVIEW. A500 8 TOILET PAPER HOLDER VERIFY SPECS. WITH OWNER CHROME , "BOLT-THRU WHEN MOUNTED AT CABINET" A500 7 TOWEL BAR VERIFY SPECS. WITH OWNER CHROME, 24" WIDE U.O.N. A500 CURTAIN VERIFY SPECS. WITH OWNER WHITE A500 RINGS VERIFY SPECS. WITH OWNER CHROME A5006 BATHTUB/SHOWER COMBO ROD NOT USED N/A A500 5 MEDICINE CABINET JENSEN OR RANGAIRE MANUFACTURING - VERIFY W/ OWNER RECESSED, CHROME FRAMED W/ STEEL BOX PRE-BOARD WALLS WITH 5/8" TYPE "x" GYP. BD.A500 4 MIRROR VERIFY SPECS. W/ OWNER FRAMELESS WITH CHROME J-MOLD, 1/4" THK. CLEAR MIRROR, SAME WIDTH AS COUNTERTOP A500 3 BATHTUB SHOWER COMBO NOT USED MANUFACTURE 32"X60" W/ INTEGRAL 3 WALL SURROUND, WHITE, INSTALL OF 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP. BD. (PAPERLESS) W/LEVEL 1 FINISH. INCLUDE OPTIONAL SEAT FOR UNITS WITH MOBILITY FEATURES. SEAT TO BE STORED ON SITE FOR FUTURE INSTALLATION A093, A500 BASE CABINET PROFESSIONAL CABINET SOLUTIONS - THERMOFOIL OR ARCADIA CABINETS - PREMIUM MELAMINE 22" MAX FROM BACK WALL TO FACE OF CABINET DOOR. RIM OF SINK SHALL BE 34" ABOVE F.F. BASE CABINET SHALL BE REMOVABLE. 1 1/4" TAB PULL WITH 1/2" MAX. PROJECTION BEYOND FACE OF CABINETRY. A093, A500 COUNTERTOP RADIANZ QUARTZ SURFACES, U.N.O. MAX. DEPTH 24" FROM BACK WALL TO FACE OF COUNTERTOP WITH 4" SPLASH AT BACK AND SIDE WALLS ADJ. GYP. BD. COLOR TO BE SELECTED BY OWNER A093, A500 FAUCET SEE PLUMBING DWGS. ADA ACCESSIBLE, CHROME FINISH. A093, A500 2 LAVATORY SEE PLUMBING DWGS. SINK CENTERLINE MIN. 24" CLR. TO ADJ. WALL. RIM OF SINK 34" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. WHERE PROVIDED, BASE CABINETS UNDER SINKS SHALL BE REMOVABLE PER C.B.C. (U.O.N.), DROP IN. CENTER BASECABINET DOORS WITH LAVATORY, FAUCET A093, A500 TOILET SEAT SEE PLUMBING DWGS.ADA COMPLIANT A500 1 WATER CLOSET SEE PLUMBING DWGS. ADA ACCESSIBLE, FLOOR MOUNTED, COLOR: COTTON. PLANS DEVELOPED TO ACCOMMODATE MAX. 30" DEEP ELONGATED WATER CLOSET FROM BACK WALL TO FRONT EDGE OF SEAT TO COMPLY WITH C.B.C. 1134A.7.FLUSH CONTROL LOCATED ON FACE OF TANK A093, A500, ITEM PRODUCT COMMENTS DETAIL OR SHEET REF. KEYNOTES - UNIT BATHROOMS / POWDER ROOM SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0" COMMON AREA / UNIT KITCHEN -TYPICAL CONDITIONS 1 9 HOOD APPLIANCES BY FRIGIDAIRE OR GENERAL ELECTRIC OR WHIRLPOOL, VERIFY SPECS. WIT... 30", CENTERED O/ RANGE, COLOR: BLACK. HOOD SWITCH REQ'D TO BE WITHIN ACCESSIBLE REACH RANGE AT MOBILITY UNITS (SWITCH TO HAVE MULTIFUNCTION FOR FAN SPEEDS & LIGHT); COLOR WHITE OR BLACK PER OWNER SPECIFICATION. A500 8 RANGE/OVEN APPLIANCES BY FRIGIDAIRE OR GENERAL ELECTRIC OR WHIRLPOOL, VERIFY SPECS. WITH OWNER 30", ELECTRIC, COIL TOP, MANUAL CLEAN ACCEPTABLE, FREE STANDING, FRONT CONTROLS, ADA COMPLIANT, BOTTOM HINGE; COLOR: WHITE OR BLACK PER OWNER SPECIFICATION. A500 7 DISHWASHER APPLIANCES BY FRIGIDAIRE OR GENERAL ELECTRIC OR WHIRLPOOL, VERIFY SPECS. WIT... 24", INSTALL DOOR FACE FLUSH WITH ADJACENT CABINET DOOR FACE VERIFY DIMENSION AND INSTALLATION PRIOR TO CABINET FABRICATION; COLOR: WHITE OR OR BLACK PER OWNER SPECIFICATION. A500 6 REFRIGERATO R APPLIANCES BY FRIGIDAIRE OR GENERAL ELECTRIC OR WHIRLPOOL, VERIFY SPECS. WITH OWNER ENERGY STAR LABEL. ADA COMPLIANT (TOP FREEZER BOTTOM SHELF WITHIN 54" A.F.F. AT MOBILITY UNITS), DEDICATED FLOOR SPACE AT STUDIOS THRU 2 BEDROOMS IS FOR A 34" WIDE 18 CU.FT. REFRIGERATOR INCLUDING SIDE CLEARANCES; DEDICATED FLOOR SPACE AT 3 BEDROOMS IS FOR A 36" WIDE 21 CU. FT. REFRIGERATOR INCLUDING SIDE CLEARANCES; COLOR: WHITE OR BLACK PER OWNER SPECIFICATION. A500 5 COUNTERTOP RADIANZ QUARTZ SURFACES, U.O.N. DOUBLE BULL NOSE EDGE, 24" MAX DEPTH FROM FACE OF RECEPTACLE (MOUNTED ON 3/4" THICK, 6" TALL BACK SPLASH) TO EDGE OF COUNTERTOP, BACK SPLASH AS CONTINUOUS BEHIND OVEN, COLOR: VERIFY W/ OWNER A093, A500 FAUCET SEE PLUMBING DWGS., ADA COMPLIANT. 4 SINK SEE PLUMBING DWGS. PROVIDE HOLE FOR DISHWASHER AIR GAP, & REAR DRAIN. DROP IN BOWL AND PIPING MUST NOT INFRINGE ON REQUIRED KNEE AND TOE CLEARANCE WHEN BASE CABINET IS REMOVED. DROP IN. A093, A500 3 NOT USED N/A N/A - 2 BASE CABINET SPEC TO MATCH UPPER CABINETS 24" DEEP WITH 4" SQUARE TOE KICK, BASE SHOE TRIM AND 1 FIXED SHELF U.O.N.. SEE UPPER CABINET NOTE FOR SHELF REQUIREMENTS. 36" AT ALL UNITS FROM F.F. TO LIP OF SINK OR TOP OF COUNTERTOP (WHICH EVER IS HIGHER). BASE CABINET SHALL BE REMOVABLE WHERE INDICATED ON ELEVATION. SEE UPPER CABINETS FOR KNOB/PULL REQUIREMENTS. A093, A500 HIDDEN HINGES 1 UPPER CABINET PROFESSIONAL CABINET SOLUTIONS - THERMOFOIL OR ARCADIA CABINETS - PREMIUM MELAMINE TOP OF CABINETS AT 7'-6". SHAKER DOOR STYLE. 12" DEEP W/ TWO ADJUSTABLE SHELVES. (24" DEEP O/ REFRIGERATOR W/ 1 FIXED SHELF). CABINET SHELVES SUPPORTS TO COMPLY WITH "ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK STANDARDS" FOR TYPE AND THICKNESS OF WOOD SHELF PROVIDED. SHELVES TO BE FACTORY FINISHED. 1 1/4" TAB PULL WITH 1/2" MAX. PROJECTION BEYOND FACE OF CABINETRY A093, A500 ITEM PRODUCT COMMENTS DETAIL OR SHEET REF. KEYNOTES - UNIT KITCHENS SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0" COMMON AREA TOILET ROOMS -TYPICAL CONDITIONS 3 KEYNOTES - PUBLIC / COMMON AREA TOILET ROOMS 14 SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL ND-1 GAMCO SURFACE MOUNTED SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL A500 13 TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER (RECESSED) TTD-6 GAMCO RECESSED MOUNTED MULTI-ROLL TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER IN ADA ACCESSIBLE STALL A500 12 NOT USED - 11 NOT USED - SIDE: 150C SERIES x 42"10 GRAB BARS BACK: 150C SERIES x 36" GAMCO CONCEALED 1.5 INCH DIAMTER STRAIGHT GRAB BAR WITH CONCEALED FLANGE, STAINLESS STEEL - CAPABLE OF 250 LBS LOAD MIN. PROVIDE SOLID BLOCKING A093, A500 9 TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER TTD-5 GAMCO SURFACE MOUNTED MULTI-ROLL TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER - TOILET PARTITION PER PLAN A500 8 TOILET SEAT COVER TSC-8 GAMCO RECESSED COVERALL TOILET SEAT-COVER DISPENSER. MOUNTED AT ADA ACCESSIBLE HEIGHT IN ACCESSESSIBLE STALL COMPARTMENT.A500 7 MIRROR (OVER LAV)PER OWNER. 1/4" THICK W/ ANTI-GRAFFITI FILM, WALL MOUNTED, STAINLESS STEEL FRAME, PROVIDE SOLID BLOCKING,A500 6 LIQUID SOAP DISPENSER B-822 BOBRICK COUNTER-MOUNTED SOAP DISPENSER. LOCATION TBD BY OWNER . METAL FINISH TO MATCH LAVATORY TRIM - MOUNTED AT ACCESSIBLE LOCATION.A500 5 TOWEL DISPENSERS AND WASTE RECEPTACLE TW-1-18 GAMCO RECESSED TOWEL DISPENSER AND WASTE RECEPTACLE COMBINATION - MOUNTED AT ACCESSIBLE HEIGHT. LOCATION TBD BY OWNER. METAL FINISH TO MATCH LAVATORY TRIM. A500 COUNTERTOP SEE PLUMBING & INTERIOR DESIGNER DWGS. ADA ACCESSIBLE. COMMON AREA COLORS AS SELECTED BY OWNER. A093, A500 4 FAUCET MOEN COMMERCIAL OR DELTA FAUCETS COMMERCIAL SEE PLUMBING DWGS. ADA ACCESSIBLE, VERIFY SPECS. WITH OWNER. A093, A500 3 LAVATORY N/A N/A A093, A500 2 NOT USED A500 1 WATER CLOSET AMERICAN STANDARD OR KOHLER. SEE PLUMBING DWG. ADA ACCESSIBLE, RESTROOM, DROP-IN. VERIFY SPECS. WITH OWNER A093, A500 ITEM PRODUCT COMMENTS DTL. OR SHEET REF. PUBLIC / COMMON AREA TOILET NOTES LIBRARY-10/16/18 al l i d e a s , d e s i g n s a n d p l a n s r e p r e s e n t e d b y t h i s d r aw i n g a r e t h e e x c l u s i v e p r o p e r t y o f bs b d e s i g n , i n c . an d s h a l l n o t b e r e p r o d u c e d i n w h o l e o r i n p a r t w i t ho u t t h e e x p r e s s p r i o r w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n o f s a i d a rc h i t e c t s , a n y u n a u t h o r iz e d r e u s e o f t h e s e p l a n s o t h e r t h a n f o r t h e p r o j e c t a n d l o c a t i o n s h o w n i s p r o h i b i t e d . JOB NO. SUBMITTAL DATE SHEET TITLE SHEET NO. CLIENT: Plot Date:File: REVISION DATE 21 3 0 E 4 T H S T # 2 0 0 SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 5 1ST PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 08/20/2024 970 W. 190TH ST., STE 250, TORRANCE CA 90502 O: 310.217.8885 BSBDESIGN.COM D E S I G N BSB 4TH P.C. SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 2ND PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 01/29/2025 3RD PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 04/17/2025 4TH PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 11/4/2025 9:35:07 PM MR230056 A810 FIRE RATED PENETRATIONS OL I V E C R E S T R E S I D E N T I A L 21 5 0 E . F O U R T H S T . & 2 1 6 0 E . F O U R T H S T . SA N T A A N A C A 9 2 7 0 5 OL I V E C R E S T SCALE:12" = 1'-0" METAL PIPE THROUGH 1 HR. WOOD ASSEMBLY 13 SCALE:12" = 1'-0" VENT THROUGH 1 OR 2 HR. GYP. WALL ASSEMBLY 9 SCALE:12" = 1'-0" PLASTIC PIPE THROUGH 1 HR. WD. FLR./CLG. ASSEMBLY 1 SCALE:12" = 1'-0" SHEET MTL. THROUGH DUCT THROUGH 1 HR. WD. FLR. ASSEMBLY 3 SCALE:12" = 1'-0" PLASTIC PIPE THROUGH 1 HR. WOOD ASSEMBLY 5 LIBRARY LIBRARY LIBRARY LIBRARY LIBRARY LIBRARY LIBRARY LIBRARY LIBRARY LIBRARY-2/8/22 GYPSUM BOARD ACOUSTIC ISOLATION EA. SIDE OF STUD WALL TO BE HELD BACK TO ALLOW GYP WALLBOARD TO RUN THROUGH (1) LAYER TYPE "X" GYP WALLBOARD EA. SIDE OF STUD -1 HR. FIRE WALL 2 INTERIOR NAILER STUDS 1 LAYER TYPE "X" GYP WALLBOARD EA. SIDE OF STUD -1 HR. FIRE WALL WALL TO BE HELD BACK TO ALLOW GYP WALLBOARD TO RUN THROUGH 2 INTERIOR NAILER STUDS GYPSUM BOARD ACOUSTIC ISOLATION EA. SIDE OF STUD PARTY WALL SINGLE STUD OPTION #1 PARTY WALL SINGLE STUD OPTION #2 1- H R B E A R I N G 1- H R P A R T Y W A L L NON-BEARING NON-BEARING 1- H R P A R T Y W A L L 1- H R B E A R I N G NON-BEARING NON-BEARING GYPSUM BOARD ACOUSTIC ISOLATION EA. SIDE OF STUD 1 INTERIOR NAILER STUD @ EA. SIDE OF STUD (3) 2x4 OR (1) 4x6 @ WALL INTERSECTION (1) LAYER TYPE "X" GYP WALLBOARD EA. SIDE OF STUD -1 HR FIRE WALL GYPSUM BOARD ACOUSTIC ISOLATION EA. SIDE OF STUD 1 INTERIOR NAILER STUD @ EA. SIDE OF STUD (3) 2x4 OR (1) 4x6 @ WALL INTERSECTION (1) LAYER TYPE "X" GYP WALLBOARD EA. SIDE OF STUD -1 HR FIRE WALL PLUMBING STACK (1) LAYER GYP. BD. 2x6 WOOD STUD AT 16" O.C. SEE STRUCTURAL UNIT NON-RATED WALL TYPE PER PLAN FOR MORE INFO FIRE-RATED ASSEMBLY, SEE PER PLANS NON-RATED WALL, EXTERIOR RATED FIRE PARTITION INTERIOR SIDE GYP. BD. ACOUSTIC ISOLATION EXTERIOR SIDE INTERIOR SIDE INTERIOR SIDE INTERIOR SIDE PARTY WALL SINGLE STUD WALL PARTITION WALL • THREE CONTINUOUS BEADS OF SEALANT SHALL BE LAID PRIOR TO SETTING THE WALL PLATES AT THE CONCRETE SLAB IN ORDER TO PROVIDE A NON-HARDENING SEAL BETWEEN THE FLOORING AND THE PLATE. • USE ACOUSTICAL TAPE, ACOUSTICAL SEALANT OR APPROVED EQUAL. • CAULK ALL ELECTRICAL OUTLET BOXES IN THE PARTYWALL SO THAT THE BOXES ARE AIRTIGHT • USE ACOUSTICAL SEALANT PADS, ACOUSTICAL SEALANT, OR APPROVED EQUAL ON ALL OUTLET BOXES. • OUTLET BOXES IN RATED ASSEMBLIES WILL BE STEEL PER CBC OR APPROVED ALTERNATE. • PER CBC 718, FIRE BLOCKING SHOULD OCCUR AT INTERVALS NOT EXCEEDING 10' - 0" O.C. MAXIMUM, HORIZONTALLY AND VERTICALLY. • ALL PENETRATIONS INTO SOUND-RATED PARTITIONS SHALL BE SEALED W/ APPROVED PERMANENT FLEXIBLE SEALANT OR FIBER PADDING. • APPROVED ACOUSTICAL SEALANT SHALL BE PROVIDED ALONG THE JOINT BETWEEN THE FLOOR AND PARTITION WALL. • PLUMBING, CONDUIT, OR DUCTWORK SHALL BE HUNG FROM THE FLOOR JOISTS W/ RESILIENT HANGERS AND SHALL NOT BE CONNECTED DIRECTLY TO THE CEILING IN ANY MANNER • IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT ANY PIPES, CONDUITS, OR DUCTWORK NOT BE RUN WITHIN COMMON WALLS, HOWEVER IF NEEDED, PIPES, CONDUITS, DUCTWORK, OR ANY OTHER HARDWARE IN COMMON WALLS SHALL BE ATTACHED ONLY TO THE SIDE OF THE WALL THAT IS SERVICED BY SUCH PIPING, AND MAY NOT AT ANY POINT BE ATTACHED TO THE OPPOSITE WALL. ALL SUCH HARDWARE SHALL BE RESILIENTLY MOUNTED. METAL PLUMBERS TAPE ALONE IS NOT SUFFICIENT AS A RESILIENT MOUNT. • THERE SHALL BE NO RIGID CONNECTIONS BETWEEN COMMON WALLS (EXCEPT THE SUBFLOOR AT THE FLOOR/CEILING). DIAGONAL FRAMING SUPPORTS SHALL BE NAILED COMPLETELY TO THE VERTICAL STUDS OF THE PARTY WALLS, AND SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED TO BRIDGE THE GAP SEPARATING THE WALLS. • THE OUTLET BOX FRAMES SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED TO CONTACT THE OUTER LAYERS OF GYPSUM. THE GAP AROUND THE BOX AT THE GYPSUM BOARD SHALL BE FILLED WITH NON-HARDENING CAULK. • ALL RIGID CONDUIT, DUCTS, PLUMBING PIPES AND APPLIANCE VENTS LOCATED IN SOUNDS ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE INSULATED FROM THE BUILDING CONSTRUCTION BY MEANS OF RESILIENT SLEEVES, MOUNTS OR MIN 1/4" THICK APPROVED RESILIENT MATERIAL. EXCEPTION: GAS PIPING NEED NOT BE ISOLATED. • MINERAL FIBER INSULATION SHALL BE INSTALLED IN JOIST SPACES TO A POINT 12" BEYOND THE PIPE OR DUCT WHENEVER A PLUMBING PIPE OR DUCT PENETRATES A FLOOR-CEILING ASSEMBLY WITHIN A WALL. • METAL VENTILATING AND CONDITIONED AIR DUCTS LOCATED IN SOUND ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE LINED. • OCCUPANCY SEPARATION WALL PENETRATIONS MUST BE EITHER FERROUS OR COPPER AND FIRE-STOPPED SUCH THAT THE REQUIRED FIRE-RESISTANCE WILL NOT BE REDUCED. ELECTRICAL OUTLET BOXES MUST NOT EXCEED 16 SQ.IN. TOTAL PENETRATION AREA DOES NOT EXCESS 100 SQ. IN. IN ANY 100 SF OF WALL. BOXES NOT SEPARATED 24" MUST HAVE LISTED FIRE PUTTY PADS INSTALLED (OR OTHER APPROVED METHOD). • ANNUAL SPACE BETWEEN MEMBRANE AND BOX IS NOT OVER 1/8" • INDIVIDUAL ELECTRICAL OUTLET BOXES MUST HAVE BEEN TESTED FOR USE IN FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED ASSEMBLIES WITH LARR OR ICC APPROVAL. • STAIRS AND INTERMEDIATE LANDINGS SHOULD NOT BE MOUNTED DIRECTLY TO FIRE-RATED WALL STUDS. STRINGERS SHOULD BE UTILIZED, WITH A GAP TO ALLOW A LAYER OF GYPSUM BETWEEN ASSEMBLIES, TO SEPARATE THE STAIRS AND FIRE- RATED WALL. • GREATER STUD SIZES (DEPTHS) SHALL BE PERMITTED TO BE USED IN METAL OR WOOD STUD SYSTEMS. METAL STUDS OF HEAVIER GAGE THAN THOSE TESTED SHALL BE PERMITTED. THE ASSIGNED RATING OF ANY LOAD-BEARING SYSTEM SHALL ALSO APPLY TO THE SAME SYSTEM WHEN USED AS A NONLOAD-BEARING SYSTEM. INDICATED STUD SPACINGS ARE MAXIMUMS. HEAVIER GATE STUDS OR CLOSER STUD SPACING MAY REDUCE THE STC. GREATER STUD DEPTH MAY IMPROVE THE STC. FLOOR/CEILING ASSEMBLY NOTES • ALL PENETRATIONS INTO SOUND-RATED FLOOR-CEILING ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE SEALED WITH APPROVED PERMANENT FLEXIBLE SEALANT. • ANY PLUMBING, CONDUIT, OR DUCTWORK SHOULD BE ATTACHED TO THE FLOOR JOISTS USING SOME TYPE OF RESILIENT MOUNTING AND SHOULD NOT COME IN CONTACT WITH THE CEILING GYPSUM BOARD OR THE DROP CEILING JOISTS IN ANY MANNER. • ALL PLUMBING LOCATED IN FLOOR/CEILING ASSEMBLIES OR DROP DOWNS SHALL BE STUFFED AND WRAPPED WITH INSULATION. • GYPSUM BOARD CEILINGS SHALL NOT TOUCH ANY OF THE WALLS. THE GAP SHALL BE AS SMALL AS POSSIBLE AND SHALL BE CAULKED WITH NON-HARDENING CAULK FROM BELOW. ALONG THE ENTIRE PERIMETER OF THE CEILING. • WRAP FOAM AROUND THE TUB DRAIN PIPE AND FIRESTOP PER CODE. THE CAVITY AROUND THE TUB SHOULD BE STUFFED WITH INSULATION. • ANY GAPS ALONG THE WALLS OF THE TUB SHOULD BE FILLED WITH A NON-HARDENING OR ACOUSTICAL CAULK. • SPECIFIED FLOOR-CEILING AND ROOF-CEILING FRAMING SIZES OR TRUSS DIMENSIONS ARE MINIMUMS. GREATER JOIST OR TRUSS SIZES (DEPTHS) SHALL BE PERMITTED TO BE USED IN METAL OR WOOD FRAMED SYSTEMS. INDICATED JOIST AND TRUSS SPACING ARE MAXIMUMS. CLOSER JOIST OR SPACING MAY REDUCE THE STC. GREATER JOIST OR TRUSS DEPTH MAY IMPROVE THE STC. DESCRIPTION ½" TYPE "X" GYP. BD. ⅝" TYPE "X" GYP BD. WOOD STUDS 16" O.C. WOOD FLOOR AND ROOF JOISTS 16" O.C. FLOOR AND ROOF: 15/32" WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (CBC 722.6.2(1), (2), & (4) T.722.6.2. (1)15 CBC SECTION TIME ASSIGNED (MIN.) T.722.6.2. (1)30 T.722.6.2. (2)20 T.722.6.2. (2)10 T.722.6.2. (4)15 ⅛" MAX. ANNUAL SPACE, CONTINUOUS ACOUSTICAL SEALANT AROUND ENTIRE PERIMETER, TYP. BE SEPARATED BY PROTECTING BOTH BOXES WITH LISTED PADS. OR BE SEPARATED BY OTHER LISTED MATERIALS AND METHODS DOUBLE STUD BETWEEN DWELLING UNITS WALL PER PLAN FIRE RESISTANCE RATED WALL PER PLAN COMPLYING STEEL OUTLET BOX BASE BOARD MOLDING. HOLD BASE BOARDS OFF THE SUBFLOOR BY 1/8" MIN., FILL SEALANT AT HARD SURFACES HOLD GYP. BD. AWAY FROM FLOOR SHEATHING 1/4". USE NON- HARDENING ACOUSTICAL SEALANT AT GAP FINISH FLOORING OVER FLOOR SHEATHING NOTE: THIS DETAIL IS FOR FLOOR/CEILING SEPARATION BETWEEN SAME UNIT THERMAL INSULATION (WHERE OCCURS) HOLD WALL GYPSUM BD. AWAY FROM PARTITION WALL GYP. BD. 1/4". FILL W/ NON-HARDENING ACOUSTIC SEALANT TAPE THERMAL INSULATION (WHERE OCCURS) NOTE: 1 LAYER OF GYPSUM BOARD SHOWN, VERIFY WITH PLAN FOR REQUIRED FIRE RATED ASSEMBLY SAME UNIT SAME UNIT 3 ½" SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKET MINERAL OR GLASS FIBER BATT INSULATION STUFFED IN THE AIR SPACE AND STAPLED TO STUDS AT 10'-0" O.C. HORIZONTALLY OPTIONAL 2ND 3 ½" SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKET CBC SECTION 717.2.1.5 3 ½" SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKET MINERAL OR GLASS FIBER BATT INSULATION COMPRESSED BETWEEN STUD ROWS AND STAPLED TO STUDS AT 10'-0" O.C. HORIZONTALLY RATED FIRE PARTITION PRE-BOARD ALL SIDES OF OPENING W/ (1) LAYER GYP. BD ⅝" TYPE "X" SEMI-RECESSED FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET RETURN TRIM NOTE: 1. VERIFY CABINET DIMENSIONS WITH MANUFACTURER. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL MOUNT BOX SO THAT EXTINGUISHER BRACKET HEIGHTS MEETS FIRE DEPARTMENT APPROVAL. 3. VERIFY ALL CABINET LOCATIONS W/ FIRE DEPARTMENT INSPECTOR PRIOR TO FRAMING OPENINGS. 4.PROVIDE SURFACE MOUNTED EXTINGUISHER AT CONCRETE WALLS & COLUMNS. VERIFY RATED WALL ASSEMBLY PER COMPOSITE BUILDING PLANS SEMI-RECESSED FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET TITLE 19 CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS CHAPTER 3 C.F.C. 906 FINISH FLOOR PLYWD SHEATHING WHERE INDICATED ON STRUCTURAL DWGS. FIBERGLASS INSULATION WHERE OCCURS 4' - 0" FROM FINISH FLOOR TO FIRE EXTINGUISHER BRACKET 5'-0" MAX 4" MAX 2-LAYER ⅝" TYPE "X" GYP. BD. TOP & BOTTOM OPERABLE PARTS 4' - 0" MAX. F.F. TO TOP OF HANDLE AND 2X WOOD STUD WALL WITH THERMAL INSULATION (1) LAYER OF ⅝" TYPE "X" GYP. BD. (2) LAYERS OF ⅝" TYPE "X" GYP. BD. (1) LAYER OF ⅝" TYPE "X" GYP. BD. WALL BOXES FOR REFRIGERATOR VALVE, WASHING MACHINE VALVES, SHOWER/TUB VALVES OR MEDICINE CABINET ASSEMBLY LISTING STC / IIC RATING 1-HR FLOOR/CEILING - C.B.C. 721.1 (3) 13.-1.4 NOT REQUIRED 5/8" MIN THICK EXTERIOR GRADE DECK PLYWOOD SHEATHING, BUILT-UP FRAMING WHERE REQ'D FOR LEVELING 2x10 JOIST RIPPED TO SLOPE (2x8 MIN @ 16" O.C. MAX PER REPORT) - SEE STRUCT PLI-DECK ICC-ES ESR-2097 SYSTEM CLASS "A" FIRE RATED DECK SYSTEM, INSTALL PER MANUF. REQ'S RATED ASSEMBLY MODIFICATION PLI-DECK ESR-2097 CLASS A: PLI-DECK SYSTEMS W/ MIN BASE COAT 3/16" THICK IS SUBSTITUTED FOR THE DOUBLE WOOD FLOOR DESCRIBED IN CBC TABLE ABOVE, PER REPORT CORRIDOR SE E P L A N CORRIDOR 1-LAYER 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP. BD. ⅞" EXTERIOR PLASTER FINISH IN LIEU OF ⅝" GYP BD AT EXTERIOR CONDITION WITHOUT DROP CEILING EXTERIOR CONDITION: 7/8" EXT. CEMENT PLASTER W/ EXPANDED METAL RIB LATH AND 1 LAYER GRAD "D" BLDG. PAPER CEILING NON-RATED ASSEMBLY LISTING STC / IIC RATING PROPRIETARY GYPSUM BOARDS 1-HR ROOF / CEILING NOT REQUIRED UNITED STATES GYPSUM COMPANY ⅝" SHEETROCK BRAND FIRECODE C CORE GYPSUM PANELS GA FILE NO. RC 2604 (PROPRIETARY) MANUFACTURED WOOD TRUSS, LAYOUT PER STRUCTURAL (MAX 24" O.C. PER REPORT) SPECIFIED ROOFING PER ROOF PLAN ROOF SHEATHING PER STRUCTURAL (MIN. 15/32" WD. STRUCT. PANEL PER REPORT) THERMAL INSULATION PER ENERGY ANALYSIS REPORT ADD PLASTER FINISH AT EXTERIOR CONDITION RESILIENT FURRING CHANNELS AS SPECIFIED AND PER REPORT PROPRIETARY GYP BD PER REPORT 1 ⅝" METAL STUD @ MAX 16" O.C. VERIFY SPAN WITH METAL STUD MANUF. CHART INTERIOR CONDITION: (1) LAYER ⅝" GYP BD EXTERIOR CONDITION: ⅞" EXT. CEMENT PLASTER O/ EXPANDED METAL RIB LATH AND 1 LAYER GRADE "D" BLDG. PAPER RATED ROOF/CEILING ASSEMBLY SE E P L A N NON-RATED CE I L I N G ROOFING PER PLAN THERMAL INSULATION PER ENERGY ANALYSIS REPORT ROOF SHEATHING PER STRUCTURAL (MIN. ½" WD. STRUCT. PANEL PER REPORT) 1 ⅝" METAL STUD @ MAX. 16" O.C. VERIFY SPAN WITH METAL STUD MANUF. CHART INTERIOR CONDITION: 1-LAYER ⅝" GYP BD EXTERIOR CONDITION: ⅞" EXT. CEMENT PLASTER W/ EXPANDED METAL RIB LATH AND 1 LAYER GRAD "D" BLDG. PAPER NON-RATED CE I L I N G RATED ROOF/CEILING AS S E M B L Y SE E 9 / T H I S S H E E T MIN. 2x10 WOOD JOISTS, SEE STRUCT. PLANS (MAX. 24" O.C. PER REPORT) SE E P L A N (2) LAYERS ½" TYPE "X" GYP BD AT SIDES & TOP - TOTAL 80 MIN. * DUCT PER MECH PLANS ROOF TRUSS PER STRUCT PLANS1-HR APPROVED ACOUSTICAL SEALANT OR FIRE SAFING TYP.1-HR RATED ROOF/CEILING ASSEMBLY PER PLAN VERIFY W/ MECH PLANS * SEE 1/A811 GENERAL NOTE "FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING" ELECT. PLANS VERIFY W/ LIGHT PER ELECTRICAL DWGS. GYPSUM BOARD BOX ENCLOSURE: 2 LAYERS 1/2" TYPE "X" GYP BD AT SIDES AND TOP FLOOR JOIST AT 16" O.C. MAX ASSEMBLY PER DETAIL 1/THIS SHEET 1 HOUR RTED FLOOR/CEILING RATED ASSEMBLY WHERE OCCURS PER PLANS PER PLAN 1 LAYER OF 5/8" THK. GYP. BD. 8" DIA. DUCT SHOWN, VERIFY W/ MECH. DWGS 1-5/8" WIDE METAL STUD FRAMING RATED WALL ASSEMBLY WHERE OCCURS PER PLANS KITCHEN UPPER CABINET/EXHAUST HOOD (2) #10 TYPE 'S' PAN HEAD SCREWS @ 24" O.C. MAX. TO RESILIENT CHANNEL -DO NOT PENETRATE INTO WD. FRAMING ABOVE 3 ½" MIN. SOUND INSULATION FLOOR ASSEMBLY PER STRUCTURAL RESILIENT FURRING CHANNELS PERPENDICULAR TO FLOOR JOISTS. PROPRIETARY GYP. BD. PER REPORT FLOOR SHEATHING PER STRUCTURAL (MIN. OF 15/32" PER REPORT) CARPET OVER PAD PER SOUND TEST ACCESSIBLE TRANSITION STRIP 1.25" THICK PROPRIETARY GYP. FLOOR TOPPING PER REPORT SOUND ATTENUATION MAT PER REPORT (¼" MIN.) HARD SURFACE FLOORING PER REPORT ASSEMBLY STC / IIC RATING LISTING PROPRIETARY GYPSUM COMPONENTS 1 - HR. FLOOR/CEILING GA FILE NO. FC 5112 (PROPRIETARY) 50 MINIMUM UNITED STATES GYPSUM COMPANY ⅝" SHEETROCK BRAND FIRECODE C CORE GYPSUM PANELS LEVELROCK BRAND FLOOR UNDERLAYMENT SE E P L A N 1-LAYER ⅝" GYP BD CEILING NON-RATED 1 ⅝" METAL STUD @ MAX 16" O.C. VERIFY METAL SPAN W/ MANUF. CHART SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0" 1-HR WALL INTERSECTION 12 SCALE:3" = 1'-0" TYPICAL PLUMBING WALL 5 SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0" 1-HR WALL TO EXTERIOR WALL INTERSECTION 6 al l i d e a s , d e s i g n s a n d p l a n s r e p r e s e n t e d b y t h i s d r aw i n g a r e t h e e x c l u s i v e p r o p e r t y o f bs b d e s i g n , i n c . an d s h a l l n o t b e r e p r o d u c e d i n w h o l e o r i n p a r t w i t ho u t t h e e x p r e s s p r i o r w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n o f s a i d a rc h i t e c t s , a n y u n a u t h o r iz e d r e u s e o f t h e s e p l a n s o t h e r t h a n f o r t h e p r o j e c t a n d l o c a t i o n s h o w n i s p r o h i b i t e d . JOB NO. SUBMITTAL DATE SHEET TITLE SHEET NO. CLIENT: Plot Date:File: REVISION DATE 21 3 0 E 4 T H S T # 2 0 0 SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 5 1ST PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 08/20/2024 970 W. 190TH ST., STE 250, TORRANCE CA 90502 O: 310.217.8885 BSBDESIGN.COM D E S I G N BSB 4TH P.C. SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 2ND PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 01/29/2025 3RD PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 04/17/2025 4TH PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 11/4/2025 8:52:55 PM MR230056 A811 FIRE ASSEMBLY GENERAL DETAILS AND NOTES OL I V E C R E S T R E S I D E N T I A L 21 5 0 E . F O U R T H S T . & 2 1 6 0 E . F O U R T H S T . SA N T A A N A C A 9 2 7 0 5 OL I V E C R E S T SCALE:3" = 1'-0" OUTLET PENETRATION IN FIRE RATED / SOUND RATED WALL 8 SCALE:3" = 1'-0" SOUND-RATED WALL TO FLOOR/CEILING ASSEMBLY 4 SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0" RATED WALL FIREBLOCK 7 SCALE:1" = 1'-0" FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET@ EXTERIOR WALL 10 SCALE:3" = 1'-0" 1-HR WALL AT BOXES 9SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0" 1-HR FLR/CLNG (EXTERIOR CORRIDOR)13 SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0" 1-HR ROOF/CEILING (TRUSS)19 SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0" 1-HR ROOF/CEILING AT CORRIDOR (TRUSS)18 SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0" 1-HR ROOF/CEILING AT CORRIDOR (WOOD JOIST)14 SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0" MECHANICAL DUCT IN 1-HR ROOF/CEILING 20 SCALE:3" = 1'-0" RECESSED LIGHT IN 1-HR FLOOR / CEILING 15 SCALE:3" = 1'-0" TYPICAL SOFFIT 11 SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0" 1-HR DWELLING UNIT -FLOOR/CEILING 17 LIBRARY LIBRARYLIBRARY LIBRARY LIBRARY LIBRARY LIBRARY LIBRARY NOTE: 1. CAVITY AROUND THE TUB SHOULD BE STUFFED WITH INSULATION. CONTINUE 1 LAYER (2 LAYERS, IF ALONG CORRIDORS) ⅝" W.R. TYPE "X" GYP. BD. BEHIND TUB AND SURROUND TO MAINTAIN 1-HR RATING -PAPERLESS DRYWALL OF DENS ARMOR PLUS OR APPROVED EQUAL. FIBERGLASS TUB SURROUND J -BEAD AND SEALANT 2X CONTINUOUS BLOCKING THERMAL INSULATION 2X STUD PLUMBING WALL 1 LAYER ⅝" WATER RESISTANCE GYP. BD. ABOVE AND SURROUND-PAPERLESS DRYWALL OR DENS ARMOR PLUS OR APPROVED EQUAL (NOT A PART OF ASSEMBLY) PLYWD. SHEATHING MAY OCCUR PER STRUCT. DWGS. DOUBLE STUD WALL 1-HR FIRE RATED WALL ASSEMBLY MAY OCCUR SHIMS THICKNESS TO MATCH TUB FLANGE WATERPROOF MEMBRANE SHIPLAPPED AT TUB, TYP. 1. PENETRATIONS IN A FIRE-RATED WALL SHALL BE PROTECTED BY AN APPROVED FIRE STOP MATERIAL IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 714.3.1 a. STEEL, COPPER OR FERROUS PIPES OR CONDUITS MAY PENETRATE CONCRETE OR MASONRY WALLS WHERE THE PENETRATING ITEM IS A MAXIMUM 6-INCH DIAMETER AND THE AREA OF THE OPENING THROUGH THE WALL DOES NOT EXCEED 144 SQUARE INCHES b. MEMBRANE PENETRATIONS OF MAXIMUM 2-HR. FIRE-RESISTANCE RATED WALL AND PARTITIONS BY STEEL ELECTRICAL OUTLET BOXES NOT EXCEEDING 16 SQUARE INCHES ARE PERMITTED PROVIDED OPENINGS DO NOT EXCEED 100 SQUARE INCHES FOR ANY 100 SQUARE FEET OF WALL AREA. OUTLET BOXES ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF WALLS OR PARTITIONS MUST BE SEPARATED BY A HORIZONTAL DISTANCE OF 24 INCHES. (714.3.2) c. WHERE WALLS ARE PENETRATED BY OTHER MATERIALS OR WHERE LARGER OPENINGS ARE REQUIRED THAN PERMITTED IN (b) ABOVE, THEY MUST BE QUALIFIED BY TESTS CONDUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION (714.3.1.1) d. SMOKE AND FIRE DAMPERS MUST BE INSTALLED IN THE FOLLOWING LOCATIONS PER SECTIONS 717.3 -DUCT PENETRATIONS OF FIRE WALLS IN ACCORDANCE TO SECTION (717.1.1) -DUCT PENETRATIONS OF FIRE BARRIERS, EXCEPT EXIT ENCLOSURES AND EXIT PASSAGEWAYS W HERE THEY ARE NOT ALLOWED TO PENETRATE (717.5.2) -DUCT PENETRATING SHAFTS (717.5.3) -DUCT PENETRATING FIRE PARTITIONS AND FIRE-RATED CORRIDOR WALLS, SEE EXCEPTION FOR STEEL DUCTS WITH NO OPENINGS INTO CORRIDOR (717.5.4.1) -DUCTS PENETRATING SMOKE BARRIERS (717.5.5) -DUCTS PENETRATING HORIZONTAL ASSEMBLIES (717.6) 2. DRAFTSTOPPING IN FLOOR/CEILING: IN R-2 BUILDING WITH THREE OR MORE DWELLING UNITS, DRAFT STOPS MUST BE INSTALLED IN WOOD FRAME FLOOR CONSTRUCTION CONTAINING CONCEALED SPACE. DRAFTSTOPPING SHALL BE LOCATED ABOVE AND IN LINE WITH THE DWELLING UNIT AND SLEEPING UNIT SEPARATION (718.3.2) EXCEPTIONS: -DRAFTSTOPPING IS NOT REQUIRED IF BUILDING IS SPRINKLERED WITH NFPA 13 SPRINKLER SYSTEM -DRAFTSTOPPING IS NOT REQUIRED IF BUILDING IS SPRINKLERED WITH NFPA 13R SPRINKLER SYSTEM AND SPRINKLERS ARE INSTALLED IN THE CONCEALED SPACE 3. FIRE BLOCKING MUST BE PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 718 AT THE FOLLOWING LOCATIONS: -IN CONCEALED SPACES OF STUD WALLS AND PARTITIONS, INCLUDING FURRED SPACES, AT THE CEILING AND FLOOR LEVELS (718.2.2) -IN CONCEALED SPACES OF STUD WALLS AND PARTITIONS, INCLUDING FURRED SPACES, AT 10-FOOT INTERVALS ALONG THE LENGTH OF THE WALL (718.2.2) -AT ALL INTERCONNECTIONS BETWEEN CONCEALED VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL SPACES SUCH AS OCCUR AT SOFFITS, DROP CEILINGS, COVE CEILINGS AND SIMILAR LOCATIONS (718.2.3) -IN CONCEALED SPACES BETWEEN STAIR STRINGERS AT THE TOP AND BOTTOM OF THE RUN AND BETWEEN STUDS ALONG AND IN LINE WITH THE RUN OF STAIRS IF THE WALL UNDER THE STAIRS IN UNFINISHED (718.2.4) -IN OPENINGS AROUND VENTS, PIPES, DUCTS, CHIMNEYS, FIREPLACES AND SIMILAR OPENINGS WHICH AFFORD A PASSAGE FOR FIRE AT CEILING AND FLOOR LEVELS, WITH NON-COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS (718.2.5) 4. DRAFTSTOPPING IN ROOF/CEILING: IN R-2 BUILDING WITH THREE OR MORE DWELLING UNITS, DRAFSTOPPING SHALL BE PROVIDED IN ATTICS, MANSARDS, OVERHANGS OR OTHER CONCEALED ROOF SPACES. DRAFSTOPPING SHALL BE INSTALLED ABOVE, AND IN LINE WITH, SLEEPING UNIT AND DWELLING UNIT SEPARATION WALLS THAT DO NOT EXTEND TO THE UNDERSIDE OF THE ROOF SHEATHING ABOVE. EXCEPTIONS: -WHERE CORRIDOR WALLS PROVIDE A SLEEPING UNIT OR DWELLING UNIT SEPARATION, DRAFSTOPPING SHALL ONLY BE REQUIRED ABOVE ONE OF THE CORRIDOR WALLS -DRAFSTOPPING IS NOT REQUIRED IF BUILDING IS SPRINKLERED WITH NFPA 13 SPRINKLER SYSTEM -IN GROUP R-2 THAT DO NOT EXCEED FOUR STORIES ABOVE GRADE PLANE, THE ATTIC SPACE SHALL BE SUBDIVIDED BY DRAFTSTOPS INTO AREAS NOT EXCEEDING 3,000 SF OR ABOVE EVERY TWO DWELLING UNITS, WHICHEVER IS SMALLER -DRAFTSTOPPING IS NOT REQUIRED IF BUILDING IS SPRINKLERED WITH NFPA 13R SPRINKLER SYSTEM AND SPRINKLERS ARE INSTALLED IN THE CONCEALED SPACE UNIT INTERIOR SPACE UNIT INTERIOR SPACE TUB/SHOWER AT RATED PARTITION WALL UNIT INTERIOR SPACE UNIT INTERIOR SPACE WALL TO FLOOR/CEILING WH E R E O C C U R S NO N - R A T E D S O F F I T P.T.D.F. SILL PLATE PER STRUCT. ACOUSTICAL SEALANT, TYP.CONC. SLAB - SEE STRUCT. BRACE PER STRUCT. ROOFING PER ROOF PLAN PARALLEL FRAMING RO O F / C E I L I N G A S S E M B L Y 1" AIR GAP FOAM SILL SEAL/ CAPILLARY BREAK, TYP. SE E D E T A I L FL O O R / C E I L I N G A S S E M B L Y 7 A812 4 A811 PER DETAIL RATED PARTY WALL /1 A812 ROOF PER 1-HOUR DETAILS ON A811 WH E R E O C C U R S NO N - R A T E D S O F F I T SE E D E T A I L / 17 A8 1 1 / 18 A8 1 1 ROOFING PER ROOF PLAN PLYWOOD SHEATHING WHERE OCCURS PER STRUCTURAL. FLUSH WITH EDGE OF CONCRETE SLAB CONCRETE SLAB -SEE STRUCT. DWGS SET SILL PLATE ON (3) CONTINUOUS BEADS OF SEALANT UNIT INTERIOR SPACE EXTERIOR PERPENDICULAR FRAMING EXTERIOR PLASTER CONTROL JOIN, TYP -SEE ELEVATIONS FOR LOCATIONS UNIT INTERIOR SPACE EXTERIOR EXTERIOR WALL EXTERIOR FINISH PER SCHEDULE/2 A812 /---- AS S E M B L Y FL O O R / C E I L I N G BRACE PER STRUCT. RO O F / C E I L I N G A S S E M B L Y ASSEMBLY LISTING STC RATING 1-HR WALL GA FILE NO. WP 3370 (GENERIC) 57 (C.O.N.C. #1.2.4.1.5.4 - FILL STUD BAYS WITH INSULATION) PLYWOOD SHEATHING WHERE OCCURS FOR STRUCTURAL DWGS., NOT PART OF FIRE OR ACOUSTICAL ASSEMBLY 3 ½" THICK FIBERGLASS INSULATION BATTS ⅝" TYPE "X" GYP. BD. DOUBLE ROW OF 2x4 WOOD STUDS 16" O.C. ON SEPARATE PLATES SPACED MIN. 1" APART 1" MIN. PER REPORT IN T E R I O R IN T E R I O R ROOFING PER ROOF PLAN UNIT INTERIOR SPACE CORRIDOR (INTERIOR) AS S E M B L Y RO O F / C E I L I N G PERPENDICULAR FRAMING AS S E M B L Y FL O O R / C E I L I N G INTERIOR CONDITION SHOWN -SEE DETAIL FOR EXTERIOR CORRIDOR WALL ASSEMBLY P.T.D.F. SILL PLATE PER STRUCT. O/ FOAM SILL SEAL/CAPILLARY BREAK, TYP. UNIT INTERIOR SPACE CORRIDOR (INTERIOR) PARALLEL FRAMING U.S. GYP. ACOUSTICAL SEALANT, TYP. SE E D E T A I L / 17 A8 1 1 / 13 A8 1 1 PLI-DECK SYSTEM SE E D E T A I L /3 A812 / 14 A8 1 1 / 19 A8 1 1 SEE DETAIL SE E D E T A I L SE E D E T A I L 1 IN T E R I O R EXTERIOR ASSEMBLY LISTING STC RATING 1-HR WALL 45 MIN. EXTERIOR: CBC TABLE 721.1 (2) 15-1.3 INTERIOR: CBC TABLE 721.1 (2) 14-1.3 7/8" CEMENT PLASTER. PLASTER MIX 1:4 FOR SCRATCH COAT AND 1:5 FOR BROWN COAT , BY VOLUME, CEMENT TO SAND O/ METAL LATH O/ (2) LAYERS OF W.R.B. COMPLYING W/ ASTM E2556, TYPE I (1) LAYER 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP WALLBOARD APPLIED VERTICALLY OR HORIZANTALLY NAILED W/ 6D COOLER OR WALLBOARD NAILS AT 7" ON CENTER PLYWOOD SHEATHING WHERE OCCURS PER STRUCTURAL DWGS., NOT PART OF FIRE OR ACOUSTICAL ASSEMBLY 2x4 MIN. AT 16" O.C. -SEE STRUCT. DWGS A FIBERGLASS INSULATION PER ENERGY ANALYSIS REPORT A ASSEMBLY LISTING STC RATING 1-HR WALL NOT TESTED CBC TABLE 721.1 (2) 14-1.3 INTERIORINTERIOR ⅝" TYPE "X" GYP BD PLYWOOD SHEATHING WHERE OCCURS PER STRUCTURAL DWGS., NOT PART OF FIRE OR ACOUSTICAL ASSEMBLY MIN. 2x4 STUDS AT 16" O.C. PER LISTING -SEE STRUCT. IN T E R I O R INTERIOR CORRIDOR ASSEMBLY LISTING STC RATING 1-HR WALL 50 MIN CBC TABLE 721.1 (2) 15-1.2 *A MINIMUM 50 STC RATING IS REQUIRED WITHOUT FIELD TESTING PER CBC SECTION 1207.2. ADD ADDITIONAL GYP BD SHOWN IN SOUND RATED ASSEMBLY TO COMPLY WITHOUT A FIELD TEST. FIBERGLASS INSULATION PER ENERGY ANALYSIS REPORT ½" RESILIENT CHANNEL MOUNTED TO STUD ON UNIT SIDE ONLY (SUBSTITUTE WITH (1) LAYER ⅝" TYPE "X" GYP BD AT KITCHEN AREA WHEN UPPER CABINETS OCCUR) (1) LAYER ⅝" TYPE "X" GYP BD PLYWOOD SHEATHING WHERE OCCURS PER STRUCTURAL DWGS., NOT PART OF FIRE OR ACOUSTICAL ASSEMBLY 2x6 STUDS AT 16" O.C. -SEE STRUCT. A al l i d e a s , d e s i g n s a n d p l a n s r e p r e s e n t e d b y t h i s d r aw i n g a r e t h e e x c l u s i v e p r o p e r t y o f bs b d e s i g n , i n c . an d s h a l l n o t b e r e p r o d u c e d i n w h o l e o r i n p a r t w i t ho u t t h e e x p r e s s p r i o r w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n o f s a i d a rc h i t e c t s , a n y u n a u t h o r iz e d r e u s e o f t h e s e p l a n s o t h e r t h a n f o r t h e p r o j e c t a n d l o c a t i o n s h o w n i s p r o h i b i t e d . JOB NO. SUBMITTAL DATE SHEET TITLE SHEET NO. CLIENT: Plot Date:File: REVISION DATE 21 3 0 E 4 T H S T # 2 0 0 SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 5 1ST PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 08/20/2024 970 W. 190TH ST., STE 250, TORRANCE CA 90502 O: 310.217.8885 BSBDESIGN.COM D E S I G N BSB 4TH P.C. SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 2ND PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 01/29/2025 3RD PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 04/17/2025 4TH PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 11/4/2025 11:23:55 PM MR230056 A812 FIRE ASSEMBLY WALL, FLOOR/CEILING & ROOF/CEILING OL I V E C R E S T R E S I D E N T I A L 21 5 0 E . F O U R T H S T . & 2 1 6 0 E . F O U R T H S T . SA N T A A N A C A 9 2 7 0 5 OL I V E C R E S T SCALE:3" = 1'-0" BATHTUB AT WALL 7 SCALE:12" = 1'-0" GENERAL NOTES 5SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0" 1-HOUR RATED PARTY WALL (DOUBLE STUD)9 SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0" EXTERIOR SINGLE STUD WALL 13 SCALE:3" = 1'-0" 1-HOUR RATED PARTY WALL (DOUBLE STUD)1SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0" 1-HR RATED CORRIDOR WALL (SINGLE STUD WALL)17 SCALE:3" = 1'-0" 1-HR RATED EXTERIOR WALL 2 SCALE:3" = 1'-0" 1-HR INTERIOR WALL (SINGLE STUD)4 SCALE:3" = 1'-0" 1-HR RATED WALL AT CORRIDOR (INTERIOR-EXTERIOR)3 A PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #1 01/29/2025 1 DELTA 1 10/31/2025 1 LIBRARY LIBRARY WINDOW & FLASHING NOTE: UPON DETERMINING THE WINDOW MANUFACTURER, WORK MUST BE PERFORMED ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WINDOW AND FLASHING INSTALLATION. ALSO PROVIDE WINDOW INSTALLATION MOCK UP TO BE REVIEWED BY THE ARCHITECT AND THE PROJECT TEAM, AS WELL AS FIELD-TESTING A SAMPLE OF THE INSTALLED WINDOWS FOR AIR-AND-WATER RESISTANCE IN KEEPING WITH ASTM E783 AND E1005 NOTE: ALL WINDOW FLASHING SYSTEM SHALL BE PER PLANS OR APPROVED EQUAL. 1. PENETRATING ITEMS (BOLTS, BRACKETS, BASE PLATES, ETC.) INSTALLED OVER SELF-ADHERED COMPOSITE FLEXIBLE FLASHING. 2. WHEN ADHERING THE MEMBRANE TO THE SUBSTRATE, DO NOT REMOVE THE ADHESIVE RELEASE SHEET FROM THE BOTTOM 3" OF THE SHEET SO THAT IT CAN BE LAPPED OVER BUILDING PAPER 3. PLACE BUILDING PAPER UNDER THE BOTTOM 3" FLAP, REMOVE THE REMAINING RELEASE SHEET FROM THE FLASHING SHEET AND ADHERE TO THE BUILDING PAPER 4. PLACE THE SIDE SHEETS OF BUILDING PAPER TO WITHIN +/- 1" OF THE PENETRATING ITEM, SHINGLE OVER THE BOTTOM FLASHING/BUILDING PAPER JOINT. 5. PLACE THE TOP SHEET OF BUILDING PAPER TO WITHIN +/- 1" OF THE PENETRATING ITEM, SHINGLE OVER THE PREVIOUS LAYERS OF THE BUILDING PAPER - ENTIRE ASSEMBLY SHOULD BE SHINGLED INTO THE OVERALL BUILDING PAPER SKIN OF THE BUILDING. NOTE: THIS WATERPROOFING METHOD IS TO BE USED WHEREVER THE WATERPROOF BUILDING PAPER IS PENETRATED OR INTERRUPTED. 3".6". 6". 6".6". STEP 1 & 2 STEP 3 STEP 4 STEP 5 1 2 3 4 5 OPENABLE AREA = 5.7 SF OPENABLE AREA = 5.7 SF MINIMUM SIZE WINDOW FOR 20" CLEAR WIDTH MINIMUM SIZE WINDOW FOR 24" CLEAR HEIGHT MIN 20" CLEAR 41" CLEAR 34" CLEAR MIN 24" CLEAR FINISH SILL FINISH FLOOR 44" MAX CBC SECTION R310 1. ONE OPERABLE WINDOW WITH AN OPENABLE AREA OF NOT LESS THAN 5.7 SF MIN. CLEAR 24" HEIGHT AND 20" WIDTH, AND A SILL HEIGHT NOT OVER 44" ABOVE THE FLOOR IS REQUIRED IN ALL BEDROOMS BELOW THE FOURTH STORY AND BASEMENT. 2. GRADE FLOOR OPENINGS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM NET CLEAR OPENING OF 5.0 SF al l i d e a s , d e s i g n s a n d p l a n s r e p r e s e n t e d b y t h i s d r aw i n g a r e t h e e x c l u s i v e p r o p e r t y o f bs b d e s i g n , i n c . an d s h a l l n o t b e r e p r o d u c e d i n w h o l e o r i n p a r t w i t ho u t t h e e x p r e s s p r i o r w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n o f s a i d a rc h i t e c t s , a n y u n a u t h o r iz e d r e u s e o f t h e s e p l a n s o t h e r t h a n f o r t h e p r o j e c t a n d l o c a t i o n s h o w n i s p r o h i b i t e d . JOB NO. SUBMITTAL DATE SHEET TITLE SHEET NO. CLIENT: Plot Date:File: REVISION DATE 21 3 0 E 4 T H S T # 2 0 0 SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 5 1ST PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 08/20/2024 970 W. 190TH ST., STE 250, TORRANCE CA 90502 O: 310.217.8885 BSBDESIGN.COM D E S I G N BSB 4TH P.C. SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 2ND PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 01/29/2025 3RD PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 04/17/2025 4TH PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 11/4/2025 8:52:57 PM MR230056 A821 WINDOW FLASHING OL I V E C R E S T R E S I D E N T I A L 21 5 0 E . F O U R T H S T . & 2 1 6 0 E . F O U R T H S T . SA N T A A N A C A 9 2 7 0 5 OL I V E C R E S T SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0" GENERAL NOTES 1 SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0" TYPICAL PENETRATION S.A.C.F. FLASHING 2 SCALE:3" = 1'-0" EMERGENCY ESCAPE AND RESCUE OPENINGS 3 A 1 A PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #1 01/29/2025 1 DELTA 1 10/31/2025 LIBRARY LIBRARY-5/16/18 LIBRARY-5/16/18 LIBRARY LIBRARY LIBRARY-5/16/18 LIBRARY LIBRARY-4/8/19 LIBRARY-4/8/19 LIBRARY LIBRARY LIBRARY LIBRARY LIBRARY NOTES 1. WINDOW FLASHING: SELF ADHESIVE WINDOW FLASHING BY TOP INDUSTRIAL RAINBUSTER, INC. OR APPROVED EQUAL. REFER TO INSTALLATION GUIDE SHOWN ON A821 2. WALL ASSEMBLY: DETAILS ARE DEPICTED AS 1 HOUR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, REVIEW PLAN AND WALL ASSEMBLY DETAILS FOR FIRE RATED CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS, LOCATIONS AND RATED ASSEMBLIES 3. SEE EXTERIOR WALL DETAILS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION THAT MAY AFFECT THE INSTALLATION OF A WINDOW. 4. METAL STUD: DETAILS ARE DEPICTED AS WOOD STUD CONSTRUCTION UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, METAL STUD CONSTRUCTION DETAILS ARE SIMILAR 5. METAL STUD: DETAILS ARE DEPICTED AS WOOD STUD CONSTRUCTION UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, METAL STUD CONSTRUCTION DETAILS ARE SIMILAR 6. WINDOW HEAD (FLUSH AT EXTERIOR): J MOLD, BACKER ROD/SEALANT AND Z FLASHING DRIP SCREED ARE NOT REQUIRED IF WINDOW FRAME IS MANUFACTURED WITH STUCCO KEY -CONFIRM WITH MANUF. SPECS. RECESSED WINDOW MUST HAVE Z FLASHING DRIP SCREED PER DETAILS. 7. WINDOW FRAME: APPLY SEALANT TO BACK OF WINDOW FRAMES BEFORE SETTING. 8. NAILING FLANGE: IMMEDIATELY AFTER SECURING WINDOW IN THE OPENING, APPLY ADDITIONAL SEALANT TO THE FRONT SURFACE OF THE WINDOW HEAD AND JAMB NAILING FLANGES. DO NOT APPLY BUTTERED SEALANT TO SILL NAILING FLANGE, ALLOW SILL PAN TO WEEP GALVANIZED META LATH, INSTALL EXPANDED METAL LATH AT HORIZONTAL SURFACE SUCH AS CEILING OR SOFFIT W.R.B. : WEATHER RESISTIVE BARRIER (2-LAYERS OF W.R.B. COMPLYING WITH ASTM E2556 TYPE I, WHERE PLASTER OCCURS OVER WOOD-BASED SHEATHING, CBC 2510.6) S.A.F. : SELF ADHESIVE FLASHING, SEE SHEET A821 FOR INSTALLATION NOTE: JAMB FLASHING OVER WINDOW FLANGE, SEE SHEET A821 FOR INSTALLATION BACKER ROD AND SEALANT; EXPOSED SEALANT SHALL BE CHECKED ANNUALLY AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER WINDOW -SEE WINDOW SCHEDULE INTERIOR FINISH PER SCHEDULE INTERIOR EXTERIOR 1ST LAYER OF SELF-ADHESIVE WINDOW SILL FLASHING - INSTALL PER MFR. SPECS. 2ND LAYER OF SELF-ADHESIVE WINDOW SILL FLASHING - INSTALL PER MFR. SPECS. EXTERIOR CEMENT PLASTER OVER METAL LATH AND (2) LAYERS OF W.R.B. COMPLYING W/ ASTM E2556, TYPE I CONTINUOUS BEAD OF SEALANT IN FRONT AND BEHIND NAILING FLANGE & OVER WINDOW FLANGE FASTENERS SEE WALL ASSEMBLY PLYWOOD SHEATHING (WHERE OCCURS) FINAL COLOR COAT SMOOTH FINISH O/ 2 COATS OF GLASS FIBER MESH O/ 2 LB. DENSITY FOAM SHAPE. ADHERED TO BROWN COAT, INSTALL PER MFR. SPEC'S, SEE ELEVATIONS FOR SIZE 2x4 SILL PLATE SLOPE .25" PER 1'-0" 2 1/2" INTERIOR FINISH EXTERIOR INTERIOR BACKER ROD AND CAULK CONTINUOUS BEAD OF SEALANT IN FRONT AND BEHIND NAILING FLANGE & OVER WINDOW FLANGE FASTENERS WINDOW - SEE WINDOW SCHEDULE EXTERIOR CEMENT PLASTER OVER METAL LATH AND (2) LAYERS OF W.R.B. COMPLYING W/ ASTM E2556, TYPE I PLYWOOD SHEATHING (WHERE OCCURS) 2x4 WOOD STUD SELF ADHESIVE JAMB FLASHING INTO RECESSED OPENING, INSTALL PER MFR. SPECS. INTERIOR EXTERIOR WINDOW -SEE WINDOW SCHEDULE CONTINUOUS SEALANT OVER BACKER ROD INTERIOR FINISH PER SCHEDULE 1ST LAYER OF SELF-ADHESIVE WINDOW HEAD FLASHING - INSTALL PER MFR. SPECS. EXTERIOR CEMENT PLASTER OVER METAL LATH AND (2) LAYERS OF W.R.B. COMPLYING W/ ASTM E2556, TYPE I CONTINUOUS BEAD OF SEALANT IN FRONT AND BEHIND NAILING FLANGE & OVER WINDOW FLANGE FASTENERS SEE WALL ASSEMBLY PLYWOOD SHEATHING (WHERE OCCURS) FINAL COLOR COAT SMOOTH FINISH O/ 2 COATS OF GLASS FIBER MESH O/ 2 LB. DENSITY FOAM SHAPE. ADHERED TO BROWN COAT, INSTALL PER MFR. SPEC'S, SEE ELEVATIONS FOR SIZE HEADER PER STRUCTURAL DWGS. GALV. 'Z' FLASHING, EXTEND 1 1/2" BEYOND ROUGH OPENING 3" WINDOW -SEE WINDOW SCHEDULE RIPPED 2x FRAMING SEE WALL ASSEMBLY INTERIOR EXTERIOR EXTERIOR CEMENT PLASTER OVER METAL LATH AND (2) LAYERS OF W.R.B. COMPLYING W/ ASTM E2556, TYPE I FOAM TRIM PER ELEVATIONS, INSTALL PER MFG. SPECIFICATIONS CONT. BEAD OF SEALANT IN FRONT & BEHIND NAILING FLANGE & OVER WINDOW FLANGE FASTENERS 2ND & 3RD LAYER OF SELF ADHESIVE WINDOW SILL FLASHING, INSTALL PER MFG. SPECIFICATIONS 1ST LAYER OF SELF ADHESIVE WINDOW SILL FLASHING FLUSH W/ RECESSED OPENING, INSTALL PER MFR. SPECS. SLOPE .25" PER 1'-0" INTERIOR FINISH EXTERIOR INTERIOR BACKER ROD AND CAULK CONTINUOUS BEAD OF SEALANT IN FRONT AND BEHIND NAILING FLANGE & OVER WINDOW FLANGE FASTENERS WINDOW -SEE WINDOW SCHEDULE EXTERIOR CEMENT PLASTER OVER METAL LATH AND (2) LAYERS OF W.R.B. COMPLYING W/ ASTM E2556, TYPE I PLYWOOD SHEATHING (WHERE OCCURS) 1ST LAYER OF SELF ADHESIVE WINDOW FLASHING -INSTALL PER MFR. SPECS. 2ND LAYER OF SELF ADHESIVE WINDOW FLASHING -INSTALL PER MFR. SPECS. 2x WOOD FRAMING INTERIOR EXTERIOR WINDOW -SEE WINDOW SCHEDULE INTERIOR FINISH 1ST LAYER OF SELF ADHESIVE WINDOW FLASHING -INSTALL PER MFR. SPECS. 2ND LAYER OF SELF ADHESIVE WINDOW FLASHING -INSTALL PER MFR. SPECS. EXTERIOR CEMENT PLASTER OVER METAL LATH AND (2) LAYERS OF W.R.B. COMPLYING W/ ASTM E2556, TYPE I PLYWOOD SHEATHING (WHERE OCCURS) SEE WALL ASSEMBLY HEADER PER STRUCTURAL DWGS. GALV. 'Z' FLASHING, EXTEND 1 1/2" BEYOND ROUGH OPENING 2x WOOD FRAMING SEE PLAN SLOPE WINDOW - SEE WINDOW SCHEDULE CONTINUOUS BEAD OF SEALANT IN FRONT AND BEHIND NAILING FLANGE & OVER WINDOW FLANGE & OVER WINDOW FLANGE FASTERNERS INTERIOR FINISH PER SCHEDULE INTERIOR EXTERIOR 1ST LAYER OF SELF-ADHESIVE WINDOW SILL FLASHING FLUSH WITH RECESSED OPENING - INSTALL PER MFR. SPECS. SEE FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 2ND LAYER OF SELF-ADHESIVE WINDOW SILL FLASHING - INSTALL PER MFR. SPECS. SEE WALL ASSEMBLY PLYWOOD SHEATHING METAL CORNER BEAD 2x4 SILL PLATE 5/4 x 3 1/2" SMOOTH HARDIE TRIM BOARD 4/4 THK. HARDIE TRIM CAP ADHERED MASONRY VENEER INSTALL PER MANUF. SPECS 3/4" THK. WOOD SHIM 1/2" EXTERIOR WATERPROOF SEALANT CONT. WATERPROOF CAULK PLYWOOD SHEATHING (WHERE OCCURS) EXTERIOR CEMENT PLASTER OVER METAL LATH O/ (2) LAYERS OF W.R.B. COMPLYING W/ ASTM E2556, TYPE I 12" WIDE MIN. S.A.F. ADHERE ABOVE ROUGH FRAMING. EXTEND THE S.A.F. 12" PAST ROUGH OPENING AT EACH END, ALIGN BOTTOM OF S.A.F. W/ ROUGH OPENING HEAD HEADER PER STRUCT. GALVANIZED Z FLASHING, EXTEND 1 ½" BEYOND ROUGH OPENING SEALANT AND BACKER ROD 16 GA MIN. LABELED STEEL HOLLOW METAL DOOR FRAME PER SCHEDULE DOOR -SEE SCHEDULE SEE WALL ASSEMBLY J-MOLD (COLOR TO MATCH STUCCO) DOOR PER SCHEDULE SEE WALL ASSEMBLY PLYWOOD SHEATHING (WHERE OCCURS) EXTERIOR CEMENT PLASTER OVER METAL LATH O/ (2) LAYERS OF W.R.B. COMPLYING W/ ASTM E2556, TYPE I SEALANT AND BACKER ROD 16 GA MIN. LABELED STEEL HOLLOW METAL DOOR FRAME PER SCHEDULE J-MOLD (COLOR TO MATCH STUCCO) S.A.F. O/ AND BEHIND J-MOLD - DOWN O/ DOOR FLASHING PAN & 'L' METAL BY 3" AND EXTEND 12" ABOVE THE HEAD ROUGH OPENING INTERIOR 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP. BOARD CASING PER DOOR FRAME MFR. METAL DOOR FRAME AND DOOR PER SCHEDULE ASSEMBLY SEE WALL 2x STUD WALL PER PLAN HEAT TREATED CASING RETAINER CLIP INTERIOR INTERIOR 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP. BOARD CASING PER DOOR FRAME MFR. METAL DOOR FRAME AND DOOR PER SCHEDULE ASSEMBLY SEE WALL HEAT TREATED CASING RETAINER CLIP INTERIOR LINE OF FINISH CEILING WHERE OCCURS MI N . 2" NOTE: MAINTAIN MIN. 2" CLEARANCE FROM RABBET TO FINISH CEILING FOR CASING; CLEARANCE PROVIDES 1/4" BETWEEN CASING & FINISH TO AID ATTACHMENT DURING ASSEMBLY HEAD JAMB ASSEMBLY SEE WALL RESILIENT CHANNEL WHERE OCCURS PER WALL ASSEMBLY HEADER PER STRUCT PLAN AT HEAD OR DBL. 2X AT JAMB DOOR CASING LABELED 20 MIN. DOOR PER DOOR SCHEDULE CORRIDORUNIT DOOR STOP 20 MIN. WOOD DOOR FRAME 1/8" PLYWOOD SHEATHING (WHERE OCCURS) 2x STUD WALL (INSULATION WHERE OCCURS) ASSEMBLY SEE WALL HEADER PER STRUCT AT HEAD OR DOUBLE 2x AT JAMB DOOR CASING DOOR FRAME AND DOOR PER SCHEDULE FINISHED FLOOR CONCRETE SLAB OR WOOD FRAME FLOOR ALUMINUM BOTTOM TRACK MOUNTED TO FINISH FLOOR BI-PASS CLOSET DOOR PER SCHEDULE BASE BOARD -TERMINATE FLUSH WITH SLAM JAMB BI-PASS TRACK (FLUSH/INSIDE CORNER) BI-PASS CLOSET DOOR PER DOOR SCHEDULE FINISHED D.F. SLAM JAMB - FLUSH W/ INSIDE CORNER ASSEMBLY SEE WALL ASSEMBLY SEE WALL HEADER -SEE STRUCT. INTERIOR FINISH BI-PASS CLOSET DOOR PER SCHEDULE al l i d e a s , d e s i g n s a n d p l a n s r e p r e s e n t e d b y t h i s d r aw i n g a r e t h e e x c l u s i v e p r o p e r t y o f bs b d e s i g n , i n c . an d s h a l l n o t b e r e p r o d u c e d i n w h o l e o r i n p a r t w i t ho u t t h e e x p r e s s p r i o r w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n o f s a i d a rc h i t e c t s , a n y u n a u t h o r iz e d r e u s e o f t h e s e p l a n s o t h e r t h a n f o r t h e p r o j e c t a n d l o c a t i o n s h o w n i s p r o h i b i t e d . JOB NO. SUBMITTAL DATE SHEET TITLE SHEET NO. CLIENT: Plot Date:File: REVISION DATE 21 3 0 E 4 T H S T # 2 0 0 SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 5 1ST PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 08/20/2024 970 W. 190TH ST., STE 250, TORRANCE CA 90502 O: 310.217.8885 BSBDESIGN.COM D E S I G N BSB 4TH P.C. SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 2ND PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 01/29/2025 3RD PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 04/17/2025 4TH PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 11/4/2025 8:52:58 PM MR230056 A822 DOOR & WINDOW DETAILS OL I V E C R E S T R E S I D E N T I A L 21 5 0 E . F O U R T H S T . & 2 1 6 0 E . F O U R T H S T . SA N T A A N A C A 9 2 7 0 5 OL I V E C R E S T SCALE:3" = 1'-0" NOTES 8 SCALE:3" = 1'-0" SEMI-RECESSED WINDOW SILL 2 SCALE:3" = 1'-0" SEMI-RECESSED WINDOW JAMB 3 SCALE:3" = 1'-0" SEMI-RECESSED WINDOW HEAD 4 SCALE:3" = 1'-0" DEEP RECESSED WINDOW AT FURRED BRICK WALL 5 SCALE:3" = 1'-0" DEEP RECESSED WINDOW JAMB 6 SCALE:3" = 1'-0" DEEP RECESSED WINDOW HEAD 7 SCALE:3" = 1'-0" SEMI-RECESSED WINDOW SILL 1SCALE:3" = 1'-0" EXTERIOR DOOR HEAD (HOLLOW METAL)9 SCALE:3" = 1'-0" EXTERIOR DOOR JAMB (HOLLOW METAL)10 SCALE:3" = 1'-0" METAL DOOR FRAME -JAMB/HEAD 11 SCALE:3" = 1'-0" INTERIOR DOOR HEAD/JAMB AT CORRIDOR UNIT ENTRY 13 SCALE:3" = 1'-0" INTERIOR DOOR HEAD/JAMB 15 SCALE:3" = 1'-0" BI-PASS DOOR SILL 17 SCALE:3" = 1'-0" BI-PASS DOOR JAMB 18 SCALE:3" = 1'-0" BI-PASS DOOR HEAD 19 LIBRARY LIBRARY LIBRARYLIBRARY LIBRARY LIBRARY LIBRARY LIBRARY LIBRARY LIBRARY LIBRARY LIBRARYLIBRARY LIBRARY LIBRARY LIBRARY ASPHALT SHINGLE ROOF NOTES: 1. MINIMUM SLOPE = 2:12, VERIFY WITH MANUF. 2. UNDERLAYMENT: APPLY TWO LAYERS OF MINIMUM #15 FELT WITH OFFSET SIDE LAPS. 3. FASTEN AT APPROXIMATELY 6" O.C. ALONG THE LAPS AND AT APPROXIMATELY 12" O.C. ALONG A ROW IN THE FIELD OF THE SHEET BETWEEN THE SIDELAPS 4. PROVIDE NAILING AND WIND CLIPS PER MANUF. INSTALLATION PROCEDURE WHERE REQUIRED 5. WEAVE UNDERLAYMENT ACROSS VALLEYS 6. DOUBLE-LAP UNDERLAYMENT ACROSS RIDGES (UNLESS THERE IS A CONTINUOUS RIDGE VENT). 7. NEW CONSTRUCTION IN MODERATE TO VERY HIGH FIRE HAZARD SEVERITY ZONES AND WILDLAND URBAN INTERFACE FIRE AREA, ROOF DETAILS MUST COMPLY WITH CBC 705A AND 706A ASPHALT SHINGLE ROOFING ROOF TRUSS -SEE STRUCT. 24 GA SHEET METAL EDGE FLASHING CONT. SHEET METAL RAIN GUTTER 2X12 WOOD FASCIA 2x STUD WALL EXTERIOR CEMENT PLASTER OVER METAL LATH O/ (2) LAYERS OF W.R.B. COMPLYING W/ ASTM E2556, TYPE I NOTE: SEE PLAN FOR ROOF PITCH RATIO DRIP EDGE 2x STUD WALL ASSEMBLY PER PLAN EXTERIOR CEMENT PLASTER OVER METAL LATH O/ (2) LAYERS OF W.R.B. COMPLYING W/ ASTM E2556, TYPE I PLYWD. SHT'G WHERE OCCURS ROOF TRUSS -SEE STRUCT. TOP PLATE 2x12 WOOD FASCIA 24 GA SHEET METAL EDGE FLASHING ASPHALT SHINGLE ROOFING 1' - 0"1" DRIP EDGE 2" 6"4X8 WOOD RAFTER TAIL W/ QTY. (2) MIN. COUNTER SUNK STRONG-TIE TIMBER SCREWS -TYP. INFILL HOLE PRIOR TO FINISH -TYP. SHAPE TOP OF RAFTER TALE -TYP. 2x NAILER BEHIND PLYWOOD BACKING SOLID PLYWOOD BACKING - FLUSH W/ STUDS SIMPLEX ROOF NAILS FASCIA 2x FRAMING 2x SOLID BLOCKING MIN 2'-0" x 2'-6" SELF ADHERED FLEXIBLE FLASHING AT ROOF TO WALL TRANSITION ON SOLID BACKING -SHIP-LAP BLDG PAPER O/ TOP PORTION OF S.A.F.F. AND UNDER BOTTOM PORTION OF S.A.F.F. ROOF TRUSS - SEE STRUCT. 2' - 6" 6" 14" MIN FIELD MEASURE FIELD MEASURE 1/2":12"MIN @ VALLEY LAP SIDEWALL BASE FLASHING 6" MIN SET INTO ROOFING MASTIC (SOLDER ALL CORNERS AND JOINTS) ONE PIECE CORROSION RESISTANT SADDLE @ INSIDE CORNERS (SOLDER ALL CORNERS AND JOINTS) ROOF TILE SETBACK 2" TO TILE ROOF TILE SETBACK ONE PIECE CORROSION-RESISTANT CHIMNEY SADDLE (SOLDER ALL CORNERS AND JOINTS) 14" MIN 2" TO TILE 3" RISE AT RIDGE 1" EDGE CRIMP FIELD MEASURE FIELD MEASURE MATCH PAN FLASHING 6" RIDGE 3" AT ASPHALT SHINGLE ROOFING INSTALL PER MANUF. SPECS 36" WIDE ROLL ROOFING (MIN 50#) 3" WIDE STRIP ASPHALT PLASTER CEMENT EMBEDMENT AT EACH END 15# ROOFING FELT OVER PLYWOOD SHEATHING FRAMING MEMBERS -SEE STRUCT. NOTE: "CLOSED CUT VALLEY" INSTALLATION PROCEDURE TO BE AS DESCRIBED IN "RESIDENTIAL ASPHALT ROOFING MANUAL" BY ASPHALT ROOFING MANUF. ASSOC. (LATEST EDITION) RIDGE CAP SHINGLE MASTIC ADHESIVE APPLIED AT HIP AND RIDGE TRIM HEADLAP TO COVER NAIL HOLE AND CREATE A BOND BETWEEN RIDGE TILES COMPOSITE ASPHALT SHINGLES OVER ROOF FELT PER NOTES @ ROOF PLANS UNDERLAYMENT ASTM FELT -CARRIED OVER AND UNDER ROOF SHEATHING ROOF FRAMING -SEE STRUCT. EXTERIOR CEMENT PLASTER OVER METAL LATH O/ (2) LAYERS OF W.R.B. COMPLYING W/ ASTM E2556, TYPE I PLYWOOD SHEAR PANEL -SEE STRUCT 24 GA G.I. FLASHING COMPOSITE ASPHALT SHINGLES OVER ROOF FELT PER NOTES @ ROOF PLANS 2x STUD WALL W/ THERMAL INSULATION ROOF FRAMING -SEE STRUCT LAP 2" 4" MIN. EXTERIOR CEMENT PLASTER OVER METAL LATH O/ (2) LAYERS OF W.R.B. COMPLYING W/ ASTM E2556, TYPE I STRUCTURAL SHEATHING (WHERE OCCURS) -SEE STRUCT 2x BLOCKING G.I. FLASHING AND COUNTERFLASHING 1x6 CONTINUOUS NOTE: PAN FLASHING AT EAVE -EXTEND 1-2" PAST EAVE, CUT AND TUCK UNDER THE PAN TO DIVERT WATER AWAY FROM WALL COMPOSITION SHINGLE ROOFING OVER 15# ROOFING (LAP PAPER FELT OVER 1x) PLYWOOD SHEATHING - SEE STRUCT 26 GA. G.I. PAN FLASHING UNDER ROOFING, INSTALL PER MANUF. SPECS. ROOF TRUSS -SEE STRUCT. 6" MIN 3" 2" 6" MIN. EXTERIOR CEMENT PLASTER OVER METAL LATH O/ (2) LAYERS OF W.R.B. COMPLYING W/ ASTM E2556, TYPE I SOLID BLOCKING CONTINUOUS 1x WOOD CURB 2x FRAMING 24 GA. CORROSION RESISTANT METAL "Z" BAR FLASHING SET IN SEALANT 24 GA. CORROSION RESISTANT METAL SADDLE FLASHING O/ ROOF FELT (SLOPE TO DRAIN) SEALANT PROVIDE SOLID BLOCKING WHEN WALL WIDTH EXCEEDS 48" 14" MIN. 6" MIN. LAP 3" MIN. LAP 2" MIN. SLOPE SLOPE ¼" DENS DECK BD OR EQUAL TPO ROOFING ASPHALT SHINGLES OVER 2 LAYERS OF 15# FELT OVER PLYWOOD SHEATHING ROOF TRUSS WOOD BEAM PER STRUCT. DWG 15" MIN. ROOF DECK APPLY MASTIC APOC NO. 100 ASTM D2822-75 TYPE I TO ALL VENT FLANGES AROUND OPENING SCREEN SHALL BE OF CORROSION RESISTANT NON-COMBUSTIBLE WIRE MESH W/ ¼" MAX OPENINGS NOTES: VENT COVERS AVAILABLE IN: -GALVANIZED 26 GA, (PAINT ONE SHADE DARKER THAN SINGLE COLOR) -ALUMINUM .032 -COPPER 16 OZ VENTS FOR USE WITH COMPOSITION SHINGLES AND SLATE REQUIRE A MINIMUM SLOPE OF 3:12. CONTACT O'HAGIN'S 800-394-3864 COMPOSITION SHINGLES MAY BE EXTENDED OVER SOLID SURFACE OF VENT COVER. ATTACH WITH ROOFER'S CEMENT APPLY O'HAGIN'S TAPE, OR SIMILAR, ASTM D570 TO TOP EDGE OF VENT CLASS "A" MIN. COMPOSITE ASPHALT SHINGLES OVER ROOF FELT PER NOTES @ ROOF PLANS UNDERLAYMENT O'HAGIN'S VENT COVER TOP VENTS BEYOND OPENING 1'-5". OPENING ½" CLR. RF. MASTIC/SEALANT @ HD. AND JAMBS PER RF. MANUF. RECOMMENDATIONS W/ CONT. NAILING 2" WIDE NAILING FIN ALL 4 SIDES INSTALL VENT PER OPENING SUB- FLASHING DETAIL W/ S.A.F. PRODUCT COMPATIBLE W/ RF INSTALL RF MEMBRANE @ SILL PRIOR TO VENT INSTALLATION TO BE WEATHER BD. CAPPED INTO RF SYS. PER RF. MANUF. RECOMMENDATION. LOUVERED VENT REMOVABLE CORE MAY OCCUR AT ATTIC ACCESS 4" 3" 2" ¾" 2" 2" NOTE: 1. BEFORE INSTALLATION ENSURE THAT THE SUBSTRATE IS UNIFORM AND EVEN 2. INSTALLATION SHALL BE MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RECOGNIZED SHEET METAL PRACTICES EXTERIOR CEMENT PLASTER OVER METAL LATH O/ (2) LAYERS OF W.R.B. COMPLYING W/ ASTM E2556, TYPE I METAL FIXED-BLADE LOUVER VENT INSECT SCREEN W/ CONT. NAILING 2" WIDE NAILING FIN ALL 4 SIDES INSTALL VENT PER OPENING SUB-FLASHING DETAIL W/ S.A.F. PRODUCT COMPATIBLE W/ RF. RF. MASTIC/SEALANT @ HDR. AND JAMBS PER RF. MANUF. RECOMMENDATIONS 2x FRAMING WOOD SHEATHING NOTE: S.A.F. COMPATIBLE W/ RF. LAP P WALL @ JAMBS 3" AND FLUSH CORNERS W/ S.A.F. SYSTEM CORNER GUARDS HEADER PER STRUCTUR AL WATERPROOF UNDERLAYMENT, INSTALL PER MANUF. SPECS 6" M I N A B O V E R O O F SU R F A C E ( V . I . F . ) BTM. OF HEADER TOP OF SILL PRE-FINISHED GALV. METAL FLASHING W/ DRIP EDGE, PAINT TO MATCH WALL 4" 1" 2 1 / 4 " 1 3 / 4 " GALV. METAL DOWNSPOUT AND OUTLET PAINTED FINISH PER EXT. ELEVATIONSG.I. DOWNPOUT CLAMPS -3 PER DOWNSPOUT ATTACH TO PANEL W/ 1/4" OVER EXPANSION BOLTS PRE-CAST CONCRETE SPLASH BLOCK A.C. PAVING OR FINISH GRADE 4" DOWNSPOUT ABOVE PRE-CAST CONCRETE SPLASH BLOCK 1' - 6 " 2' - 0" PLAN SECTION ⅜"~ x 2" LG. MIN. GALV. LAG SCREW INTO WOOD (PROVIDE EXPANSION SHIELD INTO CONCRETE OR CMU WALL) EXTERIOR CEMENT PLASTER WALL BRACKET @ 5'-0" O.C. MAX DOWNSPOUT, SEE PLUMBING PLAN FOR SIZES 1" 4" 4" 4" HOT PIPE COLLAR CLAMP COUNTERFLASHING COLLAR FIBERGLASS BASE SHEET NAILED TO DECK OVER SLIP SHEET GRANULE SURFACE FIBERGLASS CAP SHEET MIN 1/2" SHEATHING - SEE STRUCT. FLASHING SLEEVE -SET PRIMED FLANGE INTO BED OF ROOF CEMENT NOTE: TYPICAL DETAIL FOR ALL VENT PIPE PENETRATION PLUMBING CONTRACTOR TO SUPPLY ALL VENT PIPES LEAD FLASHING TO BE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY ROOFING CONTRACTOR. PIPE THROUGH ROOF SHEATHING -SEE STRUCT BOXED OUT FRAMING PLUMBING VENT STACK BASE FELT FEATHERED AND LAPPED AS SHOWN LEAD VENT FLASHING 2" 1'-0" MIN 3" 3" 3" 6" R-38 ATTIC INSUL 416 LEAD FLASHING BENT INTO PIPE 2" 4" MIN 4" MIN 4" MIN ROOF MASTIC AT EDGE OF FELTS BUILT UP ROOFING PER SPECIFICATIONS SET LEAD FLANGE IN MASTIC STRIP IN WITH TWO PLIES OF FELT PRIME FLANGE BEFORE STRIPPING ROLL LEAD FLASHING 1" DOWN INTO PIPE OR COUNTERFLASHING WITH PREFAB CAP PLUMBING VENT STACK PRIMED CONCRETE SLAB PER STRUCTURAL 2 PLIES FIBERGLASS FELT STRIPPING SET EACH PLY INTO CONTINUOUS MOPPING OF HOT ASPHALT al l i d e a s , d e s i g n s a n d p l a n s r e p r e s e n t e d b y t h i s d r aw i n g a r e t h e e x c l u s i v e p r o p e r t y o f bs b d e s i g n , i n c . an d s h a l l n o t b e r e p r o d u c e d i n w h o l e o r i n p a r t w i t ho u t t h e e x p r e s s p r i o r w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n o f s a i d a rc h i t e c t s , a n y u n a u t h o r iz e d r e u s e o f t h e s e p l a n s o t h e r t h a n f o r t h e p r o j e c t a n d l o c a t i o n s h o w n i s p r o h i b i t e d . JOB NO. SUBMITTAL DATE SHEET TITLE SHEET NO. CLIENT: Plot Date:File: REVISION DATE 21 3 0 E 4 T H S T # 2 0 0 SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 5 1ST PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 08/20/2024 970 W. 190TH ST., STE 250, TORRANCE CA 90502 O: 310.217.8885 BSBDESIGN.COM D E S I G N BSB 4TH P.C. SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 2ND PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 01/29/2025 3RD PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 04/17/2025 4TH PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 11/4/2025 8:53:00 PM MR230056 A831 ROOF - MANSARD - SHINGLE OL I V E C R E S T R E S I D E N T I A L 21 5 0 E . F O U R T H S T . & 2 1 6 0 E . F O U R T H S T . SA N T A A N A C A 9 2 7 0 5 OL I V E C R E S T SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0" GENERAL NOTES 1 SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0" TYPICAL EAVE 2 SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0" TYPICAL RAKE 3SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0" FASCIA TO WALL 11 SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0" G.I. SADDLE DETAIL 9 SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0" TYPICAL VALLEY 4 SCALE:3" = 1'-0" RIDGE CAP 5 SCALE:3" = 1'-0" ROOF TO WALL 6 SCALE:3" = 1'-0" ROOF TO SIDEWALL 7 SCALE:3" = 1'-0" SADDLE FLASHING 8 SCALE:3" = 1'-0" SHINGLE ROOF AT TPO ROOF 10 SCALE:3" = 1'-0" O'HAGIN'S LOW PROFILE COMPOSITION SHINGLE VENT 12 SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0" WALL VENT 14 SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0" SPLASH BLOCK 20 SCALE:3" = 1'-0" DOWNSPOUT WALL BRACKET 16 SCALE:3" = 1'-0" VENT PIPE COLLAR FLASHING 19 SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0" VENT PIPE 17 SCALE:3" = 1'-0" PLUMBING PIPE / VENT FLASHING 18 1 1 DELTA 1 10/31/2025 LIBRARY LIBRARY (REV. 4/23/18) LIBRARY GALVANIZED METAL LATH EXPANDED METAL LATH AT HORIZONTAL SURFACE SUCH AS CEILING ON SOFFIT. FLAT RIB EXPANDED METAL LATH CAN BE ATTACHED TO SUPPORTS FOR CEILINGS AND SOFFITS UP TO 19" O.C. AND HIGH RIB CAN SPAN 24" O.C. W.R.B. : WEATHER RESISTIVE BARRIER (2-LAYERS OF W.R.B. COMPLYING WITH ASTM E2556 TYPE I, WHERE PLASTER OCCURS OVER WOOD-BASED SHEATHING, CBC SEC 2510.6) S.A.F. -SELF-ADHESIVE FLASHING BACKER ROD AND SEALANT; EXPOSED SEALANT SHALL BE CHECKED ANNUALLY AND MAINTAINED AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER NOTES 1. WALL ASSEMBLY: REVIEW PLAN AND WALL ASSEMBLY DETAILS FOR FIRE RATED CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS, LOCATIONS AND RATED ASSEMBLIES 2. INTERIOR CONDITION IS NOT SHOWN, REVIEW PLAN AND WALL ASSEMBLY DETAILS 3. THERMAL INSULATION IS NOT SHOWN, SEE T-24 ENERGY ANALYSIS REPORT FOR TYPE AND LOCATIONS 1' - 0" MIN 2" MTL. FLASHING 4" FLUID APPLIED WATERPROOFING TO PREVENT METAL FLASHING FROM CONTACTING CONCRETE 24 GA BONDERIZED MTL FLASHING WATERPROOFING DRAINAGE MAT HARDROCK TOPPING (MIN 2 ½") EXTERIOR CEMENT PLASTER OVER METAL LATH O/ (2) LAYERS OF W.R.B. COMPLYING W/ ASTM E2556, TYPE I 24 GA BONDERIZED MTL FLASHING WATERPROOFING CONT. UP WALL 10" MIN GALVANIZED METAL STUCCO WEEP SCREED STAINLESS STEEL PROTECTION FLASHING O/ WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE TURN UP DRAINAGE MAT WHERE EXT. CONDITION OCCUR ABOVE INTERIOR OCCUPIED SPACE BACKER ROD AND SEALANT CORRIDOR / BALCONY 3" MIN. STUCCO SCREED TO LAP MTL FLASHING WALL ASSEMBLY SCHEDULED EXTERIOR CEMENT PLASTER OVER METAL LATH O/ (2) LAYERS OF W.R.B. COMPLYING W/ ASTM E2556, TYPE I PLYWOOD SHEATHING WHERE OCCURS TYPICAL WOOD STUD WALL CORNER FRAMING OUTSIDE METAL CONT. STUCCO CORNER BEAD TYP 2x WOOD STUD WALL 2x WOOD FRAMING PER STRUCTURAL METAL STUCCO INSIDE CORNER CONT. MTL. SCREED, WIRE TIE TO WIRE MESH EXTERIOR CEMENT PLASTER OVER METAL LATH O/ (2) LAYERS OF W.R.B. COMPLYING W/ ASTM E2556, TYPE I PLYWOOD SHEATHING WHERE OCCURS -SEE STRUCT. EXTERIOR CEMENT PLASTER OVER METAL LATH O/ (2) LAYERS OF W.R.B. COMPLYING W/ ASTM E2556, TYPE I SCHEDULED WALL ASSEMBLY STRUCT. SHEATHING - SEE STRUCT. 24 GA. SHEET METAL GALV. Z METAL FLASHING SET IN SEALANT CONCRETE SLAB - SEE STRUCT. EXTERIOR CEMENT PLASTER O/ ACRYLIC BONDER FINISH FLOOR SLOPE3:12 3 1/2" 1/2" 3/8" V.I.F. EXTERIOR CEMENT PLASTER OVER METAL LATH O/ (2) LAYERS OF W.R.B. COMPLYING W/ ASTM E2556, TYPE I EXPANDED FLANGE CONTROL JOINT SCREED STRUCTURAL SHEATHING WHERE OCCURS BLOCKING AS REQ'D NOTE: 1. SEE EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR LOCATION OF CONTROL JOINTS 2. CONTROL JOINTS TO STOP SHORT 1/4" OF WINDOWS AND DOORS TIE WIRE OF EACH FLANGE TO WIRE MESH EXTERIOR CEMENT PLASTER OVER METAL LATH O/ (2) LAYERS OF W.R.B. COMPLYING W/ ASTM E2556, TYPE I 2x WOOD STUD WALL PLYWOOD SHEATHING WHERE OCCURS -SEE STRUCT. TYPICAL WOOD FRAMING PER STRUCT'L DWGS. -TYP. METAL REVEAL DRIP SCREED PAINTED -TYP. EXPANDED METAL LATH *SEE PLAN FOR SOFFIT DEPTH *PROVIDE DRIP SCREED WHEN SOFFIT DEPTHS 18" OR MORE ADHERED STONE VENEER INSTALLED PER MANUF. SPECS SCRATCH COAT/MORTAR MORTAR JOINT GALVANIZED METAL LATH 2x WOOD STUD WALL - SEE STRUCT. (2) LAYERS OF GRADE "D" BLDG PAPER (W.R.B.) O/ EXTERIOR SHEATHING NOTE: FOR W.R.B. LAP JOINTS MINIMUM 6" AT VERTICAL JOINTS AND MINIMUM 2" AT HORIZONTAL JOINTS IN SHINGLE FASHION. CONTINUOUSLY WRAP W.R.B. AND METAL LATH A MINIMUM 16" TO NEXT FRAMING MEMBER AROUND ALL OUTSIDE AND INSIDE CORNERS. USE MANUF. OUTSIDE CORNER PIECES IN ALTERNATING FASHION FRAMING PER STRUCT. DWG CEMENT PLASTER FINISH SYSTEM O/ WIRE LATH O/ W.R.B. SHEATHING WHERE OCCURS MASONRY VENEER OVERLAP 6" MIN OVERLAP 6" MIN FRAMING PER STRUCT DWG ADHERED MASONRY VENEER SHALL NOT TOUCH OR ATTACH TO ADJACENT WALL FINISH CEMENT MORTAR SYSTEM O/ WIRE LATH O/ W.R.B. SHEATHING WHERE OCCURS ADHERED STONE VENEER INSTALLED PER MFR. SPECS. CONT. CAULK STAIR & RAILING GENERAL NOTES: 1. THE LARGEST RISE OR RUN IN A FLIGHT OF STAIRS MAY NOT EXCEED THE SMALLEST BY MORE THAN 3/8". 2. 7" MAX RISER AND 11" MIN TREAD ARE REQUIRED PER CBC REFER TO PLANS FOR ACTUAL RISER AND TREAD DIMENSION. 3. ALL STAIR TREAD FINISHES SHALL BE SLIP RESISTANT. 4. MAINTAIN 80" MINIMUM VERTICAL CLEARANCE MEASURED VERTICALLY FROM A PLANE PARALLEL AND TANGENT TO THE STAIRWAY TREAD NOSINGS. 5. STAIRS AND RAILINGS ARE TO BE SHOP PRIMED WITH RUST INHIBITING PAINT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 6. VERIFY FIELD MEASUREMENTS PRIOR TO FABRICATION. 7. GRIND EXPOSED JOINTS FLUSH AND SMOOTH WITH ADJACENT FINISH SURFACE. MAKE EXPOSED JOINTS BUTT TIGHT, FLUSH, AND HAIRLINE. EASE EXPOSED EDGES TO SMALL UNIFORM RADIUS. 8. STAIR GUARDRAIL AND HANDRAIL: SEE DETAIL...................................... 9. STAIR WARNING STRIP: SEE DETAIL.......................................................... 10. STAIR NOSING: SEE DETAIL......................................................................... 11. INTERIOR STAIRS: MARK THE UPPER APPROACH AND THE LOWER TREAD OF EACH FLIGHT WITH A STRIPE OF CONTRASTING COLOR AT LEAST 2" MIN. & 4" MAX. WIDE PLACED PARALLEL TO AND NOT MORE THAN 1" FROM THE NOSE OF THE STEP OR LANDING. THE STRIP SHALL BE OF A MATERIAL THAT IS AT LEAST AS SLIP RESISTANT AS OTHER TREADS OF THE STAIR. A PAINTED STRIPE IS ACCEPTABLE. 12. EXTERIOR STAIR: THE SAME AS INTERIOR STAIRS EXCEPT MARK ALL TREADS. 13. MARK CONCRETE AND STEEL STAIRS WITH A PAINTED STRIPE. 14. MARK CARPET, RESILIENT FLOORING AND ELASTOMERIC DECK COATING WITH A CONTRASTING STRIPE OF THE SAME MATERIAL. 15. ALL TREAD SURFACES SHALL BE SLIP RESISTANT. 16. OPEN RISERS ARE NOT PERMITTED. 17. GRIND ALL WELDS SMOOTH AND EASE ALL SHARP EDGES. 18. CEMENT FILL IN PAN STAIR SYSTEMS: USE ONLY TRANSIT-MIXED CONCRETE. REINFORCE ALL STAIR TREADS AT CENTER OF FILL WITH 1 ½" x 2" OR 2" x 2" MINIMUM 16 GA GALVANIZED WELDED WIRE MESH EXTENDING TO ALL EDGES OF FILL PLUS CROSS STIFFENERS AS REQUIRED TO PREVENT ANY PAN SPREADING. REINFORCE STAIR LANDING WITH EQUAL CROSS SECTIONAL STEEL AREAS. COVER AND PROTECT ALL STEEL TO RECEIVE PAINT WHEN FILL IS READY. APPLY A LIGHT, NONSKID TEXTURE FLOAT OR BROOM FINISH ACROSS STAIR RUN ON TREADS AND SWIRL NONSKID FINISH ON LANDING ON STAIR TO REMAIN EXPOSED AND SMOOTH TROWEL FINISH ON STAIRS TO RECEIVE CARPET. CURE WITH MEMBRANE CURING COMPOUND. /13 A853 /14 A853 /8 A853 /12 A853 NOTE: 1. REFER TO DETAIL FOR ADDITIONAL HANDRAIL INFORMATION. 2. REFER TO DETAIL FOR ADDITIONAL STAIR, GUARDRAIL, AND HANDRAIL NOTES. /13 A851 /7 A853 /13 A853 CONCRETE SLAB 2x PT PLATE PER STRUCT STAIR STRINGER PER STRUCT 1-1/8" PLYWOOD @ TREADS AND RISERS NON-SLIP RUBBER SYSTEM OVER TREAD AND RISERS, INSTALLER PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECS 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP BD STRUCTURAL PLAN PER STRINGER SCHEDULE IN 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP BD BEAM PER STRUCT. PLANS 1x8 PAINTED TRIM "PLI-DEK" WATERPROOFING SYSTEM PER PLAN FLOOR FRAMING PER STRUCT'L DWGS. "PLI-DEK" WATERPROOFING SYSTEM PER PLAN BEAM PER STRUCTURAL PLANS NOTE: 1. REFER TO DETAIL FOR ADDITIONAL HANDRAIL INFORMATION. 2. REFER TO DETAIL FOR ADDITIONAL STAIR, GUARDRAIL, AND HANDRAIL NOTES. /13 A851 /7 A853 /13 A853 DR O P P E D S O F F I T FLOOR FRAMING PER STRUCT'L DWGS. STRUCTURAL PLAN PER STRINGER SCHEDULE IN SIMPSON JOIST HANGER PER STRUCT. 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP BDF.F. 34" MIN. - 38" MAX. 1-1/2" CLEAR 1-1/2" SQ STEEL PIPE TOP RAIL 1-1/2" DIAM. STEEL TUBE HANDRAIL (SHALL NOT ROTATE WITHIN FITTING AND SHALL BE GRASPABLE AND UNINTERRUPTED) HEAVY EXTRUDED METAL HANDRAIL BRACKET TO BE WELDED AND GROUND SMOOTH TO HANDRAIL AND VERTICAL SQ TUBE RAILING 3/4" SQ TUBE PAINTED STEEL POST 4" O.C. 42" MIN. NOTE: REFER TO STAIR AND RAILING GENERAL NOTES FOR ADDTIONAL INFORMATION /13 A851 /7 A853 MIN. 3' - 6" 1" X 2-1/2" SQ. STEEL TUBE TOP RAIL 3/4" METAL PICKET @ 4" O.C. TYP. 1-1/2" SQ VERTICAL POST AT 4'-0" O.C. MAX FACE OF STUD WALL TYP. 1-1/2" SQUARE BOTTOM RAIL SECURE SUPPORT POST THROUGH BASE PLATE AS REQ'D SEE STRUCT. FOR ATTACHMENT FINISH SURFACE LESS THAN 4" 4" SPHERE MUST NOT PASS THROUGH AT ANY POINT NOTE: OPEN HANDRAILS SHALL HAVE INTERMEDIATE RAILS OR AN ORNAMENTAL PATTERN SUCH THAT A 4" SPHERE IN DIAMETER CANNOT PASS THROUGH FIN. FLR. >4" 1-1/2" X 1-1/2" SQ. STEEL TUBE TOP RAIL NOTE: REFER TO STAIR AND RAILING GENERAL NOTES FOR ADDTIONAL INFORMATION /13 A851 /7 A853 INTERIOR EXTERIOR TYP. 2 1/2" @ STONE VENEER @ EXT. PLASTER PE R P L A N WA L L A S S E M B L Y FINAL COLOR COAT SMOOTH FINISH O/ 2 COATS OF GLASS FIBER MESH O/ 2 LB. DENSITY FOAM SHAPE. ADHERED TO BROWN COAT, INSTALL PER MFR. SPEC'S, SEE ELEVATIONS FOR SIZE EXTERIOR CEMENT PLASTER OVER METAL LATH AND (2) LAYERS OF W.R.B. COMPLYING W/ ASTM E2556, TYPE I PLYWOOD SHEATHING (WHERE OCCURS) CONT. SOLID BLKG. AS REQUIRED -TYP. EITHER VERTICAL STUD OR CONT. SOLID BLKG. -TYP. al l i d e a s , d e s i g n s a n d p l a n s r e p r e s e n t e d b y t h i s d r aw i n g a r e t h e e x c l u s i v e p r o p e r t y o f bs b d e s i g n , i n c . an d s h a l l n o t b e r e p r o d u c e d i n w h o l e o r i n p a r t w i t ho u t t h e e x p r e s s p r i o r w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n o f s a i d a rc h i t e c t s , a n y u n a u t h o r iz e d r e u s e o f t h e s e p l a n s o t h e r t h a n f o r t h e p r o j e c t a n d l o c a t i o n s h o w n i s p r o h i b i t e d . JOB NO. SUBMITTAL DATE SHEET TITLE SHEET NO. CLIENT: Plot Date:File: REVISION DATE 21 3 0 E 4 T H S T # 2 0 0 SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 5 1ST PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 08/20/2024 970 W. 190TH ST., STE 250, TORRANCE CA 90502 O: 310.217.8885 BSBDESIGN.COM D E S I G N BSB 4TH P.C. SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 2ND PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 01/29/2025 3RD PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 04/17/2025 4TH PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 11/4/2025 8:53:02 PM MR230056 A851 EXTERIOR - STUCCO & STONE DETAILS OL I V E C R E S T R E S I D E N T I A L 21 5 0 E . F O U R T H S T . & 2 1 6 0 E . F O U R T H S T . SA N T A A N A C A 9 2 7 0 5 OL I V E C R E S T SCALE:3" = 1'-0" NOTES 1 SCALE:3" = 1'-0" STUCCO SCREED @ HARDROCK CONCRETE 2 SCALE:3" = 1'-0" TYPICAL EXTERIOR CORNER -WOOD FRAMED WALL 3 SCALE:3" = 1'-0" TYPICAL STUCCO INSIDE CORNER 6 SCALE:12" = 1'-0" STUCCO EXPANSION JOINT 7 SCALE:12" = 1'-0" EXTERIOR CEMENT PLASTER HORIZONTAL CONTROL JOINT 5 SCALE:3" = 1'-0" TYPICAL STUCCO SOFFIT DRIP EDGE 4 SCALE:3" = 1'-0" TYPICAL MANUFACTURED STONE VENEER DETAIL 9 SCALE:3" = 1'-0" MASONRY VENEER OUTSIDE CORNER 10 SCALE:3" = 1'-0" MASONRY VENEER / STUCCO INSIDE CORNER 11 SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0" STAIR AND RAILING GENERAL NOTES 13 SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0" WOOD STAIR AT CONCRETE SLAB 14 SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0" WOOD STAIR AT SKIRT BOARD 17 SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0" STAIR AT TOP LANDING (STL. & WOOD)15 A SCALE:3" = 1'-0" STAIR HANDRAIL 19 A SCALE:1" = 1'-0" GUARDRAIL AT STAIR OPENING 20 A A A SCALE:3" = 1'-0" VENEER / STUCCO TRIM TRANSITION 12 1 A PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #1 01/29/2025 1 DELTA 1 10/31/2025 1 1 1 LIBRARYLIBRARYLIBRARYLIBRARY LIBRARY LIBRARY LIBRARY EXTERIOR CEMENT PLASTER OVER METAL LATH O/ (2) LAYERS OF W.R.B. COMPLYING W/ ASTM E2556, TYPE I EXTERIOR SHEATHING THERMAL INSULATION @ CONDITIONED SPACES CONTINUOUS NON-HARDENING VINYL "ROPE" SEALANT SLOPE PAINT TO MATCH FINISHED GRADE 26 GA. CORROSION RESISTANT WEEP SCREED CONCRETE SLAB AND FOOTING 2x P.T. SILL PLATE ANCHOR BOLT AS REQUIRED -SEE STRUCT. A - AT FINISH GRADE EXTERIOR CEMENT PLASTER OVER METAL LATH O/ (2) LAYERS OF W.R.B. COMPLYING W/ ASTM E2556, TYPE I HARDSCAPE, SLOPE PER CIVIL PLANS EXTERIOR SHEATHING (WHERE OCCURS) THERMAL INSULATION @ CONDITIONED SPACES COLD APPLIED FLUID WATERPROOFING* 24 GA GALV (BONDERIZED) METAL FLASHING OVER COLD APPLIED FLUID WATERPROOFING (COLOR TO MATCH WALL) * FELT EXPANSION JOINT FILLER TOPPED WITH COMPATIBLE WEATHER RESISTANT UV RATED SEALANT B - ADJACENT TO ACCESSIBLE THRESHOLD NOTE: 1. WOOD FRAMING MEMBERS, INCLUDING WOOD SHEATHING THAT ARE IN CONTACT WITH EXTERIOR FOUNDATION WALLS AND ARE LESS THAN 8" FROM EXPOSED EARTH SHALL BE OF NATURAL DURABLE OR PRESERVATIVE-TREATED WOOD. EXCEPTION: AT EXTERIOR WALLS WHERE THE EARTH IS PAVED WITH AN ASPHALT OR CONCRETE SLAB AT LEAST 18" WIDE AND DRAINING AWAY FROM THE BUILDING, THE BOTTOM OF SILLS ARE PERMITTED TO BE 6" ABOVE THE TOP OF SUCH SLAB. OTHER EQUIVALENT MEANS OF TERMITE AND DECAY PROTECTION MAY BE ACCEPTED BY THE ENFORCEMENT AGENCY (CBC 2304.12.1.2) 2. WEEP SCREED TO BE INSTALLED PER CBC SEC 2512.1.2 3. SEE WALL ASSEMBLY DETAILS FOR FIRE AND ACOUSTICAL REQUIREMENT * INSTALL COLD APPLIED FLUID WATERPROOFING AND METAL FLASHING WHEN HARDSCAPE IS LESS THAN 2" BELOW FINISH FLOOR. CAULK JOINT BETWEEN SHEATHING/GWB AND FOUNDATION WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED SEALANT. SE E N O T E # 1 8" M I N . 4" M I N . HARDSCAPE, SLOPE PER CIVIL PLANS 2" M I N . 1/2" 26 GA. CORROSION - RESISTANT WEEP SCREED 2x WOOD STUD WALL MI N . 2" 4" M I N . 2" M I N . SLOPE ANCHOR BOLTS AS REQUIRED - SEE STRUCT. INTERIOR FINISH INTERIOR FINISH PER PLAN WALL ASSEMBLY PER PLAN WALL ASSEMBLY EXTERIOR SHEATHING THERMAL INSULATION @ CONDITIONED SPACES CONTINUOUS NON-HARDENING VINYL "ROPE" SEALANT SLOPE PAINT TO MATCH FINISHED GRADE 26 GA. CORROSION RESISTANT WEEP SCREED CONCRETE SLAB 2x P.T. SILL PLATE ANCHOR BOLT AS REQUIRED -SEE STRUCT. A - AT FINISH GRADE MANUF. STONE VENEER -SEE DETAIL HARDSCAPE, SLOPE PER CIVIL PLANS EXTERIOR SHEATHING (WHERE OCCURS) THERMAL INSULATION @ CONDITIONED SPACES COLD APPLIED FLUID WATERPROOFING* 24 GA GALV (BONDERIZED) METAL FLASHING OVER COLD APPLIED FLUID WATERPROOFING (COLOR TO MATCH WALL) * FELT EXPANSION JOINT FILLER TOPPED WITH COMPATIBLE WEATHER RESISTANT UV RATED SEALANT B - ADJACENT TO ACCESSIBLE THRESHOLD NOTE: 1. WOOD FRAMING MEMBERS, INCLUDING WOOD SHEATHING THAT ARE IN CONTACT WITH EXTERIOR FOUNDATION WALLS AND ARE LESS THAN 8" FROM EXPOSED EARTH SHALL BE OF NATURAL DURABLE OR PRESERVATIVE-TREATED WOOD. EXCEPTION: AT EXTERIOR WALLS WHERE THE EARTH IS PAVED WITH AN ASPHALT OR CONCRETE SLAB AT LEAST 18" WIDE AND DRAINING AWAY FROM THE BUILDING, THE BOTTOM OF SILLS ARE PERMITTED TO BE 6" ABOVE THE TOP OF SUCH SLAB. OTHER EQUIVALENT MEANS OF TERMITE AND DECAY PROTECTION MAY BE ACCEPTED BY THE ENFORCEMENT AGENCY (CBC 2304.12.1.2) 2. WEEP SCREED TO BE INSTALLED PER CBC SEC 2512.1.2 3. SEE WALL ASSEMBLY DETAILS FOR FIRE AND ACOUSTICAL REQUIREMENT * INSTALL COLD APPLIED FLUID WATERPROOFING AND METAL FLASHING WHEN HARDSCAPE IS LESS THAN 2" BELOW FINISH FLOOR. CAULK JOINT BETWEEN SHEATHING/GWB AND FOUNDATION WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED SEALANT. HARDSCAPE, SLOPE PER CIVIL PLANS 1/2" 26 GA. CORROSION - RESISTANT WEEP SCREED 2x WOOD STUD WALL 4" M I N . 2" M I N . SLOPE ANCHOR BOLTS AS REQUIRED - SEE STRUCT. INTERIOR FINISH INTERIOR FINISH MANUF. STONE VENEER -SEE DETAIL MI N . 1" 2" M I N . 4" M I N . VA R I E S 6" 6" WIDE RAISED CONC. CURB ON GRADE CHAMFER CORNER 2" M I N . ADD 2 -LAYERS GYP. BRD. @ 2- HR RATED WALL ASSEMBLY PER PLAN SE E N O T E # 1 8" M I N PER PLAN WALL ASSEMBLY PER PLAN WALL ASSEMBLY 6" VERIFY IN FIELD 4" ⅜"4" VARIES W/ OPENING WIDTH ONE PIECE 24 GA. GALV. PAN BY SHEET METAL CONTRACTOR INSTALLED PRIOR TO DOOR INSTALLATION WITH FULLY SOLDERED WATERTIGHT SEAMS. SET IN A FULL BED OF SEALANT PROVIDE 1X WOOD PROTECTION DURING CONSTRUCTION VERIFY IN FIELD PODIUM LEVEL OR UPPER LEVELS 6" 8" ⅜"4" VARIES W/ OPENING WIDTH ONE PIECE 24 GA. GALV. PAN BY SHEET METAL CONTRACTOR INSTALLED PRIOR TO DOOR INSTALLATION WITH FULLY SOLDERED WATERTIGHT SEAMS SET IN BED OF SEALANT VERIFY IN FIELD FIRST FLOOR ON GRADE 4TH 3RD 1ST 2ND2ND NOTE: 1. PROVIDE SOLID BACKING TO SUPPORT MOISTOP PAPER. STAPLE PERIMETER OR MOISTOP TO FRAMING MEMBERS 1" FROM OUTSIDE EDGE TO PREVENT WIND DAMAGE. 2. DO NOT PENETRATE HORIZONTAL SURFACE OF PAN WITH FASTENERS 3. VERIFY HEIGHT OF REAR UPTURN RETAINING LEG OF SILL PAN WITH DOOR MANUF. 4. ALL JOINTS AND SEAMS SHALL BE SOLDERED, TYP. INSTALLATION NOTES: 1ST: INSTALL GALVANIZED PAN ALONG THE BOTTOM OF THE OPENING. SEE PAN DIAGRAM FOR DIMENSIONS 2ND: ATTACH 12" SELF ADHERED FLASHING ALONG THE VERTICAL SIDES OF THE OPENING, FLUSH WITH THE EDGE, MAKING SURE THAT IT IS OVER THE BOTTOM FLASHING. LENGTH OF FLASHING MUST BE LONG ENOUGH TO FALL A MIN. OF 12" BEYOND THE OPENING ON TOP AND BOTTOM SO THAT IT IS BEYOND THE TOP HORIZONTAL PIECE THAT IS ATTACHED IN STEP 4 AFTER THE DOOR IS PLACED IN THE OPENING. 3RD: CAULK FACE OF OPENING ½" FROM THE INSIDE EDGE. POSITION DOOR IN THE OPENING, PLUMB AND SQUARE AND NAIL FLANGE TO THE STUDS. CAULKING SHOULD EXTRUDE FROM THE EDGE OF FLANGE. 4TH: ATTACH THE FOURTH STRIP OF PAPER FLASHING ALONG THE HORIZONTAL EDGE OF THE DOOR MAKING SURE THAT THE FLASHING IS POSITION OVER THE DOOR FLANGE AND OVER THE VERTICAL PIECES OF FLASHING. THIS STRIP MUST FALL A MIN. OF 12" BEYOND THE OPENING SO THAT IT IS BEYOND THE VERTICAL PIECES ON EACH SIDE. 5TH: NAIL FRAME 4" FROM EACH END AND 16" O.C. TO STUDS. (2) 12" MIN. S.A.S.M. BOTH SIDES OF JAMB AND UNDER THRESHOLD SADDLE PROVIDE 1X WOOD PROTECTION DURING CONSTRUCTION (2) 12" MIN. S.A.S.M. BOTH SIDES OF JAMB AND UNDER THRESHOLD SADDLE NOTE: 1. IF A THRESHOLD IS PROVIDED AT ACCESSIBLE ROUTES, THRESHOLD SHALL BE 1/2" HIGH MAXIMUM. RAISED THRESHOLDS AND CHANGES IN LEVEL OF ¼" HIGH MAX SHALL BE PERMITTED TO BE VERTICAL. 2. DETAIL IS ONLY INTENDED TO SHOW REQUIREMENTS FOR ACCESSIBLE THRESHOLD AND IS NOT INTENDED TO SHOW SPECIFIC INSTALLATION OR FLASHING DETAILS. REFER TO SPECIFIC DOOR THRESHOLD DETAILS FOR CONDITION. DOOR THRESHOLD CARPET TRANSITION CARPET AND PAD VINYL TILE FLOOR ALUMINUM TRANSITION STRIP DOOR -SEE SCHEDULE DOOR SWEEP (EXTERIOR) FLOOR FINISH 1 2 1/ 4 " M A X . 1/ 2 " M A X . MAX. 1 2 MAX. 1/ 4 " M A X . 1/ 2 " M A X . SEALED CONCRETE SLAB CORROSION RESISTANT METAL THRESHOLD -SET IN SEALANT WEATHERSTRIP BASE (AT EXTERIOR) EXTERIOR GRADE DOOR - SEE SCHEDULE DOOR FRAME BEYOND SEE DETAIL 4 ON THIS SHEET FOR MORE INFORMATION DOOR PER SCHEDULE ALUMINUM DOOR DRIP CAP WITH WEATHERSTRIP. OMIT ON PUSH SIDE ONLY. CORROSION RESISTANT METAL THRESHOLD -SET IN SEALANT - SEE DETAIL SEALED CONCRETE SLAB CONCRETE SLAB ON GRADE -SEE STRUCT. SEE DETAIL 4 ON THIS SHEET FOR MORE INFORMATION /13 A852 DOOR PER SCHEDULE ALUMINUM DOOR DRIP CAP WITH WEATHERSTRIP CORROSION RESISTANT METAL THRESHOLD - SET IN SEALANT PLI-DEK (OR APPROVED EQUAL) ELASTOMERIC WATERPROOFING DECK COATING SYSTEM - INSTALL PER MFG. SPECS. GALV METAL FLASHING FLOOR/DECK FRAMING PER STRUCT. SLOPE 2% MIN2" S.A.S.M. UNDER THRESHOLD SADDLE al l i d e a s , d e s i g n s a n d p l a n s r e p r e s e n t e d b y t h i s d r aw i n g a r e t h e e x c l u s i v e p r o p e r t y o f bs b d e s i g n , i n c . an d s h a l l n o t b e r e p r o d u c e d i n w h o l e o r i n p a r t w i t ho u t t h e e x p r e s s p r i o r w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n o f s a i d a rc h i t e c t s , a n y u n a u t h o r iz e d r e u s e o f t h e s e p l a n s o t h e r t h a n f o r t h e p r o j e c t a n d l o c a t i o n s h o w n i s p r o h i b i t e d . JOB NO. SUBMITTAL DATE SHEET TITLE SHEET NO. CLIENT: Plot Date:File: REVISION DATE 21 3 0 E 4 T H S T # 2 0 0 SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 5 1ST PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 08/20/2024 970 W. 190TH ST., STE 250, TORRANCE CA 90502 O: 310.217.8885 BSBDESIGN.COM D E S I G N BSB 4TH P.C. SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 2ND PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 01/29/2025 3RD PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 04/17/2025 4TH PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 11/4/2025 11:23:56 PM MR230056 A852 EXTERIOR DETAILS CONT. OL I V E C R E S T R E S I D E N T I A L 21 5 0 E . F O U R T H S T . & 2 1 6 0 E . F O U R T H S T . SA N T A A N A C A 9 2 7 0 5 OL I V E C R E S T SCALE:3" = 1'-0" STUCCO FOUNDATION SCREED @ EXTERIOR 1SCALE:3" = 1'-0" FOUNDATION SCREED AT STONE VENEER 5SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0" THRESHOLD PAN FLASHING 9SCALE:3" = 1'-0" ACCESSIBLE THRESHOLD 13 SCALE:3" = 1'-0" DOOR SILL AT CONCRETE SLAB 12 SCALE:3" = 1'-0" EXTERIOR DOOR SILL AT BUILDING PERIMETER 4SCALE:3" = 1'-0" NON ACCESSIBLE DOOR SILL AT EXTERIOR CORRIDOR 8 1 DELTA 1 10/31/2025 1 1 T.O.F.F. SECTION 1 ½" x 2 ½" STEEL TUBE TOP RAIL PLAN SIDE ELEVATION NOTE: 1. HANDRAILS AND GUARDS SHALL BE DESIGNED TO RESIST A LINEAR LOAD OF 50 POUNDS PER LINEAR FOOT. CBC SEC. 1607.9.1. 2. RAILING SHALL NOT HAVE OPENINGS WHICH ALLOW PASSAGE OF A SPHERE 4 INCHES IN DIAM. PER CBC SEC 1015.4. 3. ALL WELDS TO BE GROUND SMOOTH AND PAINTED -U.N.O. 4. REFER TO PLANS FOR BALCONY CONFIGURATIONS AND DIMENSIONS. LANDING DO NOT PERMIT A 4" SPHERE TO PASS THRU AT ANY POINT - TYPICAL ¾" x ¾" VERTICAL STEEL PICKETS @ 4" O.C. LE S S T H A N 4 " 1" x 1 1/2" STEEL TUBE TOP RAIL FLASHING - TYP. 6X6 WOOD POST PER STRUCT'L DWGS. - TYP. FROM UNIT INTERIOR FIN. FLR. 42" MIN.INTERMEDIATE POST WEATHER RESISTANT BARRIER FLOOR FINISH PER PLAN - TYP. FRONT ELEVATION 1 ½" x 2 ½" STEEL TUBE TOP RAIL 1" x 1 1/2" STEEL TUBE TOP RAIL ¾" x ¾" VERTICAL STEEL PICKETS @ 4" O.C. INTERMEDIATE POST 6X6 WOOD POST PER STRUCT'L DWGS. - TYP. 9 TYP. A853 9 TYP. A853 3 TYP. A853 FOR CONTINUATION SEE DETAIL /11 A853 MAX. LESS THAN 4" WALL FINISH ANGLE BRACKET SECTION 1.5"W.x3"x5" STEEL ANGLE BRACKET W/ (2) ⅜" -3 ½" MIN. LAG SCREWS, PROVIDE 3" MIN. EMBEDMENT INTO BLKG. W/ SEALANT AT FASTENERS & PERIMETER OF STL. ANGLE WELD BTM. RAIL TO STL. ANGLE BRACKET 5" 1 ½" ¾"¾" 1" 2" 3/4" PICKET TYP. POST TYP. LESS THAN 4" PER PLAN WALL ASSEMBLY WALL FINISH WELD TOP RAIL TO STL. ANGLE BRACKET ANGLE PLATE 5" 1 ½" ¾"¾" 1" 3" 1.5"W.x3"x5" STEEL ANGLE BRACKET W/ (2) ⅜" -3 ½" MIN. LAG SCREWS, PROVIDE 3" MIN. EMBEDMENT W/ SEALANT AT FASTENERS & PERIMETER OF STL. ANGLE PER PLAN WALL ASSEMBLY LESS THAN 4" 3/4" 3/4" PICKET -TYP. POST -TYP. GENERAL HANDRAIL NOTE: 1. PER CBC1607.8.1.1 CONCENTRATED LOAD. HANDRAILS AND GUARDS SHALL BE DESIGNED TO RESIST A CONCENTRATED LOAD OF 200 POUNDS (0.89 KN) IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 4.5.1.1 OF ASCE 7. 2. 11B-505.6 GRIPPING SURFACE A. HANDRAIL GRIPPING SURFACES SHALL BE CONTINUOUS ALONG THEIR LENGTH AND SHALL NOT BE OBSTRUCTED ALONG THEIR TOPS OR SIDES. THE BOTTOMS OF HANDRAILS GRIPPING SURFACES SHALL NOT BE OBSTRUCTED FOR MORE THAN 20 PERCENT OF THEIR LENGTH. WHERE PROVIDED, HORIZONTAL PROJECTIONS SHALL OCCUR 1-1/2" MIN BELOW THE BOTTOM OF THE HANDRAIL GRIPPING SURFACE (SEE CBC 11B-505.6 FOR EXCEPTIONS) 3. 1014.3 HANDRAIL GRASPABILITY A. TYPE I a. RAILING GRIP SIZE AND SHAPE: MUST BE ABLE TO BE GRASPED b. ROUND RAILS: BETWEEN 1-1/4" AND 2" IN DIAMETER c. NON-CIRCULAR SHAPE" PERIMETER MUST BE BETWEEN 4" AND 6-1/4" WITH GROSS-SECTIONAL DIMENSION OF MAX 2-1/4" AND MIN 1" EDGE SHALL HAVE MIN RADIUS OF 0.01" B. TYPE II (HANDRAILS WITH PERIMETER GREATER THAN 6-1/4" SHALL PROVIDE A GRASPABLE FINGER RECESS AREA ON BOTH SIDES OF THE PROFILE. a. FINGER RECESS DEPTH: SHALL BEGIN BETWEEN 3/4" AND 7/8" FROM TOP OF HANDRAIL WITH MIN 5/16" DEPTH b. FINGER RECESS HEIGHT: ⅜" MIN (AND 1 ¾" MIN FROM TOP OF HANDRAIL TO LEVEL BOTTOM OF FINGER RECESS) c. WIDTH OF HANDRAIL: 1 ¼" MIN 2 ¾" MAX. 4. GRIND ALL WELDS SMOOTH AND EASE ALL SHARP EDGES. 5. 1023.9 STAIRWAY IDENTIFICATION SIGNS: A. STAIRWAY IDENTIFICATION SIGNS SHALL BE LOCATED AT EACH FLOOR LEVEL IN ALL ENCLOSED STAIRWAYS IN BUILDINGS FOUR OR MORE STORIES IN HEIGHT. SUCH SIGNS SHALL IDENTIFY THE STAIRWAY, INDICATE WHETHER OR NOT THERE IS ROOF ACCESS, THE FLOOR LEVEL, AND UPPER AND LOWER TERMINUS OF THE STAIRWAY. THE SIGN SHALL BE LOCATED 5' ABOVE THE FLOOR LANDING IN A POSITION THAT IS READILY VISIBLE WHEN THE DOOR IS IN EITHER THE OPEN OF CLOSED POSITION. SIGNS SHALL COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 1023.9.1. AT THE FIRST FLOOR LEVEL, THIS SIGN SHALL INCLUDE A FIVE POINTED STAR LOCATED TO THE LEFT OF THE IDENTIFYING FLOOR LEVEL. FIGURE 11B-504.5 STAIR NOSINGS (A) RADIUS OF TREAD EDGE (TYPICAL FOR ALL PROFILES) (B) ANGLED RISER (C) CURVED NOSING (D) BEVELED NOSING 1-1/4" MAX 1-1/4" MAX 1/2" RADIUS MAX MAX 30° 34" MIN. - 38" MAX. 1-1/2" DIAM TUBE HANDRAIL -WELDED 90 DEGREE WITH ROUNDED EDGE FINISH FLOOR RETURN RAIL TO FLOOR TR E A D N O S I N G 27 " M A X . OPTIONAL HANDRAIL RETURN - TERMINATE AT GUARDRAIL POST A A A -SECTION SLEEVE - GROUT SOLID GUARDRAIL -42" MIN. TYP. STAIR TREAD -TYP. NOTE: REFER TO STAIR AND RAILING GENERAL NOTES FOR ADDTIONAL INFORMATION /13 A851 /7 A853 /2 A082 1-1/2" DIAM TUBE HANDRAIL -WELDED 90 DEGREE WITH ROUNDED EDGE TR E A D N O S I N G A -SECTION GUARDRAIL -TYP. A A NOTE: REFER TO STAIR AND RAILING GENERAL NOTES FOR ADDTIONAL INFORMATION /13 A851 /7 A853 4" TYP. LESS THAN /2 A082 34 " M I N . - 3 8 " M A X . H A N D R A I L 42 " M I N . G U A R D R A I L 3" 1' - 0"5" WOOD FASCIA, PAINTED -TYP. 6X12 HEADER BEAM -TYP. 8X8 RAFTER TAIL -TYP. METAL FLASHING -TYP. ROOFING -TYP. 6X6 WOOD POST -TYP. 3" 11 7/8" WOOD FASCIA, PAINTED -TYP. TRUSS TOP CORD -TYP. ROOF PER PLAN -TYP. 8X8 WOOD RAFTER TAIL -TYP. 6X12 HEADER BEAM -TYP. ELEVATION SECTION 6X6 WOOD POST -TYP. 1 1 / 2 " 80.54° PER PLAN 1' - 8" PER PLAN 1X6 T&G -TYP. 2" WIDE PERFORATED VENT SCREED -TYP. EXTERIOR CEMENT PLASTER OVER METAL LATH O/ (2) LAYERS OF W.R.B. COMPLYING W/ ASTM E2556, TYPE I 22 GA GALV. SHEET METAL FLASHING & COUNTERFLASHING - MIN. 1" OVER STUCCO +42" HIGH (FROM UNIT FINISH FLOOR) x 1.5" x 2.5" TOP RAIL TUBE STEEL MOUNTED TO SIDE POST, SEE STRUCT. DWGS. GUARDRAIL BASE PLATE MOUNTED TO WOOD DECKING W/ LAG SCREWS, SEE STRUCT. DWGS. TYPICAL NOTE: 1. HANDRAILS AND GUARDS SHALL BE DESIGNED TO RESIST A CONCENTRATED LOAD OF 200 LBS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 4.5.1 OF ASCE7 (1607.8.1.1). 2. INTERMEDIATE (ALL THOSE EXCEPT FOR HANDRAIL), BALUSTERS AND PANEL FILLERS SHALL BE DESIGNED TO RESIST A CONCENTRATED LOAD OF 50 POUNDS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 4.5.2 OF ASCE 7 (SEC. 1607.8.1.2). SLOPE 2% MAX. "PLI-DECK" WATERPROOF DECK COATING INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER REQ'S O/ PLYWOOD SLOPED CRICKET 1x PLASTER MOLD TYP 4" BASE PLATE PLAN VIEW PL. 5" x 6" x 1/4" 4 - ⅜" ⌀LAG SCREWS W/ 3 ½" MIN. EMBED. 6" 5" 3" 1.5" x 1.5" STEEL GUARDRAIL POST, SEE ELEVATIONS FOR GUARDRAIL TYPE 1" 2 1/2" 1" EQ EQ EDGE OF STRUCTURAL FRAMING MEMBER 2 1/2" 1.5" x 1.5" TOP RAIL TUBE STEEL FRAME 4" CONT. 1-HR FIRE RATED REMOVABLE SOFFIT VENT - LOCATE ONE AT THE FRONT AND ONE AT THE BACK OF THE BALCONY FOR ENTIRE BALCONY WIDTH STUCCO DRIP SCREED, PAINTED - TYP. 1" MIN. SEALANT ATACHMENT OF RAIL TO BE SEALED OVERLAP 1" MIN 3/4" PICKET @ 4" O.C. - PRIME & PAINT TYP. 1.5" x 1.5" STEEL POST BEYOND - PRIME & PAINT TYP. LESS THAN 4" FLOOR FRAMING PER STRUCT'L DWGS. - TYP. BEAM PER STRUCT'L DWGS. - TYP. HANDRAIL CONTINUOUS STAMPED A.D.A. WARNING STRIPES AT ALL TREADS OF EXTERIOR STAIRS. SEE PROVIDE WARNING STRIPES OF CONTRASTING COLOR AT LEAST 2" WIDE PLACED PARALLEL TO AND NOT MORE THAN 1" FROM THE NOSE OF THE STEP OR LANDING AT TOP AND BOTTOM TREAD FOR INTERIOR STAIRS. MARK ALL TREAD AT EXTERIOR STAIR. 36 " M I N . - 3 8 " M A X . 36" MIN. - 38" MAX. 12" MIN. 11" MIN. 7" MAX. 1" MAX. 2" MIN. 4" MIN. WIDTH TREAD +12" TREAD WIDTH NOTE: HANDRAIL EXTENSIONS SHALL RETURN TO WALL, GUARD OR LANDING SURFACE, OR SHALL BE CONTINUOUS TO THE HANDRAIL OF AN ADJACENT STAIR FLIGHT. /17 A851 36" MIN. - 38" MAX. STAIR NOSING REQUIREMENTS - TYP. SEE DETAIL /8 A853 ICC APPROVED WATERPROOF DECK COATING, INSTALL PER MFR. REQS, RUN UP WALL BEHIND FLASHING STAIR 2x STRINGER PER STRUCTURAL (1) LAYER OF ⅝" TYPE "X" GYP. BD. HANDRAIL, BRACKETS AND ANCHORS PER MANUFACTURER'S SHOP DWGS CONCRETE SLAB PER STRUCTURAL DWGS. 4" LESS THAN 42" MIN. CAULK INACCESSIBLE AREA UNDER STAIR CORRIDOR 2x STUD WALL PER PLAN RAIL BASE PLATE MTD. TO STRINGER W/ LAG SCREWS PER STRUCTURAL DWGS. SEE 14/A853 FOR GUARDRAIL ELEVATION 1 1/2" FINISH TREAD NOSING 33" - 38" ABOVE al l i d e a s , d e s i g n s a n d p l a n s r e p r e s e n t e d b y t h i s d r aw i n g a r e t h e e x c l u s i v e p r o p e r t y o f bs b d e s i g n , i n c . an d s h a l l n o t b e r e p r o d u c e d i n w h o l e o r i n p a r t w i t ho u t t h e e x p r e s s p r i o r w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n o f s a i d a rc h i t e c t s , a n y u n a u t h o r iz e d r e u s e o f t h e s e p l a n s o t h e r t h a n f o r t h e p r o j e c t a n d l o c a t i o n s h o w n i s p r o h i b i t e d . JOB NO. SUBMITTAL DATE SHEET TITLE SHEET NO. CLIENT: Plot Date:File: REVISION DATE 21 3 0 E 4 T H S T # 2 0 0 SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 5 1ST PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 08/20/2024 970 W. 190TH ST., STE 250, TORRANCE CA 90502 O: 310.217.8885 BSBDESIGN.COM D E S I G N BSB 4TH P.C. SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 2ND PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 01/29/2025 3RD PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 04/17/2025 4TH PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 11/4/2025 8:53:05 PM MR230056 A853 GUARDRAIL - METAL & WOOD OL I V E C R E S T R E S I D E N T I A L 21 5 0 E . F O U R T H S T . & 2 1 6 0 E . F O U R T H S T . SA N T A A N A C A 9 2 7 0 5 OL I V E C R E S T SCALE:1" = 1'-0" GUARDRAIL AT DECK 1 SCALE:3" = 1'-0" LOWER RAILING ATTACHMENT AT WALL 3 SCALE:3" = 1'-0" UPPER RAILING ATTACHMENT AT WALL 4 SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0" STAIR HANDRAIL GENERAL NOTES 7 SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0" STAIR NOSING REQUIREMENTS 8 SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0" HANDRAIL EXTENSION BOTTOM FLOOR 13 SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0" HANDRAIL EXTENSION TOP FLOOR 14 SCALE:1" = 1'-0" BALCONEY POST 11 SCALE:3" = 1'-0" TOP MOUNT GUARDRAIL AT BALCONY EDGE 9 SCALE:3/4" = 1'-0" WARNING STRIP AND HANDRAIL EXTENSION 12 SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0" STAIR SECTION 15 1 DELTA 1 10/31/2025 1 1 1 B B al l i d e a s , d e s i g n s a n d p l a n s r e p r e s e n t e d b y t h i s d r aw i n g a r e t h e e x c l u s i v e p r o p e r t y o f bs b d e s i g n , i n c . an d s h a l l n o t b e r e p r o d u c e d i n w h o l e o r i n p a r t w i t ho u t t h e e x p r e s s p r i o r w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n o f s a i d a rc h i t e c t s , a n y u n a u t h o r iz e d r e u s e o f t h e s e p l a n s o t h e r t h a n f o r t h e p r o j e c t a n d l o c a t i o n s h o w n i s p r o h i b i t e d . JOB NO. SUBMITTAL DATE SHEET TITLE SHEET NO. CLIENT: Plot Date:File: REVISION DATE 21 3 0 E 4 T H S T # 2 0 0 SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 5 1ST PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 08/20/2024 970 W. 190TH ST., STE 250, TORRANCE CA 90502 O: 310.217.8885 BSBDESIGN.COM D E S I G N BSB 4TH P.C. SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 2ND PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 01/29/2025 3RD PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 04/17/2025 4TH PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 11/4/2025 9:35:10 PM MR230056 A901 TRASH ENCLOSURE, GATE, FENCE & LIGHT POST DETAILS OL I V E C R E S T R E S I D E N T I A L 21 5 0 E . F O U R T H S T . & 2 1 6 0 E . F O U R T H S T . SA N T A A N A C A 9 2 7 0 5 OL I V E C R E S T SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0" TRASH ENCLOSURE 1 SCALE:3/4" = 1'-0" METAL GATE 2 SCALE:3/4" = 1'-0" TUBULAR STEEL FENCE (6' HT)3 SCALE:1/2" = 1'-0" TUBE STEEL FENCE ON MASONRY WALL 4 THIS DRAWING IS PREPARED USING INFORMATION PROVIDED BY THE CIVIL ENGINEER, STRUCTURAIL ENGINEER, AND THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT. THE DRAWING IS INTENDED TO PROVIDE INFORMATION REGARDING ARCHITECTURAL ELEMENTS ONLY. SEE DOCUMENTS PREPARED BY THE CIVIL ENGINEER, THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER, AND THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT FOR INFORMATION CONCERNING HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL CONTROL, LANDSCAPING, SITE ACCESSIBILITY AND OTHER SITE DEVELOPMENT INFORMATION. A SCALE:3/16" = 1'-0" MAILBOXES 5N.T.S SCALE:3/4" = 1'-0" LIGHT POST FOOTING 6 C A PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #1 01/29/2025 B PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #2 04/17/2025 C PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #3 07/08/2025 B B 6 TYP. A902 B C C C C C C C C SHADED AREA INDICATES AREA OF ASPHALT TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED C RAISED CURB RAISED LEVEL CURB FLUSH CURB 6 TYP. A902 5 TYP. A902 SHADED AREA INDICATES AREA OF ASPHALT TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED VF Y . W / C I V I L 4' - 5 " VF Y . W / C I V I L 5' - 7 " VFY. W/ CIVIL 22' - 0" C C CC C C C C RAISED LEVEL CURB C FLUSH SLOPED CURB 6 TYP. A902 B C C C C C C C C FLUSH CURB FLUSH SLOPED CURB RAISED LEVEL CURB C VF Y . W / C I V I L 5' - 7 " VF Y . W / C I V I L 4' - 5 " RAISED CURB C 6 TYP. A902 B 48" MIN. CLR. +/- 4' - 4"5' - 0" C C SHADED AREA INDICATES AREA OF ASPHALT TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED RAISED LEVEL CURB FLUSH CURB C C C 2% MAX. CROSS SLOPE C al l i d e a s , d e s i g n s a n d p l a n s r e p r e s e n t e d b y t h i s d r aw i n g a r e t h e e x c l u s i v e p r o p e r t y o f bs b d e s i g n , i n c . an d s h a l l n o t b e r e p r o d u c e d i n w h o l e o r i n p a r t w i t ho u t t h e e x p r e s s p r i o r w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n o f s a i d a rc h i t e c t s , a n y u n a u t h o r iz e d r e u s e o f t h e s e p l a n s o t h e r t h a n f o r t h e p r o j e c t a n d l o c a t i o n s h o w n i s p r o h i b i t e d . JOB NO. SUBMITTAL DATE SHEET TITLE SHEET NO. CLIENT: Plot Date:File: REVISION DATE 21 3 0 E 4 T H S T # 2 0 0 SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 5 1ST PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 08/20/2024 970 W. 190TH ST., STE 250, TORRANCE CA 90502 O: 310.217.8885 BSBDESIGN.COM D E S I G N BSB 4TH P.C. SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 2ND PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 01/29/2025 3RD PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 04/17/2025 4TH PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 07/08/2025 11/4/2025 9:35:11 PM MR230056 A902 CURB RAMPS, DETECTABLE WARNINGS, & GRADE SEPARATION DETAILS OL I V E C R E S T R E S I D E N T I A L 21 5 0 E . F O U R T H S T . & 2 1 6 0 E . F O U R T H S T . SA N T A A N A C A 9 2 7 0 5 OL I V E C R E S T SCALE:6" = 1'-0" ACCESSIBLE ACCESS PATH 5 SCALE:6" = 1'-0" DETECTABLE WARNING MAT 6 THIS DRAWING IS PREPARED USING INFORMATION PROVIDED BY THE CIVIL ENGINEER, AND THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT. THE DRAWING IS INTENDED TO PROVIDE INFORMATION REGARDING ARCHITECTURAL ELEMENTS ONLY. SEE DOCUMENTS PREPARED BY THE CIVIL ENGINEER AND THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT FOR INFORMATION CONCERNING HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL CONTROL, LANDSCAPING, SITE ACCESSIBILITY AND OTHER SITE DEVELOPMENT INFORMATION. SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0" ADA RAMP #1 & #2 1 SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0" ADA RAMP #3 2 SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0" ADA RAMP #4 3 SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0" ADA RAMP #5 4 A N.T.S N.T.S SCALE:6" = 1'-0" ROLLED CURB 7N.T.S B NOTE: TOP AND BOTTOM CURB RAMP LANDINGS NOT TO EXCEED 2% SLOPE IN ANY DIRECTION C C C A PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #1 01/29/2025 B PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #2 04/17/2025 C PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #3 07/08/2025 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Work performed shall comply with the following:1. 2. 3. 4. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 5. Earth Strata, Inc. 1. DESIGN CRITERIA SOILS SOILS REPORT NO. 234812-10A, DATE: 3/30/2023 3. LATERAL LOADS:2. Floor load Dead Load = 25 psf Live Load = 40 psf Total = 65 psfTotal = 43 psf Live Load = 20 psf Dead Load = 23 psf Roof Load DESIGN LOADS: TYPICAL FLOOR/ROOF DECK/DECK SHEATHING B.N.:10d common nails at 6" o.c. E.N.:10d common nails at 6" o.c. F.N.:10d common nails at 12" o.c. TYPICAL SLOPED/FLAT NON-ASSEMBLY ROOF SHEATHING LUMBER GRADES ( U.N.O. ) 6x & 8x posts / beams / headers: DFL #1 4x posts / beams / headers: DFL #2 2x joists / rafters: DFL #2 Studs: D.F.L. Stud Grade (up to 9'-0"), DFL #2 (taller than 9'-0") Top plates & Mud sills: DFL construction grade or better 4. 5. 6. See structural wood note #11 for additional mud sill requirements 1. 2. 3. SHOP DRAWINGS These General Requirements unless otherwise noted on plans or specifications. All applicable local, State and Federal Codes, Ordinances, Laws, regulations and Protective Covenants governing the site of work. Standard Specifications of ASTM as noted herein and as required by the Building Code. All work needs to be performed by qualified and experienced contractors familiar with this type of project. On site verification of all dimensions and conditions shall be the responsibility of the contractor and sub-contractors. Noted dimensions take precedence over scale of drawings. Engineer or architect of record is to be notified immediately by the contractor should any question arise or any discrepancy be found pertaining to the working drawings and/or specifications. No deviations from these requirements and structural details shall be made without the written approval of Gouvis Engineering Consulting Group. Approval by the inspector does not constitute authority to deviate from plans or specifications. The design, adequacy, and safety of erection bracing, shoring, temporary supports, etc., is the sole responsibility of the contractor, and has not been considered by the architect or engineer. The contractor is responsible for the stability of the structure prior to the application of all shear walls, roof and floor diaphragms, and finish materials. The contractor shall provide the necessary bracing to provide stability prior to the application of the aforementioned materials. Observation visits to the site by the architect or structural engineer shall not imply the assumption of any responsibility in this regard. The builder has requested, contracted with and is compensating Gouvis Engineering Consulting Group for the limited services of providing the minimum structural engineering drawings required, when combined with the other builders' consultants drawings, to obtain a building permit for this project. These drawings are not intended to, nor do they detail all conditions, identify all materials, or define or limit the scope of work required to complete the project. The builder has requested, accepted, and represented that the he will select all materials and manufacturers, qualify and select all installers, direct all ways and means of construction, and provide all subcontractors additional information, above and beyond these drawings, required to complete the project in conformance with all governing agencies and the work will meet or exceed accepted industry standards. Special inspection per Building Code Sec.1704 is required & applies to the types of work indicated on sheet SN-1.1 (Note: Special inspectors qualification and responsibilities should comply with Building Code Section 1701 Requirements.) Structural analysis for this project is done per applicable Building Code at the time of design considering standard of care. Upon completion of above by the engineer & prior to start of construction, contractor is responsible to check all dimensions, coordinate with the work of other consultants & other trades to ensure compliance with his/her requirements. Foundation engineering has been predicated on data and recommendations contained in the soils report by: This report is considered part of the calculations and construction documents and is to be adhered to in all of its recommendations and requirements. Verify minimum foundation depth, width, reinforcing steel and additional expansive soil requirements with valid soils report and if they are any more restrictive, then they shall supersede the Gouvis Engineering Consulting Group minimums. Use ring or screw shank nails and glue sheathing to framing using adhesives meeting APA specification AFG-01 or ASTM D3498. Apply glue in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. As an alternate to 10d common nails, the following fastners can be used: Grabber plywood screws (ICC-ER-5280), or Simpson Strong-Tie quick drive screws (ICC-ER-1472), min 2" long @ 6" o.c. B.S., @ 6" o.c. E.S. and 12" o.c. F.S. *Note: All structural rated panels must be stamped by one of the following approved agencies, APA, PFS/TECO or Pittsburg. 15/32" APA rated sheathing Exp 1 with a min. panel index of 32/16. Refer to NER 108 for installation and conditions of use. Sufficient copies of shop drawings for any member or product designed by entity other than Gouvis Engineering Consulting Group shall be submitted to Gouvis Engineering Consulting Group prior to fabrication for review. Contractor shall submit shop drawings of reinforcement for concrete masonry walls, concrete components with compressive strength more than 2500 psi and structural steel to Gouvis Engineering Consulting Group to review and obtain approval prior to fabrication. Shop Drawings shall be original drawings prepared for the project specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Direct copies and modified reproductions of the Contract Documents will not be accepted. Allow sufficient time from the receipt of complete submittal for review and processing by Gouvis Engineering Consulting Group. Review of shop drawings by Gouvis Engineering Consulting Group does not relieve the engineer responsible for the design or the contractor from compliance with Building Code. Gouvis Engineering Consulting Groups review of the shop drawings consists of checking general conformance with structural drawings. Design accuracy of such product, dimensions and quantity of the product is not reviewed by 23/32" APA rated Sturd-I-Floor T&G Exp I with min. span rating of 24" o.c. Refer to NER 108 for installation and conditions of use Building Code - 2022 CBC In case of conflict, the more stringent requirement shall govern. C 95Wind Speed: Wind Exposure: Site Class =D-default 1.47 0.48 1.176 0.48 Seismic Design Category:D Seismic Importance Factor (I) =1 S1 :SD1 : SDS :SS : 15.Gouvis Engineering shall have no liability for waterproofing or moisture transmission issues, whether related to concrete slabs, footings, foundations, or otherwise. Owner and Contractor shall be entirely responsible for such issues, and will defend and indemnify Gouvis Engineering against all such claims. Structural Observation is required for structures greater than two stories above grade plane and assigned to Seismic Design Category "E". Contractor/Owner must contact Gouvis Engineering to schedule observations as needed basis prior to specific stage of that phase. B.N.:8d common nails at 6" o.c. E.N.:8d common nails at 6" o.c. F.N.:8d common nails at 12" o.c. 1.2 1.5Fv : Fa: Corridor load Dead Load = 25 psf Live Load = 100 psf Total = 125 psf STRUCTURAL STEEL 1. GENERAL MATERIALS 2. 3. 5. Steel pipe shall conform to ASTM A53, Grade B (Fy=35 ksi). Rectangular and square HSS tubing shall conform, to ASTM A500, Grade B (Fy=46 ksi). 6. WELDS 9. 7. All structural steel materials and construction shall conform to the requirements specified in Building Code, Chapter 22 & Reference. Steel shall be primed with a rust resistance primer & should conform to ASTM A36 (fy=36 ksi) as a minimum, unless otherwise noted. All W shapes to be ASTM A992. (fy=50 ksi) All structural welding procedures and materials shall conform to Building Code, Section 2204.1. All welding shall be by the shield metal arc welding process or the submerged arc welding process using E7OXX-low hydrogen electrodes, unless otherwise noted. All bolts for connections of steel members shall conform to Building Code, Section 2204.2 & ASTM A325N, unless otherwise noted. Holes for bolts should be drilled or punched & shall be 1/16" larger than bolt diameter. All shop welding and fabrication must be done in a shop approved by a special inspection agency which is approved by the Building Official. All field welding must be performed by a certified welder and a special inspector shall continuously inspect all structural field welding. Both shall be approved by the Building Official. 4.Round HSS tubing shall conform to ASTM A500 Grade B ( Fy=42 ksi ) 8.Prefabricated steel moment frames per manufacturer. Steel moment frame manufacturer shall submit shop drawing, design calculations, and approved moment frame test report (ICC, IAMPO, or test per Appendix S of AISC SEISMIC PROVISION) to GOUVIS ENGINEERING for review. REINFORCED CONCRETE 1. 2. GENERAL MATERIALS 3.Concrete aggregates shall conform to Building Code Section 1903. CONCRETE MASONRY 1. GENERAL STRENGTH SPECIAL INSPECTION BEND R= 5(d) FOR #14 THRU #18 TYP. REINFORCING DETAILS LAP SPLICE STIRRUP 6(d ) M I N . TIE OR HOOK 6(d ) M I N . MADE COLD DI M E N S I O N DE T A I L I N G OR 3 " M I N . - ALL BENDS SHALL BE STIRRUP ALT. 135° BENDS - PUT CROSSTIE W/ EACH D= 4(d) FOR #3 THRU #5 D= 6(d) FOR #6 THRU #8 OR 3 " M I N . 12 ( d ) F O R # 6 T H R U # 8 DI M E N S I O N DE T A I L I N G NOTES: CROSSTIE MEMBER BELOW, EXCLUDE CONCRETE IS CAST IN THE THAN 12 INCHES OF FRESH BARS SO PLACED THAT MORE FOR TOP BARS (HORIZONTAL * INCREASE LENGTH BY 30% WIRE TIE END WALLS) D D 48(d) MASONRY (U.N.O.) 48(d) * IN CONCRETE 90° BEND 8(d) R R= 4(d) FOR #9 THRU #11 R= 3(d) FOR #3 THRU #8 2 1/2" MIN.8(d) 180° BEND R12 " 4(d) OR 4" M I N . O R 4" M I N . O R 6(d ) R 8. 9. STRENGTH 7. 10. 11.Min. concrete cover for reinforcing: a- Concrete, placed against earth not formed - 3" b- Concrete formed or troweled - 2" c- Walls and curbs - 1 1/2" d- Slab on grade - at center 9. Dowels shall be equal in size and spacing. 4. 6. All concrete masonry materials and construction shall be in accordance with Building Code, Chapter 21. The specified compressive strength of masonry, f'm, shall be 2000 psi, unless noted otherwise. Special inspection for concrete masonry construction shall be carried out in accordance with Building Code Section 1704 and requirements in Special Inspection tables on sheet SN-1. Masonry compressive strength, f'm shall be verified by Unit strength method or Prism test method prior to and during construction as described in Building Code, Section 2105. All reinforced concrete materials and construction shall conform to Building Code, chapter 19. Cement shall conform to Section 1903 of Building Code and shall correspond to that on which the selection of concrete proportions were based. Portland cement shall be Type I or II conforming to ASTM C150. For concrete in contact with soil containing sulfate So4 ≥ 0.1% by weight use Type II cement, containing sulfate So4 ≥ 0.2% by weight useType V cement. Weight percentage of So4 shall be per soils report. Refer to Section 1904 of the Building Code for special exposure conditions as required by soils engineer & see corrosion engineer's recommendations for concrete exposed to corrosive elements. Reinforcing steel shall conform to ASTM A615. Grade 40 for sizes #3 and Grade 60 for sizes #4 and larger. The (28 days) concrete compressive strength, f'c, shall be min 2500 psi U.N.O. Special inspection is required for concrete with f'c > 2500 psi unless the use of concrete with f'c > 2500 psi is solely for item #8 above. All reinforcing, dowels, holdowns, and other inserts shall be secured in position and approved by the local building official prior to the pouring of any concrete. 5. 2. MATERIALS 3. 4. 6. 7. 5. All materials making up finished concrete masonry construction shall conform to standards required by Building Code Sec. 2103. Grade N concrete bricks are for use as architectural veneer and facing, limited to in exterior walls. Grade S concrete bricks are for general use where moderate strength and resistance to frost action and moisture penetration is required. Concrete masonry units shall conform to ASTM C90 for load bearing concrete masonry units. Concrete brick shall conform to ASTM C55, Specifications for Concrete Building Brick. Grout shall comply with Article 2.2 of TMS 602-16 and shall attain a minimum compression strength at 28 days of 2000 psi or the required compression, f'm, whichever is greater. The compressive strength of grout shall be determined in accordance with ASTM C-1019. Mortar shall be type M or S as applicable and conforming with ASTM C270 and shall be proportioned per Article 2.1 & 2.6A of Specification for Masonry Structures (TMS 602-16). 8.The (28 days) concrete compressive strength, f'c, for concrete in contact with soil with weight percentage of sulfate (So4) ≥ 0.10 shall be 4000 psi, and with weight percentage of sulfate (So4) ≥ 0.20 shall be 4500 psi. Special inspection is not required. 1. 2. 4. 3. MISCELLANEOUS All grade beams shall be poured monolithically for their entire length. SHEET ROCK ON FRAMING5. 5/8" : 16 individual 4x10 sheets (8 pairs of sheets) 1/2" : 20 individual 4x10 sheets (10 pairs of sheets) Grout under base plates shall be non-shrink type and shall have compressive strength equal to or greater than the concrete or masonry supporting it. All reinforcing to be accurately and securely located prior to pouring concrete or grouting masonry. All horizontal reinforcement to have matching dowels at corners of walls. All vertical reinforcement to have matching dowels to footing, unless otherwise noted. Stacked sheet rock loading shall be limited to the following quantities in any one room: The shoring of the floor supporting stacked sheet rock is required if the number of sheet rock exceeds the quantities listed above. 6.Automatic sprinkler system specification & details by others 7.The contractor is responsible for taking measures to mitigate the effects of building shrinkage in structures consisting of 3 or more stories of wood framed construction. As an alternate, use MC-15 studs for top plates, sole plates and conventional joists (No I-Joist): The lower 3 levels of 5 story bldgs. The lower 2 levels of 4 story bldgs. The lower first level of 3 story bldgs. 8.Structural information as Beams, Columns, Posts, Guiderails, Hoist Beams, Foundation Pits, etc. shown on structural drawings related to roof/floor system of elevator's hoistways and machine rooms are preliminary and may be changed or items added once we are provided with elevator submittals. 17. 18.All ledgers shall be spliced with ST22 strap, unless noted otherwise. 19. Building Code 2308.5.1 balloon framed walls (non-bearing) stud heights: - 2x4's @ 16" o.c. maximum 14'-0" height - 2x6's @ 16" o.c. maximum 20'-0" height 24. MINIMUM QUALITY 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. FRAMING 9. 10. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 8. Do not bend the Simpson PA straps.7. 11. 20. 21. 22. 23. 3 1/2 3 1/4 X .148 3 X 0.148 16d Common (16d Sinker) 12d Common 10d Common ORANGEX .162 GREEN PURPLE 3 1/4 X .131 2 1/2 X .131 2 3/8 X .113 COLOR CHART FOR DIAMETER 16d Short 8d Common 8d Cooler FASTENER BLACK BLUE YELLOW COLORS8d COMMON 8d SINKER Ø= 0.113 - L= 2 3/8" Ø= 0.148 - L= 3" 10d COMMON Ø= 0.148 - L= 3 1/4" 16d SINKER Ø= 0.162 - L= 3 1/2" 16d COMMON Ø= 0.12 - L= 2 7/8" 10d SINKER *ACTUAL NAIL SIZES All structural wood shall be of Douglas Fir Larch species, (19% maximum moisture content at the time of construction U.N.O.). All machine bolts shall conform to ASTM A307. Holes for bolts should be drilled 1/16" larger than bolt diameter. For non-shear wall applications, round washers shall be used on all bolts and should conform with ANSI/ASME B 18.22.1. Use min. 1 3/8" Ø x 7/64" thick washer for 1/2" Ø bolt, 1 3/4" Ø x 9/64" thick washer for 5/8" Ø bolt and 2 1/2" Ø x 11/64" thick washer for 1" Ø bolt. U.N.O. All nails shall be sinker nails and staggered U.N.O., except as shown in Nailing Schedule. Adhesive used to attach floor sheathing to framing elements shall conform with APA specification AFG-01. Manufactured hardware specified on the drawings are to be Simpson Strong Tie (Unless specifically authorized in writing by Gouvis Engineering Consulting Group). Follow all manufacturer's requirements & recommendations for installation & handling of the product. Fasteners specified on the drawings may be colored using manufacturer's brands that utilize the color coded system. Follow all code and manufacturer's requirements/recommendations for installation & handling of the products. Ø= 0.131 - L= 2 1/2" All framing, bracing, nailing, notching, drilling or boring shall be in accordance with Building Code unless more stringent requirements are specified or required by the local Jurisdiction. Fabrication and handling of Glue-lam beams shall be per ANSI/AITC A 190.1 . Standard beams to bear legible APA-ENS or AITC grade stamp. An APA- EWS CRAN AITC Certificate of conformance for glued-laminated members should be submitted to the field inspector prior to installation and Glue-lam members shall be 24F-V4, DF/DF with standard camber on roof beams except cantilever end (U.N.O.). All cantilever ends and floor beams shall have zero camber u.n.o. All beams shall be fabricated using waterproof glue. Fasteners in contact with preservative treated lumber and fire retardant treated wood shall be of hot-dipped zinc-coated galvanized steel, stainless steel, silicon bronze or copper. Exception: Plain carbon steel fasteners in sbx/dot and zinc borate preservative-treated wood in an interior, dry environment shall be permitted. Stud walls perpendicular to a concrete or masonry wall shall be bolted to the concrete or masonry wall with 5/8" diameter x 8" A307 bolts at top, mid-height and bottom. Structural information shown on framing plans is for the main structural elements. Non-structural elements shall be constructed per approved code requirements. Conventional light framed construction requirements of chapter 23 should be followed as required. Weight of the roof tile is considered to be 10 psf max. (total roof dead load of 19 psf). If roofing material exceeds this load, the framing contractor should notify Gouvis Engineering Consulting Group in writing prior to construction. Top plates of all wood stud walls to consist of (2) 2x's the same width as the studs U.N.O. Top plates shall lap a minimum of 48" and be spliced with not less than 6-16d nails spaced not more than 12" o.c. All shear panels shall have continuous sheathing material from one end to the other and from plate to plate as specified on the drawings. Contractor shall coordinate framing such that continuity of shear panels is assured. All shear transfer nailing shall be per drawings, and contractor shall provide proper notification for inspections to review the same. Provide post/multiple studs at lower floor under post/multiple studs above. Each post/stud shall be fastened by Gypsum Wall Board w/ 5d cooler nails @ 7" o.c. U.N.O. on plan. Provide full width and depth compression block between floors at such locations. All joist hangers shall be Simpson U hanger, all beam hangers shall be Simpson HU hangers U.N.O. on plan or detail. Follow manufacturer's recommendations for installation. If a double sill plate is used at light-weight concrete flooring, then the framing contractor shall apply sill plate nailing to both sill plates, at 16" o.c. max. or as specified per schedule. - No multiples of 2x4"s are allowed to span more than 14'-0". Bearing walls exceeding 10'-0" must be designed case by case. Headers: Use 4X4 for openings less than 16" at bearing walls without point loads. For non-bearing walls use 2x4 for openings up to 3'-0" max. Use (2)2x4 for openings up to 6'-0" max. Use 4x6 for openings up to 12'-0" max. U.N.O. (2-2x on edge can be substituted for 4x members). STRUCTURAL NAILS TYPE OF SIZE & (4) (2) (1) (3) 870 (PLF) SHEAR ALLOWABLE 220 2022 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE (1), (3) SHEAR WALL SCHEDULE PANEL TYPE SHEAR 8 d's 10 d's @ 2" O.C. 8 d's @ 2" O.C. @ 3" O.C. 15/32" APA Structural I rated 3/8" APA rated 10 d's @ 12" O.C. 8 d's @ 12" O.C. 8 d's @ 12" O.C. 8 d's @ 4" O.C. NAILING (COMMON) EDGE 8 d's @ 6" O.C. 3/8" APA rated rated 3/8" APA SHEATHING 8 d's @ 12" O.C. @ 12" O.C. 8 d's FIELD (COMMON) NAILING STUDS ARE SPACED @ 16" O.C. MAX. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON PLAN. PERIODIC SPECIAL INSPECTION IS REQUIRED. (4) (2) 3 2 1 REV. 11/14/2018 4 5 (5) (6) USE CLIPS @ 6" O.C. ON SIMPSON STRONG WALL & HARDY FRAME (U.N.O.). @ 4" O.C. @ 6" O.C. @ 3" O.C. @ 2" O.C. @ 16" O.C. @ 12" O.C. @ 8" O.C. @ 6" O.C. @ 5" O.C. @ 24" O.C. @ 16" O.C. @ 12" O.C. @ 10" O.C. @ 6" O.C. SHEATHING PANEL JOINT AND SILL PLATE NAILING SHALL BE STAGGERED IN ALL CASES. PROVIDE 3" NOMINAL OR WIDER FRAMING AT ADJOINING PANEL EDGES WITH NAILS STAGGERED. USE SPACING PER SCHEDULE IF NUMBER OF FRAMING CLIPS ARE NOT SPECIFIED ON FRAMING PLANS. FRAMING CLIPS A35's, LS50's OR LTP5's (5), (6) 2 ROWS STAGG. @ 3" O.C. (4) (2) (4) (2) (4) (2) (8) 260 320 380 410 490 (7)ALLOWABLE SHEAR ARE FOR STUDS SPACED @ 24" O.C. MAX. (8)SHEATHING CONFORMS TO EITHER DOC PS 1 OR PS 2 STANDARDS. (9)NAILING @ 6" O.C. WHEN STUDS ARE SPACED @ 24" O.C. (9) (7) (7) (7) 3/8" APA rated 530 640 (7) (10)FOR DOUBLE SIDED SHEAR PANELS: (10)(10)(10) (10)(10)(10) (10)(10)(10) a. USE HALF THE SPACING OF SILL PLATE FASTENERS STAGGERED FOR TYPE . b. USE ONLY 1/4"Øx6" SDS SCREWS IN SCHEDULE AND WITH HALF THE SPACING, FOR TYPES & . 3 4 5 c. SEE SHEAR TRANSFER DETAIL ON PLAN FOR FRAMING CLIP TYPES AND SPACING, FOR TYPES , & .3 4 5 SILL PLATE CONNECTION SINKER 16d's SCREWS RIM BOARD LSL & DF 1/4"Øx6" SDS SCREWS RIM BOARD LVL 1/4"Øx6" SDS @ 14" O.C. @ 10" O.C. @ 7" O.C. @ 5" O.C. @ 4" O.C. (10) (10) (10) 800 (11) (11)FOR HOLDOWN ATTACHED TO INSIDE FACE OF END POST (12)THE LENGTH (IN.) x SHANK DIAMETER (IN.) x HEAD DIAMETER (IN.) OF 8d COMMON (2-1/2 x 0.131 x 0.281) AND 10d COMMON (3 x 0.148 x 0.312) (12)(12) DESCRIPTION OF BUILDING ELEMENTS NUMBER & TYPE OF FASTENER SPACING & LOCATION 1. Blocking between ceiling joists, rafters or trusses to top plate or other framing below ROOF 3-8d common (2 1/2"x0.131"); or 3-10d box (3″ × 0.128″); or 3-3″ × 0.131″ nails; Each end, toenail 2-8d common (2 1/2" x 0.131")Blocking between rafters or truss to rafter or truss 2-3″ × 0.131″ nails 2-16 d common (3 1/2" x 0.162") 3-3″ × 0.131″ nails not at the wall top plate, Each end, toenail Each end 16d common (3 1/2"x0.162") @6"o.c.Flat blocking to truss and web filler 3″ × 0.131″ nails @ 6″ o.c. Face nail 2. Ceiling joists to top plate 3-8d common (2 1/2"x0.131"); or 3-10d box (3″ × 0.128″); or 3-3″ × 0.131″ nails; Each joist, toenail 3. Ceiling joist not attached to parallel rafter, lap over partitions (no thrust) (see Section 2308.7.3.1, 3-16d common (3 1/2"x0.162"); or 4-10d box (3″ × 0.128″); or 4-3″ × 0.131" nails; Face nail Table 2308.7.3.1) 4. Ceiling joist attached to parallel (see Section 2308.7.3.1, Per Table 2308.7.3.1 Face nailrafter (heel joint) Table 2308.7.3.1) 5. Collar tie to rafter 3-10d common (3″ × 0.148″); or 4-10d box (3″ × 0.128″); or 4-3″ × 0.131″ nails; Face nail 6. Rafter or roof truss to top plate (See Section 2308.7.5, 3-10 common (3″ x 0.148″); or 3-16d box (3 1/2" x 0.135"); or 4-10d box (3" × 0.128″); or 4-3″ × 0.131 nails; ToenailTable 2308.7.5)c 7. Roof rafters to ridge valley or hip 3-10d common (3"x0.148"); or 4-16d box (3 1/2"x0.135"); or 4-10d box (3″ × 0.128″); or 4-3″ × 0.131″ nails; Toenail 2-16d common (3 1/2"x0.162"); or 3-10d box (3″ × 0.128″); or 3-3″ × 0.131″ nails; End nail rafters; or roof rafter to 2-inch ridge beam 16d common (3 1 8. Stud to stud 10d box (3″ × 0.128″); or 3″ × 0.131″ nails; 24″ o.c. face nail 16″ o.c. face nail /2″ × 0.162″); (not at braced wall panels) 9. Stud to stud and abutting studs (at braced wall panels) 16d common (3 1/2"x0.162"); 16d box (3 1/2"x0.135"); 3″ × 0.131″ nails; 16″ o.c. face nail 12″ o.c. face nail 12″ o.c. face nail at intersecting wall corners 10. Built-up header (2″ to 2″ header) 16d common (3 1/2"x0.162"); 16d box (3 1/2"x0.135") 16″ o.c. ea. edge, face nail 12″ o.c. ea. edge, face nail 11. Continuous header to stud 4-8d common (2 1/2"x0.131") ; or 4-10d box (3″ × 0.128″) Toenail 12. Top plate to top plate 10d box (3″ × 0.128″); or 3″ × 0.131″ nails;12″ o.c. face nail 8-16d common (3 1/2"x0.162"); or13. Top plate to top plate, at end joints 12-10d box (3″ × 0.128″); or 12-3″ × 0.131″ nails; 14. Bottom plate to joist, rim joist, (not at braced wall panels) 15. Bottom plate to joist, rim joist, wall panels 16d common (3 1/2″ × 0.162″); 16d box (3 1/2″ × 0.135″); or 3″ × 0.131″ nails; 2-16d common (3 1/2″ × 0.162″); or 3-16d box (3 1/2″ × 0.135″); or 12" o.c. face nail 4-3″ × 0.131″ nails; 4-8d common (2 1/2″ × 0.131″); or 16. Stud to top or bottom plate 4-10d box (3″ × 0.128″); or 4-3″ × 0.131″ nails; 2-16d common (3 1/2″ × 0.162″); or 3-10d box (3″ × 0.128″); or 3-3″ × 0.131″ nails; 2-16d common (3 1/2″ × 0.162″); or17. Top plates, laps at corners 3-10d box (3″ × 0.128″); or 3-3″ × 0.131″ nails; Toenail End nail Face nail 16" o.c. face nail Each side of end joint, face nail (min. 24" lap splice length each side 16" o.c. face nail of end joint) band joist or blocking band joist or blocking at braced and intersections WALL 2-8d common (2 1/2″ × 0.131″); or18. 1″ brace to each stud and plate 19. 1″ × 6″ sheathing to each bearing 20. 1″ × 8″ and wider sheathing 2-10d box (3″ × 0.128″); or 2-3″ × 0.131″ nails; 2-8d common (2 1/2″ × 0.131″); or 2-10d box (3″ × 0.128″) 3-8d common (2 1/2″ × 0.131″); or 3-10d box (3″ × 0.128″) Face nail Face nail Face nail to each bearing FLOOR 21. Joist to sill, top plate, or girder 3-10d box (3″ × 0.128″); or 3-3″ × 0.131″ nails;Toenail 8d common (2 1/2″ × 0.131″); or22. Rim joist, band joist, or blocking below 10d box (3″ × 0.128″); or 3″ × 0.131″ nails; 6" o.c., toenail to top plate, sill or other framing 24. 2″ subfloor to joist or girder 25. 2″ planks (plank & beam –floor 2-16d common (3 1/2″ × 0.162″) 2-16d common (3 1/2″ × 0.162″) Face nail Each bearing, face nail & roof) 20d common (4″ × 0.192″) 26. Built-up girders and beams, 10d box (3″ × 0.128″); or 3″ × 0.131″ nails; 32" o.c., face nail at top and bottom staggered on 24" o.c., face nail at top and bottom staggered on opposite sides on opposite sides And: 2-20d common (4″ × 0.192″); or 3-10d box (3″ × 0.128″); or 3-3″ × 0.131″ nails; Ends and at each splice, face nail 2″ lumber layers 3-16d common (3 1/2″ × 0.162″); or 27. Ledger strip supporting joists 4-10d box (3″ × 0.128″); or 4-3″ × 0.131″ nails; Each joist or rafter, face nail or rafters 3-16d common (3 1/2″ × 0.162″); or 28. Joist to band joist or rim joist 4-10d box (3″ × 0.128″); or 4-3″ × 0.131″ nails; 2-8d common (2 1/2″ × 0.131″); or 29. Bridging or blocking to joist,2-10d box (3″ × 0.128″); or 2-3″ × 0.131″ nails; End nail Each end, toenail rafter or truss NAILING SCHEDULE STRUCTURAL WOOD 16d common (3 1/2"x0.162")16″ o.c. face nail 23. 1"x6" subfloor or less to each joist Face nail 2-8d common (2 1/2″ × 0.131″); or 3-10d box (3″ × 0.128″) 3-8d common (2 1/2″ × 0.131″); or FOUNDATION 1. 2. 3. 14. 13. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 10. 9. Floor slab shall be poured level to 1/8" in 10'. 12. 15. 16. 11. Admixtures in concrete mix. containing calcium chlorides shall not be used. 17. 18. 20. 21. 23. 22. Prior to the contractor requesting a Building Department foundation inspection, the soil engineer shall advise the building official in writing that: a. The building pad was prepared in accordance with the soil report. b. The utility trenches have been properly backfilled and compacted c. The foundation excavations, the soils expansive characteristics and bearing capacity conform to the soils report. a. Do not walk on slab until 24 hours after concrete has been poured. b. Begin wall framing 4-5 days after concrete poured. c. Begin roof/floor framing 7-10 days after concrete poured. d. Do not load roof prior to 14 days after concrete poured. 1a. 1b. All continuous footings to have 5/8"dia. x min. 12" anchor bolts, min. 7" embedment into concrete footing at 72" o.c. unless noted otherwise on plans. One anchor bolt should be located max. 12" away and min. 4 1/2" from the end of the sill plates. min. (2) A.Bs. per sill plate/shear panel. Sill plate under shear walls of up to 4'-0" in length must be continuous. See note 2 for sill plate fasteners at interior non-shear walls. Anchor bolts at shear walls shall be installed with plate washers of min. 3" sq. x 0.229" thick between sill plate and nut. Edge(s) of plate washers shall be 1/2" max. from inside face of shear panel(s) per conditions shown below. The hole in the plate washer is permitted to be diagonally slotted with a width of up to 3/16 inch larger than the bolt diameter and a slot length not to exeed 1 3/4 inches, provided a standard cut washer ( 5/8" Nominal size : 11/16" ID,1 3/4" OD , 9/64" thick ) is placed between the plate washer and the nut. For interior non-bearing and non-shear walls use Simpson PDPAWL-MG series 0.157Ø pins with a penetration of 1 1/4" into slab at 16" O.C. to be installed in accordance with ICC ESR-2138. Actual slab thickness to be minimum 4". All interior shear walls to have A.Bs. per foundation plan. All holdowns and post anchors to be installed according to most current Simpson Strong Tie specifications and requirements of ICC-ER reports & shall be tied in place prior to foundation inspection. Dimensions are not furnished to Simpson holdowns. It is the responsibility of the contractor's superintendent, the framing contractor and the concrete contractor to locate these anchors in the exact location. Refer to details for proper installation. Min. concrete width to be 8" for receiving PA, HPA & STHD's. Verify locations of holdowns and anchor bolts with rough framing to assure accurate installation. Provide #3 X 24" dowel at 24" o.c. and 12" from the corner at all concrete stoops and porches. Provide min. (1) #4 reinforcing for electrical ground, location to be verified with the electrical contractor. Verify min. foundation depth, width, reinforcing steel and additional expansive soil requirements with valid soils report and if more stringent, they shall supersede the above minimum requirements. See note #7 under reinforced concrete for concrete strength. Footings shall be observed and approved in writing by the project soil/geology engineer prior to inspection and placement of concrete. Concrete shall be to the strength and slump as specified per structural design, and consist of Portland cement ASTM C-150 Type V per soils engineer's recommendations and Building Code section 1904.1 (ACI 318 section 19.3.2.1) when exposed to sulfate containing solutions. Aggregates shall be per ASTM C-33. Water to be clean and potable. Placement shall be in one continuous operation unless otherwise specified. Slab surface shall be cured with 'Hunts' compound or equal or cured with other methods in accordance with good construction practice at contractor's option. Contractor shall dampen slab underlayment of sand/membrane just prior to concrete placement to assist uniform concrete curing. Slabs must not be poured during or immediately after rainstorms. The specified sand over visqueen should not be saturated at the time of the concrete pour. Any free water trapped in the sand layer must be removed prior to the concrete pour. The bottoms of footing excavations shall be level, clean and free of loose material or water when concrete is placed. Over excavation shall be filled with concrete or properly compacted fill that has been tested and approved by the soils engineer. Backfill shall not be placed until supporting foundations, walls and slab have attained sufficient strength to support lateral soil pressure. Concrete placement shall be monolithic in one continuous operation uniformly placed and must be vibrated and well consolidated unless shown otherwise on plans. Dual pour is defined by ACI as to when 1st. & 2nd. pour can not be vibrated together. Requirements for pre-saturation of subgrade soils and daylight setback of exterior footings from any descending slope shall comply with soil report recommendations. Finish grade around the perimeter of slab shall be constructed such that rain and irrigation water is drained away from the slab. All site and pad preparation, such as but not limited to shading, compacting of the fill, pre-saturation, and concrete slab base preparation, shall be performed in accordance with the soil engineer's recommendation and soils report. Waiting period for concrete slabs-on-grade prior to start of construction is as follows: No pipes or conduits shall extend under isolated column footing or under continuous wall footings unless specifically detailed or approved by the architect, structural engineer and the building official. The contractor shall arrange for observation of the work by the soils engineer. The following are requirements of the soils engineer: a. All footing excavations shall be observed and approved in compliance with the soils report by the soil engineer prior to placing of concrete or steel. b. Soil conditions, including compacting and moisture content, shall be observed and approved to be in compliance with the soil report by the soils engineer prior to placing of concrete or steel. c. A letter shall be submitted to the building official prior to his foundation inspection and to the architect and structural engineer. 1/2" MAX. 1/2" MAX. EQ. SHEAR PANEL WHERE OCCURS SW ANCHOR BOLTS AND PLATE WASHER ARRANGEMENT ADJUST ⅊ WASHER SIZES TO MEET NOTE 1a REQUIREMENTS 2"EQ. 2x4 SHEAR WALLS AND ALL DOUBLE SIDED SHEAR WALLS SINGLE SIDED SHEAR WALLS OF 2x6 AND THICKER WALLS 1/2" MAX. ⅊ WASHER SIZES PER NOTE 1a 19.Foundation framing and other drawings prepared by Gouvis Engineering Consulting Group reflect the structural requirements. Refer to architectural, civil & other plans for dimensions, depressions, slopes, shelves, patios, stoops and porches not shown or different from these plans/documents drawings. Accuracy of the dimensions and final fit of the building shall be reviewed by the architect and the contractor prior to construction. 26. 27. 28. Total load and live load vertical deflections for roof member shall be limited to max. L/240, and L/36029. 30. 32. 33. 34. a. Identity of the company manufacturing the truss. b. The design load. c. The spacing of the trusses. CEILING JOISTS 35. Truss manufacturer is responsible for: a. providing additional shear and drag trusses as shown on the framing plans. 31. c. meet the profile as indicated in the drawings. 36. 25.Approved end-jointed lumber may be used interchangeably with solid sawn members of the same species and grade for buildings up to 2-story. When finger jointed lumber is marked "stud use only" or "vert use only" such lumber shall be limited to use for studs only. All finger jointed lumber should bear a certified finger jointed lumber grade stamp. Wood truss manufacturer shall supply to the engineer and the building department calculations and shop drawings for approval of design loads, configuration (2 or 3 point bearing), and shear transfer, prior to fabrication. It shall be the responsibility of the manufacturer to obtain building department approval of calculations and shop drawings prior to fabrication. Trusses shall be designed in accordance with the latest local Building Code for all loads imposed, including lateral loads and mechanical equipment loads. All connections involving trusses shall be ICC approved and of adequate strength to resist stresses due to the loadings involved and shall be designed and specified by the truss manufacturer. Cross bridging and/or bracing shall be provided and detailed by the truss manufacturer as required to adequately brace all trusses. Truss manufacturer to provide details which allow for normal deflection without imposing lateral loads on their supports (i.e., scissors trusses). b. reviewing framing plans and structural details prior to fabrication of trusses and specifying hangers. d. design trusses for deflection compatibility of the system to avoid hump and/or sag in roof or ceiling. All trusses designed by truss manufacturer shall be designed to sustain all vertical, lateral and other pertinent loads, including bracing of top and bottom chords, in addition to any connections related to trusses. Contractor to coordinate with truss manufacturer. All truss lumber shall be Douglas Fir Larch (U.N.O.). Roof truss lumber shall be either Douglas Fir Larch or Hem-Fir. (U.N.O.) Each truss shall be legibly branded, marked or otherwise have permanently affixed thereto the following information located within two feet of the center of span on the face of the bottom chord: With dead load = 6 psf max. & live load = 10 psf max., 2x4 DF#2 ceiling joists @ 16" o.c. with 9'-6" span max. and 2x6 DF#2 ceiling joists @ 16" o.c. with 15'-0" span max. unless noted otherwise on plan. Contact Gouvis Engineering for other conditions. U.N.O. Total load and live load vertical deflections for floor member shall be limited to max. L/360, and L/480 U.N.O. Edges (inches) Intermediate supports (inches) 30.3/8″ – 1/2" 6d common or deformed (2″×0.113″) (subfloor and wall) 8d common or deformed 2 3/8″×0.113″ nail (subfloor and wall) 6 6 6 12 12 (2 1/2″×0.131″) (roof)12 31. 19/32"-3/4" 32. 7/8"- 1 1/4" 8d common (2 1/2″ × 0.131″); or 6d deformed (2″ × 0.113″) 10d common (3″ × 0.148″); or 8d deformed (2 1/2″ × 0.131″) 33. 1/2″ fiberboard sheathing 2 3/8″ × 0.113″ nail; 6 4 6 12 8 12 3 6 3 6 OTHER EXTERIOR WALL SHEATING 34. 25/32″ fiberboard sheathing b b WOOD STRUCTURAL PANELS, COMBINATION SUBFLOOR UNDERLAYMENT TO FRAMING 36. 7/8"-1" 37. 1 1/8"-1 1/4" 8d common (2 1/2″ × 0.131″); or 6d deformed (2″ × 0.113″) 8d common (2 1/2″ × 0.131″); or 8d deformed (2 1/2″ × 0.131″) 10d common (3″ × 0.148″); or 8d deformed (2 1/2″ × 0.131″) 6 6 6 12 12 12 PANEL SIDING TO FRAMING 38. 1/2″ or less 6d corrosion-resistant siding (1 7/8″ × 0.106″); or 6d corrosion-resistant casing 39. 5/8" 8d corrosion-resistant siding (2 3/8″ × 0.128″); or 8d corrosion-resistant casing (2 1/2″ × 0.113″) 6 12 6 12 (2″ × 0.099″) 40. 1/4" 41. 3/8" 4d casing (1 1/2″ × 0.080″); or 4d finish (1 1/2″ × 0.072″) 6d casing (2″ × 0.099″); or 6d finish (Panel supports at 24") 6 6 12 12 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm. a. Nails spaced at 6 inches at intermediate supports where spans are 48 inches or more. For nailing of wood structural c. Where a rafter is fastened to an adjacent parallel ceiling joist in accordance with this schedule and the ceiling joist INTERIOR PANELING panel and particleboard diaphragms and shear walls, refer to Section 2305. Nails for wall sheathing are permitted to be common, box or casing. b. Spacing shall be 6 inches on center on the edges and 12 inches on center at intermediate supports for nonstructural applications. Panel supports at 16 inches(20 inches if strength axis in the long direction of the panel, unless otherwise marked). is fastened to the top plate in accordance with this schedule, the number of toenails in the rafter shall be permitted to be reduced by one nail. WOOD STRUCTURAL PANELS (WSP), SUBFLOOR, ROOF AND INTERIOR WALL SHEATING TO FRAMING AND PARTICLEBOARD WALL SHEATING TO FRAMING RSRS_01(2 3/8" × 0.113") nail (roof) (subfloor & wall) 8d common or deformed (2 1/2″×0.131″) (roof) RSRS_01(2 3/8" × 0.113") nail (roof) 6 12 35. 3/4" or less d. RSRS_01 is a Roof Sheathing Ring Shank nail meeting specification in ASTM F-1667 1 1/2″ x 0.120", galvanized roofing nail (7/16″ head diameter); 1 3/4″ x 0.120", galvanized roofing nail (7/16″ diameter head); ABBREVIATION A.B.ANCHOR BOLT B.N.BOUNDARY NAILING E.N.EDGE NAILING F.N.FIELD NAILING TYP.TYPICAL SIM.SIMILAR TR TRIMMER O.C.ON CENTER MIN.MINIMUM MAX.MAXIMUM FL BM FLUSH BEAM DR BM DROP BEAM HDR HEADER G.T.GIRDER TRUSS BLK'G BLOCKING W/WITH CONT.CONTINUOUS CANT.CANTILEVER SHT'G SHEATHING ALT.ALTERNATE DBL.DOUBLE EA.EACH S.W.SHEAR WALL CONC.CONCRETE ABV.ABOVE BOTT.BOTTOM P.T.POST TENSION F.H.FULL HEIGHT FTG.FOOTING SIMP.SIMPSON MFR.MANUFACTURER H.T.HEIGHT M.B.MACHINE BOLT REINF.REINFORCEMENT (E)EXISTING HD HOLDOWN P.T.D.F PRESSURE TREATED DOUGLAS FIR EXT.EXTERIOR INT.INTERIOR U.N.O.UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE VERT.VERTICAL HORZ.HORIZONTAL BTWN.BETWEEN REQ'D REQUIRED COND.CONDITION DIA.DIAMETER STD.STANDARD SEC.SECTION C'SINK COUNTER SINK T&G TONGUE AND GROOVE DEFERRED APPROVAL: 2. 3. 1.Elements of structure that are marked "by others" shall be excluded from this work permit. General contractor shall first submit separate drawings for the above elements to the EOR for their review and if approved, then submit to the building officials for their review and approval. City approval shall be obtained prior to installation of element subjected to deferred approval. 01/29/2025PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #1 04/17/2025PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #2 VE Revs 10/10/20251 B A a n d s h a l l n o t b e r e p r o d u c e d i n w h o l e o r i n p a r t w i t h o u t t h e e x p r e s s p r i o r w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n o f s a i d e n g i n e e r s , a n y u n a u t h o r i z e d r e u s e o f t h e s e p l a n s o t h e r t h a n f o r t h e p r o j e c t a n d l o c a t i o n s h o w n i s p r o h i b i t e d . al l i d e a s , d e s i g n s a n d p l a n s r e p r e s e n t e d b y t h i s d r a w i n g a r e t h e e x c l u s i v e p r o p e r t y o f Go u v i s E n g i n e e r i n g JOB NO. SUBMITTAL DATE SHEET TITLE SHEET NO. CLIENT: REVISION DATE 21 3 0 E 4 T H S T # 2 0 0 SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 5 BSB: MR230056; Gouvis: 66467 1ST PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 08/20/2024 2ND PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 01/29/2025 3RD P.C. SUBMITTAL 04/17/2025 3RD PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 04/17/2025 OL I V E C R E S T R E S I D E N T I A L OL I V E C R E S T 21 5 0 E . F O U R T H S T . & 2 1 6 0 E . F O U R T H S T . SA N T A A N A C A 9 2 7 0 5 GENERAL NOTES & REQUIREMENTS SN1 NAILING SCHEDULE CONTINUATION SHEET INDEX NO.SHEET SHEET NAME 1 SN1 GENERAL NOTES & REQUIREMENTS 2 SN1.1 GENERAL NOTES & REQUIREMENTS 3 S1 FRAMING UNIT A-1 4 S-1.1 P.T. FOUNDATION BUILDING A1 & A2 5 S-1.2 FLOOR FRAMING BUILDING A1 & A2 6 S-1.3 ROOF FRAMING BUILDING A1 & A2 7 SN2 STRUCTURAL DETAILS & NOTES 8 SN3 STRUCTURAL DETAILS & NOTES 9 PT1 POST TENSION MAT FOUNDATION DETAILS & NOTES 10 SD2 GENERAL DETAILS & NOTES 11 SD3 STRUCTURAL DETAILS 12 SD4 STRUCTURAL DETAILS GENERAL REQUIREMENTSSPECIAL INSPECTIONS EXCEPTION: CONCRETE FOOTINGS SUPPORTING WALLS OF LIGHT-FRAME WOOD BUILDING OF 3-STORIES OR LESS AND THE STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF FOOTINGS IS BASED ON A SPECIFIED COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH f'c NO GREATER THAN 2500 psi. SPECIAL INSPECTION TABLE FOR CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND VERIFICATIONS BY A SPECIAL INSPECTOR ARE REQUIRED FOR CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION AND SPECIFIED IN THE FOLLOWING TABLE 1. Inspect reinforcement, including prestressing tendons, and verify placement PERIODIC SPECIAL INSPECTION CONTINUOUS SPECIAL INSPECTION Reference Standard CBC/IBC ReferenceTYPE 2. Reinforcing bar welding: a. Verify weldability of reinforcing bars other than ASTM A 706; b. Inspect single-pass fillet welds, maximum 5/16"; and c. Inspect all other welds 3. Inspect anchors cast in concrete. 4. Inspect anchors post-installed in hardened concrete members. a. Adhesive anchors installed in horizontally or upwardly inclined orientations to resist sustained tension loads. b. Mechanical anchors and adhesive anchors not defined in 4.a. 5. Verify use of required design mix. 6. Prior to concrete placement, fabricate specimens for strength tests, perform slump and air content tests, and determine the temperature of the concrete. 7. Inspect concrete and shotcrete placement for proper application techniques. 8. Verify maintenance of specified curing temperature and techniques. 9. Inspect prestressed concrete for: a. Application of prestressing forces; and b. Grouting of bonded prestressing tendons. 10. Inspect erection of precast concrete members. 13. Verify in-situ concrete strength, prior to stressing of tendons in post-tensioned concrete and prior to removal of shores and forms from beams and structural slabs. 14. Inspect formwork for shape, location and dimensions of the concrete member being formed. ACI 318 Ch. 20,25.2,25.3, 26.6.1-26.6.3 AWS D1.4 ACI 318: 26.6.4 ACI 318: 17.8.2 ACI 318: 17.8.2.4 ACI 318: 17.8.2 ACI 318: Ch 19, 26.4.3, 26.4.4 ASTM C 172 ASTM C 31 ACI 318: 26.5, 26.12 ACI 318: 26.5 ACI 318: 26.5.3-26.5.5 ACI 318: 26.10 ACI 318: 26.9 ACI 318: 26.11.2 ACI 318: 26.11.1.2(b) 1904.1,1904.2 11. For precast concrete diaphragm connection or reinforcement at joints classified as moderate or high deformability elements (MDE or HDE) in structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F, inspect such connections and reinforcement in the field for: a. Installation of the embedded parts b. Completion of the continuity of reinforcement across joints. c. Completion on connection in the field. 12. Inspect Installation tolerances of precast concrete diaphragm connections for compliance with ACI 550.5 ACI 318: 26.13.1.3 ACI 550.5 ACI 318: 26.13.1.3 LARR Report list CMST 12 CMST 14 LABC/ICC-ESR 2105 CS 14 CS 16 CMST 16 ST 6224 ST 6236 MST 48 MST 60 MSTC 52 ST 22 MST 37 HTT 5 HDU 4 HDU 8 HDU 11 HDU 14 HHDQ 11 HHDQ 14 HDQ 8 HD 12 HD 19 MASA/ MASAP SET-XP TITEN HDPARALLAM (PSL) TIMBERSTRAND (LSL) Simpson LABC/ICC-ESR 2105 LABC/ICC-ESR 2105 LABC/ICC-ESR 2105 LABC/ICC-ESR 2105 LABC/ICC-ESR 2105 LABC/ICC-ESR 2105 LABC/ICC-ESR 2105 LABC/ICC-ESR 2105 LABC/ICC-ESR 2105 LABC/ICC-ESR 2105 LABC/ICC-ESR 2105 PDPAWL-MG MPBZ Simpson Strong Wall SSW LABC/IAPMO-ER 130 LABC/ICC-ESR 2330 LABC/ICC-ESR 2330 LABC/ICC-ESR 2330 LABC/ICC-ESR 2330 LABC/ICC-ESR 2330 LABC/ICC-ESR 2330 LABC/ICC-ESR 2330 LABC/IAPMO-UES ER 143 LABC/IAPMO-UES ER 143 LABC/ICC-ESR 2555 LABC/ICC-ESR 2508 LABC/ICC-ESR 2713 LABC/ICC-ESR 1679 LABC/ICC-ESR 1387 LABC/ICC-ESR 2138 LABC/ICC-ESR 3050 HTS22 LABC/ICC-ESR 2105 HDC10 LABC/ICC-ESR 2330 LTP/A35/LS/H2.5 LABC/ICC-ESR 3096 SPECIAL INSPECTION: 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 1. Site visits by the structural engineer do not constitute an inspection. In addition to the regular inspection the following items will also require special inspection in accordance with Sec.1704, unless exempted by the exceptions of Sec.1704.2, of the Building Code Soils compliance prior to the foundation inspection, post-tensioned foundation, high strength steel and concrete. All inspections and tests shall be performed by a qualified testing agency retained by the owner. The special inspector shall be qualified and approved by the building department and acceptable to the architect. The special inspector shall observe work assigned for conformance to the approved design drawings and specifications. The special inspector shall furnish an inspection report to the building department, engineer and architect of record. Copies of the report shall be available at the job site at all times. Final reports for all inspections and testing must be provided by the special inspector. Final reports shall document completion of all inspections and correction of all noted discrepencies. The duties of the special inspector shall be in conformance with the requirements of section 1704 of the latest edition of the CBC/ IBC. Contractor shall be responsible for all expenses due to any premature notification of inspection which results in additional site visits. Failure of notification by the contractor for inspection on a timely basis may result in complete removal and replacement of all work performed at contractors expense. SPECIAL INSPECTION BY A SPECIAL INSPECTOR FOR EXISTING SITE SOIL CONDITIONS, FILL PLACEMENT & LOAD BEARING REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE PERFORMED PER THE FOLLOWING TABLE. SPECIAL INSPECTION TABLE FOR EXISTING SITE SOIL CONDITIONS SPECIAL INSPECTION BY A SPECIAL INSPECTOR FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF HORIZONTAL WOOD DIAPHRAGMS, WOOD SHEAR WALLS & MANUFACTURED SHEAR WALLS ARE REQUIRED & SPECIFIED IN THE FOLLOWING TABLE: SPECIAL INSPECTION TABLE FOR WOOD DIAPHRAGM & SHEAR WALLS Exception: Special inspection for existing site soil condtions per table below is not required if allowable soil bearing pressure used for design is ≤ 1500 psf, soils report is not required by building offical, and there is no controlled fill placement on existing building site 11. INSPECTION TASK Continuous Periodically SECTION Sec. 1705.13.2 Sec. 1705.13.2 Sec. 1704 Sec. 1705.13.2 Sec. 1705.13.3 Horizontal wood diaphragms with edge nail spacing equal to or closer than 4" o.c. Wood shear walls with edge nail spacing equal to or closer than 4" o.c. Sheathing types, grade thickness, span rating, and nail types, nail sizes & spacing. Sheathing types, grade thickness, wall nail types, nailing sizes and spacing. Sill nail types, size and spacing. Anchor bolt sizes & spacing. Holdown types & their connections to shear walls & foundation/framing Wall end post sizes. Shear transfer connector types & spacing. Drag strut connections to shear walls. Panel types, nailing, bolting, Anchoring, wall top plate screw types, sizes & spacing, holddown & drag strut connections to walls/panels. Manufactured shear walls, Hardy panels, Simpson steel & Wood Strong walls. REFERENCE FOR CRITERIA FREQUENCY OF INSPECTIONNOT APPLICABLE CBC/IBC Sec. 1705.5.2 Verify that the installation of the permanent individual truss member restraint/bracing has been installed in accordance with the approved truss submittal package Metal-plate -connected wood trusses with a clear span of 60 feet or greater TYPE 1. Verify materials below shallow foundations are adequate to achieve the design bearing capacity per soils report. 2. Verify excavations are extended to proper depth & have reached proper material per soils report. 3. Perform classification & testing of compacted fill materials per soils report. 4. During fill placement, verify use of proper materials and procedures in accordance with the provisions of the approved geotechnical report. Verify densities and lift thicknesses during placement and compaction of compacted fill. 5. Prior to placement of compacted fill, inspect subgrade & verify that site has been prepared properly per soils report. Periodic Special Inspection Continuous Special Inspection 01/29/2025PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #1 04/17/2025PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #2 VE Revs 10/10/20251 B A a n d s h a l l n o t b e r e p r o d u c e d i n w h o l e o r i n p a r t w i t h o u t t h e e x p r e s s p r i o r w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n o f s a i d e n g i n e e r s , a n y u n a u t h o r i z e d r e u s e o f t h e s e p l a n s o t h e r t h a n f o r t h e p r o j e c t a n d l o c a t i o n s h o w n i s p r o h i b i t e d . al l i d e a s , d e s i g n s a n d p l a n s r e p r e s e n t e d b y t h i s d r a w i n g a r e t h e e x c l u s i v e p r o p e r t y o f Go u v i s E n g i n e e r i n g JOB NO. SUBMITTAL DATE SHEET TITLE SHEET NO. CLIENT: REVISION DATE 21 3 0 E 4 T H S T # 2 0 0 SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 5 BSB: MR230056; Gouvis: 66467 1ST PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 08/20/2024 2ND PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 01/29/2025 3RD P.C. SUBMITTAL 04/17/2025 3RD PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 04/17/2025 OL I V E C R E S T R E S I D E N T I A L OL I V E C R E S T 21 5 0 E . F O U R T H S T . & 2 1 6 0 E . F O U R T H S T . SA N T A A N A C A 9 2 7 0 5 GENERAL NOTES & REQUIREMENTS SN1.1 4X 6 4X64X6 6X 6 4X 6 4X 6 4X 6 4X 6 2 2 2 7 SD3 7 SD3 4X 6 4X 8 103 ALIGN 4X 6 FRAMING SCHEDULE SYMBOLS LEGEND KEY NOTES COUNTERSINK AS REQUIRED NO OVER CUT. CONTINUOUS SHEAR TRUSS W/ E.N OVER EACH PARTY WALL AT ROOF LEVEL DESIGN TRUSS TO TRANSFER 180 PLF MIN. LATERALLY.16 17 1 FRAMING NOTES 11. ALL WOOD I-JOISTS SHALL BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF APA PRI-400, EWS-Z725B (PERFORMANCE RATED I-JOIST STANDARD) OR ASTM D5055. QUALIFIED PRI-400, MANUFACTURED. I-JOIST CAN BE ANY OF THOSE LISTED IN THE TABLE ABOVE. 3. SHEAR WALLS CANNOT BE USED AS PLUMBING WALLS, UNLESS APPROVED BY GOUVIS ENGINEERING CONSULTING GROUP IN WRITING. 4. AT DOUBLE SIDED SHEAR WALLS, POST W/E.N. PER PLAN TO RECEIVE E.N. FROM BOTH SIDES. 1. REFER TO STRUCTURAL GENERAL NOTES AND DETAIL SHEETS (SN1 & SN2) FOR MORE INFORMATION. 8. ALL BEAMS SHOWN ARE DROP (U.N.O.) ON PLANS. 5. WHEN MULTIPLE STUDS ARE USED INSTEAD OF A SINGLE POST, PLYWOOD SHEAR WALL TO BE NAILED TO ALL STUDS RECEIVING HOLDOWNS. 10. USE SIMPSON " IUS/ITS/U310 " HANGERS FOR CONNECTION OF I-JOISTS TO OTHER FRAMING MEMBERS (U.N.O.) AND " LUS " HANGERS FOR CONNECTION OF SOLID JOISTS. //////////////// 7. ALL VERTICAL PIPES THROUGH PLATES AND/OR SOLID RIM BEAMS MUST BE DRILLED CLEAN CUT W/ 1/16" TOLERANCE. DO NOT NOTCH OR CUT PLATES. 2. REFER TO DETAIL FOR TYPICAL CONNECTION AT ALL INTERIOR NON-BEARING WALLS AT ROOF LEVEL. 9. AS AN ALTERNATE TO USING SIMPSON PRODUCTS OTHER CONNECTORS CAN BE USED, AS LONG AS THEIR CAPACITIES ARE EQUAL TO OR BETTER THAN SIMPSON'S, AND SUBJECTED TO THE APPROVAL OF POST OR TRIMMER AS NOTED X X SHEAR PANEL LENGTH AND NUMBER. REFER TO SN1 FOR PANEL TYPE BEAM NUMBER, REFER TO GOUVIS ENGINEERING CALCULATIONS X X SDX DIRECTION OF ROOF MEMBER PER SCHEDULE, REFER TO HATCHED WALLS ON PLANS FOR INTERMEDIATE BR'G DIRECTION OF FLOOR MEMBER PER SCHEDULE, REFER TO HATCHED WALLS ON PLANS FOR INTERMEDIATE BR'G DIRECTION OF DECK MEMBER PER SCHEDULE, REFER TO HATCHED WALLS ON PLANS FOR INTERMEDIATE BR'G DETAIL NUMBER DETAIL SHEET NUMBER KEY NOTE NUMBER BEARING WALL CALIFORNIA FRAMING 6. APPLY SHEAR PRIOR TO FRAMING OF PERPENDICULAR WALLS. DO NOT BREAK SHEAR AT PERPENDICULAR WALL LOCATIONS UNLESS SPECIFICALLY DETAILED ON PLANS. SHEAR WALL CAN BE ON THE OTHER SIDE AS AN ALT. X X 14. THE FOLLOWING TRIMMER SCHEDULE SHOULD BE USED FOR HEADERS IN BEARING WALLS, U.N.O. ON THE PLAN. REQUIRED TRIMMER MUST BE APPLIED @ EACH END OF HEADER. CLEAR SPAN, L L ≤ 6'-0"6'-0" < L ≤ 10'-0" L ≥ 10'-0" 2 x 2-2 x SEE PLAN 13. A 4x6 (ALT. 2-2x6) HDR. SHOULD BE USED AT ALL OPENINGS IN EXTERIOR & INTERIOR BEARING WALLS U.N.O. ON PLANS. REFER TO THE FOLLOWING TABLE FOR OTHER COMMON HEADER SIZES. * 2-2 x SHALL BE PLACED ON END W/ 1/2" PLYWOOD SHIM BETWEEN. PROVIDE 16d NAILS @ 16" O.C., STAGG., BOTH SIDES. H1 PLAN DESIGNATION H2 4 x 6 4 x 8 HEADER SIZE ALT. HEADER SIZE * 2 - 2 x 6 2 - 2 x 8 * X X'-X" 19. ATTACH WOOD FRAMING ELEMENT TO STEEL MEMBER WITH 1/2" Ø STUD BOLTS AT 24" O.C. STAGGERED U.N.O 20. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS/DETAILS FOR BEAM/COLUMN FIRE RESISTANCE ASSEMBLIES. 21. TIGHT FIT SOLID COMPRESSION BLOCKING REQUIRED BETWEEN DRAG MEMBERS, FILLING GAP AT PARTY WALLS. 15. FLOOR TO FLOOR HOLDOWN APPLY DETAIL AT EACH END OF SHEAR WALL PER PLAN. (2) LOCATIONS PER WALL AS SHOWN BELOW. SEE TABLE FOR TYPE & DETAIL REFFERENCE. MIN. POST SIZE IS NOTED IN THE DETAIL 16. INTERIOR NON-BEARING & NON-SHEAR WALLS MAY BE FRAMED WITH 2x STUDS 17. TOP PLATES AT ALL ROOF FRAMING LEVELS SHOULD BE SPLICED PER , U.N.O. ON PLANS. 18. CONTINUOUS 1 ¼” LSL RIM JOISTS SHOULD BE USED AT ALL FLOOR FRAMING EDGES WHERE POSSIBLE. ALL RIM BREAKS SHOULD BE SPLICED WITH A SINGLE x 36" STRAP, PER U.NO. ON PLANS. 1A / SD-3 PER PLAN APPLY DETAIL REFERENCE & 1B / SD-3 1C / SD-3 1D / SD-3 PER PLAN APPLY DETAIL REFERENCE & 1E / SD-3 PER PLAN APPLY DETAIL REFERENCE & //// X X'-X" 1G / SD-3 1F / SD-3 3/SN2 GOUVIS ENGINERING. 9A/SD2 CS16 4A/SD2 DESIGNED ROOF TRUSSES @ 24" O.C. AT 24" O.C., MAX. X A B C D E F G X X 1H / SD-3H 1C* / SD-3C* 12. ENGINEERING WOOD PRODUCTS (EWP) CAN BE FROM ANY MANUFACTURER WITH CURRENT APPROVED ICC ES - EVALUATION REPORT WITH THE FOLLOWING MECHANICAL PROPERTIES: Fb = 2800 psi (MIN), Fv = 285 psi (MIN), E = 2.2 x 106 psi (MIN). Fb = 2800 psi (MIN), Fv = 285 psi (MIN), E = 2.0 x 106 psi (MIN). Fb = 2325 psi (MIN), Fv = 285 psi (MIN), E = 1.55 x 106 psi (MIN). Fb = 1700 psi (MIN), Fv = 285 psi (MIN), E = 1.3 x 106 psi (MIN). FOR MANUFACTURED RIM BOARD WITH MIN 1 1/4" THICK, CONTINUOUSLY SUPPORTED BY WALL, AND MATCHES JOIST DEPTH: Fc I (PERPENDICULAR)........ = 680 psi (MIN)Ft = 1075 psi (MIN), Fc // (PARALLEL)..................... = 1400 psi (MIN)E = 1.3 x 106 psi (MIN) GLU-LAM BEAM SHALL BE: 24F-V4, DF/DF : Fb = 2400/ 1850 psi @ BOTTOM/ TOP, Fv = 265 psi, E = 1.8 x 106 psi (MIN). 24F-V8, DF/DF : Fb = 2400 psi @ BOTTOM & TOP, Fv = 265 psi, E = 1.8 x 106 psi (MIN). XXX - X.XE BEAM SIZE, SEE BEAM SCHEDULE MINIMUM MODULUS OF ELASTICITY (E) LINE OF 2X FLAT BLOCKING W/ EDGE NAIL. & CONTINUOUS CS16 STRAP OVER U.N.O. SEE PLAN FOR NUMBER OF BAYS. DRAG STRUT W/E.N.. SEE PLANS/DETAILS FOR LENGTH. SUPPORT END W/ BLK'G BLOCKED FLOOR DIAPHRAGM W/ 10d's @ 4" O.C. B.N., 6" O.C. E.N. & 12" O.C. F.N. BLOCKED ROOF DIAPHRAGM W/ 8d's @ 4" O.C. B.N., 6" O.C. E.N. & 12" O.C. F.N. PROVIDE SOLID BLOCKING TRUSS HANGER BY TRUSS SUPPLIER SHEAR TRUSS W/E.N. TRUSS TO TRANSFER 180 PLF MIN. (U.N.O.) DRAG TRUSS W/E.N. TRUSS TO TRANSFER 1700# FORCE MIN. (U.N.O.) CONTINUOUS FULL HT. BLKG. W/E.N. SEE PLANS FOR NUMBER OF BAYS ( U.N.O.) (1) SIMPSON HTS20 FLUSH BEAM TO DROP BEAM ( U.N.O.) 13 11 8 9 10 14 5 6 12 4 3 CONTINUOUS LINE OF BLOCKING W/ EDGE NAIL UNDER SHEAR WALL ABOVE W/ (1) CS16, U.N.O.7 CONTINUOUS JOIST W/ E.N. BLOCKED OPENING SEE DETAIL 15/SD215 CONTINUOUS 1 1/4" WIDE MIN. LVL / TIMBERSTRAND OR SPLICE PER PLAN.1 2 ALIGN POST(S) WITH UPPER FLOOR POST(S), SEE DETAIL 2-SN2 //////////////// 9 1/2" DEEP TJI 230 FLOOR JOISTS @ 24" O.C. 3 2 2 X 8 ROOF RAFTER @ 16" O.C.4 9 1/2" DEEP TJI 230 CORRIDOR JOISTS @ 24" O.C. 9 1/2" DEEP TJI 230 CORRIDOR JOISTS @ 19.2" O.C. 5 24 224 226 324 326 44 46 48 66 68 88410 412 26 2X4 STUD 2X6 STUD 2-2X4 STUD 2-2X6 STUD 3-2X4 STUD 3-2X6 STUD 4X4 POST 4X6 POST 4X8 POST 4X10 POST 4X12 POST 6X6 POST 6X8 POST 8X8 POST STUD AND TRIMMER SCHEDULE POST AND TRIMMER SCHEDULE 24T 26T 224T 226T 324T 326T 2X4 TRIMMER 2X6 TRIMMER 2-2X4 TRIMMER 2-2X6 TRIMMER 3-2X4 TRIMMER 3-2X6 TRIMMER 44T 46T 48T 66T 68T 88T 4X4 TRIMMER 4X6 TRIMMER 4X8 TRIMMER 6X6 TRIMMER 6X8 TRIMMER 8X8 TRIMMER BEAM SCHEDULE 411-1.55E 3 1/2"x11 1/4" 1.55E EWP FL BM 611-2.0E 5 1/4"x11 1/4" 2.0E EWP FL BM FLOOR FRAMING PLAN SCALE : 1/4" = 1'-0"UNIT A-1 01/29/2025PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #1 04/17/2025PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #2 VE Revs 10/10/20251 B A a n d s h a l l n o t b e r e p r o d u c e d i n w h o l e o r i n p a r t w i t h o u t t h e e x p r e s s p r i o r w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n o f s a i d e n g i n e e r s , a n y u n a u t h o r i z e d r e u s e o f t h e s e p l a n s o t h e r t h a n f o r t h e p r o j e c t a n d l o c a t i o n s h o w n i s p r o h i b i t e d . al l i d e a s , d e s i g n s a n d p l a n s r e p r e s e n t e d b y t h i s d r a w i n g a r e t h e e x c l u s i v e p r o p e r t y o f Go u v i s E n g i n e e r i n g JOB NO. SUBMITTAL DATE SHEET TITLE SHEET NO. CLIENT: REVISION DATE 21 3 0 E 4 T H S T # 2 0 0 SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 5 BSB: MR230056; Gouvis: 66467 1ST PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 08/20/2024 2ND PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 01/29/2025 3RD P.C. SUBMITTAL 04/17/2025 3RD PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 04/17/2025 OL I V E C R E S T R E S I D E N T I A L OL I V E C R E S T 21 5 0 E . F O U R T H S T . & 2 1 6 0 E . F O U R T H S T . SA N T A A N A C A 9 2 7 0 5 S1 FRAMING PLAN UNIT A-1 2 2 B B C C A A 1 1 3 3 4 4 UP FE FE 100 101 102 103 ALIGN ALIGN E E E E E E E E BEDROOM 1 BEDROOM 2 BATH KITCHEN LIVING DINING LIVING BEDROOM 1 BEDROOM 2 DINING BATH KITCHEN KITCHEN DININGDINING KITCHEN BEDROOM 2 BEDROOM 2 BATHBATH BEDROOM 1BEDROOM 1 LIVING LIVING CLOSET 1 CL O S E T 2 CL O S E T 2 CLOSET 1 CL O S E T 2 CL O S E T 2 CLOSET 1 CLOSET 1COATCOAT COATCOAT INACCESSIBLE AREA UNDER STAIR 1 PT1 1 PT1 1 PT1 1 PT1 1 PT1 1 PT1 1 PT1 1 PT1 1 PT1 // // // // // 4 8' - 0 " TD1 TD1 4 24 ST1 ST1 // // // // // // 4 10 ' - 0 " TD1 TD1 ST1 ST1 // // // // // // 4 10 ' - 0 " TD1 TD1 ST1 ST1 //////// 4 6'-0" ST2 //// 4 4'-0" ST2 //////// 4 6'-0" ST2 //// 4 4'-0" ST2 // // // // // 4 8' - 0 " TD1 TD1 4 24 ST1 ST1 // // // // // 4 8' - 0 " TD1 TD1 4 24 ST1 ST1 // // // // // // 4 10 ' - 0 " TD1 TD1 ST1 ST1 // // // // // // 4 10 ' - 0 " TD1 TD1 ST1 ST1 // // // // // 4 8' - 0 " TD1 TD1 4 24 ST1 ST1 AB U 8 8 Z AB U 8 8 Z P1 P1 AB U 8 8 Z AB U 8 8 Z P1 P1 //////// 4 6'-0" ST2 //// 4 4'-0" ST2 //////// 4 6'-0" ST2 //// 4 4'-0" ST2 //////////////////// 4 16'-0" TD1TD17 24 ST1 //////////////////// 4 16'-0" TD1TD17 24 ST1 7 24 7 24 7 24 7 24 5 " THICK POST TENSION SLAB 5 " THICK POST TENSION SLAB 5 " THICK POST TENSION SLAB 5 " THICK POST TENSION SLAB 1' - 3 " 1' - 3 " 2 1x27'Δ=2" 1x61'Δ=4 5/8" 1x61'Δ=4 5/8" 1x63'Δ=4 7/8" 1x61'Δ=4 5/8" 1x27'Δ=2"1x28'Δ=2" 2 1x61'Δ=4 5/8" 1x 6 9 ' Δ = 5 1 / 4 " 1x 6 9 ' Δ = 5 1 / 4 " 1x 6 9 ' Δ = 5 1 / 4 " 1x 6 9 ' Δ = 5 1 / 4 " 1x 6 9 ' Δ = 5 1 / 4 " 1x 6 9 ' Δ = 5 1 / 4 " AT BOTT. FTG. AT BOTT. FTG. AT BOTT. FTG. AT BOTT. FTG. AT BOTT. FTG. AT BOTT. FTG. AT BOTT. FTG.AT BOTT. FTG. 1x28'Δ=2"1x28'Δ=2"1x27'Δ=2" AT B O T T . F T G . AT B O T T . F T G . AT B O T T . F T G . AT B O T T . F T G . AT B O T T . F T G . AT B O T T . F T G . 2 PT1 TYP. 2 PT1 TYP. 2 PT1 2 PT1 2 PT1 2 PT1 2 2 2 2 9 PT1 9 PT1 21 PT1 21 PT1 21 PT1 21 PT1 21 PT1 21 PT1 21 PT1 21 PT1 21 PT1 21 PT1 21 PT1 21 PT1 21 PT1 10 ' - 1 1 " 10 ' - 5 " 11 ' - 1 0 " 11 ' - 1 0 " 10 ' - 5 " 10 ' - 1 1 " 12'-7"12'-1"8'-6"12'-1"12'-7" ST1 ST1 15 SPACE AT 3'-9" ±1/2" 1x 6 8 ' Δ = 5 1 / 4 " 1x 6 8 ' Δ = 5 1 / 4 " 1x 6 8 ' Δ = 5 1 / 4 " 1x 6 8 ' Δ = 5 1 / 4 " 1x 6 8 ' Δ = 5 1 / 4 " 1x 6 8 ' Δ = 5 1 / 4 " 1x 6 8 ' Δ = 5 1 / 4 " 1x 6 8 ' Δ = 5 1 / 4 " 1x 6 8 ' Δ = 5 1 / 4 " 1x 6 8 ' Δ = 5 1 / 4 " 1x 6 8 ' Δ = 5 1 / 4 " 1x 6 8 ' Δ = 5 1 / 4 " 1x 6 8 ' Δ = 5 1 / 4 " 1x 6 8 ' Δ = 5 1 / 4 " 1 PT1 1 PT1 4 32 4 32 4 32 4 32 1 PT1 1 PT1 1 PT1 A 1x 5 9 ' Δ = 4 1 / 2 " 1x 5 9 ' Δ = 4 1 / 2 " A1x27'Δ=2"1x27'Δ=2" 1x27'Δ=2"1x27'Δ=2" 15 S P A C E A T 3 ' - 9 " ± 1 / 2 " 1x60'Δ=4 5/8" 1x60'Δ=4 5/8" 1x60'Δ=4 5/8" 1x60'Δ=4 5/8" 1x60'Δ=4 5/8" 1x61'Δ=4 5/8" 1x62'Δ=4 3/4" 1x62'Δ=4 3/4" 1x62'Δ=4 3/4" 1x62'Δ=4 3/4" 1x62'Δ=4 3/4" 1x60'Δ=4 5/8" 1x60'Δ=4 5/8" 1x60'Δ=4 5/8" 1x60'Δ=4 5/8" 1x60'Δ=4 5/8" VERIFY WITH ARCHITECTURAL (AND STRUCTURAL IF BY OTHERS) DESIGN DRAWINGS (SLAB EDGE PLAN) FOR ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON POST-TENSIONED FOUNDATION PLANS AND REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL (AND STRUCTURAL IF BY OTHERS) DRAWINGS FOR ALL REMAINING DIMENSION NOT SHOWN ON POST-TENSIONED FOUNDATION PLANS. NOTIFY BOTH ACHITECT AND ENGINEER PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION FOR ANY DISCREPANCIES. REFER TO DETAILS 16/PT-1 AND 17/PT-1 FOR INSTALLATION OF HOLDOWNS. VERIFY WITH ARCHITECTURAL (AND STRUCTURAL IF BY OTHERS) DRAWINGS FOR ANCHOR BOLT, HOLDOWN CALLOUT INFORMATION AND SHEAR WALL LOCATIONS. 5. 4. POST TENSION NOTES PAD SCHEDULE DETAIL SHEET NUMBER DROP IN SLAB (VERIFY PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION) SYMBOLS LEGEND REFER TO SN-1 SHEET FOR MORE INFO. SEE SHEET PT-1 FOR STRUCTURAL DESIGN NOTES AND TECHNICAL PARAMETERS. SEE POST TENSION DESIGN PLANS FOR SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION NOTES, TENDON AND ANCHORAGE INSTALLATION NOTES, CONCRETE PLACEMENT NOTES, TENDON STRESSING PREPARATION NOTES, TENDON STRESSING PROCEDURE NOTES, STRESSING HOLES SEALING NOTES. 3. 1. 2. SDX X PAD NUMBER DETAIL NUMBER FOOTING REBAR #5 TOP & BOTT. L=4'-0" RE-ENTRANT CORNER BARS KEY NOTES 3 2 1 #5 TOP & BOTT. PAST 18" BEYOND POP OUT EA. WAY TO BE POURED MONOLITHICALLY WITH SLAB EXTEND TIE BEAM UNDER SLAB W/ REINFORCEMENT PX X S MAXIMUM SPACING\ TOTAL MINIMUM NUMBER OF ANCHOR BOLTS EQUALLY SPACED AS POSSIBLE. SEE GENERAL NOTES ON SN-1 SHEET(S) FOR OTHER REQUIREMENTS. FOR NON-SHEAR WALLS, MASA/MASAP MUDSILL ANCHORS CAN BE USED IN LIEU OF ANCHOR BOLTS, ON A ONE TO ONE BASIS, WITH END DISTANCE OF 4" MIN. PER ESR #2555. TOTAL MININIMUM NUMBEROF ANCHOR BOLTS X X X'-X"SHEAR PANEL HOLDOWN PER SCHEDULE S MAXIMUM ACHOR BOLT SPACING HOLDOWN SCHEDULE 6. FOR SHEAR PANEL TYPE , & ON BOTH SIDES OF WALL, USE MIN. 3X6 SILL PLATES U.N.O. 3 X'-X" 4 X'-X" 5 X'-X" 2'-0" SQ. X 12" DEEP PAD W/ (3) #4 E.W. 2'-6" SQ. X 12" DEEP PAD W/ (4) #4 E.W. 3'-0" SQ. X 12" DEEP PAD W/ (4) #4 E.W. 3'-6" SQ. X 12" DEEP PAD W/ (5) #4 E.W. 4'-0" SQ. X 12" DEEP PAD W/ (6) #4 E.W. 4'-6" SQ. X 12" DEEP PAD W/ (6) #4 E.W. P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 PAD TYPESYM. 5'-0" SQ. X 12" DEEP PAD W/ (7) #4 E.W.P7 5'-6" SQ. X 12" DEEP PAD W/ (8) #4 E.W.P8 HOLDOWNS MIN. POST SIZESYM. 2-2 x 4 OR 4 x 4ST1 ST2 TD1 TD2 TD3 TD4 TD5 4 x 4 4 x 4 4 x 6 4 x 8 2-2 x 4 OR 4 x 4 2-2 x 4 OR 4 x 4 TD6 4 x 6 TD7 4 x 8 (U.N.O. ON PLAN) STHD10RJST3 ST4 STHD14RJ 2-2 x 4 OR 4 x 4 2-2 x 4 OR 4 x 4 STHD10 STHD14 HDU8 HDQ8 HDU11 HDU14 HHDQ14 HTT5 HHDQ11 TD8 4 x 6HD12 TD9 6 x 6HD19 BOLT TYPES CONC PAD SIZES FOR PAB BOLTS SSTB24 OR PAB5 1'-6" SQ. x 12" DEEP SSTB28 OR PAB7 SSTB28 OR PAB7 PAB8 PAB8 PAB8 PAB8 PAB9 PAB10 2'-3" SQ. x 15" DEEP 2'-3" SQ. x 15" DEEP 2'-9" SQ. x 16" DEEP 3'-2" SQ. x 18" DEEP 3'-8" SQ. x 20" DEEP NOTE: REFER TO 16/PT1 FOR TD HOLDOWNS AND 17/PT1 FOR ST HOLDOWNS. 2'-9" SQ. x 16" DEEP 2'-9" SQ. x 16" DEEP 2'-9" SQ. x 16" DEEP P.T. FOUNDATION PLAN SCALE : 1/4" = 1'-0"BUILDING A1 & A2 01/29/2025PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #1 04/17/2025PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #2 VE Revs 10/10/20251 B A a n d s h a l l n o t b e r e p r o d u c e d i n w h o l e o r i n p a r t w i t h o u t t h e e x p r e s s p r i o r w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n o f s a i d e n g i n e e r s , a n y u n a u t h o r i z e d r e u s e o f t h e s e p l a n s o t h e r t h a n f o r t h e p r o j e c t a n d l o c a t i o n s h o w n i s p r o h i b i t e d . al l i d e a s , d e s i g n s a n d p l a n s r e p r e s e n t e d b y t h i s d r a w i n g a r e t h e e x c l u s i v e p r o p e r t y o f Go u v i s E n g i n e e r i n g JOB NO. SUBMITTAL DATE SHEET TITLE SHEET NO. CLIENT: REVISION DATE 21 3 0 E 4 T H S T # 2 0 0 SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 5 BSB: MR230056; Gouvis: 66467 1ST PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 08/20/2024 2ND PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 01/29/2025 3RD P.C. SUBMITTAL 04/17/2025 3RD PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 04/17/2025 OL I V E C R E S T R E S I D E N T I A L OL I V E C R E S T 21 5 0 E . F O U R T H S T . & 2 1 6 0 E . F O U R T H S T . SA N T A A N A C A 9 2 7 0 5 S-1.1 P.T. FOUNDATION PLAN BUILDING A1 & A2 -In accordance with the 2022 CBC and prior to the placement of forms, concrete, or steel, all foundation excavations shall be observed by the geologist, engineer, or his representative to verify that they have been excavated into competent bearing materials. -Prior to requesting a Building Safety Division foundation inpection, the geotechnical engineer shall inspect and approve foundation excavations. B 2 B C A 1 3 4 UP FE FE 100 101 102 103 ALIGN ALIGN E E E E E E E E BEDROOM 1 BEDROOM 2 BATH KITCHEN LIVING DINING LIVING BEDROOM 1 BEDROOM 2 DINING BATH KITCHEN KITCHEN DININGDINING KITCHEN BEDROOM 2 BEDROOM 2 BATHBATH BEDROOM 1BEDROOM 1 LIVING LIVING CLOSET 1 CL O S E T 2 CL O S E T 2 CLOSET 1 CL O S E T 2 CL O S E T 2 CLOSET 1 CLOSET 1COATCOAT COATCOAT INACCESSIBLE AREA UNDER STAIR 4X 6 4X6 4X6 6X 6 4X 6 4X 6 4X 6 4X 6 2 2 2 7 SD3 7 SD3 4X 6 4X 8 4X 6 4X 6 4X64X6 6X 6 4X 6 4X 6 4X 6 4X 6 2 2 2 7 SD3 7 SD3 4X 6 4X 8 4X 6 4X 6 4X64X6 6X 6 4X 6 4X 6 4X 6 4X 6 2 2 2 7 SD3 7 SD3 4X 6 4X 8 4X 6 3 41 1 - 1 . 5 5 E 1 611-2.0E 2 611-2.0E 2 HU 4 1 2 // // // // // 4 8' - 0 " 46 46 46 2 2 46 // // // // // // 4 10 ' - 0 " 46 46 46 2 246 // // // // // // 4 10 ' - 0 " 46 46 462 46 2 //////// 4 6'-0" 15 //// 4 4'-0" 46 46 //////// 4 6'-0" 15 //// 4 4'-0" 46 46 2 22 2 // // // // // 4 8' - 0 " 46 46 462 246 // // // // // 4 8' - 0 " 46 46 46 2 2 46 // // // // // // 4 10 ' - 0 " 46 46 46 2 246 // // // // // // 4 10 ' - 0 " 46 46 462 46 2 // // // // // 4 8' - 0 " 46 46 462 246 88 88 4X10 FL BM. 3 5 2 SD4 2 SD4 2-2X10 FL BM 2-2X10 FL BM 6 CONT. 15A SD3 15A SD3 88 88 4X10 FL BM. 3 5 2 SD4 2 SD4 2-2X10 FL BM 2-2X10 FL BM 6 CONT. 15A SD3 15A SD3 //////// 4 6'-0" 15 //// 4 4'-0" 46 46 //////// 4 6'-0" 15 //// 4 4'-0" 46 46 2 22 2 HU 4 1 2 //////////////////// 4 16'-0"4444 44 2 //////////////////// 4 16'-0"4444 2 4 SD4 4 SD4 3 SD4 3 SD4 5 SD4 5 SD4 5 SD4 5 SD4 4 SD3 4 SD3 4 SD3 4 SD3 3 8A SD2 2 2 10 SD3 9 SN3 44 2 44 2 226 22262 226 2 226 2 44 4X 6 4X6 4X6 6X 6 4X 6 4X 6 4X 6 4X 6 2 2 2 7 SD3 7 SD3 4X 6 4X 8 4X 6 6X8 6 CONT. 6 A A F1 F1 CONT. 6X6 11 SD4 1 FRAMING SCHEDULE SYMBOLS LEGEND KEY NOTES COUNTERSINK AS REQUIRED NO OVER CUT. CONTINUOUS SHEAR TRUSS W/ E.N OVER EACH PARTY WALL AT ROOF LEVEL DESIGN TRUSS TO TRANSFER 180 PLF MIN. LATERALLY.16 17 1 FRAMING NOTES 11. ALL WOOD I-JOISTS SHALL BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF APA PRI-400, EWS-Z725B (PERFORMANCE RATED I-JOIST STANDARD) OR ASTM D5055. QUALIFIED PRI-400, MANUFACTURED. I-JOIST CAN BE ANY OF THOSE LISTED IN THE TABLE ABOVE. 3. SHEAR WALLS CANNOT BE USED AS PLUMBING WALLS, UNLESS APPROVED BY GOUVIS ENGINEERING CONSULTING GROUP IN WRITING. 4. AT DOUBLE SIDED SHEAR WALLS, POST W/E.N. PER PLAN TO RECEIVE E.N. FROM BOTH SIDES. 1. REFER TO STRUCTURAL GENERAL NOTES AND DETAIL SHEETS (SN1 & SN2) FOR MORE INFORMATION. 8. ALL BEAMS SHOWN ARE DROP (U.N.O.) ON PLANS. 5. WHEN MULTIPLE STUDS ARE USED INSTEAD OF A SINGLE POST, PLYWOOD SHEAR WALL TO BE NAILED TO ALL STUDS RECEIVING HOLDOWNS. 10. USE SIMPSON " IUS/ITS/U310 " HANGERS FOR CONNECTION OF I-JOISTS TO OTHER FRAMING MEMBERS (U.N.O.) AND " LUS " HANGERS FOR CONNECTION OF SOLID JOISTS. //////////////// 7. ALL VERTICAL PIPES THROUGH PLATES AND/OR SOLID RIM BEAMS MUST BE DRILLED CLEAN CUT W/ 1/16" TOLERANCE. DO NOT NOTCH OR CUT PLATES. 2. REFER TO DETAIL FOR TYPICAL CONNECTION AT ALL INTERIOR NON-BEARING WALLS AT ROOF LEVEL. 9. AS AN ALTERNATE TO USING SIMPSON PRODUCTS OTHER CONNECTORS CAN BE USED, AS LONG AS THEIR CAPACITIES ARE EQUAL TO OR BETTER THAN SIMPSON'S, AND SUBJECTED TO THE APPROVAL OF POST OR TRIMMER AS NOTED X X SHEAR PANEL LENGTH AND NUMBER. REFER TO SN1 FOR PANEL TYPE BEAM NUMBER, REFER TO GOUVIS ENGINEERING CALCULATIONS X X SDX DIRECTION OF ROOF MEMBER PER SCHEDULE, REFER TO HATCHED WALLS ON PLANS FOR INTERMEDIATE BR'G DIRECTION OF FLOOR MEMBER PER SCHEDULE, REFER TO HATCHED WALLS ON PLANS FOR INTERMEDIATE BR'G DIRECTION OF DECK MEMBER PER SCHEDULE, REFER TO HATCHED WALLS ON PLANS FOR INTERMEDIATE BR'G DETAIL NUMBER DETAIL SHEET NUMBER KEY NOTE NUMBER BEARING WALL CALIFORNIA FRAMING 6. APPLY SHEAR PRIOR TO FRAMING OF PERPENDICULAR WALLS. DO NOT BREAK SHEAR AT PERPENDICULAR WALL LOCATIONS UNLESS SPECIFICALLY DETAILED ON PLANS. SHEAR WALL CAN BE ON THE OTHER SIDE AS AN ALT. X X 14. THE FOLLOWING TRIMMER SCHEDULE SHOULD BE USED FOR HEADERS IN BEARING WALLS, U.N.O. ON THE PLAN. REQUIRED TRIMMER MUST BE APPLIED @ EACH END OF HEADER. CLEAR SPAN, L L ≤ 6'-0"6'-0" < L ≤ 10'-0" L ≥ 10'-0" 2 x 2-2 x SEE PLAN 13. A 4x6 (ALT. 2-2x6) HDR. SHOULD BE USED AT ALL OPENINGS IN EXTERIOR & INTERIOR BEARING WALLS U.N.O. ON PLANS. REFER TO THE FOLLOWING TABLE FOR OTHER COMMON HEADER SIZES. * 2-2 x SHALL BE PLACED ON END W/ 1/2" PLYWOOD SHIM BETWEEN. PROVIDE 16d NAILS @ 16" O.C., STAGG., BOTH SIDES. H1 PLAN DESIGNATION H2 4 x 6 4 x 8 HEADER SIZE ALT. HEADER SIZE * 2 - 2 x 6 2 - 2 x 8 * X X'-X" 19. ATTACH WOOD FRAMING ELEMENT TO STEEL MEMBER WITH 1/2" Ø STUD BOLTS AT 24" O.C. STAGGERED U.N.O 20. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS/DETAILS FOR BEAM/COLUMN FIRE RESISTANCE ASSEMBLIES. 21. TIGHT FIT SOLID COMPRESSION BLOCKING REQUIRED BETWEEN DRAG MEMBERS, FILLING GAP AT PARTY WALLS. 15. FLOOR TO FLOOR HOLDOWN APPLY DETAIL AT EACH END OF SHEAR WALL PER PLAN. (2) LOCATIONS PER WALL AS SHOWN BELOW. SEE TABLE FOR TYPE & DETAIL REFFERENCE. MIN. POST SIZE IS NOTED IN THE DETAIL 16. INTERIOR NON-BEARING & NON-SHEAR WALLS MAY BE FRAMED WITH 2x STUDS 17. TOP PLATES AT ALL ROOF FRAMING LEVELS SHOULD BE SPLICED PER , U.N.O. ON PLANS. 18. CONTINUOUS 1 ¼” LSL RIM JOISTS SHOULD BE USED AT ALL FLOOR FRAMING EDGES WHERE POSSIBLE. ALL RIM BREAKS SHOULD BE SPLICED WITH A SINGLE x 36" STRAP, PER U.NO. ON PLANS. 1A / SD-3 PER PLAN APPLY DETAIL REFERENCE & 1B / SD-3 1C / SD-3 1D / SD-3 PER PLAN APPLY DETAIL REFERENCE & 1E / SD-3 PER PLAN APPLY DETAIL REFERENCE & //// X X'-X" 1G / SD-3 1F / SD-3 3/SN2 GOUVIS ENGINERING. 9A/SD2 CS16 4A/SD2 DESIGNED ROOF TRUSSES @ 24" O.C. AT 24" O.C., MAX. X A B C D E F G X X 1H / SD-3H 1C* / SD-3C* 12. ENGINEERING WOOD PRODUCTS (EWP) CAN BE FROM ANY MANUFACTURER WITH CURRENT APPROVED ICC ES - EVALUATION REPORT WITH THE FOLLOWING MECHANICAL PROPERTIES: Fb = 2800 psi (MIN), Fv = 285 psi (MIN), E = 2.2 x 106 psi (MIN). Fb = 2800 psi (MIN), Fv = 285 psi (MIN), E = 2.0 x 106 psi (MIN). Fb = 2325 psi (MIN), Fv = 285 psi (MIN), E = 1.55 x 106 psi (MIN). Fb = 1700 psi (MIN), Fv = 285 psi (MIN), E = 1.3 x 106 psi (MIN). FOR MANUFACTURED RIM BOARD WITH MIN 1 1/4" THICK, CONTINUOUSLY SUPPORTED BY WALL, AND MATCHES JOIST DEPTH: Fc I (PERPENDICULAR)........ = 680 psi (MIN)Ft = 1075 psi (MIN), Fc // (PARALLEL)..................... = 1400 psi (MIN)E = 1.3 x 106 psi (MIN) GLU-LAM BEAM SHALL BE: 24F-V4, DF/DF : Fb = 2400/ 1850 psi @ BOTTOM/ TOP, Fv = 265 psi, E = 1.8 x 106 psi (MIN). 24F-V8, DF/DF : Fb = 2400 psi @ BOTTOM & TOP, Fv = 265 psi, E = 1.8 x 106 psi (MIN). XXX - X.XE BEAM SIZE, SEE BEAM SCHEDULE MINIMUM MODULUS OF ELASTICITY (E) LINE OF 2X FLAT BLOCKING W/ EDGE NAIL. & CONTINUOUS CS16 STRAP OVER U.N.O. SEE PLAN FOR NUMBER OF BAYS. DRAG STRUT W/E.N.. SEE PLANS/DETAILS FOR LENGTH. SUPPORT END W/ BLK'G BLOCKED FLOOR DIAPHRAGM W/ 10d's @ 4" O.C. B.N., 6" O.C. E.N. & 12" O.C. F.N. BLOCKED ROOF DIAPHRAGM W/ 8d's @ 4" O.C. B.N., 6" O.C. E.N. & 12" O.C. F.N. PROVIDE SOLID BLOCKING TRUSS HANGER BY TRUSS SUPPLIER SHEAR TRUSS W/E.N. TRUSS TO TRANSFER 180 PLF MIN. (U.N.O.) DRAG TRUSS W/E.N. TRUSS TO TRANSFER 1700# FORCE MIN. (U.N.O.) CONTINUOUS FULL HT. BLKG. W/E.N. SEE PLANS FOR NUMBER OF BAYS ( U.N.O.) (1) SIMPSON HTS20 FLUSH BEAM TO DROP BEAM ( U.N.O.) 13 11 8 9 10 14 5 6 12 4 3 CONTINUOUS LINE OF BLOCKING W/ EDGE NAIL UNDER SHEAR WALL ABOVE W/ (1) CS16, U.N.O.7 CONTINUOUS JOIST W/ E.N. BLOCKED OPENING SEE DETAIL 15/SD215 CONTINUOUS 1 1/4" WIDE MIN. LVL / TIMBERSTRAND OR SPLICE PER PLAN.1 2 ALIGN POST(S) WITH UPPER FLOOR POST(S), SEE DETAIL 2-SN2 //////////////// 9 1/2" DEEP TJI 230 FLOOR JOISTS @ 24" O.C. 3 2 2 X 8 ROOF RAFTER @ 16" O.C.4 9 1/2" DEEP TJI 230 CORRIDOR JOISTS @ 24" O.C. 9 1/2" DEEP TJI 230 CORRIDOR JOISTS @ 19.2" O.C. 5 24 224 226 324 326 44 46 48 66 68 88410 412 26 2X4 STUD 2X6 STUD 2-2X4 STUD 2-2X6 STUD 3-2X4 STUD 3-2X6 STUD 4X4 POST 4X6 POST 4X8 POST 4X10 POST 4X12 POST 6X6 POST 6X8 POST 8X8 POST STUD AND TRIMMER SCHEDULE POST AND TRIMMER SCHEDULE 24T 26T 224T 226T 324T 326T 2X4 TRIMMER 2X6 TRIMMER 2-2X4 TRIMMER 2-2X6 TRIMMER 3-2X4 TRIMMER 3-2X6 TRIMMER 44T 46T 48T 66T 68T 88T 4X4 TRIMMER 4X6 TRIMMER 4X8 TRIMMER 6X6 TRIMMER 6X8 TRIMMER 8X8 TRIMMER BEAM SCHEDULE 411-1.55E 3 1/2"x11 1/4" 1.55E EWP FL BM 611-2.0E 5 1/4"x11 1/4" 2.0E EWP FL BM 4X 6 4X6 4X6 6X 6 4X 6 4X 6 4X 6 4X 6 2 2 2 7 SD3 7 SD3 4X 6 4X 8 4X 6 DRYER DRYER WASHER / DRYER WASHERWASHER FOLDING TABLE LAUNDRY CONFERENCE ROOM COMMUNITY ROOM JAN. ALL-GENDER RESTROOM KITCHEN (RESIDENCE USE ONLY) 60"x54" 60"x54"48"x48" 60"x54"48"x36" 60"x54" 48"x36" 3 A500 UP KITCHENCL O S E T 2 INACCESSIBLE AREA UNDER STAIR FLOOR FRAMING PLAN SCALE : 1/4" = 1'-0"BUILDING A2 01/29/2025PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #1 04/17/2025PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #2 VE Revs 10/10/20251 B A a n d s h a l l n o t b e r e p r o d u c e d i n w h o l e o r i n p a r t w i t h o u t t h e e x p r e s s p r i o r w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n o f s a i d e n g i n e e r s , a n y u n a u t h o r i z e d r e u s e o f t h e s e p l a n s o t h e r t h a n f o r t h e p r o j e c t a n d l o c a t i o n s h o w n i s p r o h i b i t e d . al l i d e a s , d e s i g n s a n d p l a n s r e p r e s e n t e d b y t h i s d r a w i n g a r e t h e e x c l u s i v e p r o p e r t y o f Go u v i s E n g i n e e r i n g JOB NO. SUBMITTAL DATE SHEET TITLE SHEET NO. CLIENT: REVISION DATE 21 3 0 E 4 T H S T # 2 0 0 SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 5 BSB: MR230056; Gouvis: 66467 1ST PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 08/20/2024 2ND PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 01/29/2025 3RD P.C. SUBMITTAL 04/17/2025 3RD PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 04/17/2025 OL I V E C R E S T R E S I D E N T I A L OL I V E C R E S T 21 5 0 E . F O U R T H S T . & 2 1 6 0 E . F O U R T H S T . SA N T A A N A C A 9 2 7 0 5 S-1.2 FLOOR FRAMING PLAN BUILDING A1 & A2 PARTIAL FLOOR FRAMING PLAN SCALE : 1/4" = 1'-0" BUILDING A1 ALTERNATE ELEVATION (U.N.O.) BASIC PLAN APPLIES TO ALL INFORMATION FROM (LAUNDRY & OFFICE PARTIAL) 2 2 B B C C A A 1 1 3 3 4 4 DN FE FE 200 201 202 203 E E E E E E E E BEDROOM 1 BEDROOM 2 KITCHEN LIVING DINING LIVING BEDROOM 1 BEDROOM 2 DINING BATH KITCHEN KITCHEN DININGDINING KITCHEN BEDROOM 2 BEDROOM 2 BATHBATH BEDROOM 1BEDROOM 1 LIVING LIVING CLOSET 1 CL O S E T 2 CL O S E T 2 CLOSET 1 CL O S E T 2 CL O S E T 2 CLOSET 1 CLOSET 1COATCOAT COATCOAT RI D G E RIDGE RIDGE RI D G E RI D G E VAL L E Y VAL L E Y VAL L E Y VAL L E Y VAL L E Y VAL L E Y 4X 6 4X6 4X6 4X 8 4X 6 4X 6 4X 6 4X64X6 4X 8 4X 6 4X 6 4X 6 4X6 4X6 4X 8 4X 6 4X 6 //////////////////// 2 16'-0"B //////////////////// 2 16'-0"B 4 8X10 DROP 2 SD4 2 SD4 8888 7 SD4 8 SD4 4 8X10 DROP 2 SD4 2 SD4 8888 7 SD4 8 SD4 //////// 4 6'-0"A //// 4 4'-0" A 15 //////// 4 6'-0"A //// 4 4'-0" A 15 // // // // // 2 8' - 0 " B B // // // // // 2 8' - 0 " B B // // // // // 2 8' - 0 " B B // // // // // 2 8' - 0 " B B //////// 4 6'-0"A //// 4 4'-0" A 15 //////// 4 6'-0"A //// 4 4'-0" A 15 // // // // // 2 8' - 0 " B B // // // // // 2 8' - 0 " B B // // // // // 2 8' - 0 " B B // // // // // 2 8' - 0 " B B 3 SD4 3 SD4 6 SD4 B B 6 SD4 PLF=160 PLF=160 PLF=100 PLF=100 4X 6 4X64X6 4X 8 4X 6 4X 6 226 1 SD2 1 3 POINT BR'G TRUSSES 1 GT#1 1 SD2 10 SD4 1 226 9B SD2 3-POINT BR'G 2 SD2 1 1 SD2 9B SD2 9A SD2 2 SD2 1 1 SD2 9B SD2 6 SD2 6 SD2 226 1 SD2 1 3 POINT BR'G TRUSSES 1 GT#1 1 SD2 10 SD4 1 226 9B SD2 3-POINT BR'G 9B SD2 9B SD2 2 SD2 1 SD4 9B SD2 1 SD4 9B SD2 9A SD2 9A SD2 9A SD2 6 SD2 1616 2 SD2 TYP. 226 226 6X6 6X6 1 1 FRAMING SCHEDULE SYMBOLS LEGEND KEY NOTES COUNTERSINK AS REQUIRED NO OVER CUT. CONTINUOUS SHEAR TRUSS W/ E.N OVER EACH PARTY WALL AT ROOF LEVEL DESIGN TRUSS TO TRANSFER 180 PLF MIN. LATERALLY.16 17 1 FRAMING NOTES 11. ALL WOOD I-JOISTS SHALL BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF APA PRI-400, EWS-Z725B (PERFORMANCE RATED I-JOIST STANDARD) OR ASTM D5055. QUALIFIED PRI-400, MANUFACTURED. I-JOIST CAN BE ANY OF THOSE LISTED IN THE TABLE ABOVE. 3. SHEAR WALLS CANNOT BE USED AS PLUMBING WALLS, UNLESS APPROVED BY GOUVIS ENGINEERING CONSULTING GROUP IN WRITING. 4. AT DOUBLE SIDED SHEAR WALLS, POST W/E.N. PER PLAN TO RECEIVE E.N. FROM BOTH SIDES. 1. REFER TO STRUCTURAL GENERAL NOTES AND DETAIL SHEETS (SN1 & SN2) FOR MORE INFORMATION. 8. ALL BEAMS SHOWN ARE DROP (U.N.O.) ON PLANS. 5. WHEN MULTIPLE STUDS ARE USED INSTEAD OF A SINGLE POST, PLYWOOD SHEAR WALL TO BE NAILED TO ALL STUDS RECEIVING HOLDOWNS. 10. USE SIMPSON " IUS/ITS/U310 " HANGERS FOR CONNECTION OF I-JOISTS TO OTHER FRAMING MEMBERS (U.N.O.) AND " LUS " HANGERS FOR CONNECTION OF SOLID JOISTS. //////////////// 7. ALL VERTICAL PIPES THROUGH PLATES AND/OR SOLID RIM BEAMS MUST BE DRILLED CLEAN CUT W/ 1/16" TOLERANCE. DO NOT NOTCH OR CUT PLATES. 2. REFER TO DETAIL FOR TYPICAL CONNECTION AT ALL INTERIOR NON-BEARING WALLS AT ROOF LEVEL. 9. AS AN ALTERNATE TO USING SIMPSON PRODUCTS OTHER CONNECTORS CAN BE USED, AS LONG AS THEIR CAPACITIES ARE EQUAL TO OR BETTER THAN SIMPSON'S, AND SUBJECTED TO THE APPROVAL OF POST OR TRIMMER AS NOTED X X SHEAR PANEL LENGTH AND NUMBER. REFER TO SN1 FOR PANEL TYPE BEAM NUMBER, REFER TO GOUVIS ENGINEERING CALCULATIONS X X SDX DIRECTION OF ROOF MEMBER PER SCHEDULE, REFER TO HATCHED WALLS ON PLANS FOR INTERMEDIATE BR'G DIRECTION OF FLOOR MEMBER PER SCHEDULE, REFER TO HATCHED WALLS ON PLANS FOR INTERMEDIATE BR'G DIRECTION OF DECK MEMBER PER SCHEDULE, REFER TO HATCHED WALLS ON PLANS FOR INTERMEDIATE BR'G DETAIL NUMBER DETAIL SHEET NUMBER KEY NOTE NUMBER BEARING WALL CALIFORNIA FRAMING 6. APPLY SHEAR PRIOR TO FRAMING OF PERPENDICULAR WALLS. DO NOT BREAK SHEAR AT PERPENDICULAR WALL LOCATIONS UNLESS SPECIFICALLY DETAILED ON PLANS. SHEAR WALL CAN BE ON THE OTHER SIDE AS AN ALT. X X 14. THE FOLLOWING TRIMMER SCHEDULE SHOULD BE USED FOR HEADERS IN BEARING WALLS, U.N.O. ON THE PLAN. REQUIRED TRIMMER MUST BE APPLIED @ EACH END OF HEADER. CLEAR SPAN, L L ≤ 6'-0"6'-0" < L ≤ 10'-0" L ≥ 10'-0" 2 x 2-2 x SEE PLAN 13. A 4x6 (ALT. 2-2x6) HDR. SHOULD BE USED AT ALL OPENINGS IN EXTERIOR & INTERIOR BEARING WALLS U.N.O. ON PLANS. REFER TO THE FOLLOWING TABLE FOR OTHER COMMON HEADER SIZES. * 2-2 x SHALL BE PLACED ON END W/ 1/2" PLYWOOD SHIM BETWEEN. PROVIDE 16d NAILS @ 16" O.C., STAGG., BOTH SIDES. H1 PLAN DESIGNATION H2 4 x 6 4 x 8 HEADER SIZE ALT. HEADER SIZE * 2 - 2 x 6 2 - 2 x 8 * X X'-X" 19. ATTACH WOOD FRAMING ELEMENT TO STEEL MEMBER WITH 1/2" Ø STUD BOLTS AT 24" O.C. STAGGERED U.N.O 20. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS/DETAILS FOR BEAM/COLUMN FIRE RESISTANCE ASSEMBLIES. 21. TIGHT FIT SOLID COMPRESSION BLOCKING REQUIRED BETWEEN DRAG MEMBERS, FILLING GAP AT PARTY WALLS. 15. FLOOR TO FLOOR HOLDOWN APPLY DETAIL AT EACH END OF SHEAR WALL PER PLAN. (2) LOCATIONS PER WALL AS SHOWN BELOW. SEE TABLE FOR TYPE & DETAIL REFFERENCE. MIN. POST SIZE IS NOTED IN THE DETAIL 16. INTERIOR NON-BEARING & NON-SHEAR WALLS MAY BE FRAMED WITH 2x STUDS 17. TOP PLATES AT ALL ROOF FRAMING LEVELS SHOULD BE SPLICED PER , U.N.O. ON PLANS. 18. CONTINUOUS 1 ¼” LSL RIM JOISTS SHOULD BE USED AT ALL FLOOR FRAMING EDGES WHERE POSSIBLE. ALL RIM BREAKS SHOULD BE SPLICED WITH A SINGLE x 36" STRAP, PER U.NO. ON PLANS. 1A / SD-3 PER PLAN APPLY DETAIL REFERENCE & 1B / SD-3 1C / SD-3 1D / SD-3 PER PLAN APPLY DETAIL REFERENCE & 1E / SD-3 PER PLAN APPLY DETAIL REFERENCE & //// X X'-X" 1G / SD-3 1F / SD-3 3/SN2 GOUVIS ENGINERING. 9A/SD2 CS16 4A/SD2 DESIGNED ROOF TRUSSES @ 24" O.C. AT 24" O.C., MAX. X A B C D E F G X X 1H / SD-3H 1C* / SD-3C* 12. ENGINEERING WOOD PRODUCTS (EWP) CAN BE FROM ANY MANUFACTURER WITH CURRENT APPROVED ICC ES - EVALUATION REPORT WITH THE FOLLOWING MECHANICAL PROPERTIES: Fb = 2800 psi (MIN), Fv = 285 psi (MIN), E = 2.2 x 106 psi (MIN). Fb = 2800 psi (MIN), Fv = 285 psi (MIN), E = 2.0 x 106 psi (MIN). Fb = 2325 psi (MIN), Fv = 285 psi (MIN), E = 1.55 x 106 psi (MIN). Fb = 1700 psi (MIN), Fv = 285 psi (MIN), E = 1.3 x 106 psi (MIN). FOR MANUFACTURED RIM BOARD WITH MIN 1 1/4" THICK, CONTINUOUSLY SUPPORTED BY WALL, AND MATCHES JOIST DEPTH: Fc I (PERPENDICULAR)........ = 680 psi (MIN)Ft = 1075 psi (MIN), Fc // (PARALLEL)..................... = 1400 psi (MIN)E = 1.3 x 106 psi (MIN) GLU-LAM BEAM SHALL BE: 24F-V4, DF/DF : Fb = 2400/ 1850 psi @ BOTTOM/ TOP, Fv = 265 psi, E = 1.8 x 106 psi (MIN). 24F-V8, DF/DF : Fb = 2400 psi @ BOTTOM & TOP, Fv = 265 psi, E = 1.8 x 106 psi (MIN). XXX - X.XE BEAM SIZE, SEE BEAM SCHEDULE MINIMUM MODULUS OF ELASTICITY (E) LINE OF 2X FLAT BLOCKING W/ EDGE NAIL. & CONTINUOUS CS16 STRAP OVER U.N.O. SEE PLAN FOR NUMBER OF BAYS. DRAG STRUT W/E.N.. SEE PLANS/DETAILS FOR LENGTH. SUPPORT END W/ BLK'G BLOCKED FLOOR DIAPHRAGM W/ 10d's @ 4" O.C. B.N., 6" O.C. E.N. & 12" O.C. F.N. BLOCKED ROOF DIAPHRAGM W/ 8d's @ 4" O.C. B.N., 6" O.C. E.N. & 12" O.C. F.N. PROVIDE SOLID BLOCKING TRUSS HANGER BY TRUSS SUPPLIER SHEAR TRUSS W/E.N. TRUSS TO TRANSFER 180 PLF MIN. (U.N.O.) DRAG TRUSS W/E.N. TRUSS TO TRANSFER 1700# FORCE MIN. (U.N.O.) CONTINUOUS FULL HT. BLKG. W/E.N. SEE PLANS FOR NUMBER OF BAYS ( U.N.O.) (1) SIMPSON HTS20 FLUSH BEAM TO DROP BEAM ( U.N.O.) 13 11 8 9 10 14 5 6 12 4 3 CONTINUOUS LINE OF BLOCKING W/ EDGE NAIL UNDER SHEAR WALL ABOVE W/ (1) CS16, U.N.O.7 CONTINUOUS JOIST W/ E.N. BLOCKED OPENING SEE DETAIL 15/SD215 CONTINUOUS 1 1/4" WIDE MIN. LVL / TIMBERSTRAND OR SPLICE PER PLAN.1 2 ALIGN POST(S) WITH UPPER FLOOR POST(S), SEE DETAIL 2-SN2 //////////////// 9 1/2" DEEP TJI 230 FLOOR JOISTS @ 24" O.C. 3 2 2 X 8 ROOF RAFTER @ 16" O.C.4 9 1/2" DEEP TJI 230 CORRIDOR JOISTS @ 24" O.C. 9 1/2" DEEP TJI 230 CORRIDOR JOISTS @ 19.2" O.C. 5 24 224 226 324 326 44 46 48 66 68 88410 412 26 2X4 STUD 2X6 STUD 2-2X4 STUD 2-2X6 STUD 3-2X4 STUD 3-2X6 STUD 4X4 POST 4X6 POST 4X8 POST 4X10 POST 4X12 POST 6X6 POST 6X8 POST 8X8 POST STUD AND TRIMMER SCHEDULE POST AND TRIMMER SCHEDULE 24T 26T 224T 226T 324T 326T 2X4 TRIMMER 2X6 TRIMMER 2-2X4 TRIMMER 2-2X6 TRIMMER 3-2X4 TRIMMER 3-2X6 TRIMMER 44T 46T 48T 66T 68T 88T 4X4 TRIMMER 4X6 TRIMMER 4X8 TRIMMER 6X6 TRIMMER 6X8 TRIMMER 8X8 TRIMMER BEAM SCHEDULE 411-1.55E 3 1/2"x11 1/4" 1.55E EWP FL BM 611-2.0E 5 1/4"x11 1/4" 2.0E EWP FL BM 01/29/2025PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #1 04/17/2025PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #2 VE Revs 10/10/20251 B A a n d s h a l l n o t b e r e p r o d u c e d i n w h o l e o r i n p a r t w i t h o u t t h e e x p r e s s p r i o r w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n o f s a i d e n g i n e e r s , a n y u n a u t h o r i z e d r e u s e o f t h e s e p l a n s o t h e r t h a n f o r t h e p r o j e c t a n d l o c a t i o n s h o w n i s p r o h i b i t e d . al l i d e a s , d e s i g n s a n d p l a n s r e p r e s e n t e d b y t h i s d r a w i n g a r e t h e e x c l u s i v e p r o p e r t y o f Go u v i s E n g i n e e r i n g JOB NO. SUBMITTAL DATE SHEET TITLE SHEET NO. CLIENT: REVISION DATE 21 3 0 E 4 T H S T # 2 0 0 SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 5 BSB: MR230056; Gouvis: 66467 1ST PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 08/20/2024 2ND PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 01/29/2025 3RD P.C. SUBMITTAL 04/17/2025 3RD PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 04/17/2025 OL I V E C R E S T R E S I D E N T I A L OL I V E C R E S T 21 5 0 E . F O U R T H S T . & 2 1 6 0 E . F O U R T H S T . SA N T A A N A C A 9 2 7 0 5 ROOF FRAMING PLAN SCALE : 1/4" = 1'-0"BUILDING A1 & A2 S-1.3 ROOF FRAMING PLAN BUILDING A1 & A2 FRAMING DETAIL 4X TRIMMER U.N.O. 2X KING STUD W/ 16d's @ 16" O.C. TO TRIMMER. SIMPSON HOLDOWN. E.N. OF SHEAR WALL ON SHEAR PANEL, SEE PLAN. MIN. (3) 16d's TO END OF 7. 8. 9. 6. HEADER. 2. 3. 4. 5. DBL. TOP PLATE. CRIPPLE WALL WHERE HEADER, SEE PLAN.1. 1 5 8 4 7 6 3 2 9 OCCURS. TRIMMER & KING STUD. R 10 WHEN HDU HOLDOWNS 10. CONNECTED TO THE KING STUD, REPLACED SDS SCREWS W/ LONGER LENGTH TO GET 2 1/2" PENETRATIONS TO 4X TRIMMER ALT. CONDITION RIM OPENING @ MULTI DUCT FLOOR SHTG 11 1 / 8 " 1 1/4" RIM JST 1 3 / 4 " 3 5 / 8 " LS50 PER 2x STUDS @ 16" O/C PENETRATION DBL TOP FL 2x STUDS @ 16" O/C NOTE: - PROVIDE F.H. SOLID BLOCKING UNDER BEAMS OR POST ABOVE. - NEED TO BE REVIEWED BY STRUCTURAL ENGINEER IF THE RIM JOIST SUPPORTS MORE THAN ONE FLOOR AND ROOF. PLANS Ø = 7 3/8" MAX 6 1 / 2 " 13"x6 1/2" DUCT OPENING L = 1'-1" S = 1'-1" MIN. MI N . EQEQ CL DUCT 3' - 0 " 24"Ø 3" LIGHT POST FOOTING DETAIL 1.CIRCULAR LIGHT POST FOOTING 2.BASE COVER DETAIL PER POLE 3.(3)#3 TIES AT FIRST 8". 7.4" Ø MAX. STREET LIGHT POST SUBGRADE PREPARATION5. PER SOILS REPORT. 6.ANCHOR BOLT PER MANUF POST & CONN. TO BASEPLATE 4.#3 TIES @ 12" O.C. MAX. MANUFACTURER SELECTED BY OTHERS PER MANUF. SELECTED BY (f'c= 2500 PSI) W/ (12) #4 VERT. BARS EQUALLY SPACED AROUND FOOTING PERIMETER 1 2 3 4 5 6 OTHERS. MAX LIGHT POLE WEIGHT = 150# 8.LIGHT FIXTURE BY OTHER MAX WEIGHT = 50# 7 12 ' - 0 " M A X . NOTE: CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY FOOTING SIZE WITH LIGHT POLE BASE PLATE - ANCHOR BOLT ARRANGEMENT. ENLARGE FOOTING AS NEEDED TO MEET MIN. VERTICAL REBAR EDGE DISTANCE REQUIREMENT - VERIFY LIGHT POLE AND FIXTURE- WEIGHT WITH MANUF. SPEC. 8 01/29/2025PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #1 04/17/2025PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #2 VE Revs 10/10/20251 B A a n d s h a l l n o t b e r e p r o d u c e d i n w h o l e o r i n p a r t w i t h o u t t h e e x p r e s s p r i o r w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n o f s a i d e n g i n e e r s , a n y u n a u t h o r i z e d r e u s e o f t h e s e p l a n s o t h e r t h a n f o r t h e p r o j e c t a n d l o c a t i o n s h o w n i s p r o h i b i t e d . al l i d e a s , d e s i g n s a n d p l a n s r e p r e s e n t e d b y t h i s d r a w i n g a r e t h e e x c l u s i v e p r o p e r t y o f Go u v i s E n g i n e e r i n g JOB NO. SUBMITTAL DATE SHEET TITLE SHEET NO. CLIENT: REVISION DATE 21 3 0 E 4 T H S T # 2 0 0 SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 5 BSB: MR230056; Gouvis: 66467 1ST PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 08/20/2024 2ND PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 01/29/2025 3RD P.C. SUBMITTAL 04/17/2025 3RD PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 04/17/2025 OL I V E C R E S T R E S I D E N T I A L OL I V E C R E S T 21 5 0 E . F O U R T H S T . & 2 1 6 0 E . F O U R T H S T . SA N T A A N A C A 9 2 7 0 5 STRUCTURAL DETAILS & NOTES SN2 BLOCKING AT POSTS/TRIMMERS 2" ± 2" ± HEADER PER PLAN STUD OR BEAM BELOW. SOLID BLKG./POST, MULTI- BOTTOM EACH SIDE. 4-16d'S, 2 @ TOP & 2 @ FILLERS AS NEEDED. & 2X SQUASH BLK'G. ADD "I" JOIST W/ FULL BR'G. LOAD BEARING 4X4 (MIN.) BEARING. ADD BLKG. AS TIMBER STRAND) W/ FULL SOLID RIM (2X, L.V.L. OR POST/MULTI-STUDS ABOVE. 6. 5. 4. 3. NEEDED. 1. 2. 2 1 5 6 3 4 R 79 10 8 6 3 2 5 42 3 42 3 2 1 1 1 1.BOTTOM CHORD OF TRUSS (MAX. @ 24" O.C.) 2. 3. 4. 2X8 BRACING. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. SIMP. STC @ EACH CONNECT. IX OVER 2X PLATE OR (2) 2X BLK'G. @ 24" O.C. W/ (2) 16d's TO EACH MEMBER. 2X MEMBER W/(2) 16d TO BLK'G. (2) 2X TOP PLATE. (2) 16d'S @ 12" O.C. TYP. EDGE NAILING. 2X TOP PLATE WHEN TRUSS BOT. CHORD IS CAMBERED 10.2X CEILING JOIST OR BOTTOM CHORD OF CAMBERED TRUSS. ALT. CONDITION PERPENDICULAR PARALLEL FRM'G. TO NON-BEARING WALLS 3 4 111 ALT. CONNECTION 2X BLK'G. X 12" LONG @ ±6'-0" O.C. NAILED TO TOP PLATE 11. W/ (3) 16d's. R SHEAR WALL/WALL INTERSECTION PLAN VIEW 6. NAILS SPACED @ 2" O.C. SHOULD BE STAGGERED MIN. 1/8". EDGE NAILING NOTE: PLYWOOD SHEAR PANEL PER TOGETHER W/ 16d'S @ 16" O.C. NAIL CORNER & MULTI-STUDS POST AT END OF SHEAR PANEL CORNER STUDS OR POST PER STAGGERED @ SHEAR WALLS PER PLAN. 4. 5. PLAN. 3. PLAN. 2. TYPICAL 2X STUDS AT 16" O.C. U.N.O. W/ (2) 16d END NAILS OR (4) 8d TOE NAILS EACH END TO TOP & SILL 1. PLATES. 1 2 5 4 6 16d SINKER NAIL SPACING7. 3 7 WALL TRANSITION & 24" O.C. @ NON-SHEAR WALLS. 8.2x STUD @ SHEAR BREAK. 1"MIN.1"MIN. 8 OVERLAP OVERLAP 3 36 5 5 7 7 PER HIGHER SHEAR WALL PANEL EDGE NAILS. 9.2x4x6" @ 4'-0" O.C. MIN (3) ALONG 9 STUD HEIGHT W/ 3-16d's EACH CONNECTION. R TYP. FRAMING CROSS SECTION BEARING POINTS. SEE FOUNDATION PLAN FOR SOLID RIM JOIST PER PLAN MUD SILL W/ ANCHOR BOLTS SEE FOUNDATION PLAN NOTES. CODE APPROVED "SHOT PINS", NON-SHEAR WALLS. (MAX. INTERIOR NON-BEARING AND MIN. 2X4 STUDS @ 24" O.C. AT SHEAR WALLS. (MAX. HEIGHT=10') U.N.O. INTERIOR BEARING, AND EXTERIOR MIN. 2X4 STUDS @ 16" O.C. AT SIZE & SPACING. HEIGHT=14'). CONT. RIM JOIST AT ALL PROVIDE SOLID BLOCKING OR & (3) 16d's END NAIL TO EACH TRUSS. TRUSS W/(6) 16d's TO GIRDER TRUSS 2X PRESSURE BLK'G. @ EVERY OTHER USED TO CONNECT BLKG. NOTE: A35@ 24" O.C., CAN BE @ SHEAR TRUSS. FOR ALT.) W/ 16d'S @ 6" O.C. 2X SHAPED BLKG. (SEE 13/SN-2 ROOF SHEATHING WITH FLOOR E.N. SECURE W/ (2) MIN. 12" LONG @ MAX. 48" O.C. BLK'G. (2X, I-JOIST) 16d'S E/S. E.N. SN2 3 SN2 7 TO TRUSS IN LIEU OF NAILING. MAX. 8'-0" (1) A35 @ BRACE TO TRUSS (3) 16d's 1X4 CANT. LATERAL BRACE @ 48" O.C. R 2X STUDS1. BEARING & NON-BEARING WALL PERPENDICULAR PARALLEL UNDER A WALL WHICH SPANS JOIST: OR A DBL. JOIST IS SPANS OVER 1/2 THE LENGTH "I"-JOIST BLK'G. MAY BE USED WHEN I-JOIST SYSTEM IS USED. USE FILLER AS REQUIRED ALIGNED UNDER A WALL WHICH UNDER 1/2 THE LENGTH OF THE OF THE JOISTS. 2X JOISTS OR "I"-JOIST MIN. 2X6 SOLID BLK'G. W/ (2) 16d NAILS FOR PARALLEL CONDITION, BLK'G. MAY BE OMITTED IF A SINGLE JOIST IS ALIGNED SEE PLANS FOR PARALLEL BRG. WALLS. NOTES: 2. 4. 3. 5. SILL PLATE S.P.N. PER PLAN 1 2 6 3 1 63 ALTERNATE 5 4 1 AT NON-BRG. PERPENDICULAR WALLS, USE 2X4 - - 4 -FOR PARTITION LENGTH LESS THAN 8'-0" NO BLK'G. IS REQUIRED. 4 EA. SIDE UNDER PERPENDICULAR BRG. WALLS. CONDITION CONDITION CONDITION 3 "Z" CLIP. ALT. SIMP. OFFSET JOIST(S) @ PLUMBING- WALL & USE LADDER BLK'G. @ 24" O.C. FLAT BLOCKING TO RECEIVE SILL PLATE NAILING. USE TOTAL OF (3) 16d's TOENAILS EACH END.2X4 @ 24" O.C. W/ (1) LTP4 TO EACH FLOOR MEMBER 6. (2X4 FLAT BLOCKING CAN BE IGNORED IF S.P.N. CAN BE INSTALLED TO TOP OF FLOOR JOISTS.)* * R 1- NOTCH IN PLATE EXCEED 1 3/4" IN 2x4 TOP 2- 1 3/4" MAX. IF BORED HOLE 8d's @ EACH SIDE. 6- ANCHOR BOLTS PER PLANS 5- TOP PLATES/SILL PLATES 4- PIPE WHERE OCCURS METAL STRAP, TYPICAL @ 3- SIMPSON CS16x14" LONG PLATE W/ITEM #3 BELOW EACH PLATE CUT W/ (6) TOP PLATE, STRAP E/S OF PLATE OR 2 3/4" IN 2x6 USE SIMPSON ST6224, 50% OF TOP PLATE WIDTH, NOTE:-IF NOTCH OR HOLE EXCEEDS NOTCH OR END OF PLATE MIN. 9" MAX. AWAY FROM 7- LOCATE ANCHOR BOLT 5" -USE SIMPSON NS AS NEEDED STAGGERED @ E/S OF PLATES. 3" MAX. DEPTH 1/2 DEPTH PIPING THRU PLATE FRAM'G 1 2 4 3 4 5 5 7 3 6 R 4 2 4 2 313112" MAX. 5" 12" MAX. 5" 1.ROOF SHEATHING 3/8" MAX. NAIL EXPOSURE @ GAP. INCREASE NAILING TO RSRS NAILS @ 3" O.C. ON NON-BEVELED MEMBER. 2X BLK'G., LEDGER, R/R. OR TRUSS TOP CHORD UNDER ROOF SHEATHING WHEN NOT BEVELED ON TOP AS REQ'D. 2. 3. 4. SHEAR TRANSFERR EXTERIOR FIREPLACE CONN. 2 1 5 6 3 4 8 3.MIN. 1/2" THICK PLYWOOD SHT'G. NAILED DOWN @ 6" O.C. TO LEDGER/TOP PLATE. AS AN ALT. EXTEND ROOF SHT'G. THROUGH FIREPLACE. 1/2" THICK PLYWOOD ON 3 SIDES CENTERED @ JOINT & EXTEND 4'-0" EACH WAY. 4. 5.2X LEDGER W/ 16d's @ 6" O.C. & LTP4 @ 8" O.C. TO DBL. TOP PLATE. 6.FIREPLACE FLUE. 7. CUT HOLE IN PLYWOOD ONLY AS REQUIRED. 8.PLYWOOD FLOOR SHT'G. CONT. THRU FIREPLACE. 9.FLOOR SYSTEM. 7 2. 1.1/2" THICK PLYWOOD SHT'G. ROOF SYSTEM. 9 10 10.MAX. UNSUPPORTED HEIGHT TO BE 4'-0". VERIFIED W/ ARCH. HEIGHTS GREATER THAN 4'-0", USE ADEQUATE KICKERS TO BRACE WALL TO ROOF. 11.PLYWOOD SHIM AS REQ'D. W/ 16d SINKER. FACE NAILS @ 4" O.C. TO DBL. TOP PLATES FOR LTP4 11 DWG. BY CONTRACTOR. FOR R TYPICAL VENT BLOCK ± ± TYP. EDGE NAILING. A35 @ 16"O.C. FOR VENT SPACING OF 6'-0" (2-A35's PER ADJACENT BLK's.), C.L. AND @ 12" O.C. FOR VENT SPACING OF 4'-0" (3-A35's PER ADJACENT BLK's.). 4 1. 2 2.4. 53 1 6 3.SCREEN FOR VENTILATION.6.(3) BAYS OF FLAT BLK'G. CENTERED @ SCREEN. RSRS 03 EDGE NAILS : @ 4" O.C. FOR VENT SPACING OF 6'-0". ALT. TO VENT BLOCK TYP.MAX. SKIP A35's @ VENT BLOCKING. 5.ADJOINING FULL HT. BLOCKING PER SHEAR TRANSFER DETAILS. @ 3" O.C. FOR VENT SPACING OF 4'-0". R STUD NOTCHING/BORING LIMITS d MIN. 2-2x6 3 5/16" 2-2x4 2x6 2 1/8" 2 3/16" 3 5/16" 2 1/8" 3 5/16" OU T E R 1 / 3 O F BORED HOLES NOT PERMITTED IN MORE THAN TWO CONSECUTIVE EXT. & BRN'G. BORED HOLES WALLS 2x4 STUD SIZE 1 3/8" DOUBLE STUDS 2 1/8" NON-BRN'G. WALLS d 2 3/16" 1 7/16" HOLE EDGE DISTANCE 5/8" MIN.4. NOTCH DEPTH & BORED HOLE SEE TABLE BELOW. SILL PLATE3. 2.STUD 1. NOTE: S P A N O N L Y 1 2 3 4 4 1 2x6 STUD SIZE WALLS 2x4 EXT. & BRN'G. WALLS NON-BRN'G. NOTCH DEPTH 7/8" 1 3/8" R INTERIOR CHIMNEY TIE DOWN 7. SIMPSON LTP4 EA. SIDE TO AT STRAPS. SLOT CUT ROOF SHEATHING - FULLY NAIL CS16's W/10d's SINKER NAILS. NOTE: BOTTOM CHORD OF TRUSS. 8. CHORDS TO RECEIVE STRAPS OF CHIMNEY BETWEEN TRUSS BLOCKS UNDER CORNERS PROVIDE SOLID VERTICAL A35 CLIP @ BOTTOM TRUSS. & CONTINUOUS JUST ABOVE MIN. LAP ON CORNER STUDS SIMPSON CS16 STRAP W/ 16" 6. 5. 4. 3. CHIMNEY STACK ON ROOF. 2. 1. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + BLK'G @ WEB IF NECESSARY). FILLER BLOCK BELOW @ LAP ON CORNER STUD AND CS16 EA. CORNER W/ MIN. 16" W/ E.N. TO RECEIVE STRAPS. ADD VERT. 2x FILLER BLOCK BLK'S TO TRUSS. (PROVIDE (2) A35's EA. SIDE OF PANEL ALL AROUND. 1/2" SHT'G & 10d's @ 4" O.C. ADD SHEAR PANEL BLK'S W/ 135 3 2 1 5 6 78 9 9 44 @ CONDITION W/ ROOF TRUSSES DIRECTLY UNDER STACK. CONDITION WHERE TRUSSES ARE OFFSET FROM STACK CORNERS. 9. R NOTES: NOTCH & HOLES IN CONV. JST. 7 5 NOTCH & HOLES IN I-JOIST 1 2 3 3 TYP. 1/8"MIN. b - REFER TO MANUFACTURERS GUIDE-LINES IN I-JOIST CATALOG FOR MORE INFO. -DO NOT CUT HOLES LARGER -FOR SOLID SAWN JOISTS, NOTCHED -MAINTAIN MIN. 6" SPACING TO BE @ OUTER 1/3 SPAN ONLY. BETWEEN NOTCHES/BORED HOLES. TYPE, SEE MANUFACTURER SPEC. ANYWHERE IN THE WEB. EXCEPT - A 1 1/2" HOLE CAN BE CUT THAN 1 1/2" IN CANTILEVER - FOR OTHER HOLE SIZES & JOIST 1/4 OF JOIST DEPTH MAX. 1/6 OF JOIST DEPTH MAX. AT SUPPORT END. PIPE OR CONDUIT. 2" CLEAR TO EDGE OF JOIST. 1/3 OF JOIST DEPTH MAX.1. 4. 3. 2. JOIST DEPTH. 6. 5. 1 2 4 7 5 5'-0" HOLE SIZE 4" 2'-6" 4'-0" 5'-6" 1'-6" 2'-6" 3'-0"5'-6" TJI SIZE 11 7/8" 210 1'-0" a 14" 230 14" 360 1'-0" 1'-0" 11 7/8" 230 1'-0" 1'-0" 1'-0" UP TO 3" b 6 1/2"8 7/8" 1'-0"1'-0" 1'-0" 1'-0" 1'-0" 1'-0" 1'-0" 1'-0" 2'-0" 2'-0"5'-6" 6'-0" 3'-6" 5'-6" 6'-6" 7'-0" 7'-0" 8'-0" NOTES: a PORTION OF THE JOIST. - NO FIELD CUT WITHIN 6" AWAY FROM FACE OF SUPPORT. WITHIN 6" AWAY FROM SUPPORT. MIN. DIST. FROM EDGE OF HOLE TO EDGE OF SUPPORT a b a b * * * * TYPICAL MIN. DISTANCE BTWN. HOLES TO BE 2X THE LARGER HOLE. a b 11" N.A. 6'-6" 8'-0" 9'-0" 9'-6" a b N.A. N.A. N.A. 1/3 OF JOIST SPAN MAX. 7. MAX 6 R 1 CS16 DRAG STRAP NAILING PATTERN 1/ 2 " 1 1 / 4 " NAILS 2 1/16" R VENEER SECTION THR. WALL 10d GALVANIZED RING-SHANK NAIL SHEATHING WHERE OCCURS. & MAX. 24" O.C. HORIZONTAL. VENEER ANCHOR @12"O.C. VERT. GALVANIZED CORRUGATED STEEL 22 GAUGE X7/8" WIDE PER ARCHITECT. 4" MAX. BRICK VENEER. SEE WOOD FRAMED WALL. MORTAR BED. 8. 7. 6. 5. FLASHING. 4. 3. 2. 1. 2 5 6 1 3 9 2 8 6 7 IN SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORIES9. C,D,E, & F, ADD #9 B.W. GAGE 10 CONNECTION 2 ARCH. DWG & MANUFACTURER FOR MORE INFORMATION. 10.BEAM OR HEADER PER PLAN. 11.1/2"Φ X 4" LONG LAG SCREWS @ 12" O.C. STAGGERED. 12. 3 11 12 @ OPENING (NOTE: STL. ANGLE ARE LLV) 4 NOTE: BEAR MIN. 4" ON SIDE OF VENEER. 2 3 / 4 " STEEL ANCHOR SHALL HAVE A LIP OR HOOK ON THE EXTENDED LEG THAT WILL ENGAGE THE CONT. 9 GAGE HORIZ. WIRE. ANGLE NEEDS TO EXTEND & AS AN ALTERNATE, USE ANCHORS @ 18" VERT. & 16" HORIZ. WIRE JOINT REINF. @ 12" O.C. HORIZ. - 13.MIN. 5/8" MORTAR COVER. 14.MIN. HALF VENEER THICKNESS (1 1/2" MIN.). 13 14 1" MAX. 1/ 2 " MA X . 1" MAX. AT BEND IN ANCHOR. MI N . 1 1 / 4 " BY STEEL ANGLE IS 3'-6". MAX. VENEER HEIGHT SUPPORTED- ANGLE SIZE L4x3 1/2x5/16" L6x3 1/2x1/2" L7x4x5/8" SPAN (MAX.) 8'-0" 13'-0" 16'-0" R ALT. CONDITION SHEATHING LAYOUT PROVIDE B.N. @ ALL EDGES. 24". PROVIDE ADEQUATE FRAMING MEMBERS TO LIMIT SPAN. SHEATHING. -SEE GENERAL NOTES FOR PLYWOOD TYPE, THICKNESS, SPACING, & NAIL SIZE. -PROVIDE MIN. 3/8" EDGE DISTANCE @ FRAMING MEMBER & 5/16" TO EDGE OF PLYWOOD DIAPHRAGM. -ALL DIAPHRAGM BOUNDARIES SHOULD BE FULLY SUPPORTED BY FRAMING MEMBERS W/ BOUNDARY NAILING -T&G EDGE TO BE LOCATED OVER CONTINUOUS PANEL JOINT. -MAX. UNSUPPORTED SHEATHING TO BE DIAPHRAGM OPENING IN TYP. APPROVED HANGERS USE (3) 16d TOE NAILS IF LENGTH NOTES: -STAGGERED JOINTS AS SHOWN -NAILS SHALL BE DRIVEN TIGHT BUT SHALL NOT FRACTURE SURFACE OF TAIL JOIST/TRUSS PER PLAN. TYP. 2-BAYS OF BLKG. USE CS16 OVER BLK'G AND OF TAIL JOIST < 6'-0". 16. 17. 18. 8.DISCONTINUOUS PANEL EDGE, EDGE NAILING PER PLAN. CONT. PANEL EDGE W/ BLKG. (IF BLOCKED DIAPHRAGM), EDGE NAILING PER PLAN. 24" MIN. UNLESS FULLY FIELD NAILING PER PLAN. FRAMING MEMBERS. DIRECTION OF FACE GRAIN PERPENDICULAR TO SUPPORT. BLOCK OUT EDGES OF THE OPENING W/ DBL. STRUCT'L. MEMBERS/BEAM (U.N.O.) AND 12. 13. 14. 15. 1/8" GAP U.N.O. 9. 10. 11. BLOCKED @ ALL EDGES. ROOF OR FLOOR SHEATHING. 2X4 W/ NAILS TO BE ROOF OR FLOOR FRAMING 2X4 BLK'G 6'-0" LONG MAX W/ (2) 16d PANEL EDGE WHERE 2X FLAT BLKG. IS NEEDED @ BLOCKED DIAPHRAGM BOUNDARY & COMMON NAILS @ EA. END. MATCHED W/ EDGE NAILING. 6. 7. DIAPHRAGM. B.N. PER PLAN. 3. 4. 5. 2. 1. MEMBER. PANEL JOINT. 1 3 4 2 6 14 7 8 9 10 11 13 10 18 17 12 16 15 1/8" GAP 16" MIN. OFFSET EDGE SUPPORT NAIL @ 2 1/16" O.C. U.N.O. 48" MAX.48 " MA X . ON FRAMING PLAN. PROVIDE SINGLE BLOCKING W/ E.N. WHEN OPENING < 24"x24", AND STRAPS PER NOTE 18 DO NOT APPLY. 51/8" GAP R WALL & PER PLAN @ CRIPPLE VERT. SPLICES WHERE WHERE OCCURS TYPICAL FRAMING ELEVATION OR GREATER HD TYPE HOLDOWN WHERE OCCURS DOUBLE SILL IF OPENING=8'-0" STUD WALL GREATER THAN 8'-0" 2X FLOATER 2X TRIMMER W/ KING STUD ATTACHED W/ 16d's @ 6" O.C. USE DBL. TRIMMER IF OPENING IS MIN. 3X POST AT STAGGERED E.N. IS REQUIRED. 2 SN2 11 SN2 2 SN2 SOLE PLATE NAILING PER PLAN P.T.D.F. SILL PLATE INSTALL POST ANCHOR PER SHEAR PANEL U.N.O. AVOID SHEAR WALL E.N. SHEAR WALLS AND @ 16" 2X FLOATER. TRIMMER & KING STUD WHEN PLYWD SHT'G. ATTACH TO KING STUD W/ 16d's SPACED TO SHEAR WALL NAILING HEADER PER PLAN, TRIMMER OR POST PER W/ 16d's @ 6" O.C. AT SIMPSON A35'S, LS50's O.C. MAX. U.N.O. PLANS. RIM JOIST PER PLAN. TOP PLATE. PLYWOOD STUD & 3/8" TO EDGE OF TYPICAL BOUNDARY NAILING MIN. 3/8" TO EDGE OF POST E.N. 2X FLAT BLKG. @ SHEAR WALL PLYWD. SPLICE W/ @ 16" O.C. @ NON-SHEAR SOLE PLATE NAILING NO MORE THAN ONE HOLE IS ALLOWED IN EA. HORIZONTAL LINE. STAGGER HOLES IF SUCH 2X FLOATER ROOF TRUSS CONDITION OCCURS. MAX OF (2) 4 1/2"x4 1/2" CUTS STAGGERED NAILING EDGES @ 3X POST. PER PLAN. OR LTP5's @ 48" SHEAR WALL. IF NOT CONT. USE AT ADJOINING PANEL IS NAILED TO TRIMMER, MATCH SHEAR WALL E.N. PER PLAN. PLAN ATTACH TO K. STUD PLAN ON OUTSIDE FACE OF SIMP. HDC WHEN OPENING @ EITHER SIDE EXCEEDS 5'-0" TYP. LTP4 EACH SIDE SIMPSON ST6236. NOTE: HEADS SHOULD BE FLUSH WITH SHEAR PANEL. O.C. AT NON SHEAR WALLS. HOLES IN SHEATHING WITHIN 16" OF CORNERS. ARE ALLOWED IN A 4'-0" WIDE PANEL. NO CUTS OR FOR OPEN'G LARGER THAN TYP. 1x4 LATERAL BRACING @ 48" O.C. OR AS SPECIFIED BY TRUSS DESIGNER. 1x4 X-BRACING W/(3) 16d's TO EA. MEMBER. (3) 16d NAILS. TRUSS WEB MEMBERS 3/8" (MIN.)1/8" GAP1/4" (MIN.) FOR 2X STUD NAIL STAGGERED ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF GAP 1/2" (TYP.) 3/8" (TYP.) 3/ 8 " (M I N . ) 1/ 2 " SILL PLATE EDGE PLYWOOD EDGE STAGGERED @ 3X ONLY 1/2" MIN. UNDER STEEL STRAP. RADIUS ON CORNERS REQUIRED NO OVER CUT 4 1/2" MAX. TYP. OPEN'G 4 1/2"x4 1/2" SEE DETAIL 8/SN3 STUD @24"O.C. MAX. WALL FOR MISPLACED NAILING, SEE DETAIL 3/SN3 FOR FIX MIN. MIN. MIN.SEE DET. 2/SN3 FOR ALT. R A 01/29/2025PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #1 04/17/2025PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #2 VE Revs 10/10/20251 B A a n d s h a l l n o t b e r e p r o d u c e d i n w h o l e o r i n p a r t w i t h o u t t h e e x p r e s s p r i o r w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n o f s a i d e n g i n e e r s , a n y u n a u t h o r i z e d r e u s e o f t h e s e p l a n s o t h e r t h a n f o r t h e p r o j e c t a n d l o c a t i o n s h o w n i s p r o h i b i t e d . al l i d e a s , d e s i g n s a n d p l a n s r e p r e s e n t e d b y t h i s d r a w i n g a r e t h e e x c l u s i v e p r o p e r t y o f Go u v i s E n g i n e e r i n g JOB NO. SUBMITTAL DATE SHEET TITLE SHEET NO. CLIENT: REVISION DATE 21 3 0 E 4 T H S T # 2 0 0 SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 5 BSB: MR230056; Gouvis: 66467 1ST PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 08/20/2024 2ND PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 01/29/2025 3RD P.C. SUBMITTAL 04/17/2025 3RD PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 04/17/2025 OL I V E C R E S T R E S I D E N T I A L OL I V E C R E S T 21 5 0 E . F O U R T H S T . & 2 1 6 0 E . F O U R T H S T . SA N T A A N A C A 9 2 7 0 5 STRUCTURAL DETAILS & NOTES SN3 ADDITION OF FTN'G./SLAB AT 3" 1 4 1 4 6 3 5 3 2 7 1.EXISTING FOUNDATION 2.NEW FOOTING, MINIMUM SAME SIZE AS EXISTING OR SEE PLAN FOR SIZE. 3. #4 DOWELS @ 18" O.C. BENT AS SHOWN IN FOOTING & OVERLAP MIN. 24" AS SHOWN IN SLAB. 4. DOWELS INTO EXISTING CONCRETE W/ SIMPSON SET-3G 5.NEW SLAB PER PLAN 6.ADDITIONAL #4 BOTTOM DOWEL AT ENDS ONLY. 7.FOOTING REINFORCEMENT PER PLAN OR MIN. (1) #4 TOP AND (1) #4 BOTTOM. MIN. 5" EMBEDMENT OF EXISTING FOUNDATION CL R . 1 3 / 4 " TO 2 " 1 3 / 4 " TO 2 " EPOXY, ESR #4057. PERIODIC SPECIAL INSPECTION IS REQ'D. TY P . R EDGE NAILING @ ADJOINING1. 2. 5 SHEAR PER PLANS, TYP. 3.3X MIN. POST (PER SW SCHED.) MIS-INSTALLED W/ A 2X STUD. 4.NEW POST AS SHOWN. POST TO BE SIZED TO ACHIEVE MIN. 1 1/2" OVERLAP OF SHEAR PANEL. PANEL EDGES, TYP. 2 5.ALTERNATE TO 3X MIN. POST PER SW SCHEDULE, USE (2) 2X STUDS W/ 2 ROWS OF 16d SINKER NAILS SPACING IN EACH ROW PER 6.SHEAR PANEL WHERE OCCURS THIS SIDE ALSO, PER PLAN TYP. PANEL TYPES NAIL SPACING @ 12" O.C. FIX AND ALTERNATE @ ADJOINING PANEL EDGES OF SHEAR WALLS 6 2 ALTERNATE FIELD FIX.1 1/2" AREA OF FRAMING TO BE "CUT-OUT" 1 AS BUILT. (NOT ACCEPTABLE SEE FIX BELOW)6 4 6 2 3 1/8" MIN., TYP. 1 1 SCHEDULE BELOW. (ROWS STAGGERED) WITH 2 @ 9" O.C.3 @ 6" O.C.4 @ 5" O.C.5 @ 4" O.C.3DBL SIDED 4DBL SIDED 5DBL SIDED @ 3" O.C. @ 2 1/2" O.C. R MISPLACED HOLDOWN ANCHOR 3 2 1 1. RAISE HOLDOWN BRACKET HIGH ON WALL TO RECEIVE EXTENSION ROD. 2.USE APPROVED COUPLER AND EXTEND ROD W/ SLIGHT ANGLE TO CENTER ROD IN WALL. USE 12:1 RATIO 3. EXISTING ANCHOR MISPLACED. NOTE: THIS FIX SHALL NOT BE USED IF ANCHOR IS MISPLACED TOWARD OUTSIDE EDGE OF CONC. DUE TO MIN. EDGE DISTANCE REQUIREMENTS. (12" HIGH FOR 1" OFFSET). 6" M A X . R WALL W/ PLUMB./ MECH 33 6 7 7 5 1 2 1 4 1.PLUMBING OR MECHANICAL LINE IN WALL INTERRUPTING PLATES AND RIM JOIST 2.SPLICE RIM W/ ST6224 STRAP (U.N.O.) ON PLANS. 3.SPLICE PLATES @ FLR. LEVEL W/ SIMPSON RPS STRAPS W/(6) 16d's @ EA. END OF EA. STRAP. ALT., USE 'ST' STRAP W/(6) 16d's @ EA. END, P/ PLATE. STRAP ONE SIDE ONLY IF PLUMBING CAUSES NOTCH OF PLATE NO MORE THAN 50% OF PLATE WIDTH. 4.ADD NEW FLAT 2x BLK'G MIN. (3) BAYS @ PIPE W/ (4) 10d's PER BLK'G FROM FLOOR SHT'G. AT BAY W/ 5.ROOF MEMBERS. 6.EAVE BLK'G TO REMAIN. 7.SPLICE UPPER TOP PLATES W/ STRAP AS REQ. P/ DRAG DETAIL ON PLANS. STRAP BOTH SIDES W/ SAME STRAP WHEN CUT EXCEEDS 50% OF PLATE WIDTH. USE 16d SHORT NAILS (2 1/2" LONG). @ FLOOR LEVEL. ADD ONE ADDITIONAL BLK'G EACH WAY. INTERRUPTED RIM JOIST, R FIELD FIX @ PLATE/RIM BREAK X X 1 132 44 13 67 8 9 13 13 13 13 12 11 14 10 X= LENGTH TO BE ENOUGH TO HAVE MIN. NO. OF NAILS OF SPLICE NAIL AS PER PLAN (STRAPS MUST EXTEND MIN. ONE STUD BAY EACH WAY). SECTION @ FLOOR FRAMING SECTION @ ROOF FRAMING 1.TYP. BLK'G OR RIM. 2.ROOF OR FLOOR SHEATHING. 3.ROOF TRUSS OR TJI's @ SIMILAR CONDITION @ FLOOR. 4.2x4 STUDS. 5.DBL. TOP PLATES. 6.CS STRAP @ EA. SIDE SOLE PLATE IF CUT. 7.ADD FULL HEIGHT BLK'G W/ BAY AND ONE BAY EA. WAY BEYOND. MIN. (3) BAYS OF 8.RIM INTERRUPTED @ DUCT. 9.A35 PER PLAN AND MIN. (1) 10.A35, PER BLOCK. 11.E.N. 12.SHEAR PANEL. 13.(2) CS16 EA. SIDE W/ 10d's @ 2" O.C. MAX STRAPS TO BE NAILED @ TOP OF SHEAR PANEL AND TO HAVE MIN. NO. OF NAILS EQUAL TO SPLICE NAILING PER PLAN. N 10 NAILS MAY BE USED. 5 SHEATHING E.N. @ AFFECTED BLOCKING. EA. SIDE OF BREAK. BLOCKING. SHEATHING E.N. @ AFFECTED BEYOND. MIN. (3) BAYS OF BAY AND ONE BAY EA. WAY ADD 2X6 MIN. BLK'G W/14. R FIX FOR CUTS IN SLABS OPENING IN CONC. SLAB.1. PLAN VIEW TENDON DURING REPAIR. - SPECIAL INSPECTION IS TENDONS WERE DE-TENSIONED). REACHES 3000 PSI. (IN CASE RE-STRESSED UNTIL NEW CONC. TENDONS SHALL NOT BE - POUR NEW 4000 PSI CONCRETE TY P . 5 " EM B E D M E N T REQUIRED DURING TAKEN NOT TO DAMAGE ANY - EXTREME CARE SHALL BE MUST BE 6" AWAY FROM CABLE. DE-TENSION CABLES, BUT CUT TENDONS, NO NEED TO CUT. IF CUTTING BETWEEN PASSING THRU THE AREA BEING - DE-TENSION ALL TENDONS PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE PROPOSED OPENING SURFACE IN THE VICINITY OF BOTH DIRECTIONS ON SLAB - MARK-UP TENDON ROUTE IN 1 NOTES FOR P.T. SLAB: THE SLAB EXCAVATION. 2.TYP. #4 DOWELS @ 12" O.C. (MIN. 2 PER SIDE) EMBEDDED IN SLAB AS SHOWN W/ EPOXY GROUT MIX. USE DOWELS TOP & BOTTOM @ 8" OR THICKER SLAB. PLACE DOWELS 2 3.WIDTH OF OPENING MUST BE MIN. 20" TO ALLOW FOR DOWELING AS SHOWN. 3 CONSTRUCTION PROCESS. APPROXIMATELY 1 3/4" FROM TOP OF SLAB. 4 4.PROVIDE VAPOR BARRIER UNDER SLAB R TIE DWN. AT OFFSET POSTS 2 12"MAX 3 1 SAME NO. OF CS16 STRAPS ADD SOLID BLK. BEHIND RIM POST AT LOWER FLOOR. APPLIES FROM RIM TO & CONT. 8" PAST STRAPS 3. 2. FOR NO. OF CS16's REQ. FLOOR SYSTEM. SEE PLANS TO SIDE OF RIM JOIST IN AT UPPER FLR. TO BE NAILED STRAPS FROM SHEAR PANEL STUDS (OR POST) & CS161. EQ . EQ . EQ . EQ . EA. WAY. NAIL W/(2) ROWS OF 16d's @ 4" O.C. 2 NOTE: FOR JOISTS PARALLEL TO WALL CONDITIONS ONLY R RETROFIT FOR MISSING FOOTING 12 3 4 5 6 8 3" CLR. 3" C L R . 1.TYP. 1 1/8"Ø OR 7/8"Ø PREFABRICATED SHEAR 2.NATURAL GRADE 3.PREFABRICATED SHEAR 4.EXISTING CURB WHERE 5.DRILL HOLES IN EXISTING CURB & FOOTING FOR NEW BOLTS. FILL HOLES W/ SIMP. SET-3G EPOXY PRIOR TO BOLT PLACEMENT. 6.TYP. EXISTING FOOTING. 7. (2) NEW #5 BARS TOP & BOTT.8. NEW 15" WIDE x 48" LONG GRADE BM. CENTERED @ CORRECTLY PLACED PANEL. OCCURS.. 40 " 7 THREADED RODS @ PANEL PER PLAN PANEL PER PLAN @ PREFABRICATED SHEAR PANEL. WHEN FTG. IS MISSING. 48" R FIX FOR MISSING HOLDOWN 4" MI N . 5 1 / 4 " TY P . 3 4 1 26 5 1.2 1/16" WIDE x 12GA. STRAP (MST48 OR EQUAL). 2.1/2" Φ SIMPSON TITEN HD 3.16d COMMON NAILS USE 0.162Øx 2 1/2" NAILS. 4.USE 4x4 POST MIN. 5.REPAIR CONC. SPALLING, CONC. MIX. 6.MIN. (2) #4 DOWELS EMBEDED 4 1/2" IN CONC. NOTES: ALL METALS EXPOSED TO WEATHER OR EARTH SHALL BE GALVANIZED TREATED AND PROTECED AGAINST CORROSION. MIN. CONCRETE STRENGTH f'c= 2000psi. OVERALL LENGTH OF STRAP TO BE SPECIFIED BASED ON SITE CONDITION, BY CONTRACTOR, SIMPSON "MST" STRAP (OR EQUAL) MAY BE USED IF LENGTH 1 1 / 4 " 3" M I N . TO B O T . OF C O N C . @ PLACES WHERE HTT5 HOLDOWN FIX CANNOT BE APPLIED PROCEDURES (SEE TABLE). (SEE TABLE). IF OCCURS, W/ HIGH STRENGTH STHD10 2 (23) NAILS STHD14 3 (32) NAILS STRAP # OF BOLTS # OF NAILS IS ADEQUATE. CONCRETE SCREW ANCHORS. ICC-ESR# 2713 WITH 4 1/4" EMBEDMENT. REFER TO ICC AND MANUFACTURER SPECS. FOR INSTALLATION R HEAD OUT DETAIL 123 4 5 6 4 1.TYPICAL FLOOR SHEATHING. 2.SINGLE I--JOIST HEAD OUT "BEYOND". 3.SIMPSON "IUS" HANGER. 4.ADJACENT I-JOIST PER PLAN. 5.I-JOIST/230 or BCI 6500 BLOCK ALT. SOLID LSL BLOCK @ HEAD OUT. WEB FILLER REQ'D. @ I-JOIST OPTION. 6.WEB FILLER @ EA. SIDE OF I-JOIST @ EA. HANGER LOCATION, PER NOTE: FOR SINGLE I-JOIST HEAD OUT @ OUTER 1/3 SPANS ONLY. MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS. R STEM WALL ADDITION ON EXISTING SLAB 5 6 4 3 2 1 1. EXISTING SLAB & FOOTING. 2.EXISTING 5/8"Ø X12" A.B. SPACED PER PLAN. 3. EXTEND EXISTING A.B. W/ COUPLER NUT & 5/8"Φ RODS TO ADD CONCRETE CURB. 4.MIN. 3 1/2" WIDE X MAX. 12" TALL CURB TO BE ADDED. (f'c=2500 psi) MIN. 5.USE (1) CONT. #3 BAR. 6.2X STUD WALL PER PLAN. EM B T . R NOTE: IF NO EXISTING A.B., USE 5/8"Φ THREADED RODS, EMBEDDED MIN. 7" INTO EXISTING CONCRETE W/ SIMPSON SET-3G EPOXY SPACED PER PLAN. MAX. @ 48" O.C. OR MINIMUM (2). FIX FOR WALL OVERHANGING OFF FOUNDATION EDGE FOR 4 1 3 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 6 2 5 7 EXISTING NON-SHEAR WALL OVERHANGING COMPLETELY OR EXISTING FOUNDATION WALL. 3/8" THICK ANGLE IRON TO SUPPORT EDGE OF WALL. HORIZONTAL LEG TO MATCH 1/2" Φ WELDED STUD BOLTS 1/2"Φ SIMPSON TITEN HD CONC. SCREW ANCHORS @ 8" O.C. W/ MIN. 6" FROM CONCRETE 1" MIN. CONC FOUNDATION EDGE.8. NOTES: ALL METALS EXPOSED TO WEATHER MUST BE PROTECTED AGAINST CORROSION. 47 1 3 5 2 6 - FOR ALTERNATIVE FIX FOR THE FOLLOWING CONDITION: CONTACT GOUVIS ENGINEERING OVERHANG < 1 1/2" OR > 3 1/2". PARTIALLY OFF FOUNDATION EDGE , MIN 1 1/2" & MAX. 3 1/2". OVERHANGING WALL (HORIZ. MIN. 6". ANGLE TO BE CONTINUOUS.- 4" @ 16" O.C. 1 & 2 STORY COND. ONLY LEG MIN. 2"); VERTICAL LEG FOUNDATION EDGE. - (ICC-ESR-#2713) 2".7. A A 8 TYP 6" TO 8" A A 8 SECTION A-A R 124 1 6 3 5 FIX FOR OVERSIZED HOLE 1.OVERSIZED HOLE OR HOLE BOLT DIAMETER ANCHOR BOLT W/ WASHER. SILL PLATE 2. 3. SIMPSON BPS 5/8 EPOXY GROUT STUD WALL PER PLAN GREATER THAN 1/16" OVER 4. 5. 6. FIX USING EPOXY GROUT FIX USING SIMP. BPS 5/8 R 4 3 2 1 MISSING/MISPLACED COL. BASE 1.POST PER PLAN. SIMPSON ABU COLUMN BASE TO MATCH POST SIZE. 5/8" DIA. SIMPSON WEDGE ALL 2. 3. NOTES: - FOLLOW MFR. SPECIFICATIONS FOR INSTALLATION OF ABU - PAD FOOTING BELOW SHOULD ANCHOR WITH 4 1/2" MIN. AND ANCHORAGE SYSTEM BE NO MORE THAN ± 8" OFFSET FROM POST LOCATION 1 3/4" MIN. EDGE OF SLAB CONDITION MIDDLE OF SLAB CONDITION W/SIMP. SET EPOXY. EMBEDDED 5" INTO CONC. 5/8" DIA. THREADED ROD 4. EMBEDMENT INTO CONC @ SPECIAL INSPECTION IS MIDDLE OF SLAB CONDITION. REQUIRED FOR BOTH CONDITIONS. 5. R FIELD FIX-MISPLACED NAILING 1.EXIST. 2X, 3X PER PLANS. 2.NEW 2X BOTH SIDES. 3.EDGE NAILS TO NEW 2X PER S.W. SCHEDULE. 4.10d FACE NAILS @ 6" O.C. STAGG. ALONG STUD FACE. 5.EDGE NAILS TO NEW 2X MEMBER @ 2X REQUIRED SPACING (HALF NUMBERS OF NAILS REQ'D.) PER S.W. SCHEDULE. 6.1/4"Φ x 3 1/2" SDS SCREW FROM NEW 2X TO EXIST. 3X @ 10" O.C. FOR SINGLE SIDED S.W. & @ 5" O.C. FOR DOUBLE SIDED S.W. STAGG. ALONG STUD FACE. 7.NOTCH NEW 2X BLOCKING WHERE ANCHOR BOLT OCCURS. 8.2X BLOCKING. 9.10d @ 6" O.C. STAGG. TO (E) 2X SILL PL. SCREWS TO (E) 3X MIN. SILL PLATE PER SIDED S.W. & @ 5" O.C. FOR DOUBLE SIDED S.W. STAGGERED FASTENERS ALONG NEW 2X BLOCKING. 1/ 2 " MI N . SILL PLATE NAILING 5 9 7 1 1/8" 2X STUD @ PANEL JOINT 1/2" MIN. TYP. 1 2 3 4 1/8" 3X STUD @ PANEL JOINT 1 2 5 6 1/2" MIN. TYP. 8 PER S.W. SCHED. USE 1/4"Øx3 1/2" SDS S.W. SCHED. @ 10" O.C. FOR SINGLE R 2 1 NOTE: 1.2X BLOCKING SIMP. CS16X48" LONG W/8d NAILS @ ALL HOLES 2. FIELD FIX FOR OPENING IN S.W. - - - - - 3. 4 4.NO CUT OR HOLES IN SHT'G WITHIN 16" OF CORNERS. 1' - 4 " 1'-4" 5.OPENINGS OF MAX. 4 1/2"x4 1/2" DO NOT NEED BLK'G/STRAP. DO NOT CUT MORE THAN ONE OPENING IN ONE HORIZONTAL LINE (AT ONE ELEVATION) AND OFFSET OPENINGS BY MIN. 4" VERT. 4" 5 SEE DETAIL 1/SN2 FOR OPENINGS SMALLER THAN 4 1/2" x 4 1/2" R AVOID OPENING IN SHEAR WALLS W/ LENGTH LESS THAN 4'-0". MAX. WIDTH OF OPENING TO BE ONE STUD BAY OR 14 1/2". DO NOT OVER-CUT ANY FRAMING MEMBER. E.N. TO BLK'G. TO MATCH SHEAR WALL E.N. UNLESS STRAP IS PLACED ON TOP OF PLYWOOD. EDGE NAIL F.HT. ALONG STUD ON EACH SIDE OF OPENING. 3 3 MAX. 12" TALL X 14" WIDE OPENING OPENING WIDTH /HEIGHT MUST BE NO GREATER THAN 15% SHEAR WALL LENGTH/ HEIGHT -DISTANCE FROM SHEAR WALL EDGE TO THE NEAREST OPENING EDGE IS A MINIMUM OF THREE TIMES THE LARGER OPENING DIMENSION -THE MAXIMUM ACCUMULATED LENGTH OF OPENING SHALL NOT EXCEED 20% SHEAR WALL LENGTH 1' - 0 " 2'-0" 1' - 0 " CONCRETE SPALLING #4 DOWELS EMBEDED 4 1/2" INTO EXISTING CONCRETE @ 6" O.C. (MIN. 2). REPLACE CONCRETE SPALLING WITH HIGH STRENGTH CONCRETE MIX, OR EPOXY (f'c=2500 PSI MIN.). 1. 2. 2 1 R MISSING OR MISPLACED A.B. 1 2 1/4", 2X4 WALL 3 1/2", 2X6 WALL PERIODIC SPECIAL INSPECTION IS 2.DOWEL PER NOTE S OF 1/SD1. 2 NOTES: 3 3 3.PLATE WASHER PER FOUNDATION NOTES ON SN1 SHEETS. EQ. ANCHORS AND MIN. DISTANCE FROM EXIST. A.B. TO BE 4". 1 1. PER TABLE. SPACING BETWEEN POST-INSTALLED ANCHOR REQUIRED FOR ANCHOR INSTALLATION. EQ. IF MIN. SPACING AND EDGE DISTANCE CAN NOT BE MET, CONTACT GOUVIS ENGINEERING - - FOR SPECIFIC FIX. LOCATE ANCHORS @ 10" MIN. FROM CONC EDGE PERPENDICULAR TO WALL. - REPLACEMENT ANCHORS FOR EACH MISSING ANCHOR BOLT SIMPSON TITEN HD SCREW ANCHORS 1-POUR OR 2-POUR W/ DOWEL (ICC ESR#2713)WALL TYPE 2X4 SILL/3X4 SILL 2X6 SILL/3X6 SILL 2X & 3X SILL EXT. INT. SIMPSON SET-3G-EPOXY ADHESIVE WITH F1554 - GRADE 36 ANCHORS 1-POUR OR 2-POUR W/ DOWEL (ICC ESR#4057) (1) 5/8"Ø x 8" EMBED. FOR NON-SHEAR WALL, INSTALL (1) 1/2"Øx4" EMBEDMENT TITEN HD ANCHOR - FOR EACH MISSING OR MISPLACED A.B. (1) 5/8"Ø THREAD ROD, min. 7" MINIMUM AGE OF CONCRETE FOR EPOXY FIX IS 14 DAYS. - R EMBEDMENT INTO CONCRETE FIX FOR MISSING HOLDOWN NEW HOLDOWN, PER TABLE.2. MULTI-STUD OR POST PER PLAN1. NOTES: USE SIMPSON SET-3G EPOXY ADHESIVE ANCHORS, ICC-ESR-#4057 REFER TO ICC & MANUFACTURER'S SPECS FOR INSTALLATION PROCEDURES. CONTINUOUS SPECIAL INSPECTION & JOB-SITE QUALITY ASSURANCE ARE REQUIRED PER SECTION CONCTRACTOR SHALL SPECIFY OVERALL LENGTH OF ANCHOR. FOR OTHER HOLDOWNS NOT LISTED IN TABLE &/OR OTHER COND. NOT INCLUDED HERE, CONTACT GOUVIS ENGINEERING FOR SPECIFIC FIX. - - - - MISSING HOLDOWN REPLACE WITH EXT./INT. FTG. HDU2, PA28 HPA28, HTT5, HPA35 STHD10, STHD14 HDU2 5/8" TO 4.5 OF ICC-ESR#4057. ADD 1 1/2"SQ. X 3/16" CUT PLATE3. WASHER BETWEEN NUT & HOLDOWN FOR 1/2"Ø ADHESIVE ANCHORS ONLY. THREADED ROD (THRU BOLT) W/ HEAVY 4. ALT. INT. FTG. W/ SIMPSON EPOXY F1554-GR 36 ROD Ø 3"x3"x3/8" A36 PLATE WASHER 1/2" ROD Ø he f 3 PLAN VIEW A-A CWHERE OCCURS AA NOTCH CONC. ALONG FTG. LENGTH6. TO 6" MAX. EA. SIDE OF HOLDOWN/ ROD. DO NOT CUT FTG. HORIZ. hef 10" SIZE. ALT. TO TACK WELDING 8" HEX NUT TACK WELDED TO PLATE REINF. SOLID GROUT, WITHOUT ANY PROVIDE MIN. 3" CONC./NON-SHRINK FOR CUTTING THE SLAB & TIE SLAB BACK SEE DETAIL 7 le 15"12"5/8" HTT5 3 1/2"x3 1/2"x3/8"16"1" HDU11 HDU14 4"x4"x3/8" HDU11 HDU14 le 1 4 6 2 le 6"6" MIN.MIN. 6 4 EDGE CONC. FTG. BOTT. THROUGH BOLT 4 7 5 VOID, WITH HIGH STRENGTH NON-SHRINK 19" HDQ8HDQ8 7/8"3 1/4"x3 1/4"x3/8" 2"x2"x1/4" - 2 1/2" THK. MIN. DRY PACKED 5. NON-SHRINK GROUT ALL AROUND. 7. GROUT COVER ALL AROUND FOR ALL METAL PARTS. 5 5 WASHER. SEE SCHEDULE FOR PLATE APPLY DOUBLE HEX NUTS TO SECURE PLATE WASHER. GROUT W/ f'c=5000 psi MIN. CONT. SPECIAL INSPECTION IS REQUIRED. 13" 12" HTT4 2 1/2"x2 1/2"x1/4" SURFACE IN CONTACT WITH GROUT SHALL BE CLEANED, FREE OF GREASE AND LAITANCE. SEE GENERAL NOTES UNDER "REINFORCED CONCRETE" FOR ADD'L. REQUIREMENTS 3" CL R TY P . C (MIN.) 8 HDU8HDU8 HDU4HDU4 HTT4 3/4" TO FTG. HOLDDOWN SEE DET. B THREADED ROD IN SIMPSON EPOXY TO FOOTING PER TABLE. SIMPSON ATS-C65 COUPLER OR 8. 9. RAISE HOLDOWN BOTTOM FROM SILL PLATE. 10. 5" ± 10 9 8 DETAIL B 2 6" MIN. FOR 1/2"Ø ROD.11. 7" MIN. FOR 3/4"Ø ROD. 11 18 3/4" MIN. FOR 3/4"Ø ROD.12. 12 MINIMUM AGE OF CONCRETE FOR EPOXY FIX IS 21 DAYS. - R APPROVED EQUAL. F1554-GR 36 FIX FOR MISSING 3x SILL PLATE 1. NEW 3x SILL BLOCKINGS "TIGHT FIT" @ EACH BAY FOR THE LENGTH OF SHEAR WALL. 2.EXISTING FOUNDATION. 3.EXISTING A.B.'s PER PLAN. 4.SHEAR PANEL PER PLAN. 5. (4) 10d NAILS @ 3" O.C. MAX. STAGGERED ON NEW 3x MUDSILL BLOCKINGS. 6. EXIST. 2x MUDSILL USED IN LIEU OF 3X.7.(E) SHEAR WALL EDGE NAILS PER 1 4 6 3 SHEAR WALL SCHEDULE. ADD 1/2"Ø SIMPSON TITEN HD SCREW ANCHORS FOR EVERY (2) ANCHOR BOLTS. PERIODIC SPECIAL INSPECTION IS REQUIRED PER ICC ESR 2713. (4) 1/4"Ø x 3 1/2" SDS SCREWS STAGGERED ON NEW 3x SILL BLOCKING TO EXIST. 2x SILL PLATE. 8. 9. 2 4"MIN. TYP. 8 9 5 4" EM B E D TY P 6 7 R DESIGN CATEGORY Ym Em Ym Em Em Ym EDGE (EXPANSIVE SOIL) LIFT CENTER LIFT MAX. DIFFERENTIAL (COMPRESSIBLE SOIL) SETTLEMENT IF APPLICABLE SLAB THICKNESS= 5" STRUCTURAL DESIGN NOTES 1. DESIGN PARAMETERS FOR THE ANALYSIS OF THE POST TENSION SLAB ON GRADE IS BASED ON THE INFORMATION PROVIDED BY: EARTH STRATA GEOTECHNCIAL SERVICES. REPORT NO. 234812-10A, DATE: 3/30/2023. NOTE: DEVELOPER AND/OR CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT DESIGN DOCUMENTS FOR THE FOUNDATION TO THE SOILS ENGINEER. THEY SHALL BE REVIEWED BY THE SOILS ENGINEER PRIOR TO THE START OF CONSTRUCTION. 2. CONCRETE STRENGTH IS TO BE MINIMUM f'c=3000 psi AT 28 DAYS, 5" MAX. SLUMP. TYPE II OR V CEMENT. 1 1/2" MAXIMUM AGGREGATE SIZE. SEE CONCRETE PLACEMENT NOTES FOR MORE INFORMATIONS. 3. TENDON ANCHORS SHALL BE AS MANUFACTURED BY PT ATLAS ANCHORAGE AND COUPLING SYSTEMS. APPROVED BY ICC #4490 OR APPROVED EQUAL. 4. SEE ARCHITECTURAL (OR MANUFACTURERS) DRAWINGS FOR MASONRY OR PRECAST FIREPLACE FOUNDATION DETAILS, IF NOT SHOWN ON POST-TENSION PLANS. 5. FOLLOW THE CORROSION ENGINEER/EXPERT RECOMMENDATION WHEN CORROSIVITY EXISTS ON THE SITE. 6. SEE GENERAL NOTES UNDER "REINFORCED CONCRETE" FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. p EXT. FTG. DEPTH q INT. FTG. DEPTH r REINF. OR CABLE 1.5" 4' 3" 5.5' 24"20"SEE PLANS SPECIAL FIELD CONSTRUCTION NOTES 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY TENDON LENGTH'S AND STRESSING TAIL LENGTH'S PRIOR TO FABRICATING CABLES. COLOR CODING OF CABLES IS ONLY TO ASSIST TENDON PLACEMENT, AND MAY BE REVISED AT THE CONTRACTORS OPTION. ANY DISCREPANCIES IN, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, DIMENSIONS, TENDON COUNT AND LENGTH'S, COLOR CODING, AND ELONGATION DESIGNATION SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF GOUVIS ENGINEERING PRIOR TO FABRICATION. 2. STRESSING END AND DEAD END OF TENDONS MAY BE REVERSED FROM THAT SHOWN ON THE PLANS AT CONTRACTOR'S OPTION. FOR ANCHORAGE OF ENDS AND GENERAL TENDON SUPPORT LAYOUT, SEE DETAIL (1/PT-1). 3. PROVIDE #3 x 24" DOWEL @ 24" O.C. AND 12" FROM CORNERS AT ALL CONCRETE STOOPS PORCHES, PATIOS AND OTHER ATTACHMENTS WHEN CAST INDEPENDENT OF POST-TENSION SLAB UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 4. ROOF/FLOOR FRAMING, AND/OR HEAVY CONSTRUCTION LOADS ARE STRICTLY PROHIBITED TO BE IMPOSED ON SLABS PRIOR TO STRESSING. BEGIN WALL FRAMING 3 DAYS AFTER CONCRETE POUR, IF CYLINDER BREAKS INDICATE MIN. 2000 PSI STRENGTH. 5. SPECIAL INSPECTION IS REQUIRED FOR THE TENDON INSTALLATION, CONCRETE PLACEMENT AND STRESSING OF POST TENSION TENDONS. 6. FINISH GRADE AROUND THE PERIMETER OF POST TENSION SLAB SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED SUCH THAT RAIN AND IRRIGATION WATER IS DRAINED AWAY FROM THE SLAB. 7. A MINIMUM OF THREE (3) CYLINDERS/SLAB SHALL BE TAKEN TO DETERMINE CONCRETE STRENGTH. TENDON AND ANCHORAGE INSTALLATION NOTES 1. BULKHEAD BY LOCATING THE CENTER OF THE STRAND BUNDLES PER THE DIMENSIONS ON THE STRAND PLAN. (NOTE: BULKHEAD DOES NOT HAVE TO BE BRACED LATERALLY, THERE IS NO TENSION ON THE TENDONS UNTIL AFTER THE CONCRETE IS POURED). 2. LAY ALL THE STRANDS IN ONE DIRECTION, THEN LAY ALL THE STRANDS IN THE OTHER DIRECTION. REFERRING TO THE PLAN, SELECT INDIVIDUAL COLOR-CODED COILS OF STRAND AND UNROLL THEM IN PLACE. BEGINNING AT THE DEAD-END, IF THERE IS ONE. AT LEAST 18" OF STRAND MUST PASS THE BULKHEAD AT EACH STRESSING END. 3. PLACE ANCHOR AND POCKET FORMER INTO BULKHEAD AND NAIL ANCHORS WITH 2 NAILS TIGHT TO THE BULKHEAD. 16d's RIND SHANK RECOMMENDED. 4. TIE DEAD-END IF ANY, IN PLACE APPROXIMATELY 1 1/2" FROM BULKHEAD SUPPORT SO THAT THE CENTERLINE OF THE ANCHORAGES IS APPROXIMATELY 3 1/2" BELOW TOP OF SLAB. 5. AT STRESSING ENDS, REMOVE WRAPPING TO APPROXIMATELY 6" INSIDE THE BULKHEAD. DO NOT REMOVE GREASE. SLIDE END OF STRAND THROUGH THE HOLE IN THE ANCHOR AND THROUGH THE BULKHEAD. LENGTH OF EXPOSED TENDON AT DEAD END IS NOT TO EXCEED 12". 6. STRAIGHTEN TENDONS, CURVING THEM SMOOTHLY AROUND HOLES OR OBSTRUCTIONS. PLACE SUPPORTS AT CABLE INTERSECTIONS AND TIE THE STRANDS TOGETHER. 7. CHECK STRANDS FOR TEARS IN PLASTIC WRAPPING AND REWRAP. ALL TEARS IN WRAPPING 12" OR LONGER SHALL BE REPAIRED. 8. TENDON PLASTIC WRAPPING SHALL BE CONTINUOUS OVER ENTIRE LENGTH TO BE UNBONDED AND PREVENT INTRUSION OF CEMENT PASTE OR LOSS OF COATING MATERIALS DURING CONCRETE PLACEMENT. TENDON STRESSING PREPARATION NOTES 1. REMOVE POCKET FORMER. 2. CHECK INSIDE EACH POCKET HOLE, MAKING SURE, THAT EXPOSED PORTION OF ANCHORAGE IS CLEAR. IF A FILM OF CEMENT PASTE HAS INTRUDED, REMOVE IT WITH A SCRAPER OR SCREWDRIVER. 3. INSERT A PAIR OF GRIPPERS BY HAND INTO EACH ANCHORAGE. 4. PUT A CRAYON MARK ON THE STRAND AT THE EDGE OF THE SLAB, OR AT A CONSTANT DIMENSION FROM THE EDGE OF THE SLAB. A YELLOW CRAYON AND A WOODEN CARPENTERS RULE ARE RECOMMENDED. TENDON STRESSING PROCEDURE NOTES 1. THE STRESSING OPERATION MUST BE UNDER THE IMMEDIATE CONTROL OF A PERSON EXPERIENCED IN THIS TYPE OF WORK; HE/SHE MUST EXERCISE CLOSE CHECK AND RIGID CONTROL OF ALL OPERATIONS. 2. THE STRESSING OPERATION SHALL NOT COMMENCE UNTIL CONCRETE TEST CYLINDERS, CURED UNDER JOB SITE CONDITIONS, HAVE BEEN TESTED AND INDICATE THAT THE CONCRETE IN THE MEMBER HAS ATTAINED THE STRENGTH CALLED FOR ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS OR 2000 psi (MIN.). 3. ALL PRESTRESSING STEEL SHALL BE STRESSED BY MEANS OF DSI, OR OTHER EQUAL HYDRAULIC JACKS, EQUIPPED WITH ACCURATE READING, CALIBRATED HYDRAULIC PRESSURED GAUGES. A CALIBRATION CHART SHALL ACCOMPANY EACH JACK. 4. THE POST-TENSIONING OPERATION WILL BE SO CONDUCTED THAT ACCURATE ELONGATION OF THE PRESTRESSING STEEL CAN BE RECORDED AND COMPARED WITH COMPUTATIONS SUBMITTED AND APPROVED BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. 5. INDEPENDENT INSPECTOR TO RECORD ALL JACKING FORCES AND ELONGATIONS AND SUBMIT REPORTS TO GOUVIS ENGINEERING FOR STRUCTURAL ENGINEER'S APPROVAL ONLY IF STRESSED TENDON ELONGATION EXCEEDS TOLERANCE. 6. THE MAXIMUM JACKING FORCE TO OVERCAME FRICTION SHALL NOT EXCEED 80% OF THE ULTIMATE FORCE OF THE TENDON. (41.3 x .80 = 33.0 kips). 7. TENDONS SHALL BE ANCHORED AT A FORCE NOT TO EXCEED 70% OF THE ULTIMATE FORCE OF THE TENDON. (41.3 x .70 = 28.9 kips). 8. THE STRESSING OPERATIONS PROCEED AS FOLLOWS: - REMOVE GROMMETS AT THE STRESSING ENDS; CHECK INSIDE EACH GROMMET HOLE TO MAKE SURE THAT THE ANCHORAGES ARE FREE FROM CEMENT PASTE; IF NOT REMOVE PASTE FROM ANCHORAGE WITH A SCREWDRIVER. - INSERT WEDGES, SIDE BY SIDE, BY HAND INTO ANCHORAGE. - PUT A PAINT MARK ON EACH STRAND AT THE SLAB EDGE OR AT A FIXED DISTANCE FROM THE EDGE OF THE SLAB. - STRESS THE STRAND AT 33 kips. - SEAT THE WEDGES IN THE ANCHORAGE USING THE HYDRAULIC SEATING DEVICE BUILT INTO THE RAM. - REMOVE THE RAM. - MEASURE FINAL ELONGATION. RECORD ELONGATION. 9. IF INCONSISTENCIES BETWEEN THE CALCULATED ELONGATION, THE MEASURED ELONGATION, AND THE JACK GUAGE READING OCCUR, THE JACK-GUAGE-PUMP UNIT SHALL BE RECALIBRATE. AN AGREEMENT OF WITHIN 7% UNDER TO 7% OVER SHALL BE SATISFACTORY. 10. TENDONS STRESSED FROM ONE END ONLY SHALL BE SO INDICATED ON THE PLACING DRAWINGS. TENDONS THAT ARE STRESSED FROM BOTH ENDS WHEN REQUIRED AND NOTED ON PLAN NEED TO BE STRESSED FROM BOTH ENDS SIMULTANEOUSLY IF IT CAN BE SHOWN THAT THE WEDGES ON THE OPPOSITE END ARE PRE-SEATED AND CAUSE NO SLIPPAGE OF THE TENDON. THESE TENDONS MAY HAVE MORE ELONGATION AT ONE END THAN AT THE OPPOSITE END. ELONGATION FROM BOTH ENDS MUST TOTAL THE ELONGATION SHOWN ON THE PLACING DRAWINGS. TENDONS EXCEEDING 100 FEET IN LENGTH'S MAY NEED TWO-WAY STRESSING. 11. PARTIAL (OR EARLY) STRESSING OF TENDONS, FOR TENDON LENGTHS LONGER THAN 150 FT., & WHEN NOTED ON PLAN, SHALL CONSIST OF INITIAL STRESSING SUCH DESIGNATED TENDONS TO A FORCE OF 8000 LB AT 2 DAYS AFTER CONCRETE PLACEMENT AND THEN FOLLOWING UP WITH FINAL STRESSING. 12. ELONGATIONS SHOWN ARE BASED ON .70 f pu. MEASURED ELONGATION 7% UNDER TO 7% OVER IS ACCEPTABLE. IF MEASURED ALONGATION EXCEEDS TOLERANCE, CONTACT GOUVIS ENGINEERING. 13. TAKE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AS NECESSARY; DO NOT PERMIT WORKMAN TO STAND BEHIND JACKS WHILE STRESSING TENDONS. STRESSING HOLES SEALING NOTES 1. THE REUSABLE PLASTIC GROMMET FORMS A HOLE 2" (INCH) DIAMETER WHICH IS TO BE FILLED AND SEALED WATER TIGHT. 2. USING A CUTTING TORCH, BURN OFF EXCESS STRAND 1/2" TO 3/4" BACK IN HOLE. BE CAREFUL NOT TO DIRECT FLAME ON GRIPPERS. USE A LARGE HOT FLAME AND COMPLETE THE CUT AS QUICKLY AS POSSIBLE. 3. AFTER TENDONS HAVE BEEN BURNED OFF, THE CONCRETE CONTRACTOR SHALL DRYPACK BLOCKOUTS WITHIN 10 DAYS. A NON-METALLIC EPOXY MIX SHALL BE USED FOR THIS PURPOSE. (AN ALTERNATE STIFF MIXTURE OF TWO PARTS CEMENT TO ONE PART SAND IS ACCEPTABLE). TECHNICAL PARAMETERS NOTES - DEFORMED MILD REINFORCING GRADE 40 (#3 & #4) STEEL SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A-615GRADE 60 (#5 & BIGGER) - STRANDS SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A-416 - PLASTIC SHEATHING SHALL BE FORMED BY A CONTINUOUS EXTRUSION PROCESS, WHICH APPLIES A SEAMLESS POLYETHYLENE PLASTIC JACKET OF 40 MILS MINIMUM THICKNESS. - PROPERTIES OF 7-WIRE STRAND 1/2" DIAMETER - f pu (ULTIMATE) = 270 ksi - AREA = 0.153 in2 - F (ULTIMATE) = 41,300 lbs - Es = 28,500,000 psi - MAXIMUM FORCE (AT 0.8 f pu) = 33,000 lbs (FRICTION OVERCAME) - MAXIMUM ANCHOR FORCE (AT 0.7 f pu) = 28,900 lbs - UNIT ELONGATION PER FOOT 0.079" = (AREA x Es) [(0.7 f pu) x AREA x 12"] 01/29/2025PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #1 04/17/2025PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #2 VE Revs 10/10/20251 B A a n d s h a l l n o t b e r e p r o d u c e d i n w h o l e o r i n p a r t w i t h o u t t h e e x p r e s s p r i o r w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n o f s a i d e n g i n e e r s , a n y u n a u t h o r i z e d r e u s e o f t h e s e p l a n s o t h e r t h a n f o r t h e p r o j e c t a n d l o c a t i o n s h o w n i s p r o h i b i t e d . al l i d e a s , d e s i g n s a n d p l a n s r e p r e s e n t e d b y t h i s d r a w i n g a r e t h e e x c l u s i v e p r o p e r t y o f Go u v i s E n g i n e e r i n g JOB NO. SUBMITTAL DATE SHEET TITLE SHEET NO. CLIENT: REVISION DATE 21 3 0 E 4 T H S T # 2 0 0 SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 5 BSB: MR230056; Gouvis: 66467 1ST PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 08/20/2024 2ND PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 01/29/2025 3RD P.C. SUBMITTAL 04/17/2025 3RD PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 04/17/2025 OL I V E C R E S T R E S I D E N T I A L OL I V E C R E S T 21 5 0 E . F O U R T H S T . & 2 1 6 0 E . F O U R T H S T . SA N T A A N A C A 9 2 7 0 5 POST TENSION MAT FOUNDATION DETAILS & NOTES PT1 TYPICAL INTERIOR FOOTING 15" MIN. @ PARTY WALL 12" U.N.O. 3" 3" 12" (U.N.O) 1 1 / 2 " E Q E Q d c f a b d q q q c MIN. 6".2. 1.ADD #4 HORIZ. 1 NOTE: - SEE DETAIL #1 FOR LEGEND AND INFORMATION NOT SHOWN. 3.#4 VERT. W/HOOK @ 12" O/C. 3 4.MAX. 12". 24 WALL W/RAISED CURB 3" CL R . - IN LIEU OF BOLTS USE SHOT PIN AS PER GENERAL NOTES FOR NON-SHEAR WALLS. r rr SEE TABLE ABV. @ SECT. 2q. & 10" MIN. @ SECT. 2B R TYPICAL EXTERIOR STEM WALL 12" EQ EQ 2.PROVIDE #4 VERT. @ 18" O.C. IF 3 " CL R . & INFORMATION NOT SHOWN - SEE DETAIL #1 FOR LEGEND d 2 3.MIN. 5 1/2". 4.ADD #4 HORIZ. 4 3 1 p 1 1 / 2 " 8" M I N . r 1.MAX. 12". NOTES: - MOISTENED SAND SHALL ALSO BE PLACED IN GARAGE SLAB AREA TO AID IN CONCRETE CURING, OMIT VISQUEEN IN GARAGE IF APPROVED BY SOIL ENGINEER. R #1 > 12" AND <18" TALL. DRIVEWAY TO GARAGE/APRON - NOTE: WALL. (USE 1/2" FIBERBOARD ISOLATE SLAB FROM STEM 1. MATERIAL) p CONC. CURB DRIVEWAY BEYOND 1 d r INFO. NOT SHOWN. SEE DETAIL #1 FOR LEGEND & R POTSHELF FOOTING 8" 4" PER ARCH. NOTE: & INFO. NOT SHOWN. - SEE DETAIL #1 FOR LEGEND 6" MI N . d K PER ARCH. 2" CL R . d r R PAD FOOTING DETAIL & INFORMATION NOT SHOWN. - SEE PLANS 24" SQ. MIN. NOTE: INTERIOR EXTERIOR 1.POST IN WALL OR USE PAD REINFORCEMENT, SEE PLANS. COLUMN BASE, SEE PLAN. FACE OF 2. STUD PAD SIZE SEE PLAN FOOTING BEYONDFOOTING BEYOND P A D T H I C K . PE R P L A N 1 1 d K 2 2 THICKNESS IS NOT INDICATED ON PLAN). 3" C L R TY P . PAD SIZE SEE PLAN ℄ ℄ SEE DETAIL #1 FOR LEGEND PAD THICKNESS PER PLAN (12" MIN. IF3. 3 R TYP. (SLAB) OFFSET DETAIL 10 " M I N . 8" 8 1 / 2 " MI N . 3 1 / 2 " 18" THIS DETAIL IS FOR DROPS. STRAND PER PLAN. #4 REBAR OR 1/2" DIA. #4 x @ 18" O.C (VERT.) OVER 12" & 30" MAX. (U.N.O.). NOTES: 3. 2. 18" BELOW CONSTRUCTION JOINT RECOMND'S. EXTEND VISQUEEN AND/OR SOILS ENGINEER'S WATER PROOFING PER ARCH. 1. CONSTRUCTION JOINT OPTIONAL 16" MIN. SEE DETAIL #1 FOR LEGEND & INFORMATION NOT SHOWN. VA R I E S SE E A R C H . MIN. 12". 3 K 3d f 1 2 f d 4.#4 @ 18" O.C. HORIZ.4 - - R RAISED CURB DETAIL 11.1'-10" MIN. 6'-5" MAX. TO THE BOTTOM OF TENDON PER DETAIL. TOP OF SLAB AT GARAGE. 7'-0" TO THE BOTTOM OF THE INTO FOOTING AT CURB. ADD #4 BAR BENT DOWN. 3" CLEARANCE TYPICAL 10. 9. 8. 7. 7" CURB MIN. 6. 5. 4. ANCHOR BOLT. SEE PLANS 3. 2. 1.POST PER PLAN. SILL PLATE. 12"12" #3 CLOSED TIES @ 4" O.C.12. FOR SIZE AND SPACING. 11 1 4 12 5 3 2 9 10 8 7 6 THE HEADER. HEADER. R TYP. SLAB STEP DETAIL 30" MIN. MIN. 18" STEP DET. STRAND P.T. OPTIONAL 3.#4 DOWELS x 4'-0" LONG & p+5 MIN. @ SECT. 9B (10" MIN. DEPTH PER TABLE @ SECT. 9 TRANSITION LENGTH SCHED. @ 24" O.C. AT NON-MONO POUR 2" C L R . p. 4. "D"= SEE ARCH., ALSO SEE SLOPE TRANSITION (SEE 2. 1. 12" TYP. 2'-0" TABLE BELOW. TABLE BELOW). SEE DETAIL 7-PT-1 NOTE: - FOR DROPS OVER 12", PLEASE 1 2 3 p FOR A.B. CLR.). - SEE DETAIL #1 FOR LEGEND AND INFORMATION NOT SHOWN D=0"-3"H=18" H CONDITION. (NON-MONO POUR IS WHEN 1st. & 2nd. POUR CAN NOT BE VIBRATED TOGETHER). d d r R TYPICAL CONTROL JOINT ZIP STRIP SAW CUT / HAND TOOL JOINT - SEE DETAIL #1 FOR LEGEND & INFORMATION NOT SHOWN. - PROVIDE SAW CUT WITHIN 20'-0" MAX. EA. WAY (U.N.O.) - PROVIDE CONTROL JOINT AT NOTES: RADIUS 1/8" MAX. 24 HOURS OF POUR. 1/5"x "D" MIN. 1/4"x "D" MAX.d " D " - TYPE OF CONTROL JOINTS TO BE SELECTED AND PLACED AT LOCATIONS SHOWN ON PLANS IN ACCORDANCE WITH GOOD CONSTRUCTION PRACTICE AT CONTRACTORS OPTION. d1/5"x "D" MIN. 1/4"x "D" MAX. 1/8" MAX. RADIUS R d NON-BEARING INTERIOR WALL SEE FOUNDATION NOTE ON - SEE DETAIL #1 FOR LEGEND & INFORMATION NOT SHOWN. 1. NOTE: SN1. FOR SHOT PINS. 1 a R CABLE AT TUB BOX 1/2" DIA. TENDON 1:6 MAX. PLUMBING AND SEWER LINE 2. 6'-0" MIN. TRANSITION CURVE. 1. OPENING. 3" CLR. MIN. 2 1 EDGE OF SLAB R 3" CLR. 1/2" DIA. TENDON BUILT-UP SLAB & TENDON SUPP. SE E A R C H . EQ . 6" 9" MIN. 1.ROUGHEN SLAB CONTACT SURFACES TO RECEIVE CAST-ON SLAB 2ND POUR. 4" THICK MIN. BUILT-UP SLAB OVER COMPACTED MOISTENED 6X6 - 10/10 W.W.M. OR #3 @ 18" O.C. EACH WAY SAND BASE MAY BE REPLACED WITH SOLID CONCRETE AT CONTRACTOR'S OPTION. ALL A.B., HD.B. & STRAPS MUST BE MADE LONG ENOUGH FOR MIN. EMBED INTO FIRST POUR OF SLAB OR FOOTINGS. NOTES: WHEN POST LOAD BEARS @ CAST-ON SLAB, THICKEN CONC. MIN. 24"SQ. ALL THE WAY TO LOWER P.T. SLAB. 4. 5. EQ . 3 1 / 2 " SAND BASE. 2. 3. & INFORMATION NOT SHOWN. SEE DETAIL #1 FOR LEGEND 1 1/2" CLR. NAIL TO BULKHEAD d 1 5 4 3 k 5 2 L m - - R COLUMN BASE MULTI - STUD OR 71 1. 4. 3. 2. (2) #4 E/ W PER PLAN. OF COLUMN BASE. 12" 12" THRU STIRRUP #3 MIN. "V" BAR BENT CB/LCB/CBSQ PER PLAN. SIMPSON COLUMN BASE 2 WHERE OCCURS. 1 WHERE OCCURS. 1"7. 6. 5 CL R TOP OF CONCRETE SLAB PAD FOOTING PER PLAN. 2 PLATE & ANCHOR BOLTS 5. 3CLR 4" 3" NOTE: FOR MISSING "CB", SEE DETAIL 16/SN-3. 3 8" M I N . 4 6 4" 3" BATTER SEE PLANS POST PER PLAN. R TIE BEAM / WING WALL ED G E O F F T G DE P T H T O M A T C H 2" C L R . ±3 " & EMBEDMENT IN ADJACENT (2) #4 T & B W/ 2'-0" MIN. LAP AND INFORMATION NOT SHOWN. - SEE DETAIL #1 FOR LEGEND 15 " M I N . 1.NOTES: GRADE FINISH 12" MIN. SLAB & FTG. REFER TO ARCH. 6"MIN. 3" " D " DE P T H T O M A T C H ED G E O F F T ' G . 1 5 " M I N . AR C H . 8 " M I N . RE F E R T O 1 1 / 2 " EQ EQ 3 " CL R . TIE BEAMWALL FT'G. 2.TENDON WHERE OCCURS ON PLAN, PROVIDE #4 HAIRPIN AT ANCHOR. 3.PROVIDE #4 VERT. @ 18" O.C. ONLY IF "D" EXCEEDS 18" TALL. 12" MIN. 2" CLR. 1 3 2 1 1 1 1 3" CL R . 2" CLR.TYP. WING R PONY WALL, PIPE COLUMN 36" OR PER ARCHITECT. CONCRETE SLAB 3" DIA. CONCRETE FILLED 3. 2. 1. PIPE BUMPER GUARD. 2 1 3 (2) #4x15" EA. SIDE EA. WAY4. TOP & BOTT. (8) TOTAL 9" 2" 2" 4PIPE COLUMN R STEPPED FOOTING d 1.5 "S" "S " NOTES: - "S" SHOULD BE MAX 18" - "D" IS OVERALL DEPTH OF FTG. - BEND REBARS IF REQUIRED & LAP MIN. 48 BAR DIAMETER - REINFORCEMENT TO MATCH FOUNDATION DETAILS. "D " FT'G. REIN'F. PER DETAIL 1 1/2" 48 db 24" MIN. R TYPICAL TRENCH @ FOOTINGS 6"6" MI N . MI N . TRENCH PARALLEL TO FOOTINGS TRENCH PERPENDICULAR TO FOOTING ADD (2) #4 X 4' LONG CENTER @ PENETRATION 10'-0" MIN. 4 1 3 18" 1 2 2 1 2 COMPACTED FILL R 5 LINE. NOT TO EXTEND BELOW THIS BOTTOM OF TRENCH EXCV. PER SOILS REPORT. BACKFILL TRENCH EXCV. FINISH GRADE. 3. 2. 1. PROPER SHORING NOTES: RESPONSIBLE FOR CONTRACTOR IS WHEN REQUIRED. - MIN. SPACING OF- OF VERTICAL PENETRATION IS 6". 3/4" MIN. 4. FOR VERTICAL PIPES:5. 2X4 WALLS - MAX. PIPE SIZE IS 3". 2X6 WALLS - MAX. PIPE SIZE IS 4". MAX. PIPE SIZE IS 4". CREATE PIPE SLEEVE 2" LARGER THAN PIPE. CONTACT GOUVIS ENGINEERING IF THE PIPE DIAMETER IS LARGER THAN 4" POST TO FOOTING AT DECK MEMBRANE BETWEEN POST BASE DETAIL "A"DETAIL "B" 4 1 5 2 C.L. 3 7 WHEN DECK SYSTEM IS PROPERLY CONNECTED TO THE BUILDING SYSTEM IS NOT PROPERLY CONNECTED TO THE BUILDING CONSTRUCTION OR DECK WHEN DECK IS ADDED AFTER FOR LATERAL FORCES, USE FOR LATERAL FORCES PER EXTEND L5X5X1/2 INTO CONC. FOOTING AS SHOWN. 2 1/2"X2 1/2"X1/4" WASHER. 5/8" DIA. M.B. WITH AND TOP OF CONC FOOTING. 4. 6. 5. NOTES: 6 MULTI -STUD OR POST PER PLAN. SIMPSON CBSQ. 3. 2. 6X6 POST (U.N.O.). PROVIDE STEGO WATERPROOF1. SEE PLAN SEE PLAN 3" 3" SE E P L A N 18 " M I N . SE E P L A N 8" MI N . 5" 7" 8" 4" 4" 8" 7" EITHER DETAIL 4/SD2 OR 14/SD2, USE DETAIL "A". 7.L 5X5X1/2. U.N.O. - - 8.BOTTOM OF POST. 8 DETAIL "B". R 3" MIN. 4 1 / 2 " PLAN VIEW ENLARGED 3"X 3"X 1/4" STEEL ANGLE (2) 3/8" DIA. CARRIAGE BOLTS 9" CONCRETE EMBEDMENT MIN. 2X4 P.T.D.F. MEMBER 2X4 P.T.D.F. PLATE (NOTCH AROUND STEEL ANGLE). 18 " 3. 5. 4. 2. 1. 2 4 1 5 3 W/ 1 1/2" SQ. X 3/16" PLATE WASHER TO WOOD MEMBER PONY WALLR HOLDOWN STRAP REFER TO DETAILS #1 & #2 INSTALL STRAPS OVER SHEAR FOR MORE INFORMATION MIN. f'c = 2500 psi. 2. 1. FOR CONNECTION TYPE. REFER TO PLANS & TABLE BELOW MIN. 4X4 POST (U.N.O.). HOLDOWN STRAP, SEE FOR MISSING OR MISLOCATED DETAIL 18/SN-3. PANEL. NOTES: - - - - le EXTERIOR FOOTING INSTALLATION SIMPSON HOLDOWN le 16d SINKER NAILS #4 BAR x 8'-0" CENTERED @ HD * STHD10 10"20 (1) TOP & (1) BOTT. STHD14 14"24 (1) TOP & (1) BOTT. *CONT. FOOTING REINFORCEMENT/CABLE CAN BE COUNTED AS PART OF REBAR REQUIREMENT. NOTE: -4x4 POSTS CAN BE REPLACED WITH 2-2x4 AS LONG AS NAILS ARE MAINTAINED WITH MIN. EDGE DISTANCE AS REQUIRED BY THE MANF. SPEC. & S.W. EDGE NAILS STAGGERED ON BOTH STUDS. - 3.STRAND IN PERPENDICULAR DIRECTION PER PLAN. 3 4.REBAR PER TABLE, CENTERED @ "HD" (BEND REBAR @ CORNER). LOCATE TOP BAR 3" TO 5" FROM TOP OF CONCRETE. 4 1 2 TO ACHIEVE le+4, AND EXTEND THIS DEEPEN FOOTING AS REQUIRED DEEPEN FOOTING 1.5 le BOTH SIDES OF STRAP PARALLEL TO FOOTING CORNER AS NEEDED. LONGITUDINAL DIRECTION. PROVIDE MIN. 3" CLR ALL AROUND FOR STEEL STRAP & BEND THE REBAR AT INSTALLATION 1 2 24" MIN . CORNER 1 2 INTERIOR FOOTING INSTALLATION 4 le -USE STHD10RJ & STHDRJ FOR RIM JOIST APPLICATION. R TYP. EXTERIOR FOOTING 8" 6" STRAND @ MID HT. OF SLAB. MIN. 10 MIL VAPOR BARRIER NOT USED. 5" CONC. SLAB W/. 1/2" DIA. f. e. d. 2X STUDS @ 16 " O.C. INTERIOR FINISH. INDICATED ON PLANS) W/ 5/8" Φ ANCHOR BOLTS OR "FOUNDATION" ON SN-1 SHEET(S) 2X P.T.D.F. SILL (USE 3X WHERE FOR OTHER REQUIREMENTS. c. b. a. 3 1 / 2 " TY P . 6" TYP. DEAD END 1 1/2"CLR. NAIL TO BULKHEAD K. m. L. BURN EXCESS STRAND 1/2" TO 3/4" INTO RECESS. SUPPORT ON CONC. BLK. OR PLASTIC CHAIR, SEE PLANS TIE CABLE @ INTERSECTION FOR CABLE SPACING. REUSABLE PLASTIC POCKET HOLE IN BULKHEAD. FORMER INSERTED IN 3/4" Ø AFTER STRESSING & APPROVAL, h. g. EXTERIOR FINISH W/ G.I. BASE PLYWOOD PER PLAN. NOTES: - FOR MISSING/MISLOCATED AB., - FOR OVERSIZED HOLE IN SILL PLATE SEE DETAIL 15/SN-3. - VAPOR BARRIER TO HAVE MIN. 6" LAP AT ALL SEAMS PER MANUF. (U.N.O.). - VERIFY ALL INFORMATION PER - P.T. SLAB & FOOTING TO BE POURED MONOLITHICALLY. SEE FOUNDATION SCREED. SEE ARCHITECTURAL. SEE DETAIL 19/SN-3 FOR FIX. f d k b a h p n.TOP OF NAT. GRADE OR COMPACTED FILL. o.EXTERIOR FIN. GRADE PER CIVIL DRAWINGS. n o c UPDATED SOILS REPORT L m FOR FIX. g p.EMBEDMENT DEPTH BELOW TYP. NOTE #14 ON SN-1. 12" MIN.r LOWEST GRADE PER TABLE. r.REBAR OR CABLE PER TABLE ABV. 3" MI N . s.7" EMBEDMENT. MASA/MASAP. SEE FOUNDATION PLAN & NOTES UNDER gALT. MI N . s INSTALLATION MASA/MASAP t.FORM BOARD 2x12 OR LESS.u u.MIN. 3" WIDE x 6" DEEP @ VENEER. t R MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF A ASTM E 1745 CLASS A MATERIAL. TYPICAL BEAM TENDON PROFILE 3 SEE DETAILS #1 FOR LEGEND & INFORMATION NOT SHOWN. 1.TENDON @ THE BOTTOM OF FOOTING PER PLAN. 2.CHAIRS @ MAX 4'-6" O.C. 3.TYPICAL FOOTING WHERE OCCURS. 4. NOTES: - -DRAPED TENDON AT k o L m 3" CL R 6" 12" TRANSITION LENGTH d "D " "L"1 D L 18" 24" 36" 54" 72" 2 CONTINUOUS FOOTING. 4 4 SCHEDULE SEE PLAN. R TYP. HOLDOWN INSTALLATION NOTE: 4x4 POSTS CAN BE REPLACED W/ 2-2x4 AS LONG AS NAILS ARE MAINTAINED W/ MIN. EDGE DISTANCE AS REQUIRED BY THE MANUF. SPEC. BOTH STUDS. - PLAN VIEW SB/SSTB @ CONC. CORNER PLAN VIEW SB/SSTB @ CONC. END 85" MIN4 5" MIN. 4 16 " RE T U R N 7 MI N . 1 F PAB BOLT INSTALLATION SB/SSTB BOLT INSTALLATION @ SW @ INT. FTG/SLAB @ SW @ INT. FTG/SLAB 14 3" CL R . MI N . 13 1 14 D D SECTION C-C 17 14 16 SECTION D-D 13 F F SECTION F-F 14 13 SECTION E-E 16 14 17 & S.W. EDGE NAILS STAGGERED ON d 3" 6 9 1 le 4 10 B 3 CL R . SB/SSTB BOLTS INSTALLATIONB @ SW @ EXT. FOOTING E E18 1.5 leB 18 1.5 leB le B B 12 18 1.5 leB 18 1.5 leB PAB BOLT INSTALLATION SEE PLAN IF LARGER PAD IS REQUIRED d 2 1 5 FF 6 3" CL R MI N . le A 1 3/4" MIN., TYP. C C @ SW @ EXT. FOOTING A FF 15 14 F 3" CL R MI N . le A FF A 13 SE E SC H E D U L E HDQ8 HDUHTT5 11 6.EXTERIOR FOOTING EDGE. REBAR PER TABLE, CENTERED @ "HD"1. 3. SIMPSON PAB STD. STEEL BOLTS PER2. (BEND REBAR @ CORNER). FOR COND. B, LOCATE TOP REBAR 3" TO 5" FROM TOP OF CONCRETE. 5.DOUBLE HEX NUTS WITH WASHER. SEE SCHEDULE FOR SIZES. SCHED. (ALL THREAD A307-C/A36 RODS CAN BE USED IN LIEU OF PAB BOLTS). 4.SB/SSTB BOLTS PER SCHEDULE. FOR 5/8"Ø BOLT) ENTIRE EMBED. LENGTH. CONCRETE STEM/FOOTING 11.USE 16d SINKER NAILS. (0.148"x3 1/4") FOR HTT4 & HTT5. WIDEN FTG. WHERE OCCURS, SEE DETAIL #1.9. 20 5/8" FOR SSTB24, 24 7/8" (MIN.) FOR SSTB28.10. CONCRETE END.8. FOR INSTALLATION INFORMATION NOT SHOWN. - REFER TO MANUFACTURER SPECIFICATIONS 1/4"Øx4 1/2" SDS SCREWS SHOULD BE USED. - WHEN 3-2X MEMBER IS USED FOR HDQ8 & HDU, TRANSFER PLATE FOR HDU11, HDU14, HHDQ11, & - HEAVY HEX ANCHOR NUT IS REQUIRED ON LOAD HHDQ14 HOLDOWNS. 7.CONCRETE CORNER. 12.FTG WIDTH (13" FOR 7/8"Ø BOLT, 9" FOR 5/8"Ø BOLT). 13.EDGE OF DEEPENED SLAB/FTG FOR HOLDOWN @ INT. SHEAR WALL. BOTTOM OF SLAB. TOP OF DEEPENED EXT. FTG FOR PAB BOLT INSTALLATION. BOTTOM OF EXT. FOOTING/ MAT. 14. WIDTH (8" MIN. FOR 7/8"Ø BOLT, 6" MIN. - SEE DETAIL #1 FOR LEGEND & INFO NOT SHOWN. - SEE PLANS FOR HOLDOWN TYPES. NOTES: - FOR MISSING OR MISLOCATED HOLDOWN, SEE DETAIL 18/SN-3. 15. 16. EDGE OF EXTENDED/ENLARGED EXTERIOR FOOTING.17. FOR ANCHOR BOLT LOCATED LESS THAN 1.5 le FROM18. CONC CORNER/END, EXTEND THE FTG AS FOLLOWS: CORNER COND. - THE REMAINING BALANCE OF 1.5 le , (16" MAX.), INTO THE RETURN FOOTING. B B - FOR HD12 AND HD19, USE 6X6 POST MIN. 1 3/4" MIN., TYP. END. COND. - FOR SB/SSTB LOCATED AT LESS THAN CONCRETE FOOTING END PER PLAN. B1.5 le FROM CONC FOOTING END, THE EXTENDED FOOTING PER SEC. E-E & SEC. F-F, ENDS AT WHERE * SIMPSON HOLDOWN HDU8 PAB BOLTS HDU11 HHDQ11 HDQ8 F (MIN) (COND. A) CENTERED REBARS x 8'-0" @ HD (2)#4 T& (2)#4 B SEE SECT. E-E * PAB5 PAB8 SIZES (4)#4 TOP & (4) #4BOT. FTG EXTENSION PAB7 SB/ SSTB BOLTS(COND. B) SSTB24 SSTB SSTB28 SSTB28 & SECT. F-F leA 11" HD19 HD12 HDU14 HHDQ14 19"PAB9 22"PAB10 1 4"x1 3 4"x1 3 4" 3 8"x2 1 2"x2 1 2" SIZE(MIN.) PL. WASHER 13 1 2"9" 12 1 2" 14 1 2"5 8"x3 1 2"x3 1 2" 9 16"x3 1 4"x3 1 4" 16 1 2" 10"6 1 2" 1 2"x2 3 4"x2 3 4" R HTT4/HTT5 ALT. (1)#5 T& (1)#5 B ALT. (2)#5 T& (2)#5 B (3)#5 T& (3)#5 B SB SB5/8x24 SB7/8x24 SB7/8x24 SB1x30 N./.A. N./.A.N./.A.N./.A. 18" FOR SB 5/8x24, 24" (MIN.) FOR SB 7/8x24 and SB1x30 SB1x30 USE 18" WIDE x 24" DEEP FOOTING , 4'-0" LONG PAST HOLDOWN EACH WAY CONT. FOOTING REINF. CAN BE COUNTED AS PART OF REBAR REQUIREMENT IF BAR SIZE ARE SAME AS THOSE REQUIRED PER SCHEDULE; OTHERWISE, BARS PER SCHEDULE ARE ADD'L. ** SEE SECT. E-E & SECT. F-F** A 7 6 8 13163 610 11 8 18 2 12 5 15 12 26341610314 1.ROOF SHEATHING. TRUSS BY MANUFACTURER. 8d COMMON NAILS AT 6" O.C. B.N. U.N.O. 2X FULL HEIGHT BEVELED BLK'G. (IF BLK'G. IS NOT BEVELED SEE DETAIL 13-SN2) IF BLK'G. NOT TIGHT FIT, SEE ITEM #15. DBL. TOP PLATE OR BEAM. SIMPSON A35 SPACING SHEAR PANEL TYPE 2 TYPICAL (U.N.O. ON PLANS) BETWEEN TRUSSES. SEE PLAN FOR TYPE AND LOC. OF SHEAR PANEL ON 2X STUDS AT 16" O.C. MAX. ALT. LOC. OF SHEAR PANEL. 2X FULL HEIGHT BLOCKING. TYPICAL BOUNDARY NAILING SIMPSON "H1A" @ EVERY TRUSS 2X BLK'G. & UPPER SHEATHING ABV. PLATE CAN BE REPLACED W/ PRE-FABRICATED FULL DEPTH BLOCKING. 2X RAFTER TAIL W/ MIN. 3'-0" LAP W/ 16d's 6" O.C. STAGG. MAX. GAP BETWEEN BLK'G. & TOP PLATE FOR HI TO 1/2" & FOR A35, TO BE 1/4". 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 13-SN2 IF NOT BEVELED. 2X BEVELED BLK'G. SEE 16. OR TRUSS TOP CHORD. SHEAR TRANSFER DETAIL BLOCK SEE DETAIL 1A/SN-2 24 " MA X 7 12 PER SW SCHEDULE (AT NON-SHEAR WALL, SPACING IS 48" O.C. MAX.). FOR VENT ALT. LOCATION OF H1A.17.17 R USE "LGT" FOR GIRDER TRUSS, WIDTH OF "LGT" TO MATCH NUMBER OF PLYS OF G.T. 18. ALT. TO H1A, USE (2)SDWC15600 SIMP. TRUSS SCREWS. 9 REFER TO SIMP. CATALOG FOR INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS 01/29/2025PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #1 04/17/2025PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #2 VE Revs 10/10/20251 B A a n d s h a l l n o t b e r e p r o d u c e d i n w h o l e o r i n p a r t w i t h o u t t h e e x p r e s s p r i o r w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n o f s a i d e n g i n e e r s , a n y u n a u t h o r i z e d r e u s e o f t h e s e p l a n s o t h e r t h a n f o r t h e p r o j e c t a n d l o c a t i o n s h o w n i s p r o h i b i t e d . al l i d e a s , d e s i g n s a n d p l a n s r e p r e s e n t e d b y t h i s d r a w i n g a r e t h e e x c l u s i v e p r o p e r t y o f Go u v i s E n g i n e e r i n g JOB NO. SUBMITTAL DATE SHEET TITLE SHEET NO. CLIENT: REVISION DATE 21 3 0 E 4 T H S T # 2 0 0 SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 5 BSB: MR230056; Gouvis: 66467 1ST PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 08/20/2024 2ND PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 01/29/2025 3RD P.C. SUBMITTAL 04/17/2025 3RD PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 04/17/2025 OL I V E C R E S T R E S I D E N T I A L OL I V E C R E S T 21 5 0 E . F O U R T H S T . & 2 1 6 0 E . F O U R T H S T . SA N T A A N A C A 9 2 7 0 5 GENERAL DETAILS & NOTES SD2 4 6 5 231 A B (2) CS16 CS16 3400# 1700# STRAP CAPACITY* - USE DOUBLE BLOCKING OR FLAT BLOCKS FOR CONDITION B. - USE SINKER AT STRAPS. CS16 STRAP TO BE APPLIED OVER ENTIRE LENGTH OF LINE OF BLOCKING MIN. (3) NAILS TO EACH BLOCK. SEE PLAN FOR EXTENT OF END LENGTH. PLYWOOD SHEATHING. SHEAR WALL, SEE PLAN 2X BLOCKING ON EDGE W/ E.N. OR FLAT BLOCKING. TRUSSES. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. * NAIL LATERAL VALUES BASED ON SPF/HF. DRAG DETAIL - STRAP TO EXTEND ON ALL BLKG. (MIN. 3-BAYS). - REFER TO 17/SN2 FOR CS16 NAILING PATTERN. NOTES: END LENGTH 3'-6" 3'-6" NAIL SIZE & SPACING (2) ROWS 8d @ 4 1/8" (2) ROWS 8d @ 4 1/2" LINE OF BLOCKING AND SHEAR TRANSFER DETAIL TO DOUBLE TOP PLATES. R TRUSS BLKG OR FULL HT BLKG @7. SHEAR WALL LOCATION 7 876 1 510 7 9 264 7 5101 7 1 6 4 2 3 3610PLAN VIEW SIDE VIEW - USE DBL. BLKG. FOR CONDITION B, C & D A B CS16 (2) CS16 3400# 1700# CAPACITY**STRAP CMSTC16C*4585#16d SINKER @ 4 1/2" NAIL SIZE AND 8d BOX/SINKER @ 4 1/8" 8d BOX/SINKER @ 4 1/8" SPACING SIDE VIEW IF DRAG TRUSS IS A JACK TRUSS, PROVIDE PLYWOOD TYPE 2 FROM TOP TO BOTT. CMST14 16d SINKER @ 3 1/2"D*6490# 1.TYP. TRUSSES BEARING ON WALL 2.TYP. TRUSSES HANGING FROM GIRDER TRUSS OR BEAM 3.GIRDER TRUSS OR BEAM OFFSET FROM CORNER. 4.LINE OF BEVELED BLKG. W/E.N. OF ROOF SHT'G. SEE 13/SN2 IF 5.ROOF SHEATHING 6.SIMPSON STRAP CUT TO FIT ON WALL AS SHOWN & ACROSS ALL BAYS OF BLKG. AS REQ'D. MIN. (4) BAYS W/ MIN. (3) NAILS TO EACH BLOCK. 7.END LENGTH & SPACING PER TABLE BELOW. 8.PROVIDE 2X4X4'-0" MEMBER NEXT TO TRUSS AT CONDITION B & NAIL TO TRUSS W/ 16d'S @ 4" O.C. STAGGERED & FOR CONDITION C & D USE DBL. TRUSS W/ NAILS @ 4" O.C. 9.DRAG TRUSS W/ LINE OF E.N. 6'-0" 6'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" LENGTH END * APPLY ONLY AT TRUSS IN LINE CONDITION. TRUSS IN LINE TRUSS OFFSET NOT BEVELED. APPLY 16d's AT 8" O.C. TO THE GIRDER TRUSS (MIN. 5 BAYS). LINE OF BEVELED BLKG. W/10. E.N. . IF NOT BEVELED, SEE 13/SN2 - DRAG DETAIL - NOTES: REFER TO 17/SN2 FOR CS16 NAILING PATTERN. ** NAIL LATERAL VALUES BASED ON SPF/HF. NAILS PER SCHEDULE, USE (2) ROWS OF NAILS EA. STRAP CHORD. R 3 2 4 2 4 1 SIDE VIEW END VIEW 1.BM., SEE PLAN (MIN. DEPTH 12"). SIMPSON STRAP EACH SIDE OF BEAM TO POST. POST, SEE PLAN. ALT. TO MSTA12 STRAPS, USE 2X KING STUD EACH SIDE OF BEAM TO POST & NAIL W/ 16d'S @ 16" O.C. TO POST & MIN. (5) 16d'S TO BEAM. 2. 3. 4. NOTE: - POST & BEAM CONNECTION ADD SHIMS AS REQUIRED. IF THERE IS DBL. TOP PLATE- BTWN. BM. & POST, INCREASE LENGTH OF STRAP TO ACCOMMODATE. EQ . EQ . STRAP A CAPACITY - 5600# 2900# MSTA12 EA. SIDE (1) CS16B (2) CS16C OF EACH STRAP OVERALL LENGTH 12" 24" 24" FILL ALL STRAP HOLES WITH- NAILS. 4 R 21 6 1 4 3 5 8 4 73 7 4 1.EDGE NAILING. ROOF SHEATHING. SEE PLAN FOR TYPE. TYPICAL TRUSSES. 2X8 (MAX.) NAILER WITH 10d COMMON NAILS TO PLATE & TRUSS. USE SAME SPACING ALT. LOCATION OF A35 IF TRUSS IS OFFSET. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 4" MAX. OFFSET SHEAR TRANSFER BELOW. NON-SHEAR WALL, @ 48" O.C. A35'S EQUALLY SPACED PER ROOF IS IN PLACE. SHEAR TRUSS TO TRANSFER 200 PLF FROM TOP CHORD TO BOTTOM U.N.O. SHEAR WALL SCHEDULE (AT AS EDGE NAILS OF SW TYPE MAX.). CONNECT A35's AFTER R DRAG DETAIL SEE TABLE. END LENGTH 6'-0" * SEE FRAMING PLAN. CONT. JOIST OR BLOCKING,7. OF EDGE NAILING SEE PLAN. BEAM OR JOIST (S), W/ LINE6. 5. 4. 1. 2. 3. 3'-0" 3'-0" 6'-3" CAPACITY 1700# 3400# 4585# 6490#D CMST14 NAIL SIZE AND SPACING JOIST (S). W/ NAILS FROM CS16 PLAN. FOR CONDITION C &D. MIN. 3 1/2" WIDE MEMBER ROWS OF NAILS. MIN. 1/2" SPACING BETWEEN C CMSTC16 B* (2) CS16 A CS16 STRAP DBL. TOP PLATE. POST OR MULTI STUD, SEE SPACING AND END LENGTH SIMILAR COND. W/FLUSH BEAM SIMPSON STRAP PER TABLE133273 5 6 4 10d BOX AT 3 1/2" 10d BOX AT 4 1/2" 8d BOX/SINKER AT 4 1/8" 8d BOX/SINKER AT 4 1/8" REFER TO 17/SN2 FOR CS16 NAILING PATTERN. - - NOTES: (2) ROWS OF NAILS FOR EA. STRAP. R TYPICAL SPLICE TOP PLATE ALT. STRAP W/ 16d SINKER STRAP SPLICE SLOPING CONDITION NO. OF 16d SINKER MIN. PLATE LAP PLATE SPLICE AT EQ.EQ. MSTC52ST6236ST6224ST22MST37 MST60 8 FT. 10 4 FT. 16 4 FT. A B 24 6 FT. 22 6 FT. 32 DC E 36 8 FT. F NAIL SPLICE14 3 3 5 2 3 U.N.O. & PER TABLE BELOW. NAILS SHALL BE STAGGERED & AT LEAST 2 1/4" APART. SINKER OR 10d COMMON FULLY NAIL STRAP W/ 16d CONT. LOWER PLATE @ WALL. SHIM AS REQUIRED. SIMPSON STRAP PER TABLE BELOW. SPLICING POINTS PER TABLE BELOW. NUMBER OF NAILS SPECIFIED BETWEEN W/ (3) 16d'S EACH SIDE. ATTACHED TO ADJACENT STUDS OR PROVIDE 2X BLKG. LOCATE STUD UNDER SPLICE TYP. STUDS AT 16" O.C. 5. 9. 8. 7. 6. ST22 STRAP. NOTE: EXTERIOR WALL. PROVIDE FULL HT. 4. 3. 2. 16d SINKER NAILS AT 8" O.C.1. NON-LAP CHANNEL CONDITION8 69 7 STUD TO RECEIVE STRAP NAILS. CMST12x72" 42 8 FT. G - - (5) MIN. EA. SIDE OF SPLICE R 6 10 3 2 5 2 1 8946 10 2 4 5 1 2 8 10 9 3 2 7 1 5 4 11 11 17 2 5 4 6 10 6 LEDGER. IF SPAN OF ROOF 8'-0", USE JOIST HANGER. 8d COMMON AT 4" O.C. ROOF SHEATHING. MEMBER IS MORE THAN (IF NOT BEVELED, SEE LOW ROOF TO HIGH ROOF SHEAR PANEL PER NOTE 7. CALLOUT ON PLAN. INSTALL IF SHEAR PANEL IS NOT TYPE 2 ENTIRE WALL FROM PLYWOOD SHEAR PANEL 2X R/R OR TOP CHORD OF LEDGER TO STUDS. SLIT THE H2.5A AT 48" O.C. FROM 16d's AT 6" O.C. (U.N.O.) (4) 16d's PER STUD U.N.O. 2X BEVELED LEDGER W/ EDGE NAILING. 2X BLOCKING. MIN. (3) 16d TOE NAILS TO TRUSS. CONDITION A W/ PLYWD INSIDE CONDITION B W/ PLYWD OUTSIDE ALTERNATE CONNECTION ALTERNATE CONNECTION 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. DETAIL. 13/SN2). PLYWOOD TO INSTALL H2.5A . 11. (U.N.O.) PER SHEAR WALL SCHEDULE. SIMPSON H2.5A PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF 2X BLK'G. AT CONDITION B LOCATE NOTE: 12.2X STUD OR BM. PER PLAN. HIGH TO LOW ROOF U.N.O. 13.PLYWOOD WHERE OCCURS PER PLAN. APPLY PRIOR TO 12 12 13 13 12 12 LOW ROOF INSTALLATION. PRIOR TO ROOF FRAMING. OUTSIDE, TO BE INSTALLED WHERE OCCURS. WHEN FULL HEIGHT SHEAR PANEL - R SHEAR TRANSFER T0 TOP CHORD. IF GIRDER APPLY SHEAR PANEL TRANSFER THIS LOAD, TRUSS IS NOT DESIGNED TO TYPE 2. BLOCK. 13/SN2 FOR NON- BEVELED MANUFACTURED TRUSS W/ OVERFILL RAFTERS. SHEAR/ GIRDER TRUSS PER 2X BLK'G. W/ 16d's SINKER NAILS AT 6" O.C. SEE DETAIL AND TO TRANSFER 250 PLF APPROVED HANGER. LINE OF BLK'G. INSTALLED BY TRUSS MANUFACTURER 6. 7. 3. 4. 2. 5. MANUFACTURER. ROOF SHEATHING. 1.EDGE NAILING.1 2 3 2 14 1 4 5 6 7 652 R & TO TRANSFER 250 PLF TO SHEAR TRANSFER TOP CHORD OF GIRDER. 2X CONT. NAILER OR TOP CHORD OF TRUSS W/ 16d's IF GIRDER TRUSS IS NOT DESIGNED TO TRANSFER LOAD, APPLY PLWD. TYPE 2. @ 6" O.C. 9. H2.5 @ 48" O.C. TYPICAL 2X BEVELED BLK'G. W/ 16d's @ 6" O.C. IF NOT BEVELED, SEE DETAIL 13-SN2 TYP. TRUSSES PER TRUSS MANUFACTURER SHEAR/ GIRDER TRUSS DESIGNED BY TRUSS TRUSS/ JACK TRUSSES W/APPROVED HANGER BY TRUSS MANUFACTURER LINE OF BLK'G. INSTALLED BY TRUSS MANUFACTURER 6. 8. 7. 5. 4. 3. ROOF SHEATHING EDGE NAILING2. 1. 2 7 31 8 4 5 6 281 3 9 10 11 4 OR 9 10.ALT. LOCATION OF PLYWOOD TYPE 2. 11.2X FLAT BLK'G. ALT. CONDITION ENGINEER R SHEAR TRANSFER CALIFORNIA FRAMING.8. EDGE NAILING.3. ROOF TRUSS. ROOF SHEATHING. 2. 1.5 31 8 3 3 76 2X BEVELED BLK'G. IF4. BLK'G. IS NOT BEVELED, GIRDER TRUSS/SHEAR TRUSS5. SHEAR PANEL PER PLAN. 6. 7. 16d's @ 4" O.C. STAGGERED. 2 SEE 13/SN2. 4 9 10 WHERE OCCURS. USE SAME SHEAR TYPE AS9. BELOW. 8531 73 24 10.2X BLK'G. W/ A35 @ 8" 0.C. 6 3 OMIT A35's IF PLYWOOD IS CONTINUOUS TO UPPER BLK'G. 11. 11 11 4 ALT. CONDITIONALT. CONDITION A35, SPACING PER SHEAR WALL SCHEDULE (AT NON-SHEAR WALL, @ 48" O.C. MAX.). R DRAG DETAIL A CS16 1700# 3'-6" B (2)CS16 3400# 3'-6" END LENGTHSTRAPCAPACITY** OF 8d SINKER NAILS @ 4 1 7 1 5 2 62 3 END LENGTH.7. 7 CS16 & NAIL W/16d's @ 4" O.C. MEMBER TO RECEIVE 2ND. ADD 2"X4"X48" LONG * STAGGERED TO ROOF TOP CHORD OF TRUSS. TYPICAL ROOF RAFTER OR WHERE APPLICABLE. ALL BAYS OF BLOCKING. HIP BEAM OR TOP CHORD SEE PLAN FOR NO. OF BAYS 2X FLAT BLK'G. W/ E.N. ALONG LINE OF DRAG. DBL. TOP PLATE OR BEAM. ROOF SHEATHING W/ E.N. (MIN. 4 BAYS). 6. 5. 4. 2 OF HIP TRUSS. 2. 3. 7 SIMPSON CS16 W/ (2) ROWS1. * NAILING PATTERN. REFER TO 17/SN2 FOR CS16* RAFTER/TRUSS TOP CHORD. BASED ON SPF/HF. NAIL LATERAL VALUES** 4 1/8" O.C. CUT TO FIT OVER R 1 3 2 MST48 ST6236 CS16x36" STRAP NAIL SIZE & 1. 2. DRAG STRUT W/ E.N. PER PLANS. IF NOT CONTINUOUS SPLICE PER TABLE BELOW. PLYWOOD SHEATHING W/ E.N. SEE TABLE BELOW.3. STRAP SHOULD BE CENTERED @ SPLICE POINT. DRAG DETAIL A B C ALT. CONDITION TIMBER STRAND, LSL OR 4X ALT. LOCATION.4. 4X DRAG STRUT. ALT 2x5. 2X FULL HT. HEAD OUT 6. 4 5 6 LENGTH 8'-0" U.N.O. 14'-0" DRAG STRUT. CONTINUOUS ALONG DRAG LINE. FLAT @ CS16. IF REQUIRED. MST60 (66) 16d SINKERD CONTINUOUS QUANTITIES (50) 16d SINKER (40) 16d SINKER (32) 8d BOX/SINKER CAPACITY 1700# 3230# 4460# 5653# R OPENING @ SHEAR WALL NAIL BOTH PLWD. PANELS ON SAME MEMBER. BOTH SIDES OF DBL. SIDED WINDOW SILL FOR STRAP ON INSTALL HOLDOWN ON RETURN SHEAR PANELS. APPLICABLE. USE FULL WIDTH BLK'G. & WALL @ CORNERS WHEN NOTES: FULL LENGTH OF SHEAR PANEL). WINDOW SILL WHERE OCCURS. CONT. STUD/S OR POST W/ B.N. SHEAR PANEL TYPE PER PLAN ALL AROUND OPENING. PROVIDE BLK'G ABOVE & BELOW OPENING TYP. EACH CORNER OF OPENING. SILL & ACROSS SHEAR PANEL EXTEND ONTO HDR. OR WINDOW 2X BLK'G W/8d @ 2 1/16" O.C. CS16 OVER SHEAR PANEL OVER 3.2X STUD PER PLAN. NAILING/SCREWS/BOLT SHEAR WALL. B.N. AT BLK'G & EDGES OF HEADER PER PLAN. & W/HOLDOWN PER PLAN AT 8. 7. 6. 5. 4. DOUBLE 2X TOP PLATE. (ALT. INSTALL OVER 2X MIN. 2. 1. 16 835 2 6 1 7 4 5 6 18" 5 5 3 4 2 1 1 5 4 5 OUTSIDE EDGES OF SHEAR PANEL & EDGES OF DOORWAYS. 5 7 1 NAILING PATTERN. REFER TO 17/SN2 FOR CS16 PER PLAN. - - - - STAGGERED FACE NAILS PER9. NOTE 5 OF DETAIL 2/SN3. PANEL EDGE.10. 9 9 10 1/8" 10 R USE (2)CS16 W/ (2)-2x or 4x BLKG11. AT KEY NOTE 15A 11 11 CONNECTION DETAILS "B" PLAN VIEW "D" "A""C" 16d's @ 3" O.C. STAGGERED USE 1/4"Øx4" SDS @ 4" O.C. ALT. LOCATION OF SHEAR SHEAR WALL B.N. PANEL. 2X4 STUD (U.N.O.).4. 5. 6. 4X6 POST MIN. AS SHOWN. SEE PLAN FOR SHEAR PANEL. 2. 3. 1. 2 3 1 4 5 6 1 FOR SHEAR PANEL TYPE 5 , 6 R 21 2 7 451 SHEAR TRANSFER DETAIL - 11. 13. 8. 6. 12. 10. 9. 7. 5. STRUCT. GABLE END SHEAR 2X BACKING W/ 8d COM @6"O.C. SHEAR PANEL WHERE OCCURS. LS50 SPACING PER TO CONNECT TO EACH TRUSS. @ 8'-0" O.C. USE (2) 16d'S ACROSS MIN. (4) ROOF TRUSSES 2X4 FLAT STRONG BACK 2X FASCIA BOARD WHERE OCCURS. (3)16d's EA. END OF TRUSS TO BLK'G. 3. BRACING MEMBER FOR TRUSS ROOF SHEATHING W/ LINE OF BOUNDARY NAILING. 45 ± 5 2X4 TO BE 6'-0". USE LATERAL BRACING FOR LENGTH > 6'-0". 14. 12 15. SHIM AS REQUIRED. 3 TRUSS TO TRANSFER 240 PLF FROM TOP TO BOTT. CHORD (U.N.O.). * AS ALTERNATE TO H2.5A, USE H3, A34 OR A35. BRACE SPACING BRACE LENGTH CONN. A B CONN. 6'-0" O.C. 6'-0" O.C. L=5'-8" L=10'-4" (6) 16d's H2.5A2x4 EA. BRACE (6) 16d's EA. BRACE H2.5A(2) 2x4 SIZE BRACE L A B MAX UNSUPPORTED LENGTH OF * NOTES: LOCATION OF INTERSECTING WALLS AND DIAGONAL BRACE CAN BE OMITTED @ (1)A35 E/S OF EACH BRACE. 2X4 x24" LONG CENTERED @ BRACE W/ (5)16d's TO TRUSS 1514 SW SCHEDULE (AT NON-SHEAR ALT. 16. 8d COM TOE NAILS @6" O.C. 10 FACE NAILS TO TOP PLATES. WALL, SPACING @ 48" O.C. MAX). OMIT IF PLYWOOD IS NAILED TO 18 9 1 19 d's @ 8" O.C. TO TOP PLATE. RAFTER NEXT TO WALL W/16 ALTERNATE COND. W/ ROOF20. 4" O.C. TO PLATE BELOW. 2X FLAT BLOCKS W/ 16d's @19. 6"4" FOR FLAT CONC. TILE ROOFING, ALLOW ROOF RAFTERS TO FLOAT AND NAIL TO TOP PLATE AFTER ROOF IS LOADED TO AVOID UNEVEN RAFTER DEFLECTION. SHIM AS REQUIRED.18. 17.FULL HT. BALLOON FRAME STUDS @ 16" O.C. MAX. U.N.O. TO BOTT. OF OUTRIGGER/GABLE END TRUSS/SCISSOR TRUSS. SIZE PER SCHEDULE U.N.O. - 17 MA X . MI N . 20 6 13 8 9 ALT. 2X8LESS THAN 24' 2X6LESS THAN 20' 2X4LESS THAN 14' SIZEHEIGHT UNSUPPORTED WHEN FULL HT. STUDS USED TO BOTT. OF OUTRIGGER. BOTTOM CHORD OF TRUSS. 1 16 NOTCH TRUSS TOP CHORD OR 2X FLAT OUTRIGGERS @4'-0"O.C., FOR EAVES UP TO 24" DO NOT 4. DEEPER THAN 4'-0" PER TABLE BELOW. E.N. @ BLOCKING. 1. 2. RAFTER WHERE OCCURS TO RUN FOR EAVES UP TO 12" & 2'-0"O.C. OVER CUT. NAIL W/ (2) 16d's @ EACH END. ALT. (2) 16d SINKER TOE NAILS BRACE21. TO TRUSS BOTTM CHORD. 11 R A B B 4 3 1 6 A 1 5 4 23 CALIF. FRM'G (PLAN VIEW) CONNECTION DETAIL 2x 6 R I D G E ( U . N . O . ) CALIF. FRAM'G. @ RIDGE B.N. MI N 1 2 " 1.R/R OR TRUSS PER PLAN. ROOF SHEATHING. MIN. 1X CONT. BOARD W/ (3)16d's TO EACH ROOF FRAMING ELEMENT. 2X R/R @ CA. FRAMING. USE 2X4 @ 24" O.C. FOR MAX. SPAN OF 6'-0" & 2X6 @ 24" O.C. FOR MAX. SPAN OF 10'-0". 2X6 PURLIN & 2X4 KICKER @ 8'-0" O.C. MAX. TO LIMIT R/R SPAN @ CALIF. FRAMING. (1) BAY WIDTH X 30" ACCESS & VENTILATION OPENING PER ARCHITECTURAL. PROVIDE 2X BLKG. & BOUNDARY NAILING OF ROOF SHEATHING AROUND OPENING. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. CALIF. FRM'G SHEAR DETAIL & TOE NAIL W/ (3) 8d's. PREFABRICATED VALLEY TRUSS PER MANUFACTURER. 7. SIMPSON *VTCR CLIPS @ EA. END OF VALLEY TRUSS WITH 8. (5) 10dX1 1/2 NAILS TO VALLEY TRUSS & (4) 10dX1 1/2 NAILS TO ROOF FRAMING BELOW. *ICC ESR#2605 SECTION C-C ALT. CONVENTIONAL CALIF. FRAMING 7 1 2 8 CC R DRAG DETAIL 1. 2. 3. 5. 4. 6. CONT SOLID RIM JOIST PER PLAN SIMPSON CS16 STRAP TO BE APPLIED OVER ALL BAYS OF 2X BLOCKING (MIN. 3 BAYS U.N.O.) DBL. BLK'G OR 4X TO RECEIVE BOTH CS16 & HTS20 & NAILED TOGETHER W/(12) 16d NAILS STAGGERED. USE FULL DEPTH BLK'G. TYPICAL SIMPSON HTS20 TYPICAL 2X DECK JOIST PER PLAN LOCATION OF 2ND STRAP A B (1) HTS20 & (1) CS16 (2) HTS20 & (2) CS16 2900# 1450# CAPACITYSTRAPCOND. NOTES: ·SLIT RIM JOIST TO RUN STRAP THROUGH ·USE 8d SINKER NAILS ON CS16 AND 10d COMMON NAILS ON HST20's ·MIN. 1 1/2" SPACING BETWEEN ROWS OF NAILS. ·PROVIDE LINE OF EDGE NAILING ALONG LINE OF DRAG ·REFER TO 17/SN2 FOR CS16 NAILING PATTERN. 5 1 7 46 3 1 4 6 7 7. FLOOR SYSTEM PER PLAN. 5 CONT SOLID RIM JOIST AT DECK 8 ALTERNATE 2 8 01/29/2025PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #1 04/17/2025PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #2 VE Revs 10/10/20251 B A a n d s h a l l n o t b e r e p r o d u c e d i n w h o l e o r i n p a r t w i t h o u t t h e e x p r e s s p r i o r w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n o f s a i d e n g i n e e r s , a n y u n a u t h o r i z e d r e u s e o f t h e s e p l a n s o t h e r t h a n f o r t h e p r o j e c t a n d l o c a t i o n s h o w n i s p r o h i b i t e d . al l i d e a s , d e s i g n s a n d p l a n s r e p r e s e n t e d b y t h i s d r a w i n g a r e t h e e x c l u s i v e p r o p e r t y o f Go u v i s E n g i n e e r i n g JOB NO. SUBMITTAL DATE SHEET TITLE SHEET NO. CLIENT: REVISION DATE 21 3 0 E 4 T H S T # 2 0 0 SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 5 BSB: MR230056; Gouvis: 66467 1ST PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 08/20/2024 2ND PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 01/29/2025 3RD P.C. SUBMITTAL 04/17/2025 3RD PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 04/17/2025 OL I V E C R E S T R E S I D E N T I A L OL I V E C R E S T 21 5 0 E . F O U R T H S T . & 2 1 6 0 E . F O U R T H S T . SA N T A A N A C A 9 2 7 0 5 CONNECTION DETAIL POST W/ SIMPSON ECCQ OR PROVIDE SHIM UNDER AND @ THE SIDE OF THE SMALLER BEAM AS REQUIRED. POST W/ SIMPSON CCQ OR ALIGN BEAMS TO RECEIVE ALT. LOCATION OF STRAP ON TOP OF BEAMS. NOTES: - STRAP. 2. 3. 4. CC , SEE PLAN. 1.CENTERED SIMPSON ST6236 1 1 2 3 1 433 ECC, SEE PLAN. - R 8 5 8 9 10 11 8 6 7 3 4 1 2 2 EQ.EQ. 1.BEAM, SEE PLAN FOR SIZE. DBL. TOP PLATE W/ SIMPSON ST6236. IF DBL. TOP PLATE IS CONT., ELIMINATE STRAP. MULTI-STUD OR POST, SEE PLAN. 2X STUD AT EACH SIDE W/ 16d'S AT 12" O.C. STAGGERED. FLUSH BEAM. (5) 16d'S EACH SIDE TO BM. ALT. LOCATION OF STRAP ACROSS SIDE OF TOP PLATE. SIMPSON A34. SILL PLATE. 2X STUDS @ 16" O.C. U.N.O. LINE OF BLK'G. TO RECEIVE NOTES: ADD FILLER @ SIDE OF BEAM AS NEEDED. FOR PARTIAL FLUSH BEAM SIMILAR CONDITION. USE (1) A34 EACH SIDE. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. BEAM DETAIL 12.ST6236 STRAP. - - 11 12 8 4 STRAP. 4 R 12 ALT. CONDITION ALT. CONDITION FLOOR TO ROOF S.T. SHOWN. SEE 13-SN2 FOR FOR ALT. CONNECTIONS ROOF SYSTEM CAN BE PARALLEL NON-BEVELED BLOCK. OR PERPENDICULAR TO WALL. 2X BEVELED BLOCKING AS SEE DETAIL 10/SD2 CONDITION B. 10. 9. PLYWOOD TYPE 2 ENTIRE 6. FLOOR SHEATHING. & FLOOR 2X BLOCKING. LENGTH OF WALL U.N.O. SYSTEM. 7. 8. 16d's @ 6" O.C. (U.N.O.). H2.5A @ 48" O.C. FROM LEDGER TO STUDS. EDGE NAILING.3. 4. 5. ROOF SHEATHING.1. 2. 1 3 5 2 4 7 3 6 8 4 10 11 11 11 PLYWOOD SHEAR WALL PER PLAN WHERE OCCURS APPLY PRIOR 11. TO LOW ROOF INSTALLATION. 12. 12 13 4 BLOCKS TO TRANSFER 380 PLF. SHEAR TRUSS OR TRUSS PANEL13. CAN BE USED AS ALTERNATE TO PLYWOOD TYPE 2. 9 (IF NOT BEVELED, SEE W/ (4) 16d's PER STUD U.N.O. CONT.2X BEVELED LEDGER DETAIL. 13/SN2) FOR SPLICING OF LEDGER (IF NEEDED) USE (1) CS16 X 24" LONG CENTERED @ SPLICE. SEE 17/SN2 FOR NAIL PATTERN. FLOOR BEAM PER PLAN.14. TRUSS BOTT. CHORD W/ END15. WEB WHERE OCCURS. TRUSS HANGER PER TRUSS16. MANUFACTURER.16 15 14 R 45 2 5 1 3 2 14 END LENGTH PLYWOOD SHEATHING W/ E.N. ALONG LINE OF BLOCKING. TYPICAL JOIST, SEE PLAN. LINE OF SOLID OR MIN 1 3/4" WIDE FULL HT. BLOCKING. SEE PLAN FOR NUMBER OF SIMPSON STRAP CUT TO FIT OVER WALL OR BEAM. PER TABLE BELOW & @ ALL BAYS OF BLOCKING MIN. (3) NAILS DOUBLE TOP PLATE OR BM. A B CS16 (2) CS16 3400# 1700# CAPACITY*STRAP BAYS. (MIN. 4 BAYS). 4585#CMSTC16C END LENGTH 3'-0" 3'-0" 16d SINKER AT 4 1/2" 8d BOX/SINKER AT 4 1/8" 8d BOX/SINKER AT 4 1/8" NAIL SIZE AND SPACING 6'-0" END LENGTH 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. DRAG DETAIL PER BLOCKING. (2) ROWS OF *NAIL LATERAL VALUES BASED ON SPF/HF NAILS EA. STRAP. USE MIN. 2X FULL HT. BLOCKING W/ LS50/LTP4 IF THE INSTALLATION OF A35 IS IN CONFLICT WITH THE 6. STEEL STRAP ON TOP PLATES. 6 NOTES: - USE DOUBLE BLOCKING FOR CONDITION B AND C. - REFER TO DET. 17/SN2 FOR CS16 NAILING PATTERN. - TJI BLKG (S) CAN BE USED WHEN STRAP IS APPLIED ON THE TOP. R SHEAR TRANSFER DETAIL 1.2X STUD WALL. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. SHEAR PANEL PER PLAN. FLOOR SYSTEM PER PLAN BEAM OR BLK'G. MIN. 1 3/4" WIDE PER PLAN. USE 2 X R/R OR JACK TRUSS PER PLAN. LS50 @ 32" O.C. EDGE NAILING. 2X BEVELED BLK'G. W/ E.N., IF NOT BEVELED, SEE 13/SN2. 2X BEVELED LEDGER W/ (3) 16d's TO EACH STUD, IF NOT BEVELED, SEE 13/SN2 ATTACH LEDGER TO STUDS BLK'G/RIM JOIST PER PLAN W/ A35's AT 16" O.C. U.N.O. PLYWOOD SHEATHING. W/ H2.5 AT 48" O.C. 2X BLK'G. W/ E.N. & W/ (3) 12. 16d's TO BEVELED BLOCK. WHEN NOTCHED USE FILLERS. APPROVED HANGER @ FLUSH BEAM CONDITION. 1 7 3 4 1 2 7 10 6 8 11 5 2 9 7 12 3 2 10 8 11 USE LS50/LTP4 IF THE INSTALLATION OF A35 IS IN CONFLICT W/ STEEL STRAP ON TOP PLATES. R WALL ELEVATION @ OPENING HDRS TOGETHER. CENTER STRAP POST & USE ST6236 TO CONNECT TO CONNECT HDR. TO FULL HEIGHT OR USE HUC (U.N.O.) HANGER USE LTP4 @ 8" O.C. FOR 4X TRIM. OR LARGER. 2X TRIMMER W/ 16d @ 8" O.C. TO POST FULL HT. POST OR MULTI STUD PER TYP. 2X FLOAT @ EDGE OF OPENING. TOP & BOTTOM. ALT. (1) EACH FACE LS50 FROM POST/MULTI STUD TO HDR. LS50 @ EACH CORNER SEE ITEM @ POST. 5. PLAN. #12 FOR ALT. 4. 3. 2. 1. IF WIDTH OF OPENING EXCEEDS OF A35 ALT. LOCATION (*) USE APPROVED HUCQ TO CONNECT LOWER HDR. TO POST IF THERE IS NO ROOM ALT. LOCATION OF LTP4 (1) EACH FACE OF EACH HDR TO POST. 2X SILL PLATE TYPICAL (U.N.O.). FOR TRIMMER. 6'-0" & IF THERE IS NO TRIMMER. NOTE: 12. 11. APPLY ST6236 CENTERED O/ POST 2X WINDOW SILL TYPICAL. (2) 2X TOP PLATE. 10. 9. 6. 1 12 2 8 9 3 6 8 6 4 5 11 1 4 5 1 7 10 7. 8. OPENING PER ARCHITECTURAL. HEADER PER PLAN EXTEND TO POST. R (*) (*) DRAG BEAM TO WALL DETAIL NAILING ALONG DRAG LINE END LENGTHSTRAPCAPACITY LC SHEAR PANEL. SEE PLAN FOR TYPE & LOCATION. LOCATE STRAP OVER PLWD. SPACE BETWEEN ROWS OF CONDITION "B" W/ MIN. 1 1/2" USE 2X FLAT BLOCKING FOR MINIMUM (4) BAYS U.N.O. SIMPSON CS16 W/ 8d SINKER NAILS AT 2 1/16" O.C. BEAM, DRAG TRUSS OR STUD OR POST PER PLAN. NAILS. NOTES: 2. 4. 3. 2X BLKG. W/ LINE OF EDGE1. 3'-0" 3'-0" (2)CS16 (1)CS16 B A 3400# 1700# END LENGTH 4 2 3 1 CS16 NAILING PATTERN. REFER TO 17/SN2 FOR - - - DBL. TOP PLATE. R HOLDOWN DETAIL 4 4 1.MULTI STUD OR POST. 5 APLICATION OF MTS & HTS APPLICATION OF CS16's 1 4 5 6 4" 4 1 8 7 2 3 9 (2) HTS20B(2) CS16 ON 2-2X4 2666# 5115#(3) CS16 ON 4X6C (4) HTS20 NAILS FOR HTS20 USE 8d SINKER NAILS FOR CS16's. - CUT CS STRAP TO MEET MIN. END LENGTH & USE MIN. - PROVIDE 1 1/2" SPACING BTWN ROWS OF NAILS @ MULTIPLE CS STRAPS. CAPACITY 1705# - USE 10d SINKER FOR MTS12 USE 10d COMMON (1) CS16 ON 2X4 STRAP TYPE A ALT. (2) MTS12 (16) 8d's @ EACH END OF EACH STRAP. FOR (2) MTS12 USE (2) ST12, MIN. 4X8 SOLID BLOCKING. FOR (2) HTS20 USE (2) ST2122 STRAP TYPE, SEE TABLE. FLUSH BM/HDR PER PLAN. END LENGTH = 18". FOR SAWN 2X STUD W/16 d's @ 6" O.C. 7. 8. NOTES: 6. AND FOR (4) HTS20 USE 2. 3. 4. 5. DBL. TOP PLATE OR (2) ST6224. USE DETAIL 5/SD2 FOR CONNECTION OF BM/HDR TO POST (U.N.O.). DROP BM. PER PLAN. LUMBER W/ SPACING @ 2 1/16" & 3'-6" FOR MFG'R. PRODUCT W/ SPACING @ 4 1/8" O.C. - REFER TO 17/SN2 FOR CS16 NAILING PATTERN. R LOCATION OF THE STRAP CAN BE9. ON THE BACK END HOLDOWN DETAIL CL E A R SP A N * CMST14 & CMST12 ARE ONLY APPLICABLE AT POST TO POST CONNECTION. OF 1 5/8" FOR 16d NAILS. OVERCUT. LOCATE STRAP OVER PLWD. SHEAR PANEL & PROVIDE ALL STRAPS ARE SIMPSON ALL NAILS ARE SINKER TO BE DETERMINED @ THE TOTAL LENGTH OF STRAP SITE BASED ON END LENGTH REQUIRED & CLEAR SPAN. SLIT CUT FLOOR SHEATHING TO RUN STRAP THROUGH @ INTERIOR CONDITION NO OR BOX NAILS. NOTES: STRONG TIES. 13. 12. WIDTH AS POST ABV. & BLW. @ LOCATION OF STRAP. SOLID RIM OR BLKG. SAME PROVIDE MIN. END DISTANCE END LENGTH. 10. 11. 9. 8. 5. 6. 7. WHEN W/FLOOR. TRUSS, SOLID BLKG. UNDER POST CRIPPLE WALL ABOVE HDR. SEE PLAN FOR SHEAR WALL. LINE OF BLKG. UNDER SHEAR NEEDED TO RECEIVE NAILING PROVIDE WEB FILLERS AS OR STUDS ABOVE. DOUBLE TOP PLATE. 2X SILL PLATE. FROM STRAP. WALL. 3. 4. 2. 1. NAILS & END LENGTH AT FLOOR SHTG. SEE PLAN. BELOW FOR STRAP, # OF PROVIDE EDGE NAILING OF TABLE BELOW. DBL. STUDS & STRAPS @ CONDITION "B"&"C" STUD, POST OR TRIMMER PER REFER TO PLANS & TABLE SHEAR PANEL ALONG ALL MIN. 11 1/4" DEEP BM. OR HEADER. SEE PLAN. EA. END. (2) ROWS OF NAILS STUDS. 1 1 1 1 1 1 12 6 13 12 2 2 2 7 2 8 9 12 2 5 3 4 11107 3 8 12 2 4 1245 WALL ABOVE TO BELOW ** AS AN ALT. TO B & C, USE D FOR POST TO POST CONDITION ONLY. SHIM AS NECESSARY TO AVOID BENDING OF THE STRAP WHERE OCCURS. - - - - - 18"4980#(15)16d P/STRAP(2)2X4(2)CS14 **C 4X6 4X4 (2)2X4 2X4 END 1700# CAPACITY 13" LENGTH 6475# 3400# 9200# 13" 48" 38" 2X4 WALL STUD/ POST A STRAP D (2)CS16 **B E CMST12 CMST14 (1)CS16 (11)16d (11)16d P/STRAP (40)16d (52)16d EA. END LENGTH # OF NAILS @ EA. STRAP. 4X8(2)CMST14 6X8 18400#48"(2)CMST12 F G 38"12950#(40)16d P/STRAP (52)16d P/STRAP 18"7470#(15)16d P/STRAP(3)CS14 C* 18"9960#(15)16d P/STRAP4X8(4)CS14 H 12 2 R 2X6 WALL (2)2X6 4X6 4X6 (2)2X6 2X6 6X8 6X8 6X8 (3)2X4 (3)2X6 - CL E A R S P A N CL E A R S P A N CLEAR SPAN NAILS ARE RECOMMENDED TO PREVENT BOWING OF STRAP BUT NOT STRUCTURALLY REQUIRED -PROVIDE EDGE NAILING TO STUDS BELOW IF STUDS ARE WITHIN THE SHEAR WALL(U.N.O) STRUCTURAL DETAILS SD3 8. 7. 6. 5. 4. 3. 2. 13 2 5 45 2 32 1 8 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 1 14 14. 1. 15. 18. 1717 2 STAGG. SILL PLATE NAILING. WHERE SPAC'G IS < 6" O.C., PROVIDE 2X NAILER TO RECEIVE NAILS & CONNECT TO RIM W/ 16d SINKER NAILS W/ SAME SPACING AS SILL PLATE NAILING OF S.W. ABOVE. TO AVOID THIS, SPAC'G OF SILL PLATE NAILING CAN BE INCREASED TO MAX. 6" O.C. WHEN USING A CONT. SILL PLATE @ SHEAR WALL ABOVE WITH SAME NUMBER OF NAILS REQ. 2X MEMBER, 1 1/4" TIMBER STRAND OR L.V.L. CONT. RIM PER PLAN. (USE MIN. 1 1/2" WIDE RIM FOR BLOCKED DIAPHRAGM). BOUNDARY NAILING. FLOOR SHEATHING. STUD WALL WHERE OCCURS. SHEAR PANEL PER PLAN. FLOOR SYSTEM PER PLAN. SIMPSON A35 (Alt. LS50 OR LTP5) EQUALLY SPACED PER SHEAR WALL SCHEDULE/PLANS (AT NON-SHEAR WALL, @ 48" O.C. MAX.). WHEN PLYWOOD EXTENDS TO THE SIDE OF RIM. A35 IS NOT REQUIRED (SEE NOTE 16). STAGG. SILL PLATE NAILING PER SHEAR WALL SCHEDULE. NOT USED. 10d COMMON NAILS, SPACING SAME AS EDGE NAILS OF SHEAR WALL BELOW. SOLID BLOCKING. WHEN USING 1 1/4" WIDE RIM, INCREASE QUANTITIES OF B.N. 20% FOR 8d NAILS & 30% FOR 10d NAILS. (ALT. USE 1 3/4" MIN. RIM BOARD). 16d STD. S.P. NAILS @ 16" O.C. MIN. ALT. INTERIOR CONDITION ONLY EXTERIOR COND. & AT EDGE OF FLOOR DIAPHRAGM 8 17 3/4" 1 1/2" 3 3 INTERIOR COND. & ALT. TO EXTERIOR CONDITION IF THE INSTALLATION OF BOTTOM FLANGE NAILS/A35 TO TOP PLATES IS IN CONFLICT WITH STEEL STRAP ON TOP PLATES, USE MIN. 2X FULL DEPTH BLOCKING WITH LS50/LTP5 PER SHEARWALL SCHEDULE. 16. 4 7 6 12 16 18 ALT. LOCATION FOR LTP5 ALTERNATE 9 17.1 1/4" LIGHT WEIGHT CONC. OR GYPCRETE. BLOCKING, SEE DETAIL 6/SN2. 15 SHEAR TRANSFER ALT.1 1/2" LIGHT WEIGHT CONC. W/ 2-2x SOLE PLATE & STAGG. 16d's SINKER NAILING PER SHEAR WALL SCHEDULE. 1.DECK W/SLOPE TO DRAIN OR 2. 3. 4 5. 6. 7. 4.E.N. TYP. 2X LEDGER W/ (2) ROWS OF 1/4" SDS x 3" SCREWS @ 6" O.C. BM. OR RIM JOIST PER PLAN AND PER DETAIL 7/SD3. PLYWOOD SHEATHING. WALL OR BM. WHERE OCCURS. FLOOR SYSTEM PER PLANS. 12 35 7 FLOOR JOIST PER PLAN W/ 6 146 WITH (2) 16d's PER CONN. PER 2X NAIL SPACED DECKING8. 12 13 APPROVED JOIST HANGER. 10 8 11 2X BLOCKING PER DETAIL 7/SD310. 2X4 BLOCKING W/ 16d's @ 4" O.C.11. 12.SUPPORT RIM JOIST FROM CANT. FLOOR JOIST W/ FULL HT. INVERTED "HU" HANGER. NOTE:USE PLYWOOD FILLER @ I-JOIST TO RECEIVE HANGER OR OTHER MEMBERS. CANT. DECK 10 6 2 9. 5 CANT. JOIST PER PLAN W/ SLOPE TO DRAIN. NAIL TO SIDE OF FLOOR SYSTEM W/ (4) ROWS OF 16d's @ 4" O.C. (NOTE: BACK SPAN TO BE 2x LENGTH OF CANT. DECK U.N.O.) ARCH. OR OTHER DETAILS. MAX. 12'-0" MAX. 4'-0" MAX. 12'-0" CONN. @ FLOOR CHANGE/DECK 13.FLUSH/DROP BEAM OR WALL PER PLAN. TYPICAL ALT. DECKING 1 1 14 14 13 14.SEE ALT. DECKING BELOW. 1 1 / 2 " TY P 15.1 1/2" LIGHT WEIGHT CONCRETE 16.GYPCRETE 16 16 16 15 15 15 OR GYPCRETE HANDRAIL TO WALL 2X STUD WALL @ 16" O.C. SEE PLAN FOR TYPE AND LOC. OF SHEAR PANEL 1. 2. (2) 1/2"ØX3 1/2" EMBED LAG SCREW W/ WASHER 4X8 BLK'G AT 2'-0" O.C. MAX., W/ (2) A34's AT EA. END 3. HANDRAIL & BRACKET PER MANUF. 4. 5. INTERIOR 6" MAX. EXTERIOR 6" MAX. 1 1/2" CLR. 1 1/2" CLR. EXTERIOR PLASTER PER PLAN.6. 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 3"3" 5 6 5 (MIN. 3/4"). 2 3. 2. 7 5. 6. 4. SEE TABLE. PLYWOOD SUBFLOOR. PER ARCHITECTURAL. PLYWOOD TREADS & RISERS 4 10. 9. 8. 2 4 3 12. STUD @ WALL CONDITION. 2X6 LEDGER W/ (4) 16d'S PER DBL. JOIST OR BLOCKING CONT. 2X PLATE W/ 16d's @8"O.C. SEE TABLE. DBL. JOIST OR HEADER.7. 8 11 5 176 59 10 STAIR DETAILS @ COMMON AREA STRINGER SIZES & SPANS, 1. 12 1 NO OVER CUT OR OVER NOTCH.- 13 13. 6. 1.(2) 1 3/4"X16" LVL @16" O.C. 12'-0" MAX. HORIZONTAL SPAN. APPROVED METAL HANGER SIMPSON THA 10" MIN. FOR (2) 1 3/4"X16" 11.SEE TABLE. STRINGER W/ (3) 16d FACE NAILED TO WALL STUDS @ 16" O.C. COULD BE 2X10. 8. 11. NOTE EXIT & COMMON AREAS 2X4 PLATE W/ (3) 16d TOE NAILS. MAX. SECURE STRINGER TO ANCHORED WITH SIMP. PDPAWL-MG 2X4 P.T. PLATE (SEE SN-1) SHOT PINS 0.157Φ W/ 3/4" MIN. EMBED INTO CONC @ 24" O.C. PRESSURE TREATED PLYWOOD SHIM W/ MIN. (2)SIMP. PDPAWL-MG SHOT PINS 0.157Ø W/ 3/4" MIN. EMBED INTO CONCRETE. WATER PROOF MEMBRANT CAN BE USED AS AN ALTERNATE. 22GA SHEET METAL OR (2) 1 3/4"X16" LVL @12" O.C. 14'-0" MAX. HORIZONTAL SPAN. NOTES: MAX. SPANS ARE HORIZONTAL- PROJECTION LENGTH. CONTACT GOUVIS ENGINEERING FOR SPANS THAT EXCEED MAX. - SPAN SHOWN IN TABLE. (2) 1 3/4"X18" LVL @12" O.C. 16'-0" MAX. HORIZONTAL SPAN. 12" MIN. FOR (2) 1 3/4"X18" SEE TABLE. (2) 1 3/4"X18" LVL @ 8" O.C. 17'-6" MAX. HORIZONTAL SPAN. 1 01/29/2025PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #1 04/17/2025PC COMMENTS RESPONSE #2 VE Revs 10/10/20251 B A a n d s h a l l n o t b e r e p r o d u c e d i n w h o l e o r i n p a r t w i t h o u t t h e e x p r e s s p r i o r w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n o f s a i d e n g i n e e r s , a n y u n a u t h o r i z e d r e u s e o f t h e s e p l a n s o t h e r t h a n f o r t h e p r o j e c t a n d l o c a t i o n s h o w n i s p r o h i b i t e d . al l i d e a s , d e s i g n s a n d p l a n s r e p r e s e n t e d b y t h i s d r a w i n g a r e t h e e x c l u s i v e p r o p e r t y o f Go u v i s E n g i n e e r i n g JOB NO. SUBMITTAL DATE SHEET TITLE SHEET NO. CLIENT: REVISION DATE 21 3 0 E 4 T H S T # 2 0 0 SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 5 BSB: MR230056; Gouvis: 66467 1ST PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 08/20/2024 2ND PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 01/29/2025 3RD P.C. SUBMITTAL 04/17/2025 3RD PLAN CHECK SUBMITTAL 04/17/2025 OL I V E C R E S T R E S I D E N T I A L OL I V E C R E S T 21 5 0 E . F O U R T H S T . & 2 1 6 0 E . F O U R T H S T . SA N T A A N A C A 9 2 7 0 5 POST TO DECK BEAM CONN. 9 2 1 6 8 1.POST PER PLAN. 2.ROOF BEAM PER PLAN. 1/4"Ø LAG W/ 3" EMBED. INTO POST. (ALT. A34/LTP4 ALL SIDES POST 6. BEAM NOT CONTINUOUS OVER POST WHERE OCCURS PER PLAN. 3."PCZ", "BC", OR "AC" CONNECTOR. 4."EPCZ", "BC", OR "ACE" @ END COND. "LCE" W/ PERPENDICULAR BEAM 8. ALT. TO MITER CUT PER NOTE 4, PERPENDICULAR BEAM W/ OFFSET FLANGE "WP" HANGER @ "EPCZ" OR "BC", CAN BE USED. 7. FLOOR BEAM PER PLAN. 5. SIMPSON BCO POST BASE. (ALT. A34/LTP4 ALL SIDES) TO ROOF BEAM) MITER CUT @ CORNER COND. 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" EQ, TYP TY P TY P PLAN VIEW A-A 4 3 5 PLAN VIEW B-B A A EQEQ 7 EQEQ EQEQ 7 NOTE: B B 9. 1 2 R LAG SCREW CONNECTIONS ARE NOT APPLICABLE AT OPEN ROOF TRELLIS DRAG DETAIL @ PARTY WALL DBL TOP PLATE PER PLAN. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 2 2X STUD WALL @ 16" O.C. (U.N.O.) BEAM PER PLAN. POST OR MULTIPLE STUD PER PLAN. 2X COMPRESSION MEMBER. SIMPSON ST6236 1 5 6 7.ALT. SIMPSON ST6236 ON TOP OF TOP PLATE OR BEAM. 7 @ TOP PLATE 4 5 2 1 5 6 @ RIM JOIST @ TOP OF BEAM 7 ℄ ℄ 33 E.Q.E.Q. E.Q.E.Q.E.Q.E.Q. 8.CONT. RIM JOIST PER PLAN. 8 3 7 FLOOR/ CORRIOR TRANSITION 2 5 4 5. 4. 3. 2. 1. FLOOR SHEATHING BOUNDARY NAILING SHEAR PANEL PER PLAN STUD WALL WHERE OCCURS 2X 10 RIM JOIST 7. 6. 8. SCHEDULE & 7-SD3 SIMP. A35 PER SHEAR WALL 2x10 FLOOR JST PER PLAN. 10. GYPCRETE PER PLAN. LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE OR 6 8 CORRIDOR FRAMING PER PLAN W/ APPROVED JOIST HANGER. 2X LEDGER W/(2) ROWS OF 1/4"x3" SDS SCREWS @ 6" O.C. 9. 9 1 3 10 10 4 5 S. T. @ PARTY WALLS NAILS PER SILL PLATE NAILING STAGGERED 16d's SINKER IS IN PLACE STAGGERED INSTALL AFTER ROOFING LS50 (ALT. LTP5) SPACED 7. 4. TYPICAL TRUSSES 6. 5. ROOF SHEATHING 3. 2. EDGE NAILING1. 2 2 6 4 1 5 1 1 1 4 3 7 6 3 PER SHEAR WALL SCHEDULE R OF SHEAR WALL SCHEDULE SHEAR TRUSS/BOXED TRUSS DESIGNED BY TRUSS ENGINEER TO TRANSFER 240 PLF MIN. LOADS FROM TOP CHORD TO BOTTOM CHORD(U.N.O), ALT. TO SHEAR TRUSS APPLY PLYWD. TO SIDE OF TRUSS W/ VERT. FRAMING MEMBERS @ 16" O.C. 5 5 5 SHEAR WALL WHERE OCCURS, SEE PLAN FOR TYPE. 5 1 3 2 6 ROOF SHEATHING EXTENDED & EDGE NAILED TO BLOCKING. FULL HEIGHT BLOCKING. SHEAR PANEL PER PLAN. ROOF RAFTERS PER PLAN. 2x T&G STARTER BOARD 1. 2. 3. 4. 5 6. SHEAR TRANSFER PER ARCH. WHERE OCCURS. 8 7.DOUBLE TOP PLATE OR BEAM PER PLAN. WALL LOCATIONS, SPACING AT A35, @ 48" O.C. AT NON-SHEAR TOP OF SHEAR WALL PER SHEAR 7 8.SIMPSON H1 RAFTER TO TOP PLATES @ 32" O.C. MAX. WALL SCHEDULE. R 4 5 1 3 2 8 7 ALT. @ PORCH NOTCH RAFTER @ PORCH. NOTE: CONNECTION DETAIL 4 7 9 8 5 6 1 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. ROOF SHEATHING TYPICAL TRUSS WHERE 16d's TOE NAILS FOR ROOF RAFTER W/ SPAN OF LESS THAN 4'-0". USE APPROVED HANGER FOR GREATER SPANS E.N. ST22 AT 48" O.C. 2X BEVELED BLOCKING W/ E.N. AND A35's AT 48" O.C. IF BLOCKING IS NOT BEAM OR DBL TOP PLATE PER PLAN 2X LEDGER SAME SIZE AS R/R W/ 16d's AT 6" O.C. TO DBL TOP PLATE/BEAM AND SHEAR PANEL, WHERE BEVELED, SEE 13/SN2 FOR ALTERNATE TYPICAL 2X RAFTER W/ (3) 2 10 AT 16" O.C. 2x4 LEDGER WITH (2)-16d'S10. AT 8" O.C. TO 2X BLOCKING OCCURS W/ APPROVED HGR. OCCURS 3 4 U.N.O. PER PLAN. R 5. 4. 3. 2. 1. 6. 7. 8. 9. E.N. (2) 16d's @ 4" O.C. STAGG. 4 x HEADER PER PLAN. SHEAR PANEL PER PLAN WHERE OCCURS. 2 x 6 TRIMMER EA SIDE. (U.N.O.) 2 x 6 CRIPPLE WALL @ 16" O.C.. INSULATION, SEE T24 REPORT FOR R VALUE. CONT. DOUBLE TOP PLATES. OVER HEADER 2 x 6 KING STUD EA. SIDE. (U.N.O.) 1 4 8 8 6 6 12 7 2 1 3 7 2 9 2 5 INSULATED HEADER 3 10 10.(2) 2x4 FOR RECESS ALT. @ RECESSED HEADER 1 10 ALT. SHEAR TRANSFER 4 6 3 SHEAR PANEL, SEE PLAN BEVELED, SEE 13/SN2 FOR IF BLOCKING IS NOT W/ 16d's AT 4" O.C 2X BEVELED BLOCKING W/ 7 7. 6. 3 5 ALTERNATE DBL TOP PLATE OR BEAM BEVELED, SEE 13/SN2 FOR IF BLOCKING IS NOT SHEAR WALL SCHEDULE A35's AT 36" O.C.(U.N.O) SEE 2X BEVELED BLOCKING W/ TRUSS BY MANUFACTURER ROOF SHEATHING 2 5. 4. ALTERNATE FOR SPACING 3. 2. 1 1. E.N. 1 2 5 3 3 6 48 8.SHEAR PANEL TYPE 2 TYP. (U.N.O. ON PLANS) BETWEEN TRUSSES. SHEAR TRANSFER 1. 2. 3. ROOF SHEATHING ROOF TRUSSPER PLAN E.N. 1 3 4 4.TRUSS BLOCKING BY TRUSS MANUFACTURER W/ CAPACITY TO TRANSFER 380 PLF MIN. 5 5.SIMP. A35's EQUALLY SPACING PER SHEAR WALL SHEDULE. AT NON-SHEAR WALL @ 48" O.C. MAX. 6.SHEAR PANEL PER PLAN 6 2 3 FROM TOP TO BOTTOM CHORD. STRUCTURAL DETAILS SD4 ALT. ARCH. SCABBED W/ 16d @ 8" O.C. BLK'G. OR CONT. MEMBER PER 8. 6 6 LVL PER PLANS. 4 572 12 3 5.FLOOR SYSTEM PER PLAN. 7.USE A35 PER PLAN. 6.SHEAR PANEL PER PLAN. 4.CONT. TIMBERSTRAND OR 16d's S.P.N. PER PLAN3. E.N.2. CONT. FLOOR SHT'G.1. SHEAR TRANSFER DETAIL 8 STAGGERED. IF BLK'G. IS @ EDGE USE LTP5 PER PLAN. 9 9.1 1/4" LIGHT WEIGHT CONC. OR GYPCRETE. 10 10.B.N. 12 11 13 ALT. @ PARALLEL CONDITION. BALLOON FRAME WALL APPROVED HANGER. 13. 12. 11. SOLID FULL DEPTH BM. MIN. 4x10 W/LTP OR LS50 @ PERPENDICULAR CONDITION PER PLAN. R 7" 5" 3 1/2" 4 1 / 2 " 1 3 / 4 " 3/16" STAIR RAILING DETAIL 2 1. 2. 3. FLOOR SHT'G. 4. 5.RAILING SYSTEM PER ARCH. VERTICAL TS @ 4'-0" MAX. (MIN. 1 1/2" x 1 1/2" X1/8") L3"x5"x7"x1/4" THK. STEEL ANGLE W/ (4) 5/8"Ø LAG SCREW, 3.5" PENETRATION MIN. SIMP. CS16 STRAP WRAP AROUND @ 32" O.C. MAX STRINGER PER DETAIL 10/SD3. 1 3 4 5 4 End Length = 11" PE R A R C H . 38 " M A X . A A SECTION A-A 1 3" 1